I have copied the PDS datasets from the CBT overflow tape to the MVS Tur(n)key system and catalogued them in SYS1.UCAT.CBT. The dataset names on one of the CBTxxx volumes will be CBT249.FILEnnn for file nnn of the CBT tape 249.
The description of the CBT contents was copied from file 1 of the tape and was modified (using a few editor commands) into a html document which you see here: (no text editing or formatting was done, only html tags added)
IS THE JCL THAT CREATED THIS TAPE
( YOU ARE READING IT NOW )
COMPRESSION / DECOMPRESSION PROGRAM FOR THIS TAPE .
THIS IS THE CODE USED FOR COMPRESSION AND DECOMPRESSION
OF THIS TAPE
IS A JCL STREAM WITH INSTREAM PROCS TO DROP DOWN
THIS WHOLE MODS TAPE ( SAVE FILES THAT HAVE BEEN
DELETED ) TO A DISK PACK ( IF YOU HAPPEN TO HAVE THE
LUXURY OF HAVING A DISK PACK LAYING AROUND DOING
NOTHING )
IN A TEST RUN ON A 3033 IT TOOK 17.04 ELAPSED MINUTES
TO DROP DOWN VERSION 168 . CPU TIME WAS 1 MIN 22.81 SEC
SRB WAS 4.73 SECONDS
283 DATA SETS OCCUPIED 3330 TRACKS ON A 3350
FOR A TOTAL OF 64127 KBYTES
IN A TEST RUN ON A VERY HEAVILY LOADED 3081 ( 95% BUSY )
IT TOOK 216.15 ELAPSED MINUTES TO DROP DOWN VERSION 208
CPU TIME WAS 5 MINUTES 27.50 SEC SRB WAS 45.68 SECONDS
352 DATA SETS OCCUPIED 3712 TRACKS ON A 3380
JOB 1 37.50 1 MIN 10.69 SEC 09.63 SRB
JOB 2 63.84 MIN 58.18 SEC 07.37 SRB
JOB 3 49.02 1 MIN 19.33 SEC 11.31 SRB
JOB 4 65.79 1 MIN 59.30 SEC 17.37 SRB
IN A TEST RUN ON A LIGHTLY LOADED 3081 ( 30% - 40% BUSY )
IT TOOK 58.40 ELAPSED MINUTES TO DROP DOWN VERSION 209
CPU TIME WAS 5 MINUTES 07.12 SEC SRB WAS 47.58 SECONDS
352 DATA SETS OCCUPIED 3716 TRACKS ON A 3380
JOB 1 11.33 1 MIN 05.83 SEC 10.05 SRB
JOB 2 10.12 MIN 53.07 SEC 7.42 SRB
JOB 3 14.46 1 MIN 15.44 SEC 12.12 SRB
JOB 4 22.49 1 MIN 52.78 SEC 17.99 SRB
IN A TEST RUN ON A 3081 . IT TOOK 144.47 ELAPSED MINUTES
TO DROP DOWN VERSION 235 CPU TIME WAS 5 MINUTES 14.04
SECONDS , SRB WAS 54.88 SECONDS .
413 DATA SETS OCCUPIED 4748 TRACKS ON A 3380
JOB 1 22.34 0 MIN 49.43 SEC 7.97 SRB
JOB 2 28.00 0 MIN 46.89 SEC 7.35 SRB
JOB 3 36.28 1 MIN 09.89 SEC 12.48 SRB
JOB 4 46.93 2 MIN 11.12 SEC 24.22 SRB
JOB 5 10.92 0 MIN 16.78 SEC 2.86 SRB
FOR A TOTAL OF 128805 MBYTES
THE LAST JOB IN THIS FILE WILL TAKE FILE 1 OF THIS TAPE
AND LOAD IT INTO AN INFO/MVS DATABASE FOR PROCESSING . THIS
JOB REQUIRES A PRE-DEFINED VSAM CLUSTER TO HOLD THE
DATA OUT OF FILE 001
IS FROM DAVE DROUIN FROM CONN NATIONAL BANK THIS
CODE WILL TAKE FILE 001 OF THIS TAPE AND PUT IT INTO
INFO/MVS FORMAT SO IT CAN BE LOADED INTO A INFO/MVS
DATABASE . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT .
SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $DOC FOR ADDTIONAL INFORMATION
IS FROM DAVE DRUIN FROM CONN NATIONAL BANK THIS
FILE CONTAINS THE DATA FOR THE HEADER INFORMATION
FOR USE WITH FILE 004 ON THIS TAPE . THIS FILE IS
IS LRECL=255,BLKSIZE=3120,RECFM=VB
IS THE MVS FREEALL COMMAND FOR TSO
IS AN SMF EXIT IEFACTRT
THIS EXIT WILL PUT OUT ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE
CONSOLE AND JCL LISTING . ON THE CONSOLE IT WILL SHOW
WHEN A JOB GOES THROUGH STEP AND JOB TERMINATION
AND ITS RETURN CODE . IT THE STEP WAS NOT EXECUTED
IT WILL SHOW NXEQ INSTEAD OF THE RETURN CODE .
AT STEP TERMINATION IT WILL PUT OUT THE FOLLOWING
INFORMATION IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER ON THE JCL LISTING
FIRST LINE SECOND LINE
JOBNAME PAGE INS
STEP NUMBER PAGE OUTS
STEP NAME PAGES SWAPPED IN
PROGRAM NAME PAGES SWAPPED OUT
STEP INITIATION TIME VIO PAGES IN
STEP TERMINATION TIME VIO PAGES OUT
TCB STEP TIME
SRB TIME FOR THE STEP
ELAPSED TIME
SWAPS FOR THIS STEP
V OR R JOB
STORAGE USED
COMPLETION CODE
FOR JOB TERMINATION IT WILL PUT OUT THE FOLLOWING
INFORMATION IN THIS ORDER ON THE JCL LISTING
JOBNAME
SERVICE UNITS USED
TOTAL TRANSACTION TIME
JOB INITIATION TIME
JOB TERMINATION TIME
TCB JOB TIME
SRB TIME FOR THE JOB
TOTAL SWAPS
COMPLETION CODE
THIS IS FOR MY USE TO SHOW SOME STATS
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT FROM COCA COLA IN ATLANTIC AND
CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR SYNCSORT EXIT .
THIS EXIT WAS TAKEN OFF THE CBT MODS TAPE AND
MODIFIED TO CHANGE THE VSCORE PARAMETER BY TIME OF
DAY . THE ORIGINAL VERSION OFF THE MODS TAPE CHANGED
THE PARAMETER VSIO BY TIME OF DAY .
THIS ROUTINE WILL BE CALLED BY SYNCSORT TO DETERMINE
WHETHER TO USE "VSCORE=256K" OR "VSCORE=1536K" . IF
THE TIME IS BETWEEN THE CUTOFFLO AND THE CUTOFFHI
TIME , A PARM OF "VSCORE=256K" WILL BE PASSED TO
SYNCSORT . IF THE TIME IS OUTSIDE OF THE CUTOFFLO
AND CUTOFFHI TIMES A PARM OF "VSCORE=1536K" WILL BE
PASSED .
THIS MODULE SHOULD BE LINKEDITED INTO THE LIBRARY
THAT CONTAINS SYNCSORT WITH THE NAME $ORTPARM . THE
"OPTION FLAG #1" AT HEX (5A) IN CSECT SYNCVEC OF
SYNCSORT MUST HAVE BIT 4 TURNED ON (X'08')--
PRESENTLY THE FLAG IS X'E8' . THE DESCRIPTION OF THE
"SYNCSORT OPTIONS VECTOR" (CSECT SYNCVEC) IS IN
SECTION 2 OF THE SYNCSORT PROGRAMMERS GUIDE . THE
DESCRIPTION OF THE "PARMEXIT FACILITY" IS IN SECTION
3 OF THE SYNCSORT PROGRAMMERS GUIDE .
IS THE DOCUMENTATION FILE FOR GPSAM FROM THE YALE
COMPUTER CENTER WRITTEN BY MR HOWARD GILBERT . THIS
FILE IS FBA FORMAT . THE SOURCE FOR GPSAM IS CONTAINED
IS CONTAINED IN FILE 011 OF THIS TAPE
IS THE SOURCE FOR GPSAM FROM THE YALE COMPUTER CENTER
WRITTEN BY MR HOWARD GILBERT . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT .
GPSAM LETS YOU WRITE YOUR OWN "ACCESS METHOD" AND
MAKE IT LOOK LIKE A SEQUENTIAL DATASET TO ANY
APPLICATION PROGRAM OR UTILITY . IT CAN BE USED TO
PROVIDE DBMS , VTAM , TSO FULLSCREEN , BTAM , OR
SPECIALIZED DEVICE SUPPORT .
SIMPLE : INSTALLS ON ANY MVS SYSTEM . NO IBM CODE
IS MODIFIED . TAKES ONLY A FEW MINUTES TO RUN
LINKEDIT STEPS AND BUILD PROCEDURES .
SMALL : 700 BYTES IN LPA . 160 BYTES IN PRIVATE
ADDRESS SPACE .
SAFE : ONLY ONE INSTRUCTION EXECUTES IN KEY 0 AND
MODIFIES A GENERAL SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCK . ANOTHER
18 INSTRUCTIONS OPERATE IN A SYSTEM KEY AND ONLY 4
OF THEM CHANGE STORAGE , STORING VALUES IN JOB
RELATED CONTROL BLOCKS IN THE PRIVATE AREA . EVEN
THE MOST CONSERVATIVE INSTALLATION CAN DESK CHECK
THE SINGLE AUTHORIZED CSECT SEVERAL TIMES OVER IN
AN HOUR .
UNIVERSAL : WHILE A SYSTEM PROGRAMMER MUST INSTALL
THE PACKAGE IN AUTHORIZED LIBRARIES , ANY
APPLICATION PROGRAMMER CAN WRITE HIS OWN "ACCESS
METHOD" IN ASSEMBLER AND USE IT FROM HIS OWN
PROGRAMS . THE USER SPECIFIES THE MODULE NAME ON
HIS DD CARD OR IN THE TSO ALLOCATION OF THE
DDNAME . THESE USER MODULES RUN IN PROBLEM STATE
AND CAN COME FROM ANY LIBRARY . CONTROL IS GIVEN
TO THE ROUTINE FROM THE OPEN , CLOSE , GET , PUT ,
READ , OR WRITE STATEMENTS .
SECURE : MVS INTEGRITY IS MAINTAINED . IF AN
AUTHORIZED PROGRAM OPENS A GPSAM FILE , THE "ACCESS
METHOD" MODULE IS LIMITED TO THOSE EXPLICITLY
PERMITTED BY AN INSTALLATION SUPPLIED NAME TABLE
AND THE MODULE MUST COME FROM AN APF LIBRARY .
IS FROM JOHN HANCOCK MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
AND IS THEIR ISPF BACKGROUND JOBS DRIVER
THIS FILE CONSISTS OF OPTIONS DESIGNED TO BE USED WITH
THE INTERACTIVE SYSTEM PRODUCTIVITY FACILITY / PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT FACILITY ( ISPF/PDF ) .
NOTE: SOME OF THESE OPTIONS WILL WORK ONLY UNDER ISPF
VERSION 2. PANELS/SKELETONS/MESSAGES PROVIDED FOR USE
WITH JH#PDF8 ARE INTENDED ONLY AS SAMPLES. SOME
MODIFICATION (E.G., ACCOUNTING FIELDS) WOULD BE
REQUIRED AT YOUR INSTALLATION. PANELS THAT CONTAIN A
"VOLUME SERIAL" FIELD DETERMINE A UNIT NAME IN THEIR
)PROC SECTION. THIS SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR
INSTALLATION COMPATIBILITY.
CHANGES 03/04/85: MODIFICATIONS TO EXPLOIT ISPF
VERSION 2: MACRO ISPCALL NOW SUPPORTS ISPEXEC
FORMAT (SEE NEW JH#PDF8 FOR EXAMPLE); JH#PDF8
MODIFIED TO USE LM SERVICES TO ENABLE VIO
ISPCTLN DATA SETS TO BE EDITED (UNDER V1
JH#PDF8 WORKS AS BEFORE); PANEL JHAEFR01 ADDED
(USED BY JH#PDF8 UNDER V2); JH ISR^PRIM
REPLACED FOR V2; MSGS JHA^M04 ADDED; MANY
PANELS/SKELETONS/MESSAGES FORMERLY PREFIXED Z*
ARE NOW PREFIXED JHA*; CLIST ISRCTBL RENAMED
JH#YCTBL; JH EDIT INTERFACE ALTERED FOR V2;
CLIST TSEDITPR RENAMED JH#TEDPR AND CHANGED TO
PROCESS PDF V2 FIELDS; ADDED JH#GTDSN (A DIALOG
PROGRAM THAT RETURNS VOLUME SERIAL AND DATA SET
NAME WHEN PROVIDED A DDNAME - USED BY OTHER
DIALOGS); ADDED JH#TEDRT TO DISPLAY AND EDIT A
USER'S PDF EDIT RECOVERY TABLE; ADDED ISRUOLJH,
IBM'S ISRUOL (PDF 3.8) MODIFIED TO RUN FASTER
BY USING TEMPORARY DATA SETS; ADDED JH#TPRGM TO
INVOKE IEHPROGM FOREGROUND; ADDED JH#EDTMP TO
ALLOW EDITING OF VIO ISPCTLN DATA SETS.
CHANGES 10/18/83: TABLE DISPLAY UTILITY REWRITTEN AND
ENHANCED. CLIST RENAMED JH#YDTBL FROM
ISRYDTBL.
CHANGES 10/3/83: JOHN HANCOCK EDIT INTERFACE IS
ENHANCED TO ALLOW USER-DEFINED ABBREVIATIONS
(SEE #3 BELOW); SMALL CHANGES TO JH#PDF8 AND
ASSOCIATED SAMPLE PANELS; ADDED #MAXTOP #8, #9.
1. JOHN HANCOCK BATCH JOBS DRIVER (JH#PDF8) IS A
GENERAL PURPOSE ISPF FUNCTION FOR THE GENERATION OF
JCL BASED ON DATA ENTERED ON PANELS. PROCESSING IS
CONTROLLED BY AN INITIAL PARM AND BY ISPF
VARIABLES. SEE THE COMMENTS AT THE BEGINNING OF
THE JH#PDF8 SOURCE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
SOME DIFFERENCES BETWEEN PDF OPTION 5 AND JH#PDF8:
JH#PDF8 DOES NOT ALLOCATE DATA SETS FOR
VERIFICATION, WHERE OPTION 5 OPTIONALLY ALLOCATES
THE INPUT DATA SET (ONLY); JH#PDF8 ALLOWS A USER TO
EDIT THE TEMPORARY GENERATED JCL IN ADDITION TO
SUBMITTING OR CANCELING THE JOB; JH#PDF8 ALLOWS
INITIAL AND FINAL SKELETONS TO BE TAILORED FOR EACH
INVOCATION; JH#PDF8 ALLOWS TWO OR MORE PANELS TO
PROVIDE INPUT TO ONE TAILORING OPERATION; WITH
JH#PDF8 PROCESSING SUCH AS JOB CHARACTER
INCREMENTATION IS DONE IN THE PANELS (SEE SAMPLE
JHABP^B) INSTEAD OF IN THE DRIVER PROGRAM.
SAMPLE PANELS, SKELETONS, AND MESSAGES ARE PROVIDED
FOR USE WITH JH#PDF8. IT IS POSSIBLE, HOWEVER, TO
CREATE TOTALLY DIFFERENT ISPF COMPONENTS FOR USE
WITH THIS DRIVER. THE ONLY REQUIREMENTS ARE THAT
THERE BE A PSEUDO-SELECTION PANEL WHOSE NAME IS
PASSED VIA A PARM TO JH#PDF8 (SAMPLE IS JHABP^A)
AND THAT THE COMPONENTS SET ISPF VARIABLES TO
DICTATE PROCESSING (AGAIN, SEE THE COMMENTS).
JH#PDF8 CODE IS REENTERANT; THE MODULE MAY BE
PLACED IN LPALIB WITH OTHER ISPF MODULES.
2. CLIST JH#YDTBL WILL DISPLAY THE CONTENTS
(NON-EXTENSION VARIABLES) OF ANY TABLE IN TABLE
DISPLAY (SCROLLABLE) FORMAT. AS PROVIDED HERE IT
SUPPORTS FIVE DIFFERENT TABLE DISPLAY FORMATS. IT
MAY BE INVOKED FROM ISPF/PDF OPTION 6, VIA THE ISPF
TSO COMMAND, OR FROM A SELECTION PANEL (E.G.,
ISRYXD1).
3. PANEL JHTEPE01 IS A JOHN HANCOCK EDIT INTERFACE.
TO USE IT, ADD THE FOLLOWING ENTRY TO A SELECTION
PANEL:
N,'PGM(ISREDIT) PARM(P,JHTEPE01)
NEWAPPL(ISR)'
NOTE: FUTURE RELEASES OF PDF MAY NOT SUPPORT THIS
METHOD OF IMPLEMENTATION.
4. CLIST JH#TEDPR WILL DISPLAY THE CONTENTS OF A
USER'S CURRENT EDIT PROFILE (FOR THE APPLICATION HE
HAS ENTERED). IT MAY BE INVOKED FROM ISPF/PDF
OPTION 6, VIA THE ISPF TSO COMMAND, OR FROM A
SELECTION PANEL. THE CLIST MUST BE MODIFIED FOR
YOUR INSTALLATION'S ISPF PROFILE NAMING CONVENTION.
5. CLIST TSCMDTB WILL DISPLAY THE CONTENTS OF THE
CURRENT SYSTEM COMMAND TABLE. THIS MAY BE USED BY
END-USERS, SINCE THE "DESCRIPTION," NOT THE
"ACTION," IS DISPLAYED. IF THIS CLIST IS TO BE
USED, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT A COPY OF THE SYSTEM
COMMAND TABLE (ISPCMDS) BE MADE UNDER A DIFFERENT
NAME (SYSCMDS IS USED IN THE CLIST). STRANGE
THINGS WILL HAPPEN IF YOU ATTEMPT TO OPEN AND CLOSE
A COMMAND TABLE THAT ISPF HAS ALREADY OPENED.
TSCMDTB MAY BE INVOKED FROM ISPF/PDF OPTION 6, VIA
THE ISPF TSO COMMAND, OR FROM A SELECTION PANEL.
6. CLIST JH#YCTBL DRIVES THE TABLE RECONSTRUCTION
UTILITY. THIS ALLOWS FIELDS TO BE ADDED TO/REMOVED
FROM TABLES WITHOUT LOSING THE TABLE DATA. IT MAY
BE INVOKED FROM ISPF/PDF OPTION 6, OR FROM A
SELECTION PANEL (E.G., ISRYXD1).
7. PANEL JHAYP14^ PROVIDES ENTRY TO A FOREGROUND
INTERFACE TO THE IBM-SUPPLIED SELECTION PANEL
UPDATE UTILITY (ISPPUP). THIS MAY BE ENTERED FROM
A HIGHER-LEVEL SELECTION PANEL (XX,'PANEL(ZYPUP^)')
OR FROM TSO READY (ISPSTART PANEL(ZYPUP^)).
8. CLIST ISRALTK ALLOWS A USER TO DEFINE AND ACTIVATE
A SECOND SET OF PROGRAM FUNCTION KEY DEFINITIONS.
READ HELP PANEL XALTK BEFORE USING. IT MAY BE
INVOKED FROM A SELECTION PANEL (E.G.,ISPOPTA) BY
"'XX,CMD(%ISRALTK)'." AN ENTRY IN A COMMAND TABLE
IS ALSO A GOOD IDEA:
VERB ACTION
K2 SELECT CMD(%ISRALTK PARM('&ZPARM'))
9. PANEL PANELID IS A EXAMPLE OF HOW "PANELID ON" MAY
BE SET WITHOUT THE USER HAVING TO ENTER THE ISPF
COMMAND. THE CODE IN THIS PANEL COULD BE USED IN
ANY SELECTION PANEL, INCLUDING ISR^PRIM AND
ISP^MSTR.
10. CLIST JH#TEDRT ALLOWS THE DISPLAYING AND
MODIFICATION OF A USER'S EDIT RECOVERY TABLE. IT
MAY BE INVOKED FROM ISPF/PDF OPTION 6, OR FROM A
SELECTION PANEL. THE CLIST MUST BE MODIFIED FOR
YOUR INSTALLATION'S ISPF PROFILE NAMING CONVENTION.
11. CLIST ISRUOLJH IS JOHN HANCOCK'S MODIFIED ISRUOL,
THE CLIST THAT DRIVES PDF OPTION 3.8. IT HAS BEEN
MODIFIED TO RUN FASTER BY USING TEMPORARY DATA
SETS, BYPASSING CATALOGING AND DELETION. IT USES
PROVIDED DIALOG PROGRAM JH#GTDSN (WHICH CAN BE IN
LPA IF HEAVILY USED). (THIS CLIST HAS ALSO BEEN
MODIFIED TO USE THE SAME JOB CARDS AS OPTION 3.6.)
12. CLIST JH#TPRGM PROVIDES A PANEL TO RUN IEHPROGM
FOREGROUND. TO USE IT ADD THE FOLLOWING ENTRY TO A
SELECTION PANEL:
NN,'CMD(%JH#TPRGM PANEL(JHTEP0M)
PANEL2(JHTEP0M2) SKEL(JHTES0M))'
13. PROGRAM JH#EDTMP PUTS THE USER INTO EDIT OF AN ISPF
TEMPORARY CONTROL DATA SET (ISPCTLN). IT SUPPORTS
VIO AS WELL AS DASD DATA SETS. IF NO PARM IS
SUPPLIED, THE DATA SET ASSOCIATED WITH THE CURRENT
LOGICAL SCREEN IS USED. TO ACCESS THE DATA SET
USED BY THE PDF SUBMIT COMMAND, USE A PARM OF 0
(ZERO). THIS PROGRAM MAY BE INVOKED VIA THE ISPF
SELECT SERVICE FROM ANOTHER DIALOG FUNCTION. AN
ENTRY MAY ALSO BE PLACED IN A COMMAND TABLE:
VERB T ACTION
EDTEMP 3 SELECT PGM(JH#EDTMP) PARM(&ZPARM)
NEWAPPL(ISR)
THEN A USER CAN ENTER THE EDTEMP COMMAND ON ANY
SCREEN AND EDIT THE DATA SET.
CONTENTS OF THIS PDS:
SOURCE: JH#EDTMP
JH#GTDSN
JH#PDF8
MACROS: ENTER
ISPCALL
LEAVE
REQUS
SCANLINE
JCL: $INSTALL (COPY ISPF COMPONENTS AND
ASSEMBLE PROGRAMS)
$LOAD (SAMPLE JCL TO LOAD
DISTRIBUTION LIB FROM TAPE)
CLISTS: SEE IEBCOPY STATEMENTS IN $INSTALL
MEMBER
PANELS: SEE IEBCOPY STATEMENTS IN $INSTALL
MEMBER PLUS MODIFIED ISR^PRIM
SKELETONS: SEE IEBCOPY STATEMENTS IN $INSTALL
MEMBER
MESSAGES: SEE IEBCOPY STATEMENTS IN $INSTALL
MEMBER
CONTAINS A PROGRAM DEVELOPED AT GRUMMAN WHICH PRINTS
THE CURRENT SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . MEMBER ' CONFJCL '
IS SAMPLE JCL .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
CONTAINS SOME UTILITIES FROM GRUMMAN DATA SYSTEMS
1 MCOREZAP IS A PROGRAM TO ZAP COMMON AREAS OF
VIRTUAL MEMORY . IT HAS ONLY BEEN USED ON THE
NUCLUES
2 PSLSTBLD IS THE ZAP DEVELOPED TO REDUCE THE
EXCESSIVE CPU TIME CONSUMED IN NON-SPECIFIC
DEVICE ALLOCATION
3 PLSAB436 CONTAINS ONLY THE PL/S CODE FOR THE
ABOVE ZAP
4 UICMON IS A PROGRAM TO MONITOR THE UIC VALUE
RECEIVED BY AN ONLINE SYSTEM . IT IS INTENDED AS
A TOOL TO TUNE THE VARIABLE STORAGE FENCE MOD
5 VARFENCE IS GRUMMAN DATA SYSTEMS VERSION OF THE
VARIABLE STORAGE FENCE MOD . IT USES A TABLE TO
DEFINE ANY NUMBER OF FENCED ADDRESS SPACES
IS THE TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR CALLED STATE THIS TSO
COMMAND PROCESSOR WILL ISSUE A MESSAGE INDICATING
THE STATE ( STATUS ) A NAMED DATASET AND PASS A RETURN
CODE INDICATING SAME ( SIMILAR TO THE LISTDS COMMAND )
THIS COMMAND HOWEVER, WILL PASS A REURN CODE ALLOWING
A CLIST TO QUERY A DATASET'S STATE ( STATUS 0 PRIOR TO
ISSUING DELETE OR ALLOCATE COMMANDS
AN OPTIONAL PARAMETER (RETCODE) ALLOWS THE USE OF THE
RETURN CODE FEATURE WITHOUT ANY MESSAGES BEING ISSUED
STATE AS USED HERE IMPLIES STATUS OF A DATASET .
THE STATUS (EXISTS OR DOES NOT EXIST) MAY BE PASSED
TO A CLIST VIA RETURN CODES AS FOLLOWS :
RETURN CODE 0 = THE DATASET IS CATALOGED AND EXISTS
4 = THE DATASET IS CATALOGED ,
BUT DOES NOT EXIST
8 = THE DATASET IS NOT CATALOGED
IS THE PGM TO GENERATE A PTF TAPE XREF REPORT . THIS
PROGRAM WILL GENERATE FOUR REPORTS :
REPORT 01 WILL BE A LIST OF ALL THE PTF'S ON THE TAPE
REPORT 02 WILL CONTAIN A LIST OFF ALL ELEMENTS (MODULE ,
MACROS , ETC . ) ON THE TAPE AND THE PTF ' S
THAT REFERENCE THEM
REPORT 03 WILL LIST ALL THE COVER LETTERS ON THE TAPE
REPORT 04 WILL LIST ALL THE FMID ' S ON THE TAPE AND THE
PTF ' S THAT REFERENCE THOSE FMIDS
CONTAINS SEVERAL UTILITIES FROM RAINIER BANK
CDSLIST - A MODIFIED VERSION OF THE CDSLIST
PROGRAM , ORIGINALLY FROM FILE 132 OF THE
CBT TAPE . MODIFIED FOR SYSPRINT LRECL OF
150 . ALSO , A CONTROL CARD IN SYSIN OF THE
FORM FMID=XXXXXXX WILL RESTRICT THE
LISTING TO THOSE ELEMENTS OWNED BY THE
SPECIFIED FMID . THIS WAS A COPY OF CDSLIST
BEFORE IT WAS UPDATED ON 1-28-80 ( VERSION
134 OF THE CBT TAPE ) .
DISKMAPA - A PROGRAM TO ALLOCATE ALL ONLINE DASD
VOLUMES AND THEN LINK TO THE DISK MAPPING
PROGRAM DISKMAP ( FROM CBT FILE 260 ). MUST
BE LINKED AC=1 . REQUIRES DYNAM FROM CBT
FILE 89 OR THE SLIGHTLY MODIFIED VERSION
FROM THIS FILE .
DYNAM - A SLIGHTLY MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DYNAMIC
ALLOCATION INTERFACE FROM CBT FILE 89 .
HANDLES MORE OF THE ALLOWABLE ALLOCATION
KEYWORD UNITS THAN THE VERSION ON THE
TAPE .
RGROUP - FOR SHOPS THAT RUN RACF , ALLOWS THE USER
TO SWITCH TO A DIFFERENT CONNECT GROUP
WITHOUT HAVING TO LOGOFF AND LOG BACK ON
SPECIFYING THE DIFFERENT GROUP ON THE
LOGON COMMAND . BASICALLY , IT PERFORMS A
RACINIT "CHANGE" FUNCTION . MUST BE LINKED
AND EXECUTED AC=1 . CAN BE RUN IN BATCH OR
AS A TSO CP .
SPFCOPY - A PROGRAM TO COPY A " CARD-IMAGE " DATASET
OR PDS MEMBER INTO A PDS MEMBER WITH
DISP=SHR . PRESERVES DATASET INTEGRITY BY
USING AN SPF ENQUEUE/RESERVE TO LOCK OUT
OTHER RUNNING SPFCOPY PROGRAMS OR TSO
USERS WHILE THE COPY TAKES PLACE .
VTOC - A TSO CP FOR LOOKING AT VTOCS AND
OPTIONALLY SCRATCHING AND UNCATALOGING
DATA SETS . CONTAINS SOME INSTALLATION
SENSITIVE CODE , BUT SHOULD WORK WITHOUT
MODIFICATION . THE VTOC COMMAND CAN INVOKE
THE PDS COMMAND (VIA ' ALIAS ' LPDS) OR THE
RLSE COMMAND , BUT IT REQUIRES THE PCF X
FACILITY TO DO SO
MACROS - NEEDED BY VTOC
LOCUCB
REGEQU
RSAVE
RTURN
IS THE DOCUMENTATION FROM CONRAIL FOR THEIR PROGRAM
CALLED TSUPDATE WHICH IS CONTAINED IN LOAD MODULE
FORM IN FILE 035 OF THIS TAPE . THIS IS A PROGRAM
WHICH IS A VERY FLEXIBLE , DYNAMIC MASS CHANGE PDS
TO MANIPULATE PDS ' S . UNFORTUNATELY THERE IS NO
SOURCE AVAILABLE . YOU WILL FIND IF YOU EXECUTE THE
CODE THAT IT IS A PROPRIETARY PROGRAM FROM CONRAIL
BUT THEY HAVE GIVEN PERMISSION THAT IT BE PUT
ON THIS TAPE . THIS FILE IS 133 X 32718 FBA
IS A SERIES OF PROGRAMS FROM THE BRITISH COLUMBIA
SYSTEMS CORPORATION , CANADA . THIS SOFTWARE CONSISTS
OF :
A NETSOL - A VTAM RECORD MODE NETWORK SOLICITOR
B NESTOP - A VTAM PROGRAMMED OPERATOR
C NETINIT - A VTAM APPLICATION USED TO START VTAM
APPLICATIONS ONCE VTAM IS UP
THIS SOFTWARE IS CURRENTLY RUNNING AT BCSC AT MVS 3.8
AS ON 5/83 ACF/VTAM 2 ACF/NCP 2 .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND THE MEMBER
CALLED $DOC HAS ADDTIONAL INFORMATION
MEMBER DESCRIPTION
$DOC THIS MEMBER
@NETINIT VTAM APPLICATION DEFINITION FOR ' NETINIT '
@NETSOL VTAM APPLICATION DEFINITION FOR ' NETSOL '
@NETSTOP VTAM APPLICATION DEFINITION FOR ' NETSTOP '
LOGTAB VTAM INTERPRET TABLE USED BY ' NETSOL '
LOGTABA JCL TO ASSEMBLE ' LOGTAB ' . NOTE THAT
ACF/VTAM 2 ALLOWS THE INTERPRET TABLE TO GO
IN ' SYS1.VTAMLIB '.
MACROS MACROS USED BY NETSOL
NETINIT VTAM APPLICATION TO HANDLE STARTUP OF VTAM
APPLICATIONS
NETINIT$ INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR 'NETINIT' AND
' NETSTOP '
NETINITA JCL TO ASSEMBLE ' NETINIT ' .
NETINITI SAMPLE INPUT TO ' NETINIT ' .
NETINITP SAMPLE JCL TO RUN ' NETINIT '
NETSOL VTAM RECORD-MODE NETWORK SOLICITOR
' NETSOL '
NETSOL$ INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR 'NETSOL'
NETSOLA JCL TO ASSEMBLE ' NETSOL '
NETSOLP SAMPLE JCL TO RUN ' NETSOL '
NETSTOPI SAMPLE INPUT TO ' NETSTOP '
NETSTOPP SAMPLE JCL TO RUN ' NETSTOP '
WAS SUBMITTED FROM MEMOREX AND CONTAINS A TSO
COMMAND PROCESSOR TO INVOKE THE WATERLOO SCRIPT PGM .
THIS FILE DOES NOT CONTAIN THE WATERLOO SCRIPT
PGM . A HELP MEMBER IS ALSO INCLUDED AND THIS FILE
IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
CONTAINS THE JCL AND ZAPS FOR DMS .
THE DYNAMIC MONITOR SYSTEM MONITORS THE INTER-ACTIONS
BETWEEN THE OS/VS SYSTEM EVENTS AND THE CORRESPONDING
DYNAMICALLY ACTIVATED EVENT HANDLING ROUTINES . A
STANDARD SET OF EVENT HANDLING ROUTINES IS AVAILABLE .
THIS ROUTINE PERFORMS AN EVENT TRACE FUNCTION . DMS
WAS DEVELOPED SPECIFICALLY TO ANALYSE THE I/O
ACTIVITIES OF AN IBM/OS 370 MVS-MP SYSTEM .
A PRINCIPAL DESIGN GOAL FOR DMS IS TO KEEP THE CPU
OVERHEAD AND STORAGE REQUIREMENTS BELOW AN ACCEPTABLE
THERSHOLD , SO IT WILL BE POSSIBLE TO MONITOR AN ENTIRE
TP NETWORK DURING THE ENTIRE ONLINE OPERATION .
IN ADDITION , DMS GIVES THE SYSTEM PROGRAMMER A
CONVENIENT MEANS OF WRITING SIMPLE PROGRAMS CONTAINING
BOTH SELECTION AND DECISION LOGIC WHICH CAN BE BASED
ON A SELECTED GROUP OF SYSTEM EVENTS . THE TIME STAMP
FROM THE TIME OF DAY CLOCK GIVES THE POSSIBILITY TO
CREATE REPRODUCABLE TIME MEASUREMENTS .
DMS IS A HELPFULL TOOL FOR PROBLEM DETERMINATION
CONTAINS THE DOCUMENTATION FOR DMS
CONTAINS THE NON-MVS/SE SOURCE FOR DMS . FILE IS
IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT
CONTAINS THE NON-MVS/SE LOAD MODULES FOR DMS
CONTAINS THE MVS/SE RELEASE 1 SOURCE FOR DMS . THIS
FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT
CONTAINS THE MVS/SE RELEASE 1 LOAD MODULES FOR DMS
IS THE MTRACE EXIT TO PRINTDUMP . ITS FUNCTION IS TO
FORMAT THE MASTER TRACE TABLE FOR AN SVC OR STANDALONE
DUMP . IT WILL 1ST CHECK TO MAKE SURE THAT THE SYSTEM
HAS SU64 INSTALLED AND THE MASTER TRACE IS ACTIVE . THE
OUTPUT WILL BE IN ' REVERSE ' ORDER DUE TO THE FACT
THAT THE MASTER TRACE IS A BACKWARD WRAP-AROUND TABLE
IS CBT224 WITH FILE 29 PRODUCES CSECTS WITHIN MODULES
FOR SMP FROM A SET OF DLIBS
IS CBT225 WITH FILE 28 PRODUCES CSECTS WITHIN MODULES
FOR SMP FROM A SET OF DLIBS
IS MVS FREEALL WHICH WILL SHOW THE NAMES OF THE FILES
THAT ARE FREED
IS MVS FREEALL WHICH IS THE SAME AS FILE 30 EXCEPT
THAT IS WILL NOT SHOW THE NAMES OF THE FREED FILES
CONTAINS AN ACF2 SECURITY EXIT FOR NCCF FROM ROHM AND
HAAS COMPANY , PA . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT AND THE MEMBER CALLED $DOC CONTAINS
ADDITION INFORMATION
THIS MODIFICATION PLACES CONTROL OF IBM ' S NETWORK
COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL FACILITY ( NCCF ) LOGON SECURITY
UNDER ACF2 AND PROVIDES A BASE ON WHICH FURTHER ACF2
CONTROL OF NCCF FUNCTIONS MAY BE IMPLEMENTED . IT WAS
DEVELOPED USING NCCF RELEASE 2 BUT SHOULD BE APPLICABLE
TO EARLIER RELEASES AS WELL .
THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS OF THIS LIBRARY ARE PARTS OF THE
NCCF LOGON SECURITY MODIFICATION :
DSIEX14 THE NCCF NORMAL LOGOFF EXIT
LIDREC SMP FORMAT CHANGES TO USERLID AND
ACFFDR MEMBERS OF ACFMAC
M99A0N THE NCCF LOGON SECURITY FRONTEND MODULE
RH00026 SMP FORMAT UPDATE TO NCCF MACRO DSIPSS
RH00027 SMP FORMAT ADDITION OF M99A0N AND JCLIN
FOR DSILAN
ALL OTHER MEMBERS ARE MACROS REQUIRED TO ASSEMBLE
DSIEX14 AND/OR M99A0N . ASSEMBLY OF M99A0N AND DSIEX14
REQUIRES ACFMAC AND THIS LIBRARY IN THE ASSEMBLER
SYSLIB CONCATENATION .
LIDREC
THE LIDREC SMP CHANGES ADD THREE FIELDS TO THE USERLID
PORTION OF THE LIDREC AND DEFINITIONS OF THESE FIELDS
TO THE ACF2 FIELD DEFINITION RECORD ( FDR >) . THESE
FIELDS ARE USED TO CONTROL WHO MAY LOGON TO NCCF AND
WHAT LOGON OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE .
M99A0N
M99A0N IS THE FRONTEND CODE FOR THE NCCF NORMAL LOGON
VALIDATION MODULE , DSILAN . WHEN IT RECEIVES CONTROL ,
IT ALLOCATES A PRIVATE DATA AREA WHICH IS CHAINED FROM
THE NCCF TASK VECTOR BLOCK ( TVB ) USER FIELD , TVBUFLD ,
AND CONTAINS THE ACF2 REQUEST PARAMETER LIST , MESSAGE
BUFFER , AND POINTERS TO THE ACMCB AND LIDREC FOR THE
LOGGED ON USER . M99A0N THEN PROCEEDS TO PRE-VALIDATE
THE LOGONID AND PASSWORD ENTERED ON THE NCCF LOGON
SCREEN AND CALLS ACF2 TO VALIDATE THE LOGONID/PASSWORD
COMBINATION AND RETURN THE APPROPRIATE LIDREC . IF THE
COMBINATION IS VALID , THE PASSWORD ENTERED BY THE USER
IS CHANGED TO A CONSTANT ' A ' SO THAT THE NCCF DSIOPF
MEMBER NEED NOT BE MAINTAINED FOR PASSWORD CHANGES AND
THE NCCF LOGON CONTROL BIT IN THE LIDREC IS CHECKED TO
ASSURE THAT THE LOGONID IS APPROVED TO USE NCCF .
WITH THE LIDREC AVAILABLE, M99A0N CHECKS FOR ENTRY OF
AN NCCF PROFILE NAME ON THE LOGON SCREEN . IF ONE IS
ENTERED , A BIT IN THE LIDREC IS TESTED FOR AUTHORITY TO
ENTER A PROFILE NAME . IF NO PROFILE NAME IS ENTERED,
THE PARSE DESCRIPTOR BLOCK ( PDB ) FOR THE LOGON COMMAND
AND THE LOGON COMMAND BUFFER ARE ALTERED TO CONTAIN THE
DEFAULT PROFILE NAME FROM THE LIDREC .
M99A0N ALSO VALIDATES THE HARDCOPY DEVICE NAME FROM THE
LOGON COMMAND. IF THE DEVICE NAME IS ' NO ' , IT IS
ELIMINATED FROM THE PDB. IF THE DEVICE NAME IS ' YES ' ,
THE LIDREC HARDCOPY DEVICE FIELD IS TESTED FOR AN
ENTRY ; IF THE LIDREC HARDCOPY DEVICE FIELD CONTAINS A
DEVICE NAME , IT IS SUBSTITUTED IN THE PDB AND COMMAND
BUFFER FOR THE WORD ' YES ' ; IF THE LIDREC HARDCOPY
DEVICE FIELD CONTAINS NO ENTRY , THE REQUEST FOR
HARDCOPY LOGGING IS REJECTED . IF THE DEVICE NAME
ENTERED IN THE LOGON COMMAND IS NEITHER ' YES ' NOR ' NO ' ,
IT IS ASSUMED TO BE A DEVICE NAME AND A BIT IN THE
LIDREC IS TESTED FOR AUTHORITY TO ENTER A HARDCOPY
DEVICE NAME .
IF ALL LOGON VALIDATION CHECKS ARE PASSED SUCCESSFULLY,
CONTROL IS PASSED TO DSILAN WITH NO EVIDENCE OF
M99A0N ' S EXISTENCE EXCEPT THE PRIVATE DATA AREA CHAINED
FROM TVBUFLD . THIS DATA AREA IS AVAILABLE TO ALL OTHER
NCCF FUNCTIONS FOR THE USER AND ITS POINTERS TO ACF2
DATA AREAS MAY THEREFORE BE USED TO IMPLEMENT
ADDITIONAL ACF2 CONTROL OF NCCF FUNCTIONS . IF THE
LOGON ATTEMPT FAILS VALIDATION, CONTROL IS RETURNED TO
M99A0N ' S CALLER AFTER RELEASING ALL RESOURCES ACQUIRED .
A CONSEQUENCE OF THIS APPROACH IS THAT ALL POSSIBLE
VALID COMBINATIONS OF LOGON PARAMETERS MUST BE DEFINED
IN NCCF ' S PARAMETER MEMBERS SO THAT A LOGON ATTEMPT
WHICH PASSES M99A0N VALIDATION IS GUARANTEED TO PASS
DSILAN ' S VALIDATION . THE EASIEST WAY TO PROVIDE THIS
GUARANTEE IS TO DEFINE ALL OPERATORS WITH ALL POSSIBLE
PROFILE NAMES AND LET M99A0N CONTROL THE SITUATION .
THE SAME IS TRUE FOR HARDCOPY DEVICES ; NCCF SHOULD KNOW
ALL POSSIBLE HARDCOPY DEVICE NAMES .
NOTE THAT THE LOGONID USED BY THE NCCF STARTED TASK
MUST HAVE THE MUSASS AND NO-SMC ATTRIBUTES .
DSIEX14
DSIEX14 IS THE NCCF NORMAL LOGOFF EXIT . ITS FUNCTION
IN THE MODIFICATION IS TO RELEASE THE PRIVATE DATA AREA
AND ACF2 RESOURCES ACQUIRED BY M99A0N WHEN THE USER
LOGGED ON . IT SHOULD BE PLACED IN A LINKLIST LIBRARY
FOR LOADING BY NCCF .
RH00026
RH00026 IS A MODIFICATION TO NCCF MACRO DSIPSS ( THIS IS
THE ONLY ACTUAL MODIFICATION OF NCCF DISTRIBUTED CODE
CONTAINED IN THIS MOD ) TO SUPPORT THE RESTORE PARAMETER
OF THE OPTIONS KEYWORD . THIS PARAMETER IS USED
INTERNALLY BY DSILAN AND IS SUPPORTED BY THE PL/S
VERSION OF THE DSIPSS MACRO BUT NOT BY THE DISTRIBUTED
ASSEMBLER VERSION OF THE MACRO . THIS USERMOD SHOULD BE
INSTALLED BEFORE M99A0N IS ASSEMBLED OR AN MNOTE WILL
BE ISSUED FOR THE DSIPSS MACRO INSTRUCTION IT CONTAINS .
RH00027
RH00027 IS THE SMP INSTALLATION OF MODULE M99A0N AS A
FRONTEND TO DSILAN . IT CONTAINS JCLIN TO INFORM SMP OF
THE NEW LINKAGE EDIT REQUIREMENTS FOR DSILAN .
IS FROM THE LIBRARY OF CONGRESS AND CONTAINS A COPY
OF THEIR IEECVXIT . SEE THE CODE FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
FUNCTION : THIS PROGRAM IS USED USED AS AN MCS
EXIT . IT CAN MINIPULATE CONSOLE
MESSAGES OR TRIGER AN EVENT BECAUSE OF A
CONSOLE MESSAGE BEING ISSUED .
THIS ROUTINE HAS TWO INTERNAL SUBROUTINES :
IEECR2D2 IS A SUBROUTINE THAT OPERATES
UNDER SRB MODE . IRBROUT IS A SUBROUTINE
THAT REQUESTS SVC 34 FUNCTIONS UNDER AN IRB
THAT BELONGS TO ' CMD1 ' . ' CMD1 ' IS A TASK
THAT IS ALWAYS RUNNING . ( IN OUR SHOP ' CMD1 '
IS STARTED AT IPL , AND PERFORMS A WAIT THAT
IS NEVER POSTED ) .
NOTES ON OPERATION : THIS ROUTINE OPERATES AS
AN MCS EXIT . IT IS CAPABLE OF PERFORMING
THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS :
. CHANGING ROUTING CODES ON MESSAGES SO
THAT MESSAGES CAN BE SENT TO DIFFERENT
CONSOLES THAN THOSE ORIGINALLY
REQUESTED .
. CHANGING DESCRIPTOR CODES ON MESSAGES
INORDER TO CHANGE MESSAGES TO
ROLLABLE / NON-ROLLABLE .
. DELETEING MESSAGE COMPLETELY BY CHANGING
THE ROUTING CODE TO ZERO .
. TRIGERING AN ACTIVITY ( IE . START A TASK
IF A SPECIFIC MESSAGE IS ISSUED .
. REPLY TO 'WTORS' AUTOMATICALLY
MODULE - IEECVXIT ( MCS EXIT ) REL 2.0 15 JUNE 82
THIS MCS EXIT IS BASED ON THE SOURCE FROM
' SYS1.SAMPLIB ' FROM THE IPO SYSTEM . THIS CODE
CAME BY WAY OF FAIRCHILD CAMERA CORPORATION
THROUGH THE SHARE SPLA MVSMODS TAPE .
THAT IS WHERE THE SIMILIARITY ENDS . WE NOT ONLY
WANT TO DO THE CHANGING OF ROUTCDE ' S , DESC CODES
ETC , BUT ALSO WE WANT TO DO SOME AUTOMATIC
REPLIES . WHY WAKE UP THE OPER- ATOR ??? SO FOR
THINGS LIKE WHEN VTAM IS INITIALIZED , THEN WE
ALWAYS ' S TSO '. THUS ' R2D2 ' ( ROUTINE
IEECR2D2 ) IS NOW ALIVE AND DOING GOOD THINGS .
EVER GET AN OPERATOR TO REPLY ' HOLD ' TO THAT
NASTY ALLOCATION MESSAGE AND MAKES YOU 3033 LOOK
LIKE IT IS RUNNING OS/MVT ( Q4 IS LOCKED ) . SO
THERE ARE ALL KINDS OF POSSIBILITIES. HOPEFULLY
THE DIRTY WORK IS DONE . GOOD LUCK ALL
NOTE : MODULE IS REENTRANT AND SHOULD STAY THAT
WAY
----- IMPORTANT INSTALLATION NOTE ----- ( JTS-CDC )
THERE ONCE WAS AN APAR DESCRIBING A DISTRIBUTION
ERROR FOR THE BASE MVS 3.7 SYSTEM . APAR OZ45469
DESCRIBES IT . MODULE IEECVXIT ( DUMMY BR14 MCS
EXIT ) WAS DISTRIBUTED ON SYS1.AOSC5 WITH THE LKED
ATTRIBUTES OF ' NONE ' INSTEAD OF ' RENT ' AND ' REFR '*
AS IT SHOULD HAVE BEEN . DURING STAGE 2 OF THE
SYSGEN PROCESS , THIS MODULE ALONG WITH THREE
OTHERS ( IEAVVWTO & IEAVMWTO ON AOSC5 AND IGC0203E
ON AOSB3 ) WERE INCLUDED TOGETHER TO PRODUCE
MODULE IGC0003E ON LPALIB . ALTHOUGH THE OTHER
THREE MODULES WERE SHIPPED WITH ' RENT ' AND ' REFR '
AS THEY SHOULD HAVE BEEN , THE IEECVXIT MODULE
ATTRIBUTE OF ' NONE ' CAUSE THE FINAL IGC0003E
MODULE TO BE GENERATED AS ' NOT RENT ' AND ' NOT
REFR ' . IGC0003E RUNNING SERIAL MODE DOES LITTLE
FOR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE SINCE IT IS IN CONTROL FOR
EVERY CONSOLE MESSAGE ISSUED . APAR OZ45469 WAS
CLOSED AS ' SUGGESTED SYSTEM IMPROVEMENT ' AND
EVENTUALLY , MVS 3.8 WAS SHIPPED CORRECTLY ,
HOWEVER , THE IPO FOLKS MANAGED TO MAKE THE SAME
MISTAKE WITH IEECVXIT AND AS FAR AS WAS KNOWN BY
TAMPA BAY AS OF 5/27/82 ( SEE PROBLEM 5X333 ), THE
IPO ERROR HAD NOT BEEN OFFICIALLY APARED , BUT
LEVEL 2 INDICATED AWARENESS OF THE ERROR AND
PROMISED TO CORRECT THE DISTRIBUTED CODE ON
FUTURE SHIPS . THE CIRCUMVENTION , OF COURSE , IS
TO ZAP THE ATTRIBUTE OF IEECVXIT ON AOSC5 AND
IGC0003E ON LPALIB TO ' RENT ' & ' REFR ' . WE HAVE
DONE THIS WITHOUT INCIDENT AT CDC .
IS THE SOURCE FOR THE DUMMY GHOST ROUTINES FOR APEMAN
IS A LOAD MOUDLE LIBRARY WITH SEVERAL PROGRAMS WITHIN
SOURCE FILE LOAD MODULE NAME
018 DOCUMENTATION TSUPDATE
038 SOURCE BPAGE STARTREK
038 SOURCE CPAGE STARTREK
038 SOURCE QTIME STARTREK
038 SOURCE QDATE STARTREK
038 SOURCE DEDUCT STARTREK
038 SOURCE RANKING STARTREK
038 SOURCE ST79INIT STARTREK
038 SOURCE SUPRTREK STARTREK
112 SOURCE $VTOC
128 SOURCE ADVENT
145 SOURCE CPU FROM HOBART
182 SOURCE PDSXXX
255 SOURCE RMFPP
294 SOURCE VSAMADTL VSAMANAL
294 SOURCE VSAMAGET VSAMANAL
294 SOURCE VSAMAHLP VSAMANAL
294 SOURCE VSAMANAL VSAMANAL
294 SOURCE VSAMANDX VSAMANAL
294 SOURCE VSAMSIZE VSAMANAL
299 SOURCE TAPEMAP
317 SOURCE ADL STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE AMDPRSEG STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE ASMTOZAP STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE COMWAIT STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE LINKER STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE LOADPTR STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE PLIMISC STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE PTRIN STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE PTROUT STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE SDL STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE STATDIE STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE STATPOST STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE STATSTDE STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE STATUTL STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE STCK STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE SVC STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE TCAPTR STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE TODCNVRT STATDIE SYSTEM
317 SOURCE TODCNVT STATDIE SYSTEM
318 SOURCE ANALYSIS PACKER SYSTEM
318 SOURCE DIRECT PACKER SYSTEM
318 SOURCE GENCNTS PACKER SYSTEM
318 SOURCE LPAMAP PACKER SYSTEM
318 SOURCE MODMAP PACKER SYSTEM
IS A COLLECTION OF AMDPRDMP EXITS AND ZAPS REQUIRED
FOR PUT8004 LEVEL . THIS FILE IS FROM SHERING-PLOUGH
AND IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
IS AN MVS VERSION OF COPYCAT TO MOVE , SPLIT , AND/OR
REORGANIZE CVOLS CATALOGS . THIS VERSION RUNS UNDER
MVS AND THE RESULTANT CVOL MAY BE LISTED WITH IEHLIST
THIS VERSION HAS 3380 AND 3375 SUPPORT ADDED FROM
UCLA . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT SEE THE
MEMBER CALLED $$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION .
$CBTJCL .. THE JCL USED AT CBT TO INSTALL
$MANUAL .. THE COPYCAT MANUAL
$UCLAJCL . THE JCL USED AT UCLA TO INSTALL
COPYCAT .. COPYCAT CODE ITSELF
FIX1 .. FIX ESATE01 - CONVERTS COPYCAT FROM STAE TO
ESTAE USE AND CORRECTS AN S30A ABEND THAT
OCCURS FOLLOWING AN X37 ABEND
FIX2 ..... FIX XCP200 - CORRECTS AN S200 ABEND THAT
INTERMITTENTLY OCCU IN COPYCAT AFTER AN
'X37' ABEND DUE TO ALL OF THE I/O NOT HAVING
COMPLETED BEFORE SVC55 IS ISSUED FOR AN
END-OF-VOLUME INDICATION .
OAC1 ..... FIX DEV3380 - ADDS 3380 SUPPORT TO COPYCAT
OAC2 ..... FIX HASH001 - UCLA LOCAL MODE . SEE MEMBER
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
IS A SERIES OF THREE PROGRAM FROM FEDERAL EXPRESS
01 SMPSEL - A PROGRAM THAT ' S BEEN FOUND TO BE
VERY USEFUL IN APPLYING MAINTENANCE TO MVS ,
EXPECIALLY WITH PUT . YOU CAN SELECT EVERY
SYSMOD IN THE PTS THAT IS APPLICABLE TO A
PARTICULAR FMID . THIS CAN THEN BE USED TO
AUGMENT THE EXCLUDE LIST
02 PROGDQUE - A PROGRAM THAT WILL BUILD THE PRINT
QUEUE DATASET FOR THE TSO/VTAM VERSION OF DSPRINT
IT REPLACES THE USE OF IEBDG TO INITIALIZE THE
DATASET . IT IS MUCH FASTER AND EASIER TO USE ,
EXPECIALLY FOR LARGE NUMBER OF PRINTERS
03 SUPRTREK - AN ADVANCED VERSION OF STARTRE
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
BPAGE CPAGE DEDUCT QDATE QTIME RANKING
ST79INIT SUPRTREK . YOU NEED FORTRAN H TO COMPILE
THIS CODE , IT APPEARS THAT FORTRAN G1 WORKS BUT
IT DOES NOT PROPERLY RUN AFTER A G1 COMPILE
CONTAINS SEVERAL PROGRAMS , TSO COMMAND PROCESSORS ,
MACROS , ETC ., FROM A MIDWESTERN INSTALLATION . THIS
FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FROMAT . SEE THE MEMBER
CALLED $$$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
IS A SP1.3 VER OF DIDOCS FROM DANIEL INTERNATIONAL
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
IS THE CHIMP MVS MONITOR
TO INSTALL THIS MONITOR ASSEMBLE AND LINKEDIT IT INTO
A LINK-LIST LIBRARY . THEN FROM TSO JUST CALL IT
FROM A 3270 TUBE
SEE THE ACTUAL CODE FOR HOW TO CHANGE DISPLAYS .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS AN
MVS/SE VERSION AND A NON-MVS/SE VERSION
IS AN IEBUPDTE STREAM FROM KAISER PERMANENTE OF THE
USER MODIFICATIONS THAT THEY HAVE APPLIED TO THEIR
SYSTEM
IS THE SAMPLE OUTPUT FROM KAISER'S IEFACTRT SMF EXIT
THE SOURCE IS IN FILE 42 . LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=32718
IS FROM KAISER AND CONTAINS CLISTS FOR THE PGMS IN
FILE 42 . IT IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT
IS AN ENHANCEMENT TO THE YALE COMPARE PROGRAM THAT IS
IN FILE 226 OF THIS TAPE . THE PUPOSE OF THIS CODE IT TO
ALLOW THE COMPARE PGM TO PROCESS TWO PDS FILES RATHER
THAN TWO SEQUENTIAL FILES THE PROGRAM IS SELF CONTAINED
SIMPLY ASSEMBLE AND LINK AND IT ' S READY TO USE .
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON HOW TO USE THE PROGRAM IS
CONTAINED AS COMMENTS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE CODE
ITSELF . ALSO INCLUDED IS THE JES2 SOURCE COMPARE SYSTEM
COMPONENTS OF THIS FILE :
$$DOC - DOCUMENTATION OF THE JES2 COMPARE SYSTEM
PDSCMPR - ORIGINAL PDS COMPARE PROGRAM
JES2 SOURCE COMPARE SYSTEM
JES2CMPR - AN ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAM THAT
IS A MODIFICATION OF THE PDSCMPR
PROGRAM . THIS PROGRAM CREATES A
PDS THAT CONTAINS ALL OF THE
CHANGES BETWEEN TWO RELEASES .
JES2LIST - AN ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAM THAT
READS THE ABOVE PDS , THE SYSPRINT
OUTPUT FROM THE ASSEMBLER AND
PRINTS A NEW ASSEMBLY LISTING
SHOWING WERE CHANGES HAVE
OCCURRED
CMPRPDS - A JCL STREAM THAT EXECUTES JES2CMPR
JES2ASM2 - A PROC THAT EXECUTES
THE ASSEMBLER AND THEN JES2LIST TO
CREATE THE POST ASSEMBLY LISTING
ASM88888 - A JCL STREAM THAT ASSEMBLES ALL OF
THE JES2 MODULES
THIS FILE IN IS IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
IS THE MASS MUTUAL DISK PACK MAINTENANCE
PROGRAM IT ' S ONLY FUNCTION IS TO EXAMINE THE
VTOC OF A PARTICULAR VOLUME AND SCRATCH THE
DATASETS SPECIFIED . THE UNCATALOG ONLY OCCURS
IF THE DATA SET IS CATALOGUED ON THE VOLUME
CURRENTLY BEING EXAMINED . IF IT IS A MULTI
VOLUME DATA SET IT IS NOT SCRATCHED OR
UNCATALOGUED . THIS PROGRAM HAS BEEN USED ON
3330 AND 3350 DEVICES . IT HAS BEEN RUN UNDER
MVS 3.8 VANILLA AND MVS 3.8 SP1 . IT MUST RUN
AUTHORIZED AND THE USER MUST HAVE OPERATOR
AUTHORIZATION . THE PROMPT SCREEN ALLOWS YOU
TO ENTER THE VOLSER YOU WISH TO EXAMINE AND
THE SCAN DATE . A FULL SCREEN OF DATA SETS CAN
BE SCRATCHED AT A TIME . HITTING THE ENTER KEY
PAGES YOU FORWARD THROUGH THE VTOC .
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE FOUND IN THE COMMENTS
OF THE CODE ITSELF
IS A COPY OF IEAIPS00 FROM STANDARD OIL ' S
MVS/SE ' S SYSTEM
IS THE LISTVOL CP FOR TSO FOR MVS
IS THE LISTSPC CP FOR TSO FROM MVS
IS LOCINDEX SUBROUTINE NEEDED FOR FILES 048 & 049
IS THE HELP DATA SET FOR LISTVOL AND LISTSPC
( CONTAINED IN FILES 48 AND 49 )
IS THE MACHINE-READABLE SOURCE FOR 'MVS IS BREAKING
MY HEART' SINCE ITS ORIGINAL RELEASE IN 1975 , THE
PRODUCT HAS HAD ONLY ONE SERVICE UPDATE AND THAT WAS
AN RPQ RATHER THAN A BUG ( IDENTIFIED IN THE TEXT
AS BWM78311 )
CHKDUMPS SOURCE . THIS PROGRAM DISPLAYS THE TITLE OF
EACH FULL SYS1.DUMP DATA SET , ALONG WITH THE TIME
AND DATE WHEN THE DUMP OCCURED . ALL OUTPUT IS
DIRECTED TO THE OPERATOR ' S CONSOLE .
A MODULE OF THE AMDPRDMP UTILITY IS NEEDED TO CONVERT
THE TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK FORMAT TIME STAMP INTO JULIAN
DATE AND 24 HOUR TIME .
TO DO THIS THE PROGRAM MUST BE LINKED TOGETHER WITH
THE AMDPRDMP MODULE NAMED AMDPRESEQ .
SOURCE FOR AMDPRSEG CAN BE FOUND IN COMP
LIBRARY 5752-SC113 ON THE SOURCE TAPES DISTRIBUTED
BY IBM . TO COMPENSATE FOR THE TIME ZONE VARIANCES
ONE INSTRUCTION MUST BE NOP-ED . IN REL 3 THIS IS
WITH THE SEQ NUMBER 01322000 .
THE JCL TO EXECUTE THIS PROG IS AS FOLLOWS ,
//S1 EXEC PGM=CHKDUMPS
//IN01 DD DSN=SYS1.DUMP01,DISP=SHR,FREE=CLOSE
//IN02 DD DSN=SYS1.DUMP02,DISP=SHR,FREE=CLOSE
//IN03 DD DSN=SYS1.DUMP03,DISP=SHR,FREE=CLOSE
//IN04 DD DSN=SYS1.DUMP04,DISP=SHR,FREE=CLOSE
//IN05 DD DSN=SYS1.DUMP05,DISP=SHR,FREE=CLOSE
//IN06 DD DSN=SYS1.DUMP06,DISP=SHR,FREE=CLOSE
//IN07 DD DSN=SYS1.DUMP07,DISP=SHR,FREE=CLOSE
//IN08 DD DSN=SYS1.DUMP08,DISP=SHR,FREE=CLOSE
//IN09 DD DSN=SYS1.DUMP09,DISP=SHR,FREE=CLOSE
IS THE ZAP FOR CHKDUMPS
LPAREA SOURCE CODE . THIS MODULE IS STARTED FROM THE
CONSOLE AND TAKES A LOAD MODULE NAME AND GIVES THE
ENTRY POINT ADDRESS OF THE MODULE . IT ALSO TELLS
THE ADDRESS OF THE START OF THE MLPA ADDRESS
VCOREZAP SOURCE . THIS MODULE PERMITS THE ALTERATION
OR DISPLAY OF STORAGE LOCATIONS IN THE NUCLEUS , THE *
CSA, OR THE PLPA/MLPA . FOR INFORMATION ON HOW THE
PROGRAM WORKS ISSUE A START COMMAND FOR THE JOB AND
REPLY ' EXP ' TO THE WTOR
CONTAINS PANSPOOL WHICH IS A JES2 SYSMSG SPOOLING
SYSTEM . LARGE COMPUTING SYSTEMS ENCOUNTER PROBLEMS
IN PRINTING , REVIEWING AND STORING LARGE QUANTITIES
OF PRODUCTION JCL LISTINGS . PANSPOOL IS A JES2
EXTERNAL WRITER THAT INTERCEPTS ALL PRODUCTION JCL
LISTINGS AND ROUTES THEM TO A PANVALET LIBRARY . THE
LISTINGS ARE KEPT ONLINE FOR A SPECIFIED NUMBER OF
DAYS AND THEN ARCHIEVED TO TAPE FOR AN ADDITIONAL
PERIOD . FAILED JOBS ARE IDENTIFIED TO ELIMINATE THE
POSSIBILITY OF UNDETECTED FAILURES . JCL LISTINGS CAN
BE DISPLAYED OR PRINTED VIA A CLIST FROM TSO . FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION SEE THE MEMBERS CALLED $DOC AND
#INDEX .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
SEE ALSO FILE 067 FOR AN UPDATED VERSION
CONTAINS SEVERAL PROGRAMS , TSO COMMAND PROCESSORS ,
MACROS , ETC ., FROM THE FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT CO .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT . SEE THE
MEMBER CALLED $$$DOC FOR MORE INFORMATION
SYSTEMS WHICH SUPPORT EXECUTION OF THE TMP IN THE
BACKGROUND WILL SUPPORT DVOL , DSN , DENQ , AND DSAT
( EXCEPT PDS OPTION ) UNDER THE TMP AS BATCH JOBS .
MVS SYSTEMS WHICH ALSO SUPPORT BACKGROUND DYNAMIC
ALLOCATION WILL SUPPORT ALL OF THE TSO COMMANDS UNDER
THE TMP AS BATCH JOBS .
THE SOURCE FOR DSAT , DVOL , DSN / DENQ , AND FREEALL IS
OPERATING SYSTEM DEPENDENT . THE PROPER OPERATING
SYSTEM MUST BE SPECIFIED AS THE VALUE FOR &OPSYSTM
BEFORE ASSEMBLING . THE REMAINING PROGRAMS ARE
OPERATING SYSTEM INDEPENDENT ( MVT SVS MVS ).
THE MVT ASSEMBLER F WILL NOT ASSEMBLE SOME OF THE
MACROS PROPERLY . THE SVS AND MVS ASSEMBLER XF , THE H
ASSEMBLER , AND SOME VERSIONS OF THE G ASSEMBLER WILL
ASSEMBLE THE MACROS WITHOUT ERROR . THE F ASSEMBLER
DOES NOT RECOGNIZE THE &SYSDATE AND &SYSTIME SYSTEM
VARIABLE SYMBOLS IN THE $ENTER MACRO AND DOES NOT
ALLOW THE MNOTE STATEMENT BEFORE THE LOCAL AND GLOBAL
SYMBOL DEFINITIONS IN SEVERAL OF THE MACROS .
THE FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE MEMBERS IN
THIS PDS .
MORE DETAILED DOCUMENTATION IS INCLUDED IN COMMENT
STATEMENTS IN EACH SOURCE PROGRAM AND MACRO .
MACROS REQUIRED TO ASSEMBLE PROGRAMS
$ENTER ENTRY LINKAGE
$CALL INVOKE A SUBROUTINE
$RTRN RETURN LINKAGE
#CTGPL MAP A VSAM CATALOG PARAMETER LIST
#SORT SORT A TABLE
#TSOBLKS CONSTRUCT TSO CONTROL BLOCKS
#TSOMSG CONSTRUCT TSO PUTLINE MESSAGE
#VTCFMT1 DESCRIBE A FORMAT 1 DSCB
#VTCFMT3 DESCRIBE A FORMAT 3 DSCB
#VTCFMT4 DESCRIBE A FORMAT 4 DSCB
#VTCFMT5 DESCRIBE A FORMAT 5 DSCB
IKJATRCB IBM MACRO TO MAP ATTRIBUTE CONTROL
BLOCK ( NOT DISTRIBUTED WITH MVT )
THE FOLLOWING MACROS MAY BE HELPFUL , BUT ARE
NOT REQUIRED TO ASSEMBLE THE OTHER PROGRAMS
#UCS GENERATE UCS CHARACTER IMAGES
IKJEBEST IBM PRIVATE MACRO TO GENERATE TSO
EDIT SUBCOMMAND TABLE
TESTMACS IBM PRIVATE MACROS USED TO INSTALL
AND ASSEMBLE TEST SUBCOMMANDS
( AVAILABLE FROM OPTIONAL MATERIAL )
BRKELEM BREAK ELEMENT DESCRIPTION
IKJEGDBE
IKJEGDME
IKJEGSIO SET OF I/O MACROS
IKJEGSPL
IKJEGSUB GENERATE SUBCOMMAND TABLE
IKJEGSVB
IKJEGSVQ
IKJEGS6A
IKJEGS9G
IKJPARMA DESCRIBE AN ADDRESS PDE
TCOMTAB DESCRIBE TEST COMMUNICATIONS TABLE
PROGRAMS
DSAT TSO COMMAND TO DISPLAY DATA SET
ALLOCATION
DSATHELP HELP MEMBER FOR DSAT
DVOL TSO COMMAND TO DISPLAY FREE SPACE
ON DIRECT ACCESS VOLUMES
DVOLHELP HELP MEMBER FOR DVOL
DSN/DENQ TSO COMMANDS TO DISPLAY
ALLOCATIONS ON DATA SETS OR ANY
QNAME/RNAME COMBINATION
DSNHELP HELP MEMBER FOR DSN
DENQHELP HELP MEMBER FOR DENQ
FREEALL TSO COMMAND TO FREE ALL ALLOCATED
DATA SETS
FALLHELP HELP MEMBER FOR FREEALL
RLSE TSO COMMAND TO RELEASE UNUSED
SPACE FOR DISK DATA SETS
RLSEHELP HELP MEMBER FOR RLSE
MMDEL TSO COMMAND TO DELETE MULTIPLE
MEMBERS FROM A PDS
MMDLHELP HELP MEMBER FOR MMDEL
DQ ENHANCED STATUS COMMAND SHOWING
QUEUE NAME AND POSITION OR
STEPNAME IF EXECUTING ( FOR JES2
VERSION 4.0 OR 4.1 )
DQHELP HELP MEMBER FOR DQ
SS0812 FIND SUBCOMMAND OF TEST
HELP0812 HELP DATA FOR SS0812
SS0813 LISTBKPT SUBCOMMAND OF TEST
HELP0813 HELP DATA FOR SS0813
SS0104 TAPE MAPPING PROGRAM
SS0278 TAPE DUPLICATION PROGRAM
SS0108 PROGRAM TO GENERATE CARDS WITH PDS
MEMBER NAMES SUBSTITUTED FOR
CONTROL CHARACTERS
SS0127 PROGRAM TO IDENTIFY UNCATALOGED
DATA SETS
SS0300 PROGRAM TO PRINT OR PUNCH MEMBERS
OF A PDS IN ALPHABETICAL OR
SELECTED ORDER
SS0136 PROGRAM TO LIST THE CHANNELS
SPECIFIED BY FCB IMAGES FOR 3211
PRINTERS
SS0272 PROGRAM TO READ A LINK MAP AND
LIST UNREFERENCED CONROL SECTIONS
DMPSPOOL PROGRAM TO DUMP INPUT JOBS FROM
JES2 RELEASE 4.0 SPOOL
UNITNAME PROGRAM TO LIST DEVICES SPECIFIED
BY EACH GENERIC AND ESOTERIC UNIT
NAME
IS THE MVS/SE DCMS USER ' S GUIDE FOR VERSION 2
2 RELEASE 3 , FEB 1979 . THIS FILE IS IN IEBGENER
FORMAT . RECFM=VBA,LRECL=137,BLKSIZE=32747
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE MVS/SE
DCMS SOURCE LIBRARY VERSION 2 RELEASE 3 , FEB 79
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE MVS/SE
DCMS MACRO LIBRARY VERSION 2 RELEASE 3 , FEB 79
IS A STATEMENT SAYING THAT THIS FILE SHOULD CONTAIN
THE MVS/SRM MACROS FOR MVS/SE DCMS BUT BECAUSE
OF THE COPYRIGHT LAWS IT DOES NOT . IF YOU NEED THESE
YOU MUST GET THE OPTIONAL MATERIAL FOR MVS/SE FROM
IBM . YOU HAVE TO HAVE A LICENSE FOR MVS/SE
( 5740-XE1 ) TO OBTAIN IT
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE MVS/SE
DCMS OBJECT LIBRARY VERSION 2 RELEASE 3 , FEB 79
IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE MVS/SE
DCMS LOAD MODULE LIBRARY VERSION 2 RELEASE 3 , FEB 79
CONTAINS A SERIES OF PGMS FROM B.F. GOODIRCH THEY ARE
#JC - CMD SUBSYSTEM #J REPLACEMENT . THIS #J
ALLOWS THE OPTION #JC WHICH WAITS FIVE
SECONDS AND DISPLAYS EACH JOB AND THEIR
CPU PERCENTAGE IN A FORMAT SIMILAR TO
THE NORMAL #J .
CLOKSYNC - THIS JOB ISSUES THE OPERATOR COMMAND T
TIME= TO SYNCHRONIZE THE TIMES ON TWO
LOOSELY COUPLED MACHINES . THIS JOB
NEEDS TO BE KICKED OFF ON BOTH MACHINES
AND IT COMMUNICATES THROUGH A BDAM
DATASET . ONE OF THE MACHINES WILL HAVE
ITS TIME SET TO THE OTHER MACHINES .
CMDEXEC - A PROGRAM WHICH TAKES OPERATOR COMMANDS
AS EXECUTE PARMS ISSUES THEM VIA SVC34 .
IEFUJV - SMF JOB VERIFY EXIT . THIS EXIT SCANS
EXEC JCL STATEMENTS LOOKING FOR PROC
NAMES . WHEN PROC NAMES ARE FOUND , THEY
ARE RECORDED BY WRITING AN SMF RECORD .
THIS EXIT WAS USED TO CLEAN UP OUR
PROCLIBS . WE INSTALLED THIS EXIT FOR
ABOUT SIX MONTHS , PROCESSED THE SMF
DATA , AND FOUND THAT WE COULD DELETE
ABOUT 1/3 OF OUR PROCS .
KEYVAL - A KEYWORD VALIDATION ROUTINE USED TO
PARSE KEYWORDS AND VALUES RECEIVED AS
INPUT INTO A PROGRAM . THIS PROGRAM IS
INVOKED USING TWO MACROS . THE FIRST --
KEYVAL -- IS USED TO INVOKE THE ROUTINE
AND GENERATES AN INLINE CSECT WHEN
FIRST USED . OTHER USES IN A PROGRAM
USE THE FIRST COPY . THE SECOND MACRO
-- KEYT -- IS USED TO BUILD A KEYWORD
VALIDATION TABLE THAT TELLS WHAT TO DO
WHEN A KEYWORD MATCH IS FOUND . THIS
ROUTINE IS REENTRANT . THE TWO MACROS
GIVEN HERE MAY BE USED INLINE OR PLACED
INTO A MACLIB .
SMART - SMART IS A MANUAL FORMATING PROGRAM .
SMART WILL AUTOMATICALLY PRODUCE A
TABLE OF CONTENTS , INDEX , AND CHECK THE
SPELLING OF WORDS .
WHICH - APPLICABLE TO LOOSELY COUPLED
MULTI-PROCESSING SYSTEMS . THIS PROGRAM
MAY BE EXECUTED AS A JOB STEP AND GIVES
A RETURN CODE DEPENDING ON WHICH SYSTEM
IT IS RUNNING ON . THIS RETURN CODE MAY
BE INTERROGATED BY THE COND JCL
PARAMETER ON SUBSEQUENT STEPS TO
DETERMINE IF THAT STEP IS THE RUN ON
THAT SYSTEM . USEFUL FOR DAILY
MAINTENCE JOBS , SUCH AS SMFDUMPS ETC .
THE SAME JOBNAME MAY BE EXECUTED ON
EACH SYSTEM AND ONLY THE CORRECT STEPS
WILL BE RUN DEPENDING ON THE SYSTEM .
WORDS - SPELLING WORDS DATABASE USED IN
CONJUNCTION WITH SMART .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
CONTAINS AN UPDATED QUE FROM B.F. GOODRICH
BELOW IS A LIST OF THE MODS THAT WERE MADE
1 ADDED THE $ COMMAND TO ENTER JES2 COMMANDS
2 ADDED THE XC COMMAND TO SCAN THE INCORE WQE'S
3 REPLACED BSAM WITH EXCP AS ACCESS METHOD TO
JES2 CKPT . MAKES Q RUN NOTICABLY FASTER . RUN
NOTICABLY FASTER
4 ADDED THE RM COMMAND TO INVOKE RMF
5 ADDED EXECUTING JOB CLASS TO THE XI COMMAND
6 MODIFIED FIND COMMAND TO NOT REQUIRE
DELIMITERS
7 ADDED THE CPU % AND DEMAND PAGING RATE TO THE
UPPER LEFT HAND CORNER OF THE DISPLAY
8 AUTOMATICALLY AUTHORIZE CERTAIN USERS BY
THERE LOGON ID
9 DISABLED THE XP COMMAND
10 ENABLE MESSAGES TO INTERRUPT THE SCREEN SO
THEY ARE NOTICABLE
11 CHANGE SLOG COMMAND TO ACCEPT SYSTEM SMF ID
NAMES . EX : SLOG IPO1 ( THIS WILL NEED TO BE
TAILORED TO YOUR SYSTEM AS THE NAMES ARE
HARDCODED )
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
CONTAINS A MODIFIED PANSPOOL FROM B.F. GOODRICH
THAT ALLOWS IT TO INTER-FACE WITH A KODAK KOMSTAR
MICROFILMER . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT . THIS IS THE CODE THAT WAS WRITTEN UP IN
COMPUTER WORLD .
SEE FILE 057 FOR THE ORIGINAL PANSPOOL
CONTAINS MODS FROM B.F. GOODRICH TO ALLOW THE IBM
INFO SYSTEM TO ALLOW IT TO RUN IN BATCH . THIS FILE
IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
INFO/MVS INFO MVS
IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT WHICH IS FROM GTE . THIS
FILE CONTAINS DOCUMENTATION AND MODIFICATIONS TO
INSTALL 43 LINE SUPPORT FOR 3278'S UNDER TCAM10 .
IT ALSO CONTAINS TSO HELP MEMBERS FOR ABEND CODES , *
DAIR CODES AND OTHER TSO ERROR CODES
SEVERAL MVS MODIFICATIONS IN SMP FORMAT THAT
HAVE BEEN RECEIVED FROM GENERAL DYNAMICS ,
SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92138 . AS WITH EVERYTHING
ON THIS TAPE USE AT YOUR OWN RISK .
THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF THE MODIFICATIONS FROM
GENERAL DYNAMICS THAT ARE INCLUDED IN THIS FILE .
NOTE ! . CODE THAT IS PROPRIETARY OR COPYRIGHTED IS
NOT INCLUDED EVEN THOUGH THE FOLLOWING LIST MAY IMPLY
THAT IT IS .
ALLOW DF/DSS TO RESTORE TO ALLOC/SYS VOL
DF/DSS ENQ EXIT - SKIP ENQ FOR ALL VOLS
FORCE DF/DSS TO RESTORE DSN LIKE FDRDSF
UPDATE GDG BASE LEVEL AT STEP END
MAKE '#' TAB CHARACTER FOR TSO EDIT
CAUSE CONDITIONAL DISP TO OCCUR IF JOBFAIL
LINE NUMBER ALONE WILL NOT DELETE LINE
CHANGE TSO EDIT DEFAULTS: V ON + TAB OFF
CHANGE ILRSLOTC/V TO 8/16
CHANGES TO PROGRAM PROPERTIES TABLE
DO NOT ALLOW VIO FOR LARGE DATASETS, ETC.
IMS/VS AND NETEX RESOURCE CLEANUP MOD
IEFU83 TO NOT WRITE CERTAIN RECORDS
MAKE DEFAULT TSO ALLOC DISP=SHR
BYPASS 'DATA SET NOT FREED MESSAGE'
ADD ADDITIONAL AMDPRDMP EXITS
CHANGE D U DEFAULT TO 1 UNIT
MAKE DUMP LINE COUNT 80 LINES/PAGE
OLD TSO LOGON PREPROMPT EXIT
DUMP FORMATING EXIT FROM IMS/VS
AUTOMATIC ROLL MODE MODIFICATION
FIX FOR 0C4 IN LOGDATA AMDPRDMP EXIT
MAKE PROF WTP EFFECTIVE FOR ALL TSO USERS
INSTALL STEP END STATISTICS MODULE
REMOVE BLDLS FROM EDIT AND TEST
ALLOW MVS COMMANDS UNDER TSO OPER (PART 1)
MAKE REAL DASD NOT IN VATLST PRIV/RSVD
ALLOW MVS COMMANDS UNDER TSO OPER (PART 2)
CHANGE IEALIMIT TO 128K
GRS RESOURCE NAME LIST
ALLOW TSO OUTPUT COMMAND FOR ANY JOBNAME
INSTALL TSOMON MODULE
FORCE IEECVXIT FOR ALL MESSAGES.
SUPPRESS 13E ABEND IF ATTN OUT OF OUTPUT
ALLOW BATCH 2X WAIT TIME OF TSO (JWT)
MAKE 'RETAIN' DEFAULT VOL SPECIFICATION
USE IEASYSXX AS DEFAULT (XX=F(CPU SERIAL))
ALLOW ALL TSO USERS TO ALLOCATE 3330V
ADD ABBREVIATION FOR 'QUIESCE' COMMAND
TSO SUBMIT EXIT - KILL BAD JOBNAMES
USE IEAPAKXX AS DEFAULT (XX=F(CPU SERIAL))
CHANGES TO HOT IO DETECTION CONSTANTS
SUPPLY OUR IEECVXIT (CHANGE ROUTE CODES)
ZAP TO INCREASE NUMBER OF PCCWS CREATED
ALLOW AUTHORIZED COMMANDS AND PROGRAMS
ADD X AS SUBCOMMAND OF EDIT
AUTOMATIC ROLL MODE MODIFICATION
SMF JOB INITIATION EXIT
DECREASE GVTOLINT AND GVTMEINT
INCREASE NIP SQA ALLOCATION
ACF2 PRE-VALIDATION EXIT
ACF2 VIOLATION EXIT
ACF2 LOGON POST VALIDATION EXIT
GIVE SOURCE OF PROD FOR CERTAIN LOGONIDS
COMMAND LIMITING LIST FOR ACF2
ACF2/IMS INSTALLATION OPTIONS PROD & TEST
ACF2 FDR RECORD DEFINITION
SKIP SECURITY CHECK FOR TAPES OUTSIDE TMS
PUT ACCT NUMBER IN ACF2 ACCT FIELD
ALLOW PROGRAM PATHING IN ISPF/PDF
UCC ONE (TMS)
ALLOW ISAM UPDATES WITH DISP=SHR
AUTOMATIC CVOL POINTER MODIFICATION
IF DATASET IS VIO THEN BUFNO=1
BYPASS ALLOCATION OF CVOL CATALOGS
DF/DS DASD ALLOCATION PREPROCESSING EXIT
USE UNCATDX FORM FOR UNCATALOGING
CHANGES TO SYSGEN JOBCARD MACRO
CHANGE FETCH BUFFER SIZE TO 64K
PRINT DSN AND VOLSER OF SYSLMOD
BYPASS RESERVE IF TO TEMP OR NEW DATASET
MAKE HSM MIGRATE 'LIST' DATASETS ALSO
RECALL EXIT TO FORCE DSN TO CERTAIN VOLS
PUT ACF2 SUPPORT IN FOR HSM
CHANGE JES3 DELAY MIGRATION DATE TO 2
ALLOW RECALL TO AUTOBACKUP VOLS
ALLOW JES3 TO RUN AS OTHER THAN JES3
ACF2,RINGCHK,EXPDTCHK,STARS FOR IMS,CICS
DPAP + MAKE LINES FOR STC + TSO = OUTLIM
NSL VERIFY ROUTINE
ALLOW GENERAL INQUIRY CMDS FROM RJP TERMS
UPDATE GDG BASE LEVEL AT STEP END
JOB HEADER PAGE INFORMATION
DPAP (ACCT #) VALIDATION + DSP DICT.
DO NOT ALLOW PRTY=0 TO BE RELEASED
ALLOW JES3 CMDS VIA WTO + DEST CHANGES
REROUTE MSGIAT7005 + IAT6285 TO MLOG(8I R)
MAKE ANYLOCAL SYN WITH PRT3800 + PRT3211
COMPUTE OSE PRIORITIES & CANCEL JUNK
FIX FOR ALLOC PROBLEM CAUSED BY AZ46037
COMPUTE JOB PRIORITY + CHANGE CLASS
TEMP MOD TO "DRY UP" JOB NUMBERS > 2500
JOB TRAILER PAGE INFORMATION
DON'T MLOG VERIFY MESSAGES DURING CONNECT
ALLOWS HOLD CLASS FOR NJE JOBS
ALLOWS GENERIC STATUS AND CHECKS OWNERSHIP
SMF RECORDING FOR NJE SYSOUT DATASETS
CHANGE MULTILEAVING DELAY TO .50 SECS
RETURN NEW SECOND LEVEL MESSAGE TO STATUS
PUT JULIAN DATE IN MLG MESSAGES(FROM EDSC)
DELETE TIME STAMP FROM 3277 MESSAGES
ONLY LOOK AT JOBS IN OUTSERV FOR OUTPUT
USE RQNETID IF NET = *NET-ID* FOR DJC WTO
ADD TIME STAMP TO OSE
BYPASS DESTINATION VALIDATION FOR XWTRS
PUT DATASET LINECOUNT IN SSOB FOR XWTR
ACF2 CODE FOR JCL PROCESSING
INSTALL FLASHER DSP
ADD INFO TO TYPE 26 SMF RECORD
CHANGE NJE DISPATCH PRTY TO 3 + NJESND TO 2
3767 USER OUTPUT EXIT ROUTINE
SEVERAL MVS MODIFICATIONS IN SMP FORMAT THAT
HAVE BEEN RECEIVED FROM CONNECTICUT NATIONAL BANK IN
CONNECTICUT
SEVERAL MVS MODIFICATIONS IN SMP FORMAT THAT
HAVE BEEN RECEIVED FROM C.B.T. HARTFORD ,
CONNECTICUT
IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS A CHANNEL
ACTIVITY ANALYSIS PROGRAM AND A DISK ACTIVITY
ANALYSIS PROGRAM AND THEIR ASSOCIATED DOCUMENTATION
FROM THE NATIONAL WESTMINISTER BANK IN ENGLAND
CONTAINS 2 OUTPUT SAMPLES OF THE PROGRAMS CONTAINED
IN FILE 073 . ( RECFM=FBA LRECL=133 BLKSIZE=32718 )
IS A TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR WHICH ALLOWS THE USER TO
ACCESS AND MANIPULATE DISK DATA SETS AND DISK VOLUME
TABLE OF CONTENTS. TO MODIFY THE VTOC OF A VOLUME
THE CP MUST BE MARKED AC=1 . THE FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS A HELP MEMBER AS WELL AS
THE SOURCE ITSELF
AN SQA MONITOR
SQAMON SEARCHES SQA DQE CHAIN CALCULATING SPACE
ALLOCATED AND ISSUES A MESSAGE TO THE OPERATOR
NOTIFYING HIM EACH TIME THE ALLOCATED SPACE CHANGES .
NOTE THAT CHANGES ARE NORMALLY 4K INCREMENTS AND
TIME FOR SQAMON IS 10 SECONDS .
WE RUN WITH ADDRSPC=REAL , REGION=12K AND
DISPATCHING PRIORITY OF 253
IS DOCUMENTATION FOR FILE 78 WHICH IS AN INCORE ZAP
PROGRAM . ( THIS FILE IS IN FBA FORMAT )
IS THE INCORE ZAP PROGRAM ( OBJECT DECK ONLY )
INCOREZAP IS A SERVICE AID PROGRAM AVAILABLE TO RUN
UNDER MVS . INCORZAP INSPECTS OR MODIFIES PROGRAMS IN
MAIN STORAGE WITHOUT MODIFYING THE ORIGINAL COPY OF
THE PROGRAM THAT RESIDES ON DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE IN
A PROGRAM LIBRARY . INCORZAP ALLOWS ZAPS TO BE APPLIED
DIRECTLY TO NUCLEUS OR LINK PACK AREA ( LPA ) MODULES
WITHOUT THE REQUIREMENT TO RE-IPL AFTER THE ZAP HAS
BEEN APPLIED
IS A SET OF JCL TO RUN APEMAN AND GET A COPY OF EACH
OF THE REPORTS. THIS JCL RAN FOR 3.61 CLOCK MINUTES
ON A 370/158 MODEL 3 , 2 MEG WITH 15 ADDRESS SPACES
ACTIVE .
THE MONITOR( APEMAN1 ) RAN FOR 1 MINUTE
41 SECONDS CLOCK ( 3.06 CPU SECONDS ) .
AND SAMPLED ONCE EVERY 15 SECONDS FOR 1 MINUTE WERE :
MONA MONZ MONP MONS
THE ANALYZER ( APEMAN2 ) RAN FOR 1 MINUTE 28 SECONDS
CLOCK ( 52.27 CPU SECONDS ) .
AND PRODUCED OVER 5400 LINES OF OUTPUT
A LITTLE BIT WITH THIS MONITOR GOES A LONG-LONG WAY
IS AN IEBUPDTE FILE WITH 8 MEMBERS FOR AN MVS
SPOOL DUMP/RESTORE SYSTEM
THE MEMBERS ARE :
1 DOC DOCUMENTATION
2 JCL SAMPLE JCL
3 ZAP SUPERZAP FOR IASXSD82
4 EWTR1 ASSEMBLER SOURCE CODE
5 EWTR2 ASSEMBLER SOURCE CODE
6 EWTR2SVS ASSEMBLER SOURCE CODE
7 EWTR3SVS ASSEMBLER SOURCE CODE
8 SYMGR REGISTER EQUATE MACRO
LAST UPDATED OCTOBER 16, 1976
TALKED TO AUTHOR ON MARCH 31, 1982 AND HE SAID
WHILE THEY DO NOT RUN THE CODE ANY MORE HE FELT
IT SHOULD STILL WORK EVEN THOUGH THE ZAP FOR
IASXSD82 PROBABLY HAS A NEW OFFSET
IS OS DEBE THAT HAS BEEN MODIFIED TO RUN UNDER MVS
THERE IS A PROBLEM WITH THIS VERSION OF THE PROGRAM
IN THAT IT WILL NOT DUPLICATE A 32K BLOCK OF DATA
ON A TAPE TO TAPE OPERATION . IT DOES NOT TELL YOU
THIS EITHER . SNEAKY FELLOW , YOU JUST GET A LOT OF
SHORT BLOCKS
IS THE REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IEHMAP , MAPLPA , PTXREF
AND SUPERZAP ( RECFM=FBA , LRECL=80 )
IS THE OBJECT DECK FOR IEHMAP ( SORRY NO SOURCE )
THE FOLLOWING ZAP WHICH IS IN FILE 117 IS NEEDED
SO IEHMAP WILL CORRECTLY HANDLE A 3350 IN NATIVE MODE
NAME IEHMAP MAPDEV
VER 0128 000C,000C,0001,0001,000C,20A0
REP 0128 001E,001E,0001,0001,001E,410A
THE FOLLOWING ZAP WHICH IS IN FILE 117 IS NEEDED FOR
3380 SUPPORT
NAME IEHMAP MAPDEV
VER 001C 08 DEVICE TYPE
VER 001D F2F3F1F440 DEVICE DESCRIPTION
VER 002C 0000001400000001 SCAL FACTORS FOR CCHH OF DEV
VER 0034 0014 NUMBER OF TRACKS/PER CYL
VER 0036 0FA0 MAX RELATIVE TRACK FOR DEVICE
REP 001C 0E DEVICE TYPE
REP 001D F3F3F8F040 DEVICE DESCRIPTION
REP 002C 000F000F00010001 SCAL FACTORS FOR CCHH OF DEV
REP 0034 000F 2UMBER OF TRACKS/PER CYL
REP 0036 33DB MAX RELATIVE TRACK FOR DEVICE
DUMPT IEHMAP MAPDEV
THE FOLLOWING ZAP WHICH IS IN FILE 117 IS NEEDED
SO IEHMAP WILL CORRECTLY HANDLE A 3375 IN NATIVE MODE
NAME IEHMAP MAPDEV 3375 SUPPORT FROM ROYAL
VER 0134 FFFFFFFF
REP 0134 0CF3F3F7,F540C4C9,E2D240D7,C1C3D240
REP 0144 000C000C,00010001
REP 014C 000C2CF4,FFFFFFFF
FILE 176
CONTAINS THREE ZAPS TO IEHMAP TO WORK CORRECTLY
WHEN YOU HAVE DATASETS AND/OR OS CATALOG SPREAD OVER
MORE THAN ONE VOLUME . WE HERE AT CBT DO NOT HAVE THIS
PROBLEM SO WE HAVE NOT IMPLETEMENTED THESE ZAPS .
HOWEVER A USER OF IEHMAP WHO DID HAVE THIS PROBLEM
CREATED THE ZAPS AND THEY WORK FINE IN HIS
INSTALLATION
* SPACE FOR MULTIPLE VOLUMES
NAME IEHMAP MAPINIT
VER 08D0 47F0,C198,0700,0700
REP 08D0 4400,C9B4,47F0,C198
* CAT DSN - MULTIPLE VOLUMES 1 MORE THAN CAT
NAME IEHMAP MAPCAT3
VER 0398 5820,9098,1222
REP 0398 58E0,9098,12EE
VER 03A2 1892
REP 03A2 189E
IS THE OBJECT DECK FOR MAPLPA ( SORRY NO SOURCE )
IS THE OBJECT DECK FOR PTXREF ( SORRY NO SOURCE )
IS THE OBJECT DECK FOR SUPERZAP ( SORRY NO SOURCE )
IS AN IMS COMPRESSION EXIT IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
COMPRISING INSTALLATION DOCUMENTATION AND SOURCE FOR
SEVERAL ASSEMBLER MODULES FORM THE UNIVERSITY OF
MANITOBA
IS PART OF THE IMS COMPRESSION EXIT CONTAINED IN FILE
087 . IT IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT AND CONTAINS SOURCE FOR
2 PLI PROGRAMS . DOCUMENTATION FOR THE COMPRESSION
ALGORITHM IS NOT INCLUDED BUT WILL BE SUPPLIED TO
ANYONE ON REQUEST TO :
MR P.A. MACDONALD
SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING
THE UNIVERSITY OF MANITOBA
COMPUTER SERVICES , ENGINEERING BLDG
WINNIPEG , MANITOBA
CANADA R36 2N2
(204) 474-9870
IS THE SOURCE FOR A DNYAMIC ALLOCATION INTERFACE
FOR HIGH LEVEL LANGUAGES FROM THE UNIVERSITY OF
MANITOBA
IS THE DOCUMENTATION FOR THE DYNAMIC ALLOCATION
INTERFACE CONTAINED IN FILE 089 OF THIS TAPE . THE
DCB RECFM=FBA
IS A JOB STREAM TO INSTALL A VSAM EDITOR TO EDIT
VSAM DATASETS .
THE JOB STREAM CONSISTS OF ASSEMBLER SOURCE IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT FOLLOWED BY JCL TO PERFORM
ASSEMBLIES , LINK-EDITS AND ZAPS . THE ZAPS GO AGAINST
COPIES OF TSO EDIT MODULES AND MAY HAVE TO ADJUSTED
FOR MAINTENANCE . THE FINAL STEP INSTALLS THE HELP
DOCUMENTATION . THIS IS FROM THE UNIVERSITY OF
MANITOBA
IS APEMAN FROM GRUMMAN IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND
CONTAINS ALL ASSEMBLER PROGRAMS FOR APEMAN , INCLUDING
SOME ROUTINES USED IN THE ANALYSIS OF DATA RECORDED
BY THE APEMAN MONITOR
IS APEMAN FROM GRUMMAN IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND
CONTAINS ALL THE FORTRAN PROGRAMS FOR APEMAN
IS APEMAN FROM GRUMMAN IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND
CONTAINS THE JCL TO LINKEDIT AND RUN THE APEMAN
MONITOR AND ANALYZER
IS APEMAN FROM GRUMMAN AND CONTAINS THE DOCUMENTATION
FOR APEMAN . THE FILE IS RECFM=FBA
IS APEMAN FROM GRUMMAN AND IS A SAMPLE OUTPUT FROM
THE APEMAN MONITOR AND ANALYZER
( RECFM = FBA LRECL=133, BLKSIZE=32718 )
IS APEMAN FROM GRUMMAN AND IS A SAMPLE OUTPUT FROM
THE PAGE FRAM TABLE ANALYZER
( RECFM = FBA LRECL=133 BLKSIZE=32718 )
IS A MOD TO ALLOW LINKLIST LIBRARIES IN THE MASTER
CATALOG FROM REVLON
IS A ZAP TO INCREASE SAS PERFORMANCE FROM REVLON
IS FROM DELUXE CHECK PRINTERS AND CONTAINS THEIR SPF
MENUS , PANELS AND MESSAGES FOR THE NEW ISPF/PDF .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT , SEE THE
MEMBER CALLED $$$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION .
FILE 101 OF THIS TAPE CONTAINS THE CLISTS REQUIRED BY
THESE SPF MENUS . THE FOLLOWING IS A CONDENSED
VERSION OF WHAT IS IN THE $$$DOC MEMBER :
ALL PANELS AND OR MENUS AND OR MESSAGES AND OR
SKELETONS HAVE BEEN CONVERTED TO THE NEWEST ISPF
AND ISPF/PDF FORMATS 5668-960 AND 5665-268 I THINK
$$$$DISC DISCLAIMER ON CONTENTS
SPF MENUS
ABR***** ABR UTILITY SELECTION AND FUNCTIONS PANELS
COBOL2 FOREGROUND COBOL COMPILE PANEL
COBOL2B BACKGROUND COBOL COMPILE PANEL
GENER1 FOREGROUND IEBGENER PANEL
INFOMGT1 INFO MANAGEMENT PANEL
INFOSEL INFO MANAGEMENT DATABASE SELECTION PANEL
ISR PRIM REPLACEMENT FOR PRIMARY OPTION MENU
LINK3 FOREGROUND LINKAGE EDIT PANEL
LINK3B BACKGROUND LINKAGE EDIT PANEL
PLTCMPR1 COMPARE UTILITY PANEL
PSWDSEL PASSWORD ( OS ) MAINTENANCE SELECTION PANEL
PWADD PASSWORD ( OS ) ADDITION PANEL
PWCHNG PASSWORD ( OS ) CHANGE PANEL
PWDEL PASSWORD ( OS ) DELETION PANEL
S1ASM1 FOREGROUND SERIES 1 HOST ASSEMBLER PANEL
S1ASM1B BACKGROUND SERIES 1 HOST ASSEMBLER PANEL
S1OBJ1 FOREGROUND SERIES 1 OBJECT SHIPPING PANEL
USERSEL USER UTILITY SELECTION MENU
USERSELB USER BACKGROUND SELECTION MENU
USERVTOC VTOC UTILITY PANEL
SPF TUTORIAL MENUS
TABR**** ABR UTILITY FUNCTIONS TUTORIAL PANELS
TPLTCMP* COMPARE UTILITY TUTORIAL PANELS
TS1ASM1 SERIES1 OBJECT SHIPPING TUTORIAL PANEL
TVTOC** VTOC UTILITY TUTORIAL PANELS
CLISTS
ABR***** ABR CLISTS
****PASS PASSWORD ( OS ) MAINTENANCE CLISTS
GENER1 IEBGENER CLIST
INFOMGT1 INFO MANAGEMENT CLIST
PLTCMPR FOREGROUND COMPARE UTILITY CLIST
( REQUIRED SYNCSORT )
S1ASM1 FOREGROUND SERIES 1 HOST ASSEMBLER CLIST
S1ASM1B BACKGROUND SERIES 1 HOST ASSEMBLER CLIST
S1OBJ1 FOREGROUND SERIES 1 OBJECT SHIPPING CLIST
USERCOB FOREGROUND COBOL COMPILER CLIST
USERCOBB BACKGROUND COBOL COMPILER CLIST
USERLNK FOREGROUND LINK EDIT CLIST
USERLNKB BACKGROUND LINK EDIT CLIST
USERSELB BACKGROUND SELECTION PROCESSING CLIST
VTOCCMD1 VTOC UTILITY - REQUIRES VTOC COMMAND FROM CBT TAPE
SPF MESSAGES
ABR00 ABR UTILITY FUNCTIONS MESSAGES
PLTCM00 COMPARE MESSAGES
SASM00 SERIES 1 MESSAGES
VTOC00 VTOC UTILITY MESSAGES
IS FROM DELUXE CHECK PRINTERS AND CONTAINS THEIR SPF
CLISTS FOR THE NEW ISPF/PDF . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT , SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$$DOC
IN FILE 100 ABOVE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
IS DSPACE AND VTOCLIST THAT HAVE BEEN MODIFIED TO
WORK WITH INDEXED VTOCS . THIS FILE WAS RECEIVED FROM
GTE LABS IN WALTHAM , MASS . AND IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT . IT CONTAINS :
A DSPACE DISPLAYS THE FREE SPACE AVAILABLE ON ALL
ONLINE DISK VOLUMES
B VTOCLIST PROGRAM TO PRINTOUT AVAILABLE SPACE ON A
DISK DRIVE
IS APEMAN VERSION 2 GRAPHICAL ANALYSIS ROUTINES
THIS IS WRITTEN IN PLI
IS SUBMAN OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
( RECFM=FBM LRECL=133 BLKSIZE=32718 )
IS SUBMAN COMMON ROUTINES ( BAL )
IS SUBMAN BTAM MAIN ROUTINES ( BAL )
IS SUBMAN TSO 3270 MAIN ROUTINE ( BAL )
IS SUBMAN TSO MAIN ROUTINE ( BAL )
IS AN MVS SYSGEN CROSS - REFERENCE PROGRAM
IS THE 3.7/3.8 VABDUMP
IF YOU USE THE ABEND TABLE TO SURPRESS CERTAIN ABEND
CODES THE FOLLOWING MESSAGE WILL APPEAR ON THE
OPERATOR ' S CONSOLE
IEA912I RECOVERY/TERMINATION DUMP FAILED
THIS MESSAGE WILL BE PREFIXED WITH JOB ' S JES ID .
ALSO THE FOLLOWING LINES WILL APPEAR AS THE LAST FOUR
LINES ON THE DUMP
DUMP NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS COMPLETION CODE ,
REMAINDER OF DUMP SUPPRESSED BY ABEND/SNAP USER EXIT
USER/PP CONTROL BLOCK UNAVAILABLE
DUMP TRUNCATED FOR INSUFFICIENT STORAGE
IS A SAMPLE OUTPUT OF THE 3.7/3.8 VABDUMP
( RECFM=FBM LRECL=133 BLKSIZE=32718 )
IS THE SOURCE FOR THE TSO COMMAND PROMPTER CALLED
VTOC . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE FORM . THIS COMMAND
ALLOWS YOU TO SEARCH THE VOLUME TABLE OF CONTENTS OF
ONE OR MORE DISK VOLUMES AND OBTAIN LISTINGS OR TOTALS
OF DATA SETS MEETING SOME CRITERIA . THE SPECIFICATION
IS QUITE FLEXIBLE . THIS FILE ALSO CONTAINS THE HELP
DATA SET FOR THIS COMMAND . IT ALSO CONTAINS
INSTALLATION NOTES , SOME COMMENTS ON DEFAULTS THAT MAY
NOT BE TYPICAL ELSEWHERE , A LIST OF THE KNOWN ERRORS
IN THE COMMAND , AND IDEAS FOR FUTURE EXPANSION .
THIS VERSION SUPPORTS SU60 , CATALOG DATASETS AND THE
ABILITY TO SORT THE OUTPUT ON ANYTHING . FOR ADDITIONAL
CHANGES SEE THE HELP MEMBER OF THE PDS .
THIS VERSION WILL RUN ON A SYSTEM THAT DOES NOT HAVE
SU60 INSTALLED , HOWEVER IF YOU TRY TO ASSEMBLE
ON A SYSTEMS THAT DOES NOT HAVE SU60 MACROS YOU WILL
GET ASSEMBLE ERRORS . YOU CAN GO IN AND JUST NO OP
THOSE INSTRUCTIONS . ITS LOAD MODULE IS IN FILE 035
AND IS CALLED $VTOC
****************************************************
* IT APPEARS THAT THERE ARE ADDITIONAL MACROS *
* THAT ARE MISSING FROM THIS FILE THIS IS IN FACT *
* NOT TRUE. WHAT APPEARS TO BE OTHER MACROS WERE *
* JUST AN IDEA AND THOSE MACROS WERE NEVER *
* WRITTEN . I KNOW ! I SPENT WEEKS TRYING TO TRACK *
* THEM DOWN . *
* ARNIE *
****************************************************
IS A UCB MAP PROGRAM FROM CONN NATIONAL BANK
IT IS WRITTEN IN PL/I OPTIMIZER . THIS PGM READS YOUR
STAGE I SYSGEN . IT USES THE INFORMATION FROM EACH
IODEVICE MACRO TO SET THE DEVICE TYPE FIELD IN A
TABLE FOR EACH ADDRESS , A RANGE OF ADDRESS IN AN
IODEVICE MACRO WILL CREATE A RANGE OF TABLE ENTRIES
IT WILL ALSO HANDLE OPTCHAN AND CONSOLE MACROS .
THE PROGRAM WILL THEN PRINT A REPORT OF ALL THE
ADDRESSES IN THE SYSTEM , SHOWING THE DEVICE TYPE
ASSIGNED TO EACH ADDRESS . MSS VIRTUAL VOLUMES ARE
ALSO HANDLED
A SAMPLE OUTPUT FROM THE PROGRAM IN FILE 113
( RECFM=FBA LRECL=133 BLKSIZE=32718 )
IS FROM L.L. BEAN AND CONTAINS A THEIR EXITS AND
MODIFICATIONS THAT ALLOW SPECIFYING PASSWORDS FOR
DATASETS WITHIN THE JCL .
THIS FILE WHICH IS IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT CONTAINS
A JES2 EXIT 4
B JES2 EXIT 7
C JES2 EXIT 8
D JES2 SOURCE UPDATE TO HASPSSM
E ZAP TO LMOD READPSWD CSECT READPSWD
F WTO EXIT IEECVXIT
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SEE THE MEMBER CALLED
$$DOC
IS THE SOURCE FOR A DISK SEEK ANALYSIS PROGRAM
WRITTEN IN ASSEMBLER . USE A PARM OF SMAP AND CHECK
THE CODE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION . THIS PGM WILL
SHOW WHERE YOU ARE SPENDING YOUR TIME VIA THE
DATA SET NAME RATHER THAN BY A TRACK ADDRESS
THIS CODE WILL SUPPORT 3380'S . THIS VERSION WILL
RUN UNDER MVS / XA
A SUPERZAP AGAINST IEHMAP ( FILE 83 ) SO IEHMAP WILL
CORRECTLY HANDLE A 3350 AND 3380 ' S
IS FROM COMBUSTION ENGINEERING THAT TAKES A PUT PTF
FILE ( FILE 1 FROM A STANDARD IBM PUT TAPE ) , AND
PRODUCES A CROSS REFERENCE OF THE PTF ' S INCLUDED ,
SORTED BY FMID . THE PROGRAM SHOULD BE USEFUL TO
QUICKLY IDENTIFY WHAT PTF ' S ARE ON A GIVEN TAPE WHAT
FMID ' S HAVE MAINTENANCE ON A TAPE , AND TO DOUBLE
CHECK THE STERLING FOREST CROSS REFERENCE ( IT LIES
ONCE IN A WHILE )
SEVERAL MVS MODIFICATIONS IN SMP FORMAT THAT
HAVE BEEN RECEIVED FROM THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK
OF CHICAGO
CONTAINS A COPY OF THE DOCUMENTATION FILE FROM THE
NON-SP 1.3 VERSION OF THE JES2 MODIFICATION TAPE VER
24 , DATED NOVEMBER 1981 . THERE IS NO CODE CONTAINED
IN THIS FILE . SEE FILE 314 FOR THE MVS/SP1.3 VERSION
OF THE JES2 MODIFICATION TAPE
CONTAINS A COPY OF THE DOCUMENATION FILE FROM
THE LATEST SPLA MODIFICATION TAPE . THERE IS NO CODE
CONTAINED IN THIS FILE
CONTAINS 3 TSO CP'S FROM ARAMCO AND THEIR ASSOCIATED
HELP MEMBERS AND MACROS
PRINTOFF - MODIFIED TSO PRINTOFF TO SUPPORT 3800
PARAMETER , IE FLASH , CHARS AND BURST
PRINTODD - MODIFIED PRINTOFF WHICH ACCEPTS DDNAMES
RATHER THAN DSNAME
LOGALLOC - TSO CP TO MARK ALL OR SELECTED DDNAMES
AS ALLOCATED AT LOGON TIME .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT SEE THE MEMBER
CALLED $INDEX FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CONTAINS INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO SUBMIT YOUR
MODIFICATIONS TO THE TSO-GUIDE TAPE THIS FILE IS
FBA FORMAT
IS FOR THE ANALYSIS OF GTF DATA FROM GPU SERVICE
CORPORATION IN PENNSYLVANIA . THIS FILE CONTAINS
SEVERAL PROGRAMS FOR GTF ANALYSIS .
A P0493900 FOR GTF SIO ANALYSIS
B P0494000 FOR GTF SIO ANALYSIS
C P0494100 FOR GTF SIO ANALYSIS
D P0256000 FOR USE WITH ABOVE GTF SIO PGMS
D P1000300 FOR USE WITH ABOVE GTF SIO PGMS
E SAS PROGRAM GTFMIS FOR THE ANALYSIS OF SVC
6 , 7 , 8 , 18 ,42 . THIS SAS PROGRAM IS GEARED
TOWARD THE ANALYSIS OF IMS ON GPU 'S SYSTEM
F SAS PROGRAM GTFSIO WHICH WILL ANALYZE THE
MEMBERS OF A PDS BASED ON GTF DATA
G LOCAL MAROCS NEEDED FOR THE ABOVE
H $$DOC MEMBER WHICH CONTAINS DOCUMENTATION
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
G P U D I S C L A I M E R
THE INFORMATION OR MATERIAL BEING PROVIDED TO YOU BY GPU
SERVICE CORPORATION ( GPUSC ) , WHETHER IN HARD COPY OR
MACHINE READABLE FORM , HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY GPUSC FOR ITS
OWN PRUPOSES AND FOR USE ON ITS OWN EQUIPMENT AND WITHIN
ITS OWN DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM . ACCORDINGLY , GPUSC DOES
NOT WARRANT , AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS , WHETHER
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED , CONCERNING SUCH INFORMATION OR
MATERIAL AND ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBLITY FOR ITS QUALITY OR
FITNESS FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE OR FOR USE WITH OTHER THAN
GPUSC ' S OWN EQUIPMENT . YOU ARE , THEREFORE ,
ACCEPTING THIS INFORMATION ON AN ' AS IS ' BASIS AND WILL
BE USING IT AT YOUR OWN RISK . FURTHERMORE , GPUSC HAS NOT
UNDERTAKEN TO CORRECT , MAINTAIN OR UPDATE THIS INFORMATION
IN THE FUTURE AND WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY FAILURE
TO DO SO .
CONTAINS A VERY VERY VERY CONDENSED SAMPLE OUTPUT
FROM THE PROGRAMS CONTAINED IN FILE 124 OF THIS TAPE
FROM GPU SERVICE CORPORATION IN PENNSYLVANIA . THIS
FILE IS RECFM=FBA LRECL=133 BLKSIZE=32718
IS AN ASSEMBLER PROGRAM TO GIVE INFORMATION ON THE
SMF DATA SETS IN AN SMF VSAM FILE ENVIRONMENT ONLY
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT FROM
**FILE 127 REPLACEMENT FROM: CLARK HUNTER
** COMPUWARE CORPORATION
** SOUTHFIELD, MICHIGAN
** 313-540-0900
**
**COMMENTS FROM V232 VERSION OF CBT TAPE WITH MY UPDATES:
**FILE 127 IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT FROM CHRYSLER AND
CONTAINS :
1. DASD SEEK ANALYSIS PROGRAM . THIS
PROGRAM READS IN GTF DATA AND SUMMARIZED
DASD SIO/IO RECORDS . THIS PROGRAM IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND REQUIRES THE
VTOC MACROS THAT ARE CONTAINED IN EITHER
FILE 112 OR FILE 198
BY DEVICE CALCULATE NUMBER SIO CC = 0-3
TOTAL CYLINDERS SEEKED
AVERAGE CYLINDERS SEEKED
AVERAGE IO TIME
MAX. IO TIME OVER RUN
**10JAN85 FIXED FOR XA, MISC PROGRAM BUGS
FIXED
2. A SAMPLE IEECVXIT PROGRAM
**10JAN85 REMOVED DUE TO LACK OF
INTEREST
3. SUBROUTINE TO PRODUCE A NICE PRINTABLE
HEADER DATE
4 TSO CP FOR STANDALONE DIDOCS (DCMS)
AUTO UPDATE
**10JAN85 REMOVED DUE TO LACK OF
INTEREST
5 PROGRAM TO LOCATE, ALLOC, DUMP THE
MVS/SE2 SMF D.S.
**10JAN85 REMOVED DUE TO LACK OF
INTEREST
6 COMPANY USER MODS IN SMP4 FORMAT
**10JAN85 REMOVED DUE TO LACK OF
INTEREST
7 SEE NEW STUFF BELOW:
PDS CONTAINS:
MACROS: - @ENT @RET @STCK CLEAR CONV ENTER ENTERX
LEAVE MSG PDEDSNAM REGS SYSGET SYSPUT
TSCVDATE VTCALL VTEXCP VTFMT VTOC VTOCMSG
VTOCOM VTOCPARS
$DOC - DOCUMENTATION FILE
JCL - SAMPLE JCL USED TO DUMP PDS.
AND TRY TO CHECK THAT I DIDNT FORGET ANY
MACROS
TSGTFMAP - PGM TO REDUCE GTF SIO/IO TRACE RECORDS.
SEE COMMENTS AT BEGINNING OF PROGRAM FOR
HOW TO RUN. USES SUBR: TSCVDATE, VTOCEXCP
NOW SUPPORTS XA FORMAT OF GTF RECORDS
TSCALL - TSOCP TO CALL PROGRAMS FROM
"TASKLIB"/STEPLIB/ LNKLST/LPALIB. IDEA IS
TO NOT USE TSO "CALL" WITH HARDCODED
LOADLIBS THAT HAVE TO BE OPENED.
TSCVDAT - SUBROUTINE TO MAKE NICE PRINTABLE DATE FOR
HEADINGS.
TSDYNLXA - PGM XA DYNALIST TO LIST ESOTERIC UNITNAMES
(NOTE: USES ESTAES TO EXECUTE
UNAUTHORIZED!!)
TSENQSP3 - TSOCP (AKA $DENQ) SCAN FOR GENERIC SYSDSN
ENQS, LOOK FOR ENQ LOCKOUTS, LOOK FOR
RESERVE ENQS. (NOTE USES GQSCAN)
TSSPACE - TSOCP TO LIST SPACE, IXVTOC STATUS,
PATH(CHAN/CHPID), LSPACE(FREE) SPACE,
#USERS, DEVTYPE, AND ADDRESS FOR DASD. CAN
ASK FOR ALL DASD WITH LESS THAN N PATHS TO
SEE IF ANY DASD PATHS ARE MISSING.
TSSYSTEM - TSOCP SHOW RELEASE, CPUTYPE, CPUSERIAL#,
SYSRES, REAL STORAGE, HOW LONG SINCE
(IPL/SET IPS).
VTOC - TSOCP VTOC - FIXED TO SP3/XA UCBSCAN,
HANDLES 123 EXTENTS WITH DF/EF. (NOTE I
USE ENTRY VTOCEXCP FOR VTOC READING IN
TSGTFMAP)
** EVERYTHING HAS BEEN USED ON SP3 AND XA2.1.1.
CONTAINS THE SOURCE FOR THE TSO GAME CALLED
ADVENTURE IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT . THE LOAD MODULE
IS CONTAINED IN FILE 035 . YOU WILL NEED THE PL/I
OPTIMIZING COMPILER TO RECOMPILE THIS CODE
IS A SUPERZAP TO INSTALL CHANNEL ROTATE AND I/O
PRIORITY ON A 3.8 NON-MVSSE SYSTEM . THIS LEVEL
OF THE ZAP IS AT A 8002 LEVEL SYSTEM
IS THE DOCUMENTATION FOR USE OF THE PROGRAM
WHICH IS CONTAINED IN FILE 131 . ( RECFM=FBA )
IS A TSO CATALOG/DASDM INTERFACE CP FOR USE
WITH MVS . CUTLOCUS IS A COMMAND PROCESSOR ( CP )
WHICH PROVICES MANY OF THE IEHPROGM FUNCTIONS
TO THE TSO USERS . UNFORTUNATELY NO SOURCE ONLY OBJECT
THERE IS NO WAY AT ALL TO GET SOURCE EITHER , WE HAVE
TRIED SEVERAL TIMES .
THE FUNCTIONS ARE :
BLDG ... BUILD GDG INDEX LEVELS
BLDX ... BUILD INDEX LEVELS
CATLG ... CATALOG DATASETS
CONNECT ... CONNECT CATALOGS
DLTX ... DELETE INDEX LEVELS
FIND ... LOCATE AND DESCRIBE DATASETS
PURGE ... SCRATCH AND OPTIONALLY , UNCATALOG
RELEASE ... RELEASE CATALOGS
UNCATLG ... UNCATLG DATASETS
IS AN ASSEMBLER PROGRAM FROM THE AETNA LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY TO GIVE A CONDENSED LIST CDS . THIS PROGRAM
RUNS AGAINST SMP REL4 AND WILL CONDENSE ON THE
ORDER OF 6 TO 1 OVER IBM'S LIST CDS SEE THE CODE FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
IS A SYSTEM MOD TO CHANGE MCS CONSOLES TO COME UP
IN ROLL DELETE MODE . THERE IS ALSO AN SP1.3 VERSION
IN THIS FILE
IS A SYSTEM MOD TO DO I/O PRIORITY QUEUEING ON A
NON MVS/SE SYSTEM
IS A MODIFICATION TO KEEP VIO PAGES OFF THE DRUMS
ALSO WILL QUEUE ANY VIO PAGES OFF THE PART DUPLEX
QUEUE INSTEAD OF THE PART LOCAL QUEUE . SEE THE
MODIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
IS FROM CONNECTICUT BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND
SEVERAL OF THEIR COMMAND PROCESSORS . THIS FILE IS
IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
LETTERS ... TSO CP TO CHANGE SCREEN SIZE UNDER TSO TCAM
SUPPORTS MODELS 2, 3, 4, AND 5
LETTERS# ... HELP FOR LETTERS
DELALL ... TSO CP TO DELETE ALL OF A TSO USERS DATASETS
SOME OF THIS CODE IS INSTALLATION DEPENDENT
DELALL# ... HELP FOR DELALL
DSNAME ... TSO CP TO SHOW ENQUES FOR MVS/SP1.3
DSNAME# ... HELP FOR DSNAME
PROFLIST ... TSO CP TO SHOW TSOUSERS PROFILE - NEED TO HAVE
ACCOUNT AUTHORITY
TERMLIST ... TSO CP TO SHOW TERMINAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR
YOUR TSO SESSION
HAS TO RUN AUTHORIZED ( USES OUR SVC 254 )
TERMLST# ... HELP FOR TERMLIST
TSOUSER ... TSO CP TO SHOW CURRENTLY RUNNING TSO USERS
HAS TO RUN AUTHORIZED (USES OUR SVC 254)
TSOUSER# ... HELP FOR TSOUSER
IS AN IEBUPDTE STREAM THAT CONTAINS A PROGRAM AND
JCL THAT WILL DYNAMICALLY TURN THE SYSTEM TRACE
FACILITY ON OR OFF VIA OPERATOR COMMAND
SEVERAL MVS MODIFICATIONS IN SMP FORMAT
THAT HAVE BEEN RECEIVED FOR A SHARE INSTALLATION
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT FROM STANDARD OIL WHICH
CONTAINS SEVERAL UTILITY SOURCE PROGRAMS
1 PRINTOFF ( FIXED SOME BUGS )
IS A PROGRAM TO PROCESS THE OUTPUT OF FILES 28 AND
FILE 29 ON THIS TAPE .
WILL PROCESS THE FILE TO PRODUCE A REPORT TO SHOW
CSECTS IN ORDER BY LIBRARY DATASET , OR BY MODULE
SEQUENCE OR CSCET SEQUENCE. HELPFUL WHEN DOING MODS
WITH SMP . THE JCL TO RUN IS INCLUDED AS COMMENTS
WITHIN THE PROGRAM ITSELF
IS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION , STATE OF
WASHINGTON . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
AND CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING
BRODSCAN PROGRAM TO SCAN SYS1.BRODCAST DATASET AND
REPORT STRUCTURE
BRODSCN$ SUMMARY OF BRODSCAN AND SAMPLE JCL
DSN COMMAND PROCESSOR TO SHOW DATASET ENQS
DSN$ TSO HELP DOCUMENT FOR DSN
DSN13 MVS/SP1.3 VERSION OF DSN
ENTER MACRO USED DURING ASSEMBLY
ENTER$ EXPLANATION OF ENTER MACRO
FORMATPG A PROGRAM TO PREFORMAT A DATASET
FORMATP$ EXPLANATION OF THE FORMATPG PROGRAM
LEAVE MACRO USED DURING ASSEMBLY
LEAVE$ EXPLANATION OF LEAVE MACRO
LISTENQ COMMAND PROCESSOR WHICH SHOWS ALL DATASET
ALLOCATIONS BY JOB
LISTENQ$ TSO HELP DOCUMENT FOR LISTENQ
MODCOPY PROGRAM TO COPY MOD DATASETS THAT WERE OPEN
DURING SYSTEM FAILURES ( USED IN CONJUNCTION
WITH FORMATPG )
MODCOPY$ EXPLANATION OR MODCOPY
SETR MACRO USED DURING ASSEMBLY
SETR$ EXPLANATION OF SETR MACRO
VSAMHST$ DESCRIBES USE OF VSAMHIST PROGRAM
VSAMHIST PROGRAM TO ANALYZE VSAM DATASET UTILIZATIONS
WAITR COMMAND PROCESSOR TO SHOW ALL ENQ CONFLICTS
FOR A GIVEN JOB
WAITR$ TSO HELP DOCUMENT FOR WAITR
WAITR13 MVS/SP1.3 VERSION OF WAITR
IS AN RMF POST PROCESSOR PROGRAM
THIS PROGRAM WILL NOT WORK WITH MF/1 RECORDS .
THIS PROGRAM WILL READ SMF RECORDS THAT CONTAIN RMF RECORDED
RECORDS AND SELECT THE RMF RECORDS FOR ANALYSIS . THIS INPUT
SHOULD BE IN THE SEQUENCE AS RECORDED BY RMF EITHER IN THE
SYS1.MANX/Y DATA SETS OR ON TAPE . THIS PROGRAM WILL PRINT
6 LINES OF OUTPUT FOR EACH RMF RECORDING PERIOD AND BREAK FOR
A NEW PAGE FOR EACH DAY AND SHIFT . THIS PROGRAM IS SET TO
PRINT AT 8 LPI . CHANGE CONSTANT " NUMSETS " TO ADJUST THE
NUMBER OF SETS TO PRINT ON A PAGE . THIS PROGRAM WILL REPORT
FOR AN MP / AP / UP ENVIRONMENT . THIS PROGRAM WILL NOT REPORT
SERVICE FOR DOMAIN 0 OR FOR DOMAINS HIGHER THAN 12 AND ON
CHANNEL UTILIZATION FOR CHANNEL 0 OR FOR CHANNELS HIGHER THAN
12 .
REPORT CONTENTS .
COLUMN LINE # MEANING
HEADING IN PERIOD
TIME 1 START TIME OF RMF PERIOD
CPU % 1 CPU UTILIZATION IN PERCENT FOR CPU 0
2 CPU UTILIZATION IN PERCENT FOR CPU 1
4 CPU PERFORMANCE INDEX - THE
RELATIONSHIP OF CPU UTILIZATION TO
TOTAL CPU SERVICE PROVIDED
TP/DP/PF 1 TOTAL PAGING RATE - # OF PAGES PER
F/SP/PP SECOND INCLUDES PAGING, SWAPING AND VIO
2 DEMAND PAGING RATE -
( NON-SWAP PAGE RATE )
3 PAGE FAULT RATE -
PAGE INS + PAGE RECLAIMS
4 TOTAL NUMBER OF FIXED PAGES
5 NUMBER OF PAGEABLE SYSTEM PAGES
6 NUMBER OF PAGEABLE PRIVATE PAGES
SERVICE 1 TOTAL SERVICE UNITS ( SERVICE IS SHOWN
BY 2 CPU SERVICE IN THOUSANDS OF
DOMAIN 3 IOC SERVICE SERVICE UNITS )
AND 4 MSO SERVICE
TOTAL 5 NUMBER OF ENDED TRANSACTIONS IN PERIOD
6 AVERAGE TRANSACTION TIME
- SHOWN IN SECONDS UP TO 99.9 - OR -
- IN MINUTES SHOWN AS N.N"M" - OR -
- NNN"M"
CHANNELS 1 CHANNEL ACTIVITY IN PERCENT FOR CPU 0
1 - 6 2 CHANNEL ACTIVITY IN PERCENT FOR CPU 1
DEVICE 1 - 6 WORSE 6 DASD DEVICES FOR QUEUE LENGTH
VOLSER Q SHOWN WITH VOLSER AND QUEUE LENGTH IN
DECENDING ORDER
JCL REQUIRED:
//S1 EXEC PGM=RMFR002 ( NEEDS LESS THAN 192K REGION )
//INPUT DD DSN=SYS1.MANX,DISP=SHR
//OUTPUT DD SYSOUT=1 ( 8 LPI )
THIS FILE IS FROM UNION OIL COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA . IT
IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS THE
THE FOLLOWING :
1 SP1.3 SPY THAT USES XM
2 GTEDS Q WITH PROTECTION AGAINST DELETING OTHER
USERS OUTPUT ( NOT AN SP1.3 VERSION )
3 SP1.3 ENQ
4 DSPRINT BANNER PAGE MOD
5 DSPRINT Q DISPLAY
6 OTHER MISC CODE
IS THE SOURCE IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT FOR THE LSPACE TSO
COMMAND PROCESSOR FROM SCHERING-PLOUGH . THIS CP
ACCEPTS A COMMAND THAT MAY CONTAIN UCBS , VOLSERS ,
PARTIAL VOLSERS , ESOTERIC OR GENERIC DEVICE NAMES ,
OR SEVERAL KEYWORDS AND RETURNS THE SPACE AVAILABLE
ON THOSE VOLUMES
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT FROM HOBART AND CONTAINS
1 FLOATING STORAGE FENCE ( NON-MVSSE )
2 RMF TRACE EXIT
3 SAMPLE OF AN IEFUJV EXIT
4 IEFUJV TABLE
5 CPU COMMAND ( ASSEMBLER VERSION OF YALE'S PLI CPU
COMMAND )
++++
IS THE SOURCE CODE FOR SQUISH THAT WILL RUN UNDER
MVS. THIS PROGRAM NEEDS AN SVC APPENDAGE WHICH IS
IN FILE 147 ON THIS TAPE. CHECK THE CODE FOR ADDITION-*
INFORMATION ON THIS PROGRAM. MUST BE MARKED AC=1
IS THE SVC APPENDAGE NEEDED BY THE SQUISH PROGRAM
WHICH IS IN FILE 146 ON THIS TAPE
IS AN MVS/SP1.3 VERSION OF THE TSO CP CALLED QUE FROM
ANR PRODUCTION COMPANY ( FORMERLY CALLED THE
MICHIGAN WISCONSIN PIPE LINE COMPANY ) OF HOUTSON
TEXAS
CONTAINS SEVERAL UTILITES FROM UCLA . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT - SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC
FOR ADDITON INFORMATION. THE FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF
DESCRIPTION OF UTILITIES IN THIS FILE :
CCNEDFSE/CCNEDFSH - FULL SCREEN TSO EDIT SUBCOMMAND
FOR 3270'S. THIS INCLUDES MOVE/COPY/DELETE
COMMANDS WHICH ALLOW LINE NUMBERS ON UNNUMBERED
FILES. REQUIRES ZAP TO IKJEBEMA TO ADD TO EDIT
COMMAND TABLE. (SEE INFO CNEDFSE)
CMSLOAD - LOAD "DISK DUMP" FILE FROM VM.
COMPARE - LOAD MODULE / CSECT COMPARE PROGRAM.
*** REQUIRED ***
DUMPINFO - TSO CP TO DISPLAY SYS1.DUMP DATASET
STATUS. INCLUDES TITLE, DATE AND TIMES.
ENQ - SP1.3 ENQ DISPLAY TSO CP
ESDXREF - LOAD MODULE / CSECT XREF PGM
IEAVNP99 - SAMPLE USER NIP EXIT ROUTINE.
SEE EAVNP99 FOR SAMPLE SMP INSTALL.
IEFU83 - SMF 83 EXIT WITH CODE TO WTO OLD IEC209I
TAPE STATISTICS MESSAGE. (THE REST OF THE
LOCAL CODE SHOULD BE DELETED).
IXTOFMT5 - SUBROUTINE USED TO UPGRADE PGMS TO WORK
ON INDEXED VTOC'S. RETURNS "FAKE" FMT5'S
FOR INDEXED PACKS. (USED BY LISTSPC AND
VTOCLIST)
JOIN - VERY SIMPLE & POWERFUL GENERAL MATCH MERGE
PGM.
LISTGRP - LISTS UNITS IN GENERIC'S, OR GENERICS.
LISTSPC - OLD LISTSPC CP FROM CBT TAPE UPDATED FOR
INDEXED VTOCS. (USES IXTOFMT5
SUBROUTINE).
MOVEZAP - ZAP'S TO (COPY) OF IEHMOVE TO ALLOW
RUNNING FASTER & NON-AUTHORIZED.
OACFSORT - ASM SUBROUTINE TO DO FIXED LEN
QUICKSORTS. (FINAL ORDER CHECK COULD BE
REMOVED FOR HIGH USAGE CASES)
OACMOVE - IEHMOVE PRELOAD PGM. (SEE ALSO MOVEZAP)
OACNSWAP - PGM TO RUN PROBLEM PROGRAMS NON-SWAPPABLE
WITH ONLY ONE PPT ENTRY. PGM IS NOT APF
AUTHORIZED. (SEE ACNSWAP FOR PPT ENTRY
INFO).
PTFXREF - PE CHAIN RUNNER (PLIX).
QUEUESP - JES QUEUE LOOKER PGM (SP1.3 ONLY)
SALVAGE - HDA / PACK CLEAN UP PGM (& CP).
SMPULCMP - SMP LMOD ENTRY (FROM SMP UNLOAD) COMPARE.
USED IN SP1.0 TO SP1.3 CONVERSION (AND
OTHER TIMES). (PLIX)
UNIQUE - VERY SIMPLE PGM TO SELECT ONE OF THINGS.
(SEE ALSO JOIN)
USERS - TSO USERS CP (SELECTS USERS WITH WILDCARDS).
VTOCLIST - OLD VTOCLIST PGM UPDATE TO WORK ON
INDEXED VTOCS. (USES IXTOFMT5 SUBROUTINE)
IS THE SOURCE FOR LISTCTLG. THIS VERSION ALLOWS NODE
LISTINGS. INDEX LEVELS AND GDG BASES ARE ALSO
DISPLAYED.
JCL TO RUN LISTCTLG
//STEP01 EXEC PGM=LISTCTLG
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A
//DISK DD DSN=SYSCTLG,DISP=SHR,UNIT=DASD,
// VOL=SER=XXXXXX
//SYSIN DD *
PRINT YYYYYY
***** NOTE NODE BEGINS IN CC 16 IF YOU WANT A NODE LIST
IS SVC 243 TYPE 2 SVC FOR TECHNICAL SUPPORT PEOPLE
WHO WANT SVC SERVICES. THIS SVC DOES MULTIPLE
SERVICES AND SHOULD BE LOOKED AT CAREFULLY
BEFORE YOU INSTALL IT INTO YOUR SYSTEM
IS A PCCW MONTIOR FROM MC DONNELL DOUGLAS AUTOMATION
COMPANY OF LONG BEACH , CALIFORNIA . THE FOLLOWING
IS A DESCRIPTION OF THE CODE IN THIS FILE
THIS PROGRAM IS USED TO MONITOR THE
USAGE OF PCCW CONTROL BLOCKS IN MVS. ASM USES
THESE PACKETS OF CCWS TO BUILD CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR
PAGING. IT WAS DISCOVERED THAT USERS WHO PAGEADD
THEIR HIGH SPEED DEVICES (IE, DRUM AND 3380) CAN
RUN SHORT OF PCCWS RESULTING IN PAGING DELAYS. ASM
WILL BUILD MUCH LONGER CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR THE
HIGH SPEED DEVICES BECAUSE THEY CAN DO A LOT MORE
I/O IN THE BURST. THE INITIAL ALLOCATION OF PCCWS
IS BASED ON THE PAGING DEVICES ONLINE AT IPL TIME.
THIS PROGRAM WILL SHOW IF YOUR SYSTEM IS BEING
DEGRADED DUE TO A LACK OF PCCWS.
IS FROM DIEBOLD AND IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND
CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING :
(SEE MEMBERS CALLED $$CHANGE AND $DOC)
QUEUE - SP 1.3.0 VERSION OF QUEUE
WITH MODIFICATIONS, SUCH AS :
1. REMOTE QUEUES ARE SEARCHED
2. MODULES WILL ASSEMBLE CORRECTLY WITH ASMF
3. JQE/JOE DUMPS ARE NOW READABLE
4. ALIASES ADDED FOR COMMON COMMANDS
5. HEX DUMP SHOWS TTR AND MBBCCHHR IN HEADER
6. HELP SCREENS CHANGED
SEE MEMBER $QMODS FOR CURRENT UPDATES AND
MEMBERS $QDOCSP1-4 FOR PAST UPDATES. (THIS
VERSION OF QUEUE WAS OBTAINED FROM CBT TAPE
VERSION 04-04-82 #190 FILE 322.)
SPY - SP 1.3.0 VERSION OF SPY, SWAP, AND COMMAND WITH
MODS :
1. CONVERSATIONAL PF KEY SUPPORT
2. FORCE NON-SWAPPABLE WHILE IN TIMER UPDATE
MODE
3. "RESHOW" KEY FOR PREVIOUS COMMAND
4. # COMMAND SUBSYSTEM SUPPORT
5. ALARM SUPPORT FOR ERROR MESSAGES
6. DISPLAY OF TERMID FOR TSO USERS IN SWAP
7. VARIOUS EDITS - SEE LABELS RGR, AND SP3
(THIS VERSION OF SPY WAS OBTAINED FROM CBT
TAPE VERSION 04-04-82 #190 FILE 338.)
IGC250 - TECH SUPPORT SVC FOR ABOVE PROGRAMS, FROM CBT
TAPE FILE 151
1. AUTH FLAG BIT MOVED FROM TCBID TO TCBUSER
FIELD DUE TO ABENDS UNDER MVS SP 1.3.0
STATJES - SP 1.3.0 VERSION OF STATJES (STATUS1-5) WHICH
IS A REPLACEMENT FOR THE TSO STATUS COMMAND
THIS IS THE SOURCE FOR A SHARED DASD ANALYSIS PROGRAM
IT USES GTF SIO AND IO INTERRUPTS AS INPUT AND
PRODUCES A REPORT SHOWING ACTIVITY AND CONTENTION
ON EACH SPINDLE AND ON EACH CHANNEL IF OPTCHAN IS
AVAILABLE ON A DEVICE.
JCL ...............
//STEP 01 EXEC PGM=DASDMVS,PARM='XXXXX'
//* XXXXX IS NUMBER OF MINUTES IN EACH REPORT
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A
//SNAP DD DUMMY
//DDGTF DD DSN=GTF.TAPE
//SYSIN DD *
4A0 INPUT CARD INPUT 1 CHANNEL
4B0,5B0 INPUT CARD INPUT 2 CHANNEL
ETC....
IS VERSION 5 OF THE MVS TUNING REPORT NOVEMBER 1979
FROM THE SHARE MVS TUNING PROJECT . THIS FILE
CONTAINS UPPER AND LOWER CASE CHARACTERS AND IS FBM
FORMAT, THIS IS THE LATEST VERSION OF THIS REPORT
SEE FILE 183 FOR FOR VER 4 .
IS THE TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR 'PRINTOFF' FROM THE IBM
MVS IPO SYSTEM. THIS WILL BE VERY HANDY IN PRINTING
OFF FILES 155, AND 240 ON THE MODS TAPE,
ESPECIALLY IF YOU DON'T HAVE A PRINTER WITH UPPER AND
LOWER CASE CHARACTERS. (FROM IPO RELEASE 1.2)
IS THE HELP DATA SET FOR THE TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR
'PRINTOFF' CONTAINED IN FILE 156 OF THE MVSMODS TAPE
IS FROM CONNECTICUT MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR DSPRINT REPLACEMENT
J R P (JES2 REMOTE PRINTERS)
THIS PRODUCT WAS DESIGNED AND WRITTEN WITH THE
INTENT OF INCREASING USER AS WELL AS PROGRAMMER
PRODUCTIVITY. IT("JRP") MAKES USE OF 3270 PRINTER
DEVICES TO PRINT SPOOLED JES2 OUTPUT. OUTPUT
DEVICES ARE DEFINED TO "JRP" VIA A SEQUENTIAL DATA
SET. EACH CONTROL CARD IN THIS DATA SET DESCRIBES
THE ATTRIBUTES OF ONE PRINTER.
AFTER "JRP" INITIALIZATION,A SUBSYSTEM REQUEST
IS ISSUED TO JES2 BASED ON EACH PRINTERS
DESCRIPTION. IF JES2 CONFIRMS THAT OUTPUT IS
AVAILABLE FOR THE PRINTER DESCRIBED,A SUBTASK IS
CREATED, USING THE ATTRIBUTES DEFINED FOR THAT
PARTICULAR DEVICE. THE SPOOL DATASET IS READ,
BUFFERED, THEN WRITTEN TO THE PRINTER VIA "VTAM".
"JRP" SUPPORTS VTAM SNA AND NONSNA TERMINALS AS
"JRP" CONTROL TERMINALS. A MAXIMUM OF 25(TWENTY
FIVE) TERMINALS ARE SUPPORT SIMULTANIOUSLY. ALL
FUNCTIONS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT "JRPS" PRINTER
DEVICES ARE AVAILIBLE FROM A "JRP" CONTROL
TERMINAL.
IS FROM CBT AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR UCBFIND
ROUTINE FOR MVS/SP AND MVS/SP XA . THIS SUBROUTINE
HAS TO RUN AUTHORIZED . THIS IS ACCOMPLISHED BY
A USER WRITTEN SVC . SEE THE CODE FOR COMPLETE
DOCUMENTATION .
UCBFIND IS A SUBROUTINE FOR USE IN SP3 OR X-A
SYSTEM FOR UCB LOOK UP FUNCTIONS. THE CHARTS BELOW
DESCRIBES THE FUNCTIONS
|-------------------------------------------------------|
|FUNC| INPUT DATA | RETURNED OUTPUT DATA |
|CODE| | |
|----|------------------------|-------------------------|
| 00 |GENERIC OR ESOTERIC | ALL MATCHING UCBS |
| |NAME | |
| 01 |DEV CLASS+TYPE FOR | ALL MATCHING UCBS |
| |GENERIC DEVICE | |
| 01 |DEV CLASS+TYPE FOR | CURRENTLY NOT SUPPORTED|
| |ESOTERIC DEVICE | |
| 02 |1 COMPLETE VOL-SER | CURRENTLY NOT SUPPORTED|
| 03 |FIRST 3 CHARS OF | CURRENTLY NOT SUPPORTED|
| |VOL-SER |
|-------------------------------------------------------|
00 DEVICE SEARCH VIA GENERIC NAME:
THE EDT IS SEARCHED FOR GENERIC NAME. IF
MATCH FOUND, THE COMPLETE MASK (DEVICE CLASS AND
DEVICE TYPE) IS RETRIEVED FROM THE EDT. THE NAME
IS GENERIC IF THE DEVICE TYPE NOT 00. ALL UCBS OF
'THAT DEVICE CLASS' ARE REQUESTED FROM THE SCAN
SERVICE ROUTINE. EACH RETRIEVED UCB IS COMPARED
WITH THE HELD DEVICE TYPE. UCB ADDRESSES OF ALL
MATCHES ARE STORED IN THE CALLERS STORAGE AREA WITH
A COUNT OF THE NUMBER FOUND.
00 DEVICE SEARCH VIA ESOTERIC NAME:
THE EDT IS SEARCHED FOR ESOTERIC NAME. IF
MATCH FOUND, THE COMPLETE MASK (DEVICE CLASS AND
DEVICE TYPE) IS RETRIEVED FROM THE EDT. THE NAME
IS ESOTERIC IF THE DEVICE TYPE = 00. THE SCAN
SERVICE ROUTINE CAN NOT BE USED, IEFAB4UV IS
UTILIZED (PROTECT KEY 1)
01 DEVICE SEARCH VIA DEVICE CLASS + TYPE
FOR GENERIC NAME:
THE DEVICE IS GENERIC IF THE DEVICE TYPE NOT 00.
ALL UCBS OF 'THAT DEVICE CLASS' ARE REQUESTED FROM
THE SCAN SERVICE ROUTINE EACH RETRIEVED UCB IS
COMPARED WITH THE HELD DEVICE TYPE. ALL MATCHES ARE
STORED IN THE CALLER'S STORAGE AREA WITH A COUNT.
01 DEVICE SEARCH VIA DEVICE CLASS + TYPE
FOR ESOTERIC NAME:
SUPPORTED ONLY UNDER X-A:
THE DEVICE IS ESOTERIC IF THE DEVICE TYPE = 00.
IEFAB4UV IS INVOKED WITH THE UCBTYP AS INPUT
REQUESTING A UNIT NAME AS OUTPUT (THIS FUNCTION
ONLY WORKS UNDER X-A). IEFAB4UV IS THEN REINVOKED
WITH THE UNIT NAME AS INPUT. OUTPUT CONSISTS OF THE
UCBS AND A COUNT OF THEM
IF ALL THE UCB ADDRESSES DO NOT FIT INTO THE OUTPUT
AREA, THE CALLER MUST RE-INVOKE THE SUBROUTINE WITH
THE SAME REQUEST, ''WITHOUT'' CLEARING OUT THE 100
BYTE WORK AREA (INFO IN THAT AREA TELLS THE
SUBROUTINE WHERE TO CONTINUE PROCESSING UCBS.
THIS CODE IS NOT COMPLETED
CMD BUFFER (INPUT) POINTED TO BY CPPL:
____________________________________________
| XX |XXXXXX|CCCCCCCC| XXXXXXXX |
|________________|________|________________|
|FUNCTION |(NOT | NAME/ | ADDRESS OF A |
| CODE | USED)| DEVICE | 2K OUTPUT AREA |
| | | TYPE | |
|_________|______|________|________________|
F - XX FUNCTION BITS -
00: GENERIC/ESOTERIC NAME BEING PASSED FOR UCBS
01: UNITTYP (3010200E) IS BEING PASSED FOR MATCHING
UCBS
(00012000) ESOTERIC DEVICES WORKS
ONLY FOR X-A
THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS ARE NOT SUPPORTED:
02: 1 COMPLETE VOL-SER IS BEING PASSED FOR MATCHING
UCB
03: FIRST 3 CHARS OF VOL-SER BEING PASSED FOR
MATCHING UCBS
- XXXXXX NOT UTILIZED CURRENTLY
CL8-GENERIC/ESOTERIC/VOL-SER NAME
OR:
- XX DEVICE CLASS
- XXXXXX NOT UTILIZED FOR FUNCTION=01
F - AN ADDRESS OF A 2K STORAGE AREA WHICH THE CALLER
IS RESPONSIBLE TO GET/FREEMAIN . IT WILL CONTAIN
ALL THE OUTPUT FROM THE SUBROUTINE .THE
BREAKDOWN OF ITS CONTENTS IS :
- 100 BYTE WORK AREA WHICH MUST BE INITIALIZED TO
BINARY ZEROS 'ONLY' ON THE FIRST CALL TO
THIS SUBROUTINE FOR A SPECIFIC FUNCTION. FOR
SUBSEQUENT ACCESSES 'OF SAME' FUNCTION, DO
'NOT' TOUCH THE CONTENTS OF THIS WORK AREA
- 4 BYTES ( 1 FULLWORD ) FOR RETURNED COUNT OF # OF
UCBS BEING RETURNED. THIS SHOULD BE
INITIALIZED TO ZEROS
- 1944 BYTES ( 486 FULLWORDS ) FOR RETURNED UCB
ADDRESSES . THIS SHOULD BE INITIALIZED TO
ZEROS
RETURN CODE SETTINGS:
R15 = 00 - ALL UCBS RETURNED
R15 = 04 - NOT ALL UCBS RETURNED, MUST RETURN FOR
THE REST
R15 = 08 - NO UCBS FOUND
R15 = 16 - FUNCTION NOT SUPPORTED
R15 = 20 - STORAGE NOT AVAIL TO IEFAB4UV FOR UCB
LIST
R15 = 24 - DEVICE TYPE NOT DEFINED TO SYSTEM
R15 = 28 - NOT ALL UCBS RETURNED, RECODE FOR MORE
THAT 486 UCBS
R15 = 99 - PROBLEM - ABEND PROGRAM
IS FROM THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND
CONTAINS SEVERAL TSO COMMANDS.
ALL THE COMMAND PROCESSORS ARE REENTERABLE, REUSABLE,
AND REFRESHABLE. THEY MAY BE PLACED INTO SYS1.LPALIB,
SYS1.LINKLIB, OR ANY OF THE LIBRARIES ON THE LNKLST,
SUCH AS SYS1.CMDLIB.
THE CONTENTS OF THIS FILE ARE:
A. COMMAND PROCESSORS:
DSNCHECK - CHECKS FOR A CATALOG ENTRY FOR A DATASET
NAME. OPTIONALLY CHECKS FOR A MEMBER
NAME IN A PDS. GREAT FOR CLISTS. USES
IKJEHCIR AND THE BLDL SVC.
FREEALL - NOT THE SAME OLD FREEALL. THIS IS A NEW
ONE WHICH USES SVC-99, SO THIS FREEALL
CAN BE MAINTAINED BY A MORE JUNIOR
PROGRAMMER. HAS NICE OPERANDS,
INCLUDING 'EXCEPT' FOR PROVIDING A LIST
OF FILE NAMES (OR MASKS) WHICH YOU DO
NOT WANT TO FREE.
INSTREAM - CREATES A TEMPORARY FILE ON SYSDA FROM
KEYED IN DATA, OR FROM INSTREAM DATA IN
A CLIST. IS THE EQUIVALENT OF JCL 'DD
*'. SYMBOLIC SUBSTITUTION CAN BE USED.
EXCELLENT FOR CLISTS EXECUTING UTILITIES
WHICH REQUIRE CONTROL CARDS. BETTER
THAN OTHER METHODS, SUCH AS USING EDIT
DURING CLIST EXECUTION, BECAUSE OF USING
SYSTEM-ASSIGNED NAMES, VIO (IF AVAILABLE
ON SYSDA), AND NOT HAVING TO USE
CATALOGING. USES SVC-99 AND QSAM.
LIBCALL - EXECUTES PROGRAMS IN THE SYSTEM AREAS,
OR IN PRIVATE LIBRARIES, OR BOTH. THE
USER DOES NOT NEED TO KNOW EXACTLY WHICH
LIBRARY THE PROGRAM IS IN. SIMILAR TO
'CALL' AND 'XCTL', BUT HAS AN OPTIONAL
'STEPLIB' OPERAND. THE 'STEPLIB'
CONCATENATION WILL BE SEARCHED AHEAD OF
SYSTEM AREAS FOR THE MAIN PROGRAM, AND
OTHER PROGRAMS WHICH MAY BE DYNAMICALLY
LOADED AT EXECUTION TIME (SUCH AS
GRAPHICS ROUTINES). LIBCALL ALSO CAN
ACCEPT PROGRAM PARMS IN LOWER CASE VIA
THE 'ASIS' OPERAND. USES ATTACH SVC.
ESPECIALLY GOOD FOR GROUP OR SYSTEM
CLISTS.
SYSDSN - CREATES A LIST OF JOB/TSU/STC NAMES
WHICH HAVE A DATASET ALLOCATED, OR ARE
WAITING FOR ALLOCATION. USES THE GQSCAN
SVC.
B. MACROS:
OUR VERSION OF THE GTE LABORATORIES MACROS FOR
LINKAGE CONVENTIONS AND DYNAMIC ALLOCATION VIA
SVC-99 (AVAILABLE IN ANOTHER FILE ON THE MODS
TAPE). LINKSAVE AND LINKBACK NOW HAVE A 'GETAMT'
OPERAND FOR THE GETMAIN.
LINKSAVE GTEDADAT
LINKBACK GTEDASET
EQ$R GTEDAALC
GTEDADOC
C. HELP MEMBERS:
HELP MEMBERS FOR THE TSO COMMANDS. (HELP FOR THE
GTE DYNAMIC ALLOCATION MACROS IS OBTAINED BY
ASSEMBLING MACRO GTEDADOC.)
#DSNC #LCALL
#FA #SYSD
#IN
D. JCL:
THE JOBSTREAMS WE RAN FOR INSTALLATION. SMP WAS
NOT USED FOR THESE COMMANDS. ACCESS TO THE CVT
MACRO IN SYS1.AMODGEN IS REQUIRED FOR ALL
ASSEMBLIES.
DSNC LCALL
FA SYSD
IN
IS FROM THE AIRFORCE IN TEXAS AND CONTAINS A COPY OF
THEIR ISPF/PDF SOURCE . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT . SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$PROSE FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION .
MY GOAL IS TO WRITE ISPF/PDF MENUS, ECT AND
MODIFY AS LITTLE IBM LIBRARIES AS POSSIBLE.
SO TO UNDERSTAND HOW TO DO THIS DO THIS YOU
MUST COMPREHEND THE FILES YOU CAN ALLOCATE
IN LOGON PROCEDURE OF A TSO USER THAT HAVE
TO DO WITH ISPF/PDF PANELS, ETC.
//USERPROC EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,DYNAMNBR=40,TIME=1439*
..............
//*------- PANEL LIBRARIES
//ISPPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=USER.PANEL.LIB
// DD DISP=SHR,DSN=ISR.V1R1M0.ISRPLIB
// DD DISP=SHR,DSN=ISP.V1R1M0.ISPPLIB
//*------- MSG LIBRARIES
//ISPMLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=ISR.V1R1M0.ISRMLIB
// DD DISP=SHR,DSN=ISP.V1R1M0.ISPMLIB
// DD DISP=SHR,DSN=USER.MSG.LIB
//*------- SKELETON LIBRARIES
//ISPSLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=ISR.V1R1M0.ISRSLIB
// DD DISP=SHR,DSN=ISP.V1R1M0.ISPSLIB
// DD DISP=SHR,DSN=USER.SKELETON.LIB
//*------- TUTORIAL LIBRARIES
//ISPTLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=ISR.V1R1M0.ISRTLIB
// DD DISP=SHR,DSN=ISP.V1R1M0.ISPTLIB
// DD DISP=SHR,DSN=USER.TUTORIAL.LIB
..............
//*------- CLIST LIBRARIES
//SYSPROC DD DISP=SHR,DSN=ISR.V1R1M0.ISRCLIB
// DD DISP=SHR,DSN=USER.CLIST.LIB
THERE ARE MORE DD CARDS IN THE LOGON PROC
BUT THESE ARE THE ONES HAVE BEARING HERE.
THE ONLY MODIFICATION WE WILL MAKE IS TO
'ISR@PRIM' IN IBM'S PANEL LIBRARY. SO WE
COPY THIS ONE TO OUR PANEL LIBRARY WHICH IS
CONCATENATED AHEAD OF IBM'S. ALL OTHER
LIBRARIES ARE CONCATENTATED BEHIND IBM'S.
SINCE MY GOAL IS NOT TO CHANGE IBM SCREENS
ETC, WE WILL HAVE NO PROBLEM. NOW ALL WE DO
IS PLACE PANELS IN 'PANEL' LIBRARIES, MSGS
IN 'MSG' LIBRARIES, ETC.
FOR EXAMPLE: CMD#P - PANEL FOR THE COMMAND
CMD#S - SKELETON FOR THE COMMAND
CMD#C - CLIST FOR THE COMMAND
CMDNN - MSGS FOR THE COMMAND
SUMMARY OF THE MODULES CONTAINED. HINT: MEMB.
MEANS ALL MEMBERS NEEDED FOR PANELS, SKELS,
ETC TO USE A PARTICULAR FUNCTION.
MEMBER DESCRIPTION
PREFIX
ACCT# MEMBERS FOR USING THE TSO ACCOUNT
CMD.
ASMH# MEMBERS FOR USING THE TSO ASMH CMD.
ASMH IS TO INTERACTIVE COMPILES.
THESE SERIES OF SCREENS, ETC,
ACTUALLY LIMITS THE USER TO ONLY
RECEIVE THEIR ERRORS TO A SYSTERM
DD CARD. SINCE NO LISTINGS, OBJ
MODULES, ETC CAN BE GENERATED, I
CALL IT A 'CHEAP CHECKER'.
CALC# MEMBERS FOR USING CALC CMD. CALC
IS A TSO CALCULATOR.
COBOL# MEMBERS FOR USING COBOLCHK CMD.
COBOLCHK IS TO INTERACTIVE
COMPILES. THESE SERIES OF SCREENS,
ETC, ACTUALLY LIMITS THE USER TO
ONLY RECEIVE THEIR ERRORS TO A
SYSTERM DD CARD. SINCE NO LISTINGS,
OBJ MODULES, ETC CAN BE GENERATED,
I CALL IT A 'CHEAP CHECKER'.
COMPR# MEMBERS FOR USING THE TSO COMPARE
CMD.
COPYS# MEMBERS FOR USING THE TSO COPYSDS
CMD. COPYSDS IS A SEQUENTIAL
DATASET COPY.
COUNT# MEMBERS FOR USING THE TSO COUNT
COMMAND. COUNT THE NUMBER OF
RECORDS IN A FILE.
DA# MEMBERS FOR USING DA CMD. DA IS
'DISPLAY ACTIVE'.
DATE# MEMBERS FOR USING DATE CMD. DATE
GETS TODAYS DATE.
DEFA# MEMBERS FOR USING DEFINING AN ALIAS
IN YOUR MASTER CATALOG.
DELA# MEMBERS FOR USING DELETING AN ALIAS
FROM THE MASTER CATALOG.
DUSER# MEMBERS FOR USING DUSER CMD. DUSER
DISPLAYS THE NUMBER AND USERIDS OF
THOSE ON TSO.
FORT# MEMBERS FOR USING THE FORT CMD.
FORT IS TO INTERACTIVE COMPILES.
THESE SERIES OF SCREENS, ETC,
ACTUALLY LIMITS THE USER TO ONLY
RECEIVE THEIR ERRORS TO A SYSTERM
DD CARD. SINCE NO LISTINGS, OBJ
MODULES, ETC CAN BE GENERATED, I
CALL IT A 'CHEAP CHECKER'.
FORTX# MEMBERS FOR USING THE FORTX CMD.
FORTX IS TO INTERACTIVE COMPILES.
THESE SERIES OF SCREENS, ETC,
ACTUALLY LIMITS THE USER TO ONLY
RECEIVE THEIR ERRORS TO A SYSTERM
DD CARD. SINCE NO LISTINGS, OBJ
MODULES, ETC CAN BE GENERATED, I
CALL IT A 'CHEAP CHECKER'.
FREEA# MEMBERS FOR USING FREEALL CMD.
HELP# MEMBERS FOR USING HELP COMMANDS.
ISSUES HELP COMMANDS.
INFOS# MEMBERS FOR USING INFOSYS TSO CMD.
ISR PRIM THIS IS THE PRIMARY PANEL THAT
YOU GET WITH YOU GET INTO ISPF/PDF.
PANEL LIBRARY YOU USE SHOULD BE
CONCATENATED AHEAD OF IBM'S
(ISPPLIB).
JUL# MEMBERS FOR USING JULIAN TSO CMD.
LASTI# MEMBERS FOR USING LASTIPL TSO CMD.
LISTA# MEMBERS FOR USING LISTAX TSO CMD.
LISTC# MEMBERS FOR USING LISTCAT CMD.
NEWS# MEMBERS FOR USING SADSC NEWS
FACILITY. NOT TOO APPLICABLE TO
OTHER INSTALLATIONS BUT IT SHOWS
ONE HOW TO SELECTIVELY INVOKE
'BROWSE' SERVICE FROM YOUR OWN
PANELS, ETC.
OBSL# MEMBER FOR INVOKING 'OBS' WYLBUR PROGRAM
TO DECOMPRESS A WYLBUR FILE, THEN INVOKE
ISPF/PDS BROWSE SERVICE TO BROWSE IT
PRINT# MEMBERS FOR USING PRINTOFF CMD.
THIS IS THE FAMOUS 'PRINTOFF' FROM
MY TSO FILE.
QUEUE# MEMBERS FOR USING QUEUE TSO CMD.
RMFMON# MEMBERS FOR USING RMFMON TSO CMD.
SADTSOP THIS IS THE 'SADSC' PANEL MEMBER
THAT GOES IN YOUR PANEL LIBRARY FOR
TSO COMMANDS. LOOK AT ISR
PRIM AND THIS MEMBER AND IT IT
WILL MAKE MORE SENSE.
SADUTLP THIS IS THE 'SADSC' PANEL MEMBER
THAT GOES IN YOUR PANEL LIBRARY FOR
UTILITY FUNCTIONS AND 'CHEAP
CHECKERS'. LOOK AT ISR PRIM
AND THIS MEMBER AND IT WILL MAKE
MORE SENSE.
SEND# MEMBERS FOR USING SEND TSO CMD.
'SEND' A MSG TO ANOTHER USER.
ST# MEMBERS FOR USING STATUS CMD.
SYSLG# MEMBERS FOR USING BROWSING THE
SPOOLED TO DISK, OPERATOR CONSOLE
LOGS. WE PUT IT INTO DISK FILES FOR
THE PAST 3 WEEKS FOR BROWSING.
SYSPR#P SECONDAY PANEL FOR GETTING INTO
SADSC SYSTEM PROG FUNCTIONS. LOOK
AT CLIST THAT IS INVOKED OUT OF ISR
PRIM WHEN YOU ENTER 'S'. CLIST
INVOKED CHECKS TO SEE IF 1ST
CHARACTER OF USERID BEGINS WITH
'S'. IF SO YOU ARE ONE OF SYSTEMS,
IF NOT, YOU ARE A BAD GUY AND
RETURNED TO ISR PRIM.
TIME# MEMBERS FOR USING TIME CMD.
TMS# MEMBERS FOR USING TMS CMD ( INVOKE UCC1
PGM FOR INTERACTIVE TMS ACCESS )
VTOC# MEMBERS FOR USING VTOC CMD.
IS FROM DAVE COLE AT COMNET AND CONTAINS A COPY OF
THEIR GLOBAL CROSS-REFERENCE LISTING GENERATOR CALLED
XREFASM . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT .
THE MACROS NEEDED FOR THIS CODE ARE CONTAINED IN
FILE 408 OF THIS TAPE . PLEASE SEE BELOW FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON XREFASM .
MANY LARGE PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS ARE CONSTRUCTED
FROM A LARGE NUMBER OF SEPARATELY ASSEMBLED OR
COMPILED SECTIONS. SUCH SYSTEMS MUST MANAGE
INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS BY MEANS OF A SET OF VECTOR
TABLES AND OTHER CONTROL BLOCKS THAT ARE KNOWN TO
EACH OF THE SEPARATE SECTIONS; WHICH IS TO SAY, SUCH
CONTROL BLOCKS MUST CONTAIN FIELDS THAT MAY BE
REFERENCED AND/OR CHANGED BY ANY OR ALL OF THE
SECTIONS. ACCORDINGLY, A GLOBAL CROSS-REFERENCE
LISTING, REPORTING WHICH SECTIONS REFERENCE WHICH
FIELDS, IS A VERY USEFUL TOOL FOR A LARGE-SYSTEMS
DEVELOPER TO HAVE.
XREFASM IS A RELATIVELY SIMPLE SYSTEM THAT
GENERATES SUCH GLOBAL CROSS-REFERENCE LISTINGS.
SPECIFICALLY, XREFASM GENERATES A REPORT SHOWING A
SORTED LIST OF ALL LABELS USED IN A GIVEN SET OF
SEPARATE ASSEMBLIES OR COMPILATIONS. THE ENTRIES
FOR EACH LABEL SHOW BOTH WHICH ASSEMBLIES (OR
COMPILATIONS) REFERENCE THAT LABEL AND HOW MANY
REFERENCES EACH ASSEMBLY HAS TO THAT LABEL.
IS VIO PAGE QUEUEING ZAP
A TRAP IS PLACED AT THE END OF THE 'GETWRTQ' ROUTINE IN ILRPTM
(ASM PART MONITOR MODULE). THE AVAILABLE COUNT OF SLOTS ON THIS
DATASET IS CHECKED AGAINST A THRESHOLD VALUE.(IN THIS ZAP A
F'WORD AT X'0BE0' ABSOLUTE ADDRESS IN CORE). IF THE COUNT OF
SLOTS IS ABOVE THE THRESHOLD VALUE THE FIX RETURNS TO THE NORMAL*
CODE. IF THE COUNT OF SLOTS IS BELOW THE THRESHOLD VALUE
THE WRITE QUEUE JUST OBTAINED IS SCANNED FOR ANY VIO REQUESTS
IF ANY ARE FOUND THEY ARE DECHAINED AND CHAINED TO A
LOCAL QUEUE. WHEN ALL REQUESTS HAVE BEEN PROCESSED THE
LOCAL QUEUE IS RECHAINED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE WRITE
QUEUE READY FOR PROCESSING THE NEXT DATASET.
CARE SHOULD BE TAKE IF THE VIO THRESHOLD VALUE IS SET TOO HIGH
OR ABOVE THE AVAILABLE SLOTS AS THIS HAS THE EFFECT OF
LOCKING OUT THE ADDRESS SPACE, BUT NOT LOCKING OUT THE
SYSTEM (MAKES IT GO BIT SLOW !!!!)
THE ZAP OBTAINS THE ASM PART WRITE QUEUE LOCK BEFORE ANY
MANIPULATION OF THE WRITE QUEUES
IS CSECT PUSE PAGEING UTILIZATION PROGRAM.
THIS PROGRAM IS FOR USE ON TSO AND USES FULLSCREEN SUPPORT.
IT HAS BEEN TESTED OK UNDER TCAM AND VTAM.
IT IS DEPENDANT ON RUNNING ON 3270'S ONLY.
THE PROGRAM PRODUCES A PICTURE OF THE SLOTS USED ON EACH PAGE
DATASET, ITS NAME AND DEVICE AND VOLUME, ALSO PRODUCED ARE
THE SWAP DATASETS AND NUMBER OF SWAP SETS ALLOCATED.
A NEW PICTURE IS PRODUCED EACH TIME THE ENTER KEY IS USED.
THE PROGRAM CAN BE TERMINATED BY ENTERING 'E'
IS CSECT XXNAMEVS PROGRAM TO GIVE A SET NAME TO
A PAGE/SWAP DATASET
THIS PROGRAM IS USED TO GIVE A SET NAME TO A VSAM DATASPACE
FOR A SWAP OR PAGE DATASET. THIS ALLOWS MUTIPLE SYSTEMS TO
HAVE ENTRIES IN THEIR MCATS POINTING TO ONE DATASPACE. A SPECIAL*
FIXLIST MUST BE PUT UP(IE IEAVFIXZZ) TO MAKE THE IDCAMS MODULE
IGG0CLA1 FIXED IN LPA. THIS PROGRAM ACCEPTS AS A PARM FIELD THE
NAME YOU WISH TO GIVE TO THE DATASPACE
(IE PARM='DFD77001.T8AEEBF4.T6E081D0' AND AFTER FINDING MODULE
IGG0CLAL WHICH IS PART OF IGG0CLA1 CHANGES IT IN CORE. A NORMAL
IDCAMS DEFINE IS THEN DONE FOR THE DATASPACE AND WHAT DO YOU
KNOW IT GENERATES OUR NAME. TO ADD THIS DATASPACE TO
MULTI SYSTEMS
THE DATASPACE MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE VOLUME BUT THE MCAT MUST
NOT BE ALTERED, THIS IS DONE USING SUPERZAP VIA A PROGRAM
XXVSAMSC WHICH IS FILE 166 OF THIS TAPE.
WHEN THE DEFINE HAS BEEN COMPLETED FOR THE LAST SYSTEM THE
DATASPACE
IS NOT REMOVED AND WE HAVE MULTI SYSTEMS POINTING TO ONE
DATASPACE
IS CSECT XXVSAMSC PROGRAM TO REMOVE DATASPACES.
THIS PROGRAM REMOVES A DATASPACE FROM THE VTOC OF ANY DISK. THE
PROGRAM ACCEPTS THE SAME PARM FIELD AS XXNAMEVS(SEE FILE 165)
THE PROGRAM LOADS SUPERZAP AND MODIFIES SOME OF ITS CODE
TO STOP THE ISSUE OF THE OVERWRITE VTOC WTOR AS IN OUR SHOP
WHEN WE RECREATED ALL OUR PAGE/SWAP DATASET THIS WOULD HAVE
MEANT OVER 100 REPLY XX,U BEING DONE. CARE THIS PROGRAM IS
SET UP FOR 3350'S AND WILL NEED SMALL MOD FOR OTHER DISKS
IS A LOGON PRE-PROMPT EXIT FROM SCHERING-PLOUGH THIS
EXIT SUPPORTS PASSWORD CHANGING AT LOGON . IT SUPPL -
IES THE LOGON JCL AND SUPPORTS MOST JOB CARD AND JES2
/* JOBPARM KEYWORDS . IT ALSO CREATES AND MAINTAINS
AN INFORMATION MEMBER ON EACH TSO USER CONTAINING
NAME , ADDRESS , PHONE NUMBER , DATE OF LAST LOGON ,
ETC
IS A DYNAMIC ALLOCATION EXIT, IEFDB401 FROM SCHERING-
PLOUGH. THIS EXIT WILL FRONT-END PCF II OR COULD BE
SLIGHTLY MODIFIED TO RUN WITHOUT PCF 11. IT WILL
ALLOW MOUNT AUTHORITY TSO USERS TO CREATE NEW TAPE
DATA SETS. IT ALSO WILL SUPPORT IMS MESSAGE REGION
DUMP ROUTING
IS A VTAM SECONDARY PROGRAM OPERATOR. IT RUNS AS A
TSO COMMAND. IT SUBMITS COMMANDS TO VTAM AND RETURNS
THE RESPONSES TO THE TSO TERMINAL. ALL INPUT AND
OUTPUT IS LOGGED TO SYSLOG
IS FROM THE COLLEGE OF WILLIAM AND MARY . THIS FILE
IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS THE
FOLLOWING: (SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC)
$$DOC ...THIS MEMBER
TSFDOC ...DOCUMENTATION ON THE TSO GLOBAL SYMBOLIC
FACILITY (TSF) THIS MEMBER IS IN FBA FORMAT
TSFOBJ ...OBJECT CODE OF THE TSO GLOBAL SYMBOLIC
FACILITY (TSF)
TSFSRC ...SOURCE CODE OF THE TSO GLOBAL SYMBOLIC
FACILITY (TSF)
WMCJOB ...SOURCE CODE FOR WMCJOB
WMCOBJ ...OBJECT CODE FOR WMCJOB
WMCJOBDC .DOCUMENTATION FOR WMCJOB (THIS MEMBER IS IN
FBA FORMAT) THE WMCJOB TSO COMMAND MAY BE
USED IN A TSO CLIST TO SUBMIT A BATCH JOB
TAKING ADVANTAGE OF THE CLIST SYMBOLIC
REPLACING SYSTEM. THE JCL IS CONTAINED WITHIN
THE CLIST AND MAY HAVE PARAMETERS FOR THE
CLIST INCLUDED AS PART OF THE JCL OR DATA
STATEMENTS. THE CLIST MAY ALSO BUILD STRING
VARIABLES TO BE USED AS JCL OR DATA LINES IN
THE JOB.
FS .......INFORMATION ON HOW TO OBTAIN A COPY OF THE
WILLIAM AND MARY FULL SCREEN EDITOR OF THE
IBM TSO EDIT COMMAND
FULL SCREEN SUBCOMMAND OF EDIT
THE COLLEGE OF WILLIAM AND MARY IS OFFERING A FULL
SCREEN EDIT SUBCOMMAND OF THE TSO EDIT COMMAND TO
ANY SHARE/GUIDE MEMBER WHO REQUESTS IT. THE
SUBCOMMAND OF EDIT IS CALLED FS. INSTALLATIONS WHO
WOULD LIKE TO OBTAIN A COPY (OBJECT CODE ONLY) MAY
SEND A 300 FOOT TAPE (SL PREFERED) TO THE ADDRESS
BELOW. PLEASE INCLUDE AN ENVELOPE WITH RETURN
ADDRESS AND POSTAGE ATTACHED. THIS ENVELOPE WILL BE
ATTACHED TO THE PACKAGE TO BE RETURNED. THE PACKAGE
WILL INCLUDE YOUR TAPE AND ONE PRINTED COPY OF THE
USER MANUAL AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. THE TAPE
WILL ALSO CONTAIN THE USER MANUAL.
TAPES MAY BE WRITTEN AT EITHER 1600 OR 6250 BPI. WE
CAN NOT PROVIDE 800 BPI TAPES. IF THE DENSITY IS NOT
SPECIFIED IN THE REQUEST, 6250 WILL BE USED.
MAIL REQUESTS, TAPE AND ENVELOPE WITH RETURN
ADDRESS AND POSTAGE TO:
DAN EWART
COMPUTER CENTER
THE COLLEGE OF WILLIAM AND MARY
WILLIAMSBURG, VA. 23185
ATTN: FS SUPPORT
FS IS A COPYRIGHTED PROGRAM WHICH MAY BE USED ON
ANY CPU AT THE REQUESTING INSTALLATION. IT SHOULD
NOT BE REDISTRIBUTED. THE USER MANUAL MAY BE
COPIED/PRINTED WITHOUT MODIFICATION FOR USE BY
MEMBERS OF THE REQUESTING INSTALLATION.
SEE THE MEMBER CALLED FS FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION. THIS MEMBER ALSO LISTS ADVANTAGES,
DISADVANTAGES, DESIGN, SCREEN FORMAT AND DISCLAIMER
!!!
IS FROM THE COLLEGE OF WILLIAM AND MARY AND CONTAINS
THE FOLLOWING LOAD MODULES FROM THE SOURCE CODE IN
FILE 170:
TSF ALIAS(WMDROP,WMSET,WMUSE)
WMCJOB
IS THE USERS GUIDE AND DOCUMENATION FOR OURMF AND
SERVERAL MONITOR TOOLS FROM YALE UNIVERSITY
THIS FILE IS RECFM=FBA
******************************************************************
THE PRIMARY CHANGE IN THIS RELEASE IS SUPPORT FOR AP AND
MP CONFIGURATIONS. THERE ARE TWO KNOWN PROBLEMS WITH THIS
RELEASE WHICH SHOULD BE NOTED IF YOU HAVE IT OR INTEND TO
INSTALL IT.
1. THE CPU COMMAND GENERATES A ZERODIVIDE IN A MP ENVIRON-
MENT. SUGGESTED CIRCUMVENTION IS TO USE THE UP VERSION
OF THE CPU COMMAND WHICH WAS DISTRIBUTED WITH THE REST OF
OMF IN SOURCE IN MEMBER CPUUP AND IN OBJECT IN CPUUPO. THE
PROBLEM WILL BE CORRECTED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
2.THERE IS A BUG IN IBM CODE FOR RPSIGNL SUPPORT WHICH WILL*
CAUSE THE CPU TO GO INTO A LOOP DURING VARY CPU(X), ONLINE
PROCESSING IF ANOTHER CPU REQUESTS TIMER SERVICES FROM THE
CPU COMING ONLINE. THIS WOULD AFFECT IBM CODE ONLY UNDER
VERY VERY UNLIKELY CIRCUMSTANCES, BUT IF YOU INSTALL THE
SUPPLIED OMF CHANGE TO TIMER MANAGEMENT TO STABILIZE
SAMPLING ON BOTH CPU'S, THIS BUG WILL GET YOU EVERY TIME.
THE SUGGESTION IS THAT YOU PURGE STATDIE PRIOR TO
ISSUING THE VARY COMMAND, THEN RESTART IT AFTER THE
CPU IS ONLINE. THE SUGGESTED SEQUENCE IS:
P OURMF
S DIEPURG
V CPU(0),ONLINE
R XX,U
(ONCE THE CPU IS ONLINE)
S STATDIE
S OURMF
THE LATTER PROBLEM IS VERY NASTY, AND IF YOU HAVE ANY
DIFFICULTY IN IMPLEMENTING THIS CHANGE OPERATIONALLY
THEN I SUGGEST THAT YOU DO NOT INSTALL THE TIME
MANAGEMENT ZAP. THERE IS NO FEASIBLE CORRECTION TO THE
PROBLEM FROM WITHIN OMF AT THIS TIME, AND A FIX FROM IBM
IN ANY REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME SEEMS UNLIKELY
******************************************************************
IS THE SOURCE FOR OURMF AND SEVERAL MONITORING TOOLS
FROM YALE UNIVERSITY IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT
THE FOLLOWING ARE EXAMPLES OF THE OUTPUT OF SOME OF
THE MONITORING TOOLS IN THIS FILE
PAGES
PAGE DATASETS:
TYPE SER SLOTS % USED ERRORS NAME
PLPA USER05 2030 55 0 PAGE3
COMMON MVTRES 754 3 0 MVTRES
DUPLEX JESPK1 4350 26 0 PAGEZ
LOCAL USER04 3654 0 0 PAGE1
LOCAL USER02 1624 0 0 PAGE2
LOCAL DRUMVS 1820 33 0 DRUM1
PAGE SLOTS ARE 25 % RESERVED
SWAP DATASETS:
SER SETS % USED ERRORS NAME
USER03 64 0 0 SWAP1
DRUMVS 50 24 0 SWAP2
RCT
SRM VARIABLES:
CPU UTILIZATION 44
AVG ASM QUEUE 2
PAGE RATE 2
AVG UIC 47
DMN
# MIN MAX WT MPLT RUA GOOU CMPL OUTQ INCU
0 255 255 1 255 1 0 1 0 1
1 1 5 1 2 1 0 2 2 2
2 1 5 4 3 2 0 2 0 1
3 1 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
IN WKLOAD, THE FIELDS REPORTED:
PG PERFORMANCE GROUP
PGP PERFORMANCE GROUP PERIOD
OBJ SERVICE OBJECTIVE
DMN DOMAIN
SRV SERVICE UNITS PER SECOND CONSUMED BY PGP
CPU CPU COMPONENT OF SRV
IO IO COMPONENT OF SRV
MSO STORAGE COMPONENT OF SRV
ABS ABSORPTION RATE (SERVICE/TRANS-ACTIVE TIME)
TSR TRANS SERVICE RATE (SERVICE/TRANS-RESIDENT TIME)*
WLL WORKLOAD LEVEL
SWP SWAPS PER SECOND
ACT ACTIVITY (TRANS-RESIDENT/ELAPSED TIME)
EFFECTIVE AVERAGE NO OF TRANS INCORE
TRLEN AVERAGE TRANSACTION ELAPSED TIME
RESPONSE TIME
WKLOAD
DURATION= 77 SEC IPS=01 CPU=10.0 IOC= 5.0 MSO= 3.0
PG PGP OBJ DMN SRV CPU IO MSO ABS TSR WLL SWP ACT TRLEN
0 1 0 0 7 7 0 0 7 7 0 0.00 1.03 0.00
1 1 1 1 37 22 9 5 22 22 97 0.00 1.70 0.00
1 2 2 1 ZEROS
1 3 3 1 89 42 25 21 145 145 46 0.00 0.61 507.99
2 1 1 2 74 61 5 7 66 77 90 0.92 1.11 0.66
2 2 1 2 24 12 9 2 94 97 86 0.05 0.26 12.44
2 3 1 3 32 17 12 2 81 81 88 0.01 0.39 0.00
3 1 4 1 39 38 0 1 19 19 95 0.00 2.07 0.00
4 1 5 1 ZEROS
5 1 7 2 25 25 0 0 107 200 81 0.52 0.24 0.38
5 2 7 2 5 3 0 2 782 782 1 0.01 0.01 3.84
5 3 7 3 ZEROS
6 1 4 1 ZEROS
IS THE UICC PACKER IN IEBUPDTE FORM FROM THE
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO CIRCLE VIA
YALE. THIS COPY OF PACKER IS VERSION 2 - 7/13/77
IS AN SQA OVERFLOW TO CSA TRAP FROM LONDON LIFE IN
CANADA IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT. THIS TRAP IS USED TO
TO IDENTIFY WHO IS USING SQA. FOR COMPLETE DOCUMENTA-
TION SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $DOC
SQA OVERFLOW TO CSA TRACKING.
1. TO BE ABLE TO IDENTIFY WHO IS USING SQA A TRAP HAS
TO BE ADDED TO THE SYSTEM IN AN ALTERNATE NUCLEUS
TO ADD IDEN- TIFICATION TO EACH GETMAIN. IN
MEMBER SQATRAP THIS DATA SET IS A COPY OF THE TRAP
AS USED AT LONDON LIFE.
2. AFTER IPLING THE ALTERNATE NUCLEUS A SYSDUMP WITH
SQA SHOULD BE TAKEN TO GIVE A STARTING PICTURE.
THE FOLLOWING IS HOW WE DO IT.
O IPL ALTERNATE NUCLEUS 2
O RUN A SPQESCAN TO GET A PICTURE OF SQA/CSA
USAGE. A COPY OF THIS PROGRAM IS IN MEMBER
SPQESCAN OF THIS DATA SET. AN EXAMPLE OF THE
JCL TO RUN THIS PROGRAM IS IN MEMBER SPQEJCL.
AN EXAMPLE OF THE OUTPUT OF THIS PROGRAM IS IN
MEMBER SPQESPLE.
O TAKE A CONSOLE DUMP OF SQA FOR STARTING
PICTURE.
O AT THIS POINT WE LET THE SYSTEM RUN FOR AT
LEAST 24 HR IF NOT 48 HR.
3. YOU MAN WANT TO TAKE A SNAP SHOT AT THE TIME OF
THE EXPANSION TO SEE WHO IS CAUSING THE PROBLEM BY
DO THE FOLLOWING:
O RUN THE SPQESCAN TO GET A PICTURE OF SQA/CSA
USAGE.
O TAKE A CONSOLE DUMP OF SQA FOR A PICTURE AT
THE TIME OF THE EXPANSION.
4. AFTER THE TRAP HAS BEEN RUNNING FOR THE 24 TO 48
HOURS WE DO THE FOLLOWING:
O STOP ALL TASKS EXCEPT JES2, ACF2, AND HSM.
O RUN THE SPQESCAN TO GET A PICTURE OF SQA/CSA
USAGE.
O TAKE A CONSOLE DUMP OF SQA FOR AN ENDING
PICTURE.
O STOP HSM.
O RUN A SPQESCAN TO GIVE A PICTURE OF SQA/CSA
USAGE.
O TAKE A CONSOLE DUMP OF SQA FOR AN ENDING
PICTURE.
5. AT THIS TIME WE RUN A JOB TO PRINT THE SQA THAT
WAS DUMPED ABOVE TO A DISK DATA SET. THIS IS INPUT
TO AN ANALYZE PROGRAM WHICH EXTRACTS THE TRAP
RECORDS AND PASSES THEM TO A SAS PROGRAM FOR
SORTING AND PRINTING. A COPY OF THE ANALYZE
PROGRAM IS IN MEMBER SQAPRT, A COPY OF THE JCL
USED TO PUT THE DUMP ON DISK, ANALYZE THE DUMP AND
THE SAS PROGRAM USED TO PRINT THE OUTPUT IS IN
MEMBER SQAJCL. A SAMPLE OF THE OUTPUT IS IN
MEMBER SQASMPLE.
CONTAINS THREE ZAPS TO IEHMAP TO WORK CORRECTLY
WHEN YOU HAVE DATASETS AND/OR OS CATALOG SPREAD OVER
MORE THAN ONE VOLUME. WE HERE AT CBT DO NOT HAVE THIS
PROBLEM SO WE HAVE NOT IMPLETEMENTED THESE ZAPS.
HOWEVER A USER OF IEHMAP WHO DID HAVE THIS PROBLEM
CREATED THE ZAPS AND THEY WORK FINE IN HIS
INSTALLATION
CONTAINS ZAPS TO THE SRM TO HANDLE THE FOLLOWING
PROPERLY
RUA IS A ROUNDED-UP AVERAGE OVER 30 SECONDS THAT IS
THEN AVERAGED AND ROUNDED-UP WITH THE LAST 30 SECOND
VALUE. THIS WAS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE A RAPID GROWTH AND*
SLOW DECAY (RELATIVELY) BUT MEANS THAT A NON-ZERO
VALUE CAN NEVER DROP TO ZERO.
SRM CAN - AND WILL - INCREMENT ONE TARGET TO RUA+1
WHEN THE TARGET IS BELOW RUA IN ANOTHER DOMAIN. THIS
IS REALLY BAD IF THE FIRST IS A RESIDUAL RUA OF 1 FOR
A (CURRENTLY) UNUSED DOMAIN AND THE SECOND DOMAIN IS
THE ONLY ONE WITH ANY WORK.
SRM DOES NOT COUNT NS ADDRESS SPACES. A SPACE CAN COME*
OUT OF NS, CAUSE A DOMAIN TO EXCEED TARGET MPL AND
START A SWAP WHEN THE REAL WORKLOAD ON THE SYSTEM HAS
NOT CHANGED. PARTICULARILY A PROBLEM WITH SYNC-SORT
IS AN SVC99 EXIT TO MOVE TEMPORARY DATASETS OFF THE
PRIMARY TSO VOLUME. THIS EXIT IS FROM COCA-COLA
COMPANY IN ATLANTA
SVC99 EXIT TO ALLOCATE TSO TEMPORARY DATASETS TO
A TSO ONLY SCRATCH PACK AND TO PROTECT A SECURED
DIVISIONS DATA FROM UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS(PRE-ACF2
OR PRE-RACF IMPLEMENTATION).
TSO IS VERY DEPENDENT ON TEMPORARY DATASETS TO
PERFORM SOME OF ITS FUNCTIONS (COMPILE, ETC.).
PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE BY
SEPARATING TEMPORARY, WORK DATASETS FROM THE
PERMANENT DATASETS THAT ALL TSO USERS KEEP ON
THEIR PRIMARY PACKS. SINCE THE UNITNAME FOR ALL
NEW TSO DATASETS MUST BE SPECIFIED IN SYS1.UADS,
IT IS DIFFICULT TO SEPARATE THESE DATASETS.
THIS EXIT WILL CHANGE THE UNITNAME FOR TEMPORARY
DATASETS FROM THAT SPECIFIED IN SYS1.UADS TO A
UNITNAME OF YOUR CHOICE. THIS ALLOWS MOVING
TEMPORARIES TO ANY WORK PACKS YOU LIKE OR
DEDICATING WORK PACKS TO TSO USERS.
IS AN RMF POST PROCESSOR PROGRAM. THIS PROGRAM WILL
GENERATE MANY VARIED AND INTERESTING RMF REPORTS
IN AN EXCEEDINGLY SHORT PERIOD OF TIME (ELAPSED AND
CPU). EXECUTE THIS PROGRAM AGAINST YOUR OWN RMF
DATA TO GET A SAMPLE. THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTATION IS
FROM THE COMMENTS IN THE CODE ITSELF. THIS PROGRAM
WILL PROCESS DATA FROM RMF VERSION 1 & VERSION 2
RMFMAP - RMF REDUCTION PROGRAM (EXECUTION DOCUMENTATION)
THE FOLLOWING IS SAMPLE JCL WHICH RUNS TO PRODUCE DAILY REPORTS
FOR A 168MP SYSTEM. EACH DD CARD DESCRIBES ITS GENERAL REPORT
CONTENTS. FOR MORE DETAIL YOU WILL HAVE TO ATTACK THE CODE
ITSELF IF ANYTHING IS NOT CLEAR.
FOR THOSE OF YOU WITH FAITH, TRY IT YOU'LL LIKE IT.
MAPMP PROC SYS='B168', SYSTEM ID
INTVL='15', RMF REPORTING INTERVAL (MINUTES)
SELLO='0800', SELECTED AVERAGE PERIOD START TIME
SELHI='1659', SELECTED AVERAGE PERIOD STOP TIME
TIMELO='0000', AVERAGE PERIOD START TIME
TIMEHI='2359', AVERAGE PERIOD STOP TIME
DATELO='77001', RECORD DATE RANGE START DATE
DATEHI='99350', RECORD DATE RANGE STOP DATE
RMFDSN=, THE RMF RECORD INPUT DATA SET
MIP=302 SERVICE UNITS PER SECOND OF TASK
EXECUTION TIME. CPU SECONDS
CALCULATION IS AFFECTED BY
THIS NUMBER.
SEE MVS INIT AND TUNING GUIDE,
SELECTING CPU SERVICE DEFINITION
COEFFICIENT FOR TABLE OF VALUES.
MAPMP EXEC PGM=RMFMAP,
PARM='&SYS&INTVL&SELLO&SELHI&TIMELO&TIMEHI&DATELO&DATEHI&MIP'*
SMF DD DSN=&RMFDSN., RMF RECORD INPUT (70,71,72,73,74,76)
DISP=SHR,DCB=BFTEK=A
SUMMARY REPORTS FOR CHANNELS, PERFORMANCE GROUPS, AND
DEVICES ARE CONSTRAINED BY THE DD CARDS SPECIFIED FOR
THE RESPECTIVE DETAIL REPORTS.
IF YOU SPECIFY 10 PERFORMANCE GROUPS FOR DETAIL
REPORTS YOU WILL GET SUMMARY DATA FOR THOSE SAME 10
PERFORMANCE GROUPS.
IF YOU SPECIFY 2 CONTROL UNITS OF DEVICES FOR DETAIL
REPORTS, YOU WILL GET SUMMARY DATA ONLY FOR THE DEVICES
ON THOSE CONTROL UNITS. DEVICE SUMMARY IS ALSO LIMITED TO
THE FIRST 50 UNIQUE ENTRIES.
TRACE SUMMARY DATA IS PRODUCED FOR ALL TRACE ENTRIES
SPECIFIED IN THE RMF PARAMETERS UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 50
UNIQUE ENTRIES.
MAP1 DD SYSOUT=A SUMMARY RPT - CPU AND PAGING
MAP2 DD SYSOUT=A SUMMARY RPT - FRAMES, SWAPS, AND
CHANNELS
TODMAP DD DUMMY TOD OUTPUT - FOR FUTURE USE
PCTMAP DD SYSOUT=A SUMMARY RPT - CUMULATIVE CPU/PAGING/
CHANNEL
MAP3 DD SYSOUT=A SUMMARY RPT - PERF. GRPS, TRACE AND
DEVICES
CPU DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU BUSY
PAG1 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - TOTAL PAGING
PAG2 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - PAGE RECLAIMS
PAG3 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - ADDRESS SPACE PAGING
PAG4 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - COMMON AREA PAGING
PAG5 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - VIO PAGING
PAG6 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - SWAP PAGING AND PAGE
FAULTS
FRAME DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PAGE FRAME UTILIZATION
SWAP DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - SWAP COUNTS
CLIST DD SYSOUT=A LIST RPT - CHANNEL DESCRIPTIONS
CHACBC IS THE DDNAME FORMAT OF THE CHANNEL BAR GRAPH DDNAMES*
WHERE 'A' AND 'B' ARE CPU IDS (0 OR 1) IN ANY COMBINATION
AND 'C' IS ANY CHANNEL ID (0 - F). TO PRODUCE ACCURATE
SUMMARY REPORTS FOR CHANNELS, THE CHANNELS MUST BE MAPPED
AGAINST THE DD CARDS IN ASCENDING ORDER PRIOR TO ANY CROSS*
MAPPING SUCH AS MAPPING PRIMARY AND ALTERNATE CHANNELS
TOGETHER. THE EXAMPLE PROVIDED BELOW FOR THE CHANNEL DD
CARDS IS FOR A 168MP WITH 8 CHANNELS ON EACH SIDE.
NOTE THAT A MAXIMUM OF 20 CHANNEL DD CARDS IS ALLOWED
CH0010 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN0 CPU1 CHAN0
CH0111 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN1 CPU1 CHAN1
CH0212 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN2 CPU1 CHAN2
CH0313 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN3 CPU1 CHAN3
CH0414 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN4 CPU1 CHAN4
CH0515 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN5 CPU1 CHAN5
CH0616 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN6 CPU1 CHAN6
CH0717 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN7 CPU1 CHAN7
CH0102 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN1 CPU0 CHAN2
CH0103 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN1 CPU0 CHAN3
CH0203 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN2 CPU0 CHAN3
CH0307 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU0 CHAN3 CPU0 CHAN7
CH1112 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU1 CHAN1 CPU1 CHAN2
CH1113 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU1 CHAN1 CPU1 CHAN3
CH1213 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU1 CHAN2 CPU1 CHAN3
CH1317 DD SYSOUT=A BAR GRAPH - CPU1 CHAN3 CPU1 CHAN7
DEVNAME DD DUMMY FOR FUTURE USE
DLIST DD SYSOUT=A LIST RPT - VOLSER LIST (1ST RMF
RMF INTERVAL
DVXX IS THE DDNAME FORMAT OF THE DEVICE DETAIL REPORT
DDNAMES WHERE 'XX' IS THE CONTROL UNIT ID OF THE DEVICES
TO BE REPORTED.
NOTE THAT A MAXIMUM OF 20 DEVICE DD CARDS IS ALLOWED
DV11 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - DEVICES (110-11F)
DV14 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - DEVICES (140-14F)
DV15 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - DEVICES (150-15F)
DV17 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - DEVICES (170-17F)
DV28 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - DEVICES (280-28F)
DV29 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - DEVICES (290-29F)
DV3C DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - DEVICES (3C0-3CF)
DV3D DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - DEVICES (3D0-3DF)
PGNNN IS THE DDNAME FORMAT OF THE PERFORMANCE GROUP DETAIL
REPORTS WHERE NNN IS ANY NUMBER (001 - 999).
NOTE THAT A MAXIMUM OF 30 PERFORMANCE GROUPS ARE ALLOWED
PG001 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 1
PG002 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 2
PG003 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 3
PG004 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 4
PG005 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 5
PG006 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 6
PG007 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 7
PG008 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 8
PG009 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 9
PG010 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 10
PG011 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 11
PG012 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 12
PG013 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 13
PG014 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 14
PG015 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 15
PG016 DD SYSOUT=A DETAIL RPT - PERFORMANCE GROUP 16
IS THE JCL NECESSARY TO RUN THE RMF POST PROCESSORS
CONTAINED IN FILE 179 AND FILE 190
IS A REPLACEMENT FOR IKJEBEMV (THE JCL TO INSTALL
IS CONTAINED IN THE CODE ITSELF)
THE IBM SUPPLIED ROUTINE ASSUMES THAT MORE THAN 256
BYTES WILL BE MOVED AND THEREFORE GOES THROUGH SEVERAL*
INSTRUCTIONS TO SET UP FOR A LOOP AND TESTS FOR ITS
COMPLETION, WHICH IS VIRTUALLY NEVER NEEDED.
THIS ROUTINE CHECKS THE LENGTH OF THE DATA TO BE MOVED*
AND IF IT 256 BYTES OR LESS, A SINGLE MOVE INSTRUCTION*
IS USED AVOIDING ALL THE INITIALIZATION.
IKJEBEMV IS USED BY ALL EDIT SUBCOMMANDS THAT MOVE OR
ALTER DATA. EXPAMPLES ARE: SAVE, RENUM, CHANGE, LIST
EACH LINE IS ALSO MOVED BY THIS ROUTINE WHEN EDIT IS
INVOKED.
THIS ROUTINE, THEREFORE, IS USED QUITE EXTENSIVELY.
ANY REDUCTION IN THE NUMBER OF INSTRUCTIONS EXECUTED
IS MAGNIFIED MANY TIMES.
THE CODE IN THIS CSECT SHOULD BE VALID FROM OS/MVT
TO MVS LEVEL CODE . THIS CODE RAN AT CBT UNDER SVS
AND IS CURRENTLY RUNNING UNDER MVS/XA SP2.1.1 AT AN
8401 LEVEL . GOOD CODE GOES A LONG WAY
IS THE TSO PDS COMMAND PROCESSOR
THE PDS COMMAND ALLOWS THE TSO USER TO ACCESS AND
MANIPULATE THE DIRECTORY AND SELECTED MEMBERS OF A
PARTITIONED DATA SET.
WITH ITS DIRECTORY OPTIONS. THE PDS COMMAND CAN
PRODUCE STATISTICS ON DIRECTORY AND DATA SET USAGE,
DISPLAY PORTIONS OF THE DIRECTORY, AND SCRATCH,
RENAME OR CREATE ALIASES FOR SELECTED MEMBERS.
FOR ALL PDS'S MEMBERS THAT HAVE PREVIOUSLY BEEN
DELETED AND BEFORE THE LIBRARY HAS BEEN COMPRESSED
PDS WILL ALLOW YOU TO GO IN AND RESTORE THOSE MEMBERS.*
FOR LOAD DATA SETS, OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE TO LIST LOAD*
MODULE HISTORY DATA, DISPLAY AND MODIFY LOAD MOD-
ULE LINKAGE, ATTRIBUTES, AND PRODUCE LOAD MODULE
CSECTS MAPS IN TWO DIFFERENT LENGTHS.
FOR OTHER PARTITIONED DATA SETS, OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE
TO SUBMIT A MEMBER (JCL) FOR BACKGROUND PROCESSING,
LIST A MEMBER, EDIT A MEMBER OR LIST LINES FROM
A MEMBER CONTAINING A SPECIFIED SEARCH STRING.
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT AND CONTAINS
THE SOURCE AND HELP MEMBER FOR THIS COMMAND
THE RESTORE OPTION WILL ALSO ALLOW THE RECOVERY OF
LOAD MODULE MEMBERS.
AN OPTION OF X WILL ALLOW TSO COMMANDS TO BE EXECUTED
FROM WITHIN PDS ITSELF. EXAMPLE: 'X DELETE TEST.DATA'
CONTAINS A MODIFIED COPY OF THE MVS TUNING REPORT
VERSION 4 . THIS COPY FROM LOMA
LINDA UNIVERSITY HAS BEEN MODIFIED IN SUCH A WAY
THAT:
1. THERE ARE NO MORE THAN 60 LINES PER PAGE
(BY REMOVING A TRIPLE SPACE AT THE TOP OF
EACH PAGE) SO THAT 3800 USERS CAN PRINT IT.
2. FIXED THE PAGE NUMBERS (PUT THE LAST DIGIT
BACK INTO THE REPORT)
IS A PROGRAM THAT SEARCHS UCBS FROM A SUPERZAP DUMP
OF IEANUC01 AND WILL GIVE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION:
DEVICE ADDRESS
OFFLINE OR ONLINE
SHARED OR NOT SHARED
PATHS
DEVICE TYPE
IS A SUBROUTINE THAT IS NEEDED BY THE PROGRAM IN FILE
184. THIS IS AN ALL PURPOSE SCAN MODULE. IT WILL SCAN
FOR A CONSTANT THAT IS PASSED BY THE CALLER
IT CAN RETURN EITHER:
1). THE DISPLACEMENT OF THE CONSTANT
FROM THE START SEARCH ADDRESS,OR
2). THE ADDRESS OF THE CONSTANT.
IF THERE IS NO MATCH A WORD OF BINARY ONE IS
RETURNED. THE CALLER MUST PASS THE FOLLOWING
PARAMETERS:
A) ADDRESS OF THE CONSTANT
B) LENGTH OF THE CONSTANT (IN BINARY)
C) ADDRESS AT WHICH THE SEARCH IS TO BEGIN
D) LENGTH OF SEARCH (IN BINARY) - DEFAULT IS 80
E) FULL WORD THAT WILL CONTAIN THE ADDRESS OF THE
FIRST BYTE OF AN EQUAL MATCH** IT WILL CONTAIN
ALL BINARY ONES IF NO MATCH IS FOUND OR THE
CONTSTAND ADDR IS THIS WORD CONTAINS THE EBCDIC
LETTERS 'ADDR'.
ALL PARAMETER MUST BE A FULLWORD
IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT COMPRISING DOCUMENTATION,
EXAMPLES, MACROS AND ASSEMBLER SOURCE FOR A GENERAL
PURPOSE TSO PROMPTER. THIS IS A MODIFIED VERSION OF
A GPP WRITTEN ORIGINALLY BY G.A. SHRIFRIN AT OHIO
STATE UNIVERSITY/COMSAT LABS. THIS VERSION IS FROM
THE UNIVERSITY OF MANITOBA
IS AN ASSEMBLER PROGRAM FROM THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK
OF CHICAGO TO CONVERT CLISTS FROM 255 LRECL VB TO
80 LRECL FB OR VICE VERSA
IS DOCUMENTATION FROM MELLON BANK CONCERNING MELLON
BANK SHARED SPOOL FOR JES2 4.1 (SU25) PTF TAPE 7905
WITH DUAL CHECKPOINT
ARE THE MODIFICIATIONS TO INSTALL THE MELLON BANK
SHARE SPOOL FOR JES2 4.1 (SU25) PTF TAPE 7905
WITH DUAL CHECKPOINT
IS AN RMF POST PROCESSOR PROGRAM. THIS PROGRAM WILL
GENERATE MANY VARIED AND INTERESTING RMF REPORTS
IN AN EXCEEDINGLY SHORT PERIOD OF TIME (ELAPSED AND
CPU). EXECUTE THIS PROGRAM AGAINST YOUR OWN RMF
DATA TO GET A SAMPLE. FOR ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION ON
THIS PROGRAM SEE THE WRITE-UP IN THIS FILE UNDER
FILE 179. THIS PROGRAM WILL ONLY WORK WITH RECORDS
GENERATED FROM RMF VERSION 2. THIS POST PROCESSOR WILL*
PUT OUT INFORMATION IN THE CHANNEL REPORT THAT THE
PROGRAM IN FILE 179 DOES NOT. FILE 180 CONTAINS THE
THE JCL NECESSARY TO RUN THIS PROGRAM
IS A COMMAND PROCESSOR THAT ALLOWS A TEMPORARY
JOBLIB/STEPLIB FUNCTION.
FOR THE TESTING OF DYNAMIC LINKAGE MODULAR STRUCTURES. THIS
FUNCTION IS ESTABLISHED BY USING THE 'ATTACH' MACRO WITH
THE 'TASKLIB' OPERAND.
TWO DISTINCT TYPES OF PROCESSING ARE ACCOMPLISHED BY THIS
MODULE:
1) PASSING CONTROL TO A USER PROGRAM
2) PASSING CONTROL TO A COMMAND PROCESSOR
- USER PROGRAM
THE USER MUST FIRST PREALLOCATE AND CONCATENATE
ALL LIBRARIES THAT HE WISHES TO ESTABLISH AS A JOBLIB
FUNCTION. HE WOULD THEN ENTER THE COMMAND 'HIGLOBAL'
THE COMMAND PROCESSOR PROMPTS THE USER FOR TERMINAL INPUT.*
THE USER WOULD THEN ENTER THE FOLLOWING:
FI(FILENAME) PGM(PGMNAME) PARM'PARAMETER'
WHERE:
-FILENAME IS THE FILE NAME OF THE PREALLOCATED LIBRARY
OR CONCATENATED LIBRARIES TO SERVE AS JOBLIB.
- PGMNAME IS THE PROGRAM DESIRED FOR EXECUTION FROM THE
ASSOCIATED FILE.
- PARAMETER IS PARM INFO TO BE PASSED TO THE PROBLEM
PROGRAM USING IBM STANDARD LINKAGE.
THE USER PROGRAM IS ATTACHED WITH THE 'TASKLIB' OPERAND
POINTING TO THE SPECIFIED LIBRARY.
ON RETURN, THE USER TCB IS DETACHED.
- COMMAND PROCESSOR
THE USER MUST PREALLOCATE AND CONCATENATE ALL LIBRARIES
THAT HE WISHES TO ESTABLISH AS A JOBLIB FUNCTION.
HE WOULD THEN ENTER:
HIGLOBAL 'COMMAND NAME' 'COMMAND OPERANDS'
THE COMMAND PROCESSOR PROMPTS THE USER FOR TERMINAL INPUT.*
THE USER WOULD THEN ENTER THE FOLLOWING:
FI(FILENAME) CP(COMMAND NAME)
WHERE:
- FILENAME IS THE FILE NAME OF THE PREALLOCATED LIBRARY
OR CONCATENATED LIBRARIES TO SERVE AS JOBLIB.
- COMMAND NAME IS THE COMMAND DESIRED FOR EXECUTION.
THE COMMAND IS ATTACHED WITH THE 'TASKLIB' OPERAND.
BEFORE ATTACHING, THE CPPL PASSED TO HIGLOBAL IS REBUILT
FOR THE COMMAND BEING ATTACHED.
THE COMMAND BUFFER AND THE ENVIRONMENT CONTROL TABLE ARE
MODIFIED.
IS THE SOURCE CODE FOR A SQUISH PROGRAM THAT WILL RUN
UNDER MVS AND HAS 3350 SUPPORT. THIS PROGRAM NEEDS
AN SVC APPENDAGE WHICH IS IN FILE 193 ON THIS TAPE
THE FOLLOWING IS SOME DOCUMENTATION CONCERNING THIS
COPY OF SQUISH (THIS PROGRAM MUST BE MARKED AC=1)
BEFORE YOU RUN THIS BE SURE YOU DASDR THE OUTPUT
VOLUME WITH A NEW VTOC, ELSE YOU MAY (WILL) HAVE
TROUBLE WITH IT.
3350'S CAN HAVE 47 DSCB'S PER TRACK, IF YOU HAVE
NOTICED THAT YOUR PACKS HAVE ONLY 46 DSCB'S PER TRACK
YOU ARE MISSING PTF UZ14352. SQUISH MAY VERY WELL BLOW
WHEN YOU TRY TO WRITE THE 47TH DSCB IF THE PTF IS NOT
ON YOUR SYSTEM
YOU MAY RUN INTO PROBLEMS IF YOU HAVE MORE THAN 26
EXTENTS IN THE FORMAT 5 DSCB
128K FOR 3350 SQUISH
DDNAMES
SYSIN - INPUT FOR DSNAMES TO BE PUT NEXT TO THE
VTOC
SYSPRINT - OUTPUT FOR STATISTICS
SYSUT1 - INPUT VOLUME TO BE COPIED
SYSUT2 - TARGET VOLUME
FORMAT OF PREFERED DSNAMES OF SYSIN DATA SET
CC 1 - PRIORITY - 1 - 7 WHERE:
7 - IS THE HIGHEST PRIORITY
1 - IS THE LOWEST PRIORITY
BLANK DEFAULTS TO PRIORITY 1
CC 2 - 45 - DSNAME OF PRIORITY DATA SET
NOTE: 45 CARDS MAX WITH 1 DSN PER CARD
DEVICE SUPPORT
3350
3330,3330-1
2314
2305-1,2305-2
DATASET SUPPORT
VSAM
ISAM
UNMOVEABLE DATASETS
ORDER OF COPY
VSAM, ISAM, UNMOVEABLE DATASETS
SYSCATLG
PRIORITY DATASETS - PRIORITY 7 THROUGH PRIORITY 1
CYLINDER ALLOCATED DATASETS
TRACK ALLOCATED DATASETS
ORDER OF OUTPUT DISK
UNMOVEABLE DATASETS WILL BE PLACED WHERE THEY WERE
SYSCATLG DATASET WILL BE PLACED BELOW THE VTOC
PRIORITY DATASETS WILL BE PLACED IN ORDER BELOW SYSCTLG
NON-PRIORITY DATASETS WILL BE ALLOCATED FROM THE TOP OF
THE OUTPUT VOLUME
NOTE: THERE MUST BE ENOUGH SPACE BELOW THE VTOC FOR THE
SYSCTLG AND PRIORITY DATASETS OR SQUISH WILL ABEND
NOTE: THE POSITION AND SIZE OF THE OUTPUT VTOC IS
DETERMINED BY THE OUTPUT VOLUME. I.E. THE OUTPUT
VTOC IS IN THE SAME PLACE AND THE SAME SIZE AS IT
WAS ON THE OUTPUT VOLUME BEFORE THE MOVE.
IS THE SVC APPENDAGE NEEDED BY THE SQUISH PROGRAM
WHICH IS IN FILE 192 ON THIS TAPE
IS A PROGRAM THAT WILL DETERMINE THE ACTIVE
NON-VSAM SMF DATASET
IS A PROGRAM THAT WILL PROCESS SMF DATA (USUALLY
THE ACTIVE SMF DATA SET) AND GIVE YOU A SHORT
SUMMARY OF WHAT HAS HAPPENED EITHER ON A JOB/TSO USER
BASIS OR SYSTEM WIDE. VERY HANDY TO USE UNDER TSO.
IT CAN NOT PROCESS A VSAM-SMF FILE DIRECTLY
SAMPLE OUTPUT FROM THE PROGRAM IN FILE 195
IS A PROGRAM THAT WILL EXTRACT RMF RECORDS FROM
AN SMF FILE
IS THE PREVIOUS VERSION OF THE TSO PDS COMMAND
THAT LIVES IN FILE 182 OF THIS TAPE . SEE THE
WRITE UP UNDER FILE 182 OF THIS TAPE FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
IS FROM DAVE COLE AT COMNET IN WASHINGTON D.C. THIS
FILE CONTAINS SEVERAL TSO COMMAND PROCESSORS THEY
ARE :
THE BLKSPTRK COMMAND CAN BE USED TO DISPLAY TRACK
CAPACITIES FOR ANY DASD DEVICE FOR ANY COMBINATION OF
KEY LENGTHS , BLOCK SIZES , AND / OR BLOCK COUNTS .
THE CMDPGM COMMAND PROVIDES AN EASY TO USE MEANS OF
INVOKING ( FROM TSO ) ARBITRARY TSO COMMANDS OR
"BATCH" PROGRAMS OUT OF ARBITRARY LIBRARIES IN EITHER A
NON-AUTHORIZED MODE OR AN AUTHORIZED MODE .
ALL OF THE CMDPGM FUNCTIONS ARE CAPABLE OF ESTABLISHING
ANY DESIRED LOAD LIBRARY AS A " TASK-LIBRARY " DURING
THE EXECUTION OF YOUR CHOSEN COMMAND OR PROGRAM .
TASK-LIBRARIES FUNCTION EXACTLY LIKE JOB-LIBRARIES OR
STEP-LIBRARIES , SO THIS CAPABILITY RELIEVES THE NEED
OF A " STEPLIB " MOD FOR TSO .
IS FROM TWA IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS
THE FOLLOWING PROGRAMS:
WHATSNEW THIS PROGRAM ANALYZES A PDS AND LISTS
THE MEMBERS IN MOST RECENTLY CHANGED ORDER
A CHANGE IS CONSTITUTED TO MEAN A RE-LINKEDIT,
OR A CHANGE BY SUPERZAP. IT IS DRIVEN BY THE
IDR DATA RECORDS WITHIN THE PDS.
WHEREUSD THIS PROGRAM ANALYZES A PDS AND LISTS ALL MEMBERS
WHICH CONTAIN A REFERENCE TO A GIVEN EXTERNAL
SYMBOL.
COMPARE THIS PROGRAM ANALYZES GIVEN MEMBERS WHICH EXIST IN
A PAIR OF PDS'S. THE MEMBERS ARE CHECKED FOR
DIFFERENCES AND FOR ADHERANCE TO INSTALLATION
STANDARDS AS A PRE-IMPLEMENTATION Q/C MEASURE.
COBREAD THIS PROGRAM ANALYZES A PDS AND LISTS ALL MEMBERS
ALONG WITH THE COBOL ATTRIBUTES ASSOCIATED WITH
THE MAIN CSECT WITHIN THE MODULE. SUCH ITEMS AS
COBOL / STATE / / FLOW / / OPTIMIZATION / /TEST/ ,
/ ENDJOB / , AND / DYNAM / ARE LISTED.
THE ABILITY TO SELECTIVELY ANALYZE A SINGLE
MEMBER IS ALSO SUPPORTED.
XREF1 THIS PROGRAM SCANS A PDS AND PRODUCES INTERMEDIATE
RECORDS TO ALLOW XREF2 TO CREATE A GLOBAL CROSS-
REFERENCE OF EXTERNAL SYMBOLS IN THE PDS . THIS
REPORT PROVIDES INFORMATION OF THE FORM CSECT IS
CONTAINED IN THE FOLLOWING LOAD MODULES ...
XREF2 THIS IS THE REPORT PROGRAM TO PROCESS THE OUTPUT
OF XREF1 . IT MAY HAVE MULTIPLE XREF1 FILES AS
INPUT ALL INPUTS WILL BE MERGED WITHIN THE REPORT
GENERATION PROCESS
IS CODE THAT MAY BE ADDED TO FILES 179 AND/OR 190
SO THAT THOSE TWO RMF PROGRAMS CAN HANDLE MULTIPLE
DAY'S OF INPUT AND PUT OUT A DATE LINE EACH TIME
THE DAY CHANGES. THE CODE ITSELF TELLS WHERE TO PUT
THIS CODE IN THE PROGRAMS
IS THE SOURCE, JCL AND DOCUMENTATION FOR THE
EXTENDED JES2 AUTOMATIC COMMAND PROCESSING SYSTEM IN
IEBUPDTE FORMAT. THIS SYSTEM WILL EXTEND THE
TIME-OF-DAY PROCESSING SUPPORTED BY JES2 AND ADD THE
FEATURES OF DAY-OF-WEEK, WEEK-OF-MONTH, AND
MONTH-OF-YEAR PROCESSING
IS A SUPERZAP TO REDUCE THE POLLING OF REMOTE 3270
DEVICES THAT ARE NOT LOGGED ON. THIS IS ACCOMPLISHED
BY INCREASING THE POLLING INTERVAL BY A FACTOR OF 15
IF NO ONE IS LOGGED ON. ONCE LOGON OCCURS, THE NORMAL
POLLING INTERVAL IS UTILIZED. FOR TERMINALS NOT LOGGED
ON, THE ACCOUNT FROM WHICH THIS ZAP WAS RECEIVED SAID
'I HAVE FOUND THAT THIS MODE DECREASES LINE ACTIVITY
BY APPROXIMATELY 93 PERCENT. BECAUSE OF THE HIGH
CORRELATION BETWEEN LINE ACTIVITY AND CPU UTILIZATION
BY TCAM, CPU UTILIZATION IS REDUCED BY THE SAME ORDER
OF MAGNITUDE.
IN A PRODUCTION ENVIROMENT, WHERE THE AVERAGE TERMINAL
WAS LOGGED ON APPROXIMATELY 40% OF THE TIME, TOTAL LINE*
ACTIVITY WAS REDUCED BY 48%. ADDITIONALLY TCAM CPU
UTILIZATION WAS REDUCED BY 47%.'
IS A PROGRAM THAT REWRITES THE VTOC ON THE TSO VOLUMES*
BASED ON MOST RECENTLY USED DATA SETS. WE RUN IT EVERY
NIGHT WHEN WE DO OUR TSO PACK BACK-UPS. IT EFFECTIVELY
CUTS THE VTOC SEARCH TIME IN HALF, GIVING US AT LEAST
A 30% IMPROVEMENT ON OUR TSO CHANNEL. (WE HAVE 4
3350'S FOR TSO AND 2 TSO CVOL CATALOGS ON ONE CHANNEL/
CONTROL UNIT). OUR VTOC'S ARE UNDER THE FIXED HEAD.
THE PROGRAM ALSO PUTS THE FREE SPACE DSCBS AT THE FRONT*
OF THE VTOC. THIS PROGRAM IS DEPENEDENT UP THE 'DATE
LAST USED' MOD IN THE MVS TUNING REPORT. HOWEVER ONLY A*
SLIGHT CHANGE WOULD MAKE IT COMPATIBLE WITH THE DATA
MANAGEMENT SU 60 WHICH DOES THE SAME THING BUT PUTS THE*
DATE IN A DIFFERENT FIELD IN THE DSCB. IF YOU LOOK AT
THE CODE IT IS QUITE OBVIOUS THAT THE AUTHOR 'BORROWED
' HEAVILY FROM SQUISH FOR WHICH WE ARE VERY GRATEFUL.
THE PROGRAM GREATLY SPEEDS UP ALLOCATION AND GREATLY
IMPROVES THE SERVICE TIME ON OUR TSO CHANNEL. WE NOW
HAVE A 'LOGICAL' ONE CYLINDER VTOC WITH THE MOST
ACTIVE STUFF AT THE FRONT. THE WE IN THIS WRITE-UP
DOES NOT REFER TO US AT CBT
IS A TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR TO PRINT DATA SETS FROM
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY. THIS COMMAND
COMMAND DYNAMICALLY PRINTS OR PUNCHES: A SEQUENTIAL
DATASET, SPECIFIED MEMBERS OF A PARTITIONED DATASET,
OR ALL MEMBERS OF A PARTITIONED DATASET. THIS FILE IS
IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINES A HELP
DATASET. THE PDS CONTAINS 3 ROUTINES: PRINTDS,
PRINTDSX, PRINTDSY. LINK AS 'RENT' WITH EP=PRINTDS
PRINTDS COMMENTS:
1. IT IS A COMMAND PROCESSOR (E.G. MUST BE ATTACHED
BY TMP)
2. IT IS NOT AUTHORIZED
3. IT IS RE-ENTRANT AND MAY BE PLACED IN LPALIB
4 IT HAS A HELP ENTRY IN THE PDS
5 IT MAY BE LINK EDITED AS RE-ENTRANT WITH ENTRY
AT MODULE PRINTDS. THE THREE MODULES THAT COMPRISE
THE PROGRAM ARE: PRINTDS, PRINTDSX, PRINTDSY
6 IT SHOULD NEVER GIVE THE USER AN ABEND . IF IT DOES
CONTACT THE AUTHOR
7 IT IS WRITTEN TOTALLY IN ASSEMBLER
8 THIS IS NOT A REPLACEMENT FOR THE IBM FDP CALLED
DSPRINT (SEE FILE 277 FOR THAT)
IS SPY WHICH IS A TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR FROM
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY. THIS CP DISPLAYS
ALL ACTIVE OPERATORS CONSOLES ON A 3270 TSO TERMINAL .
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION IS GIVEN WITH IN THE CODE .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT ON THIS TAPE .
SPY COMMENTS :
1. IT IS A PROGRAM THAT SHOULD BE CALLED OR ATTAHCED
AS A COMMAND PROCESSOR (NOTE: IT DOES NOT USE R1
UPON ENTRY)
2. IT IS NOT AUTHORIZED
3. IT IS NOT RE-ENTRANT
4 IT HAS A HELP FACILITY - ENTER A '?' ANYTIME
AFTER CALLING IT
5 IT WILL LINK TO PROGRAM 'SWAP' (MUST BE CONTAINED
IN SAME LIBRARY AS 'SPY'). 'SWAP' IS AN ENHANCED
VERSION OF 'MIPS'. BOTH PROGRAMS ARE IN SOURCE
FORMAT ON THIS TAPE
6 IT IS WRITTEN TOTALLY IN ASSEMBLER
IF YOU USE SPY UNDER TSO BE ALERTED TO THE FACT
THAT IF YOU APPLY PTF UZ26385 (APAR OZ39506) ON 7907
YOU WILL NO LONGER BE ABLE TO RUN THIS SPY. IBM HAS
MOVED THE CONSOLE BUFFERS TO FETCH PROTECTED
STORAGE. IN THE FUTURE SPY WILL HAVE TO BE MODIFIED
TO RUN KEY 0 SUPERVISOR STATE. (WHEN IN KEY 0, IT
RUNS FINE WITH PTF UZ26385). SEE SPY IN FILES
276 AND 338 FOR USE AFTER THE CONSOLE BUFFERS HAVE
BEEN MOVED TO PROTECTED STORAGE
IS A FULL SCREEN EDITOR FROM CITIBANK OF NEW YORK,
NEW YORK. THIS DATA SET IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS THE SOURCE MODULES AND
DOCUMENTATION FOR THEIR 3270 FULL SCREEN EDITOR,
WHICH IS ALSO AN INCORE EDITOR. THIS IS A TSO FULL
SCREEN EDITOR TO BE USED SOLELY FOR REMOTE AND LOCAL
3270 UNITS. IT ALLOWS THE SIMULTANEOUS UPDATE AND
BROWSE OF UP TO 21 LINES OF A DATA SET, AND THE
EXECUTION OF AN FSE/TSO COMMAND AT THE SAME TIME
IS IN IEBGENER FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE DOCUMENTATION*
FOR THE MVS SYSEVENT ANALYSIS PACKAGE FROM STANDARD
OIL, CONTAINED IN FILES 209 AND 210 ON THIS TAPE .
THIS FILE IS RECFM=FBA
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE MACROS NEEDED*
FOR THE MVS SYSEVENT ANALYSIS PACKAGE FROM STANDARD
OIL
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE SOURCE
PROGRAMS AND SAMPLE JCL NEEDED FOR THE MVS SYSEVENT
ANALYSIS PACKAGE FROM STANDARD OIL. THIS PACKAGE NEEDS
'TODCNVRT' WHICH IS AN ALIAS OF AMDPRSEG WHICH IS
IN SYS1.AOS12 ON THE DLIB'S. AN OBJECT DECK OF
AMDPRSEG ALSO RESIDES IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT IN FILE 173
ON THIS TAPE
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE SOURCE FOR
THE NEW POUND COMMANDS FORM STANDARD OIL FOR USE WITH
DCMS VERSION 2.0 .
T H E C O M M A N D S U B S Y S T E M
THE VERSION OF THE COMMAND SUBSYSTEM ( CMDSBSYS ) ON
THIS TAPE INCLUDES THE COMMON I/O DRIVER FROM
STANDARD OIL.
NOTE - THIS VERSION HAS THE FOLLOWING KNOWN BUGS :
A. COMMAND RESPONSE TO A TSO TERMINAL NOT
WORKING
B. L= OPERAND INEFFECTIVE TO JES3 SUBSYSTEM
CONSOLES
C. #V GROUP DEVICE LIST FAILS SOC4
THIS VERSION OF THE COMMAND SUBSYSTEM USES A SUBSYSTEM
NAME OF ' ALT1 '
DCMS USERS WISHING TO INSTALL THE DCMS ' POUND ' COMMAND
TO ALLOW DCMS TO EXECUTE ' #CMD ' SUBSYSTEM COMMANDS MUST
( I SAY MUST ) USE THE COMMON I/O DRIVER VERSION OF THE
SUBSYSTEM
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS 6 SAS PROGRAMS
TO PROCESS REDUCTION OF SMF AND RMF DATA RECORDS.
FROM UNION CARBIDE CORPORATION. FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION OF THESE PROGRAMS SEE THE MEMBER CALLED
$DOC
SMF DATA REDUCTION IN AN MVS/RMF II ENVIRONMENT
(SAS#SAMP)
THIS PDS CONTAINS SEVEN MEMBERS AS DEFINED BELOW:
1. $DOC
DOCUMENTATION MEMBER
2. MVS#COL1
THIS JOB IS USED TO PERFORM THE REDUCTION OF
DATA FOR THE FOLLOWING SMF RECORD TYPES:
5,34,35,70,71,72,73,74
3. MVS#ANL0
THIS JOB IS USED TO PERFORM THE ANALYSIS AND
REPORT WRITING FOR THE DATA COLLECTED BY
MVS#COL1. IT USED THE FOLLOWING RECORD TYPES:
5,70,71,72,73,74.
4. TSORPT9
THIS JOB IS USED TO CONSTRUCT 21 DETAILED
REPORTS RELATING TO TSO ACTIVITY AND RESOURCE
UTILIZATION. DATA IS EXTRACTED FROM SMF RECORD
TYPES 34,35,40,72. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THIS
REPORT HAS BEEN TAILORED TO THE SPECIFIC
REQUIREMENTS OF OUR OWN INSTALLATION. AS A
RESULT, A FEW CHANGES WOULD BE NECESSARY PRIOR
TO ITS USE BY ANOTHER INSTALLATION.
5. SAS#T72
THIS JOB IS UTILIZED TO PERFORM BASIS
PERFORMANCE GROUP ANALYSIS BY PERFORMANCE GROUP
AND CPU. DATA IS BASED UPON RMF TYPE 72
RECORDS.
6. DASD
THIS JOB IS UTILIZED TO PROVIDE A DASD I/O
SUMMARY BY CPU. DATA IS BASED UPON RMF TYPE 74
RECORDS.
7. MVS#PLT2
THIS JOB IS USED TO CONSTRUCT A SERIES OF PLOTS
RELATING TO DATA COLLECTED FROM THE FOLLOWING
SMF RECORD TYPES; 5,70,71,72,73,74. THE DATA
UTILIZED IS COLLECTED BY MVS#COL1. IT SHOULD
BE NOTED THAT THIS REPORT HAS BEEN TAILORED TO
THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF OUR OWN
INSTALLATION. AS A RESULT, A FEW CHANGES WOULD
BE NECESSARY PRIOR TO ITS USE BY ANOTHER
INSTALLATION.
THE PURPOSE OF THE JOBS IN THIS PDS IS TO PRESENT
EXAMPLES AS TO HOW SAS MAY BE UTILIZED TO
ACCOMPLISH THE REDUCTION OF SMF DATA AND PERFORM
SOME ELEMENTARY ANALYSIS ON THAT DATA. ALTHOUGH
THE JOBS WILL PERFORM CORRECTLY IN THEIR CURRENT
FORMAT, IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THEY BE UTILIZED ONLY
AS A GUIDELINE. THE FLEXIBILITY OF SAS IS SUCH THAT
IT WOULD BE EASY TO TAILOR REPORTS IN ORDER TO SUIT
THE NEEDS OF THE INDIVIDUAL INSTALLATIION.
THESE PROGRAMS ARE CURRENTLY RUNNING IN AN RMF II,
MVS-MP ENVIRONMENT. ONLY THE FOLLOWING PROGRAMS
CONTAIN NO CPU-DEPENDENT CODE:
MVS#COL1
MVS#ANL0
SAS#T74B
MVS#PLT2
IT IS STRONGLY SUGGESTED THAT ONE HAVE A THOROUGH
UNDERSTANDING OF THE PROGRAMS BEFORE UTILIZATION.
BECAUSE EACH INSTALLATION POSSESSES ITS OWN UNIQUE
REQUIREMENTS, THESE PROGRAMS ARE INTENDED TO
DEMONSTRATE THE FLEXIBILITY AND CAPABILITY OF SAS
IN THE ANALYSIS OF SMF DATA. RATHER THAN BEING
UTILIZED IN ITS CURRENT FORM, THEY SERVE AS A
STARTING POINT FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF FACILITIES
THAT BEST SUIT THE INDIVIDUAL INSTALLATION
THIS PROGRAM WILL GIVE STATS ON ANY DISK DATA SET
DESCRIPTION: THIS PROGRAM FORMATS INFORMATION ON ANY
DISK DATA SET. IT READS THROUGH THE ENTIRE DATA
SET AND OUTPUTS DISK TRACK USAGE, RECORD SIZES,
COUNTS AND OTHER STATISTICS.
IN ADDITION, SEVERAL DATA SET VALIDITY CHECKS ARE
PERFORMED DURING INPUT PROCESSING TO INSURE THAT
THE DATA SET WILL BE USABLE BY THE SYSTEM FOR
NON-EXCP PROCESSING.
IF ANY ERRORS ARE ENCOUNTERED, THE RETURN CODE IS
SET TO 4095 (OR THE PROGRAM ABENDS); OTHERWISE,
THE RETURN CODE IS SET TO THE MINIMUM OF 4094 AND
THE NUMBER OF TRACKS WHICH SHOULD COMPRESS OUT
FOR PARTITIONED DATA SETS.
DEFINITIONS (FOR PARTITIONED DATA SETS):
A. REAL MEMBER - A NON-ALIAS MEMBER NAME WHICH
IS PRESENT IN THE DIRECTORY.
B. GAS MEMBER - A MEMBER OF A PARTITIONED DATA
SET WHICH HAS BEEN REPLACED OR DELETED FROM
THE DATA SET. A GAS MEMBER DOES NOT HAVE AN
ENTRY IN THE DIRECTORY POINTING TO IT; DISK
STORAGE OCCUPIED BY GAS MEMBERS IS MADE
USABLE FOR OTHER MEMBERS BY AN IEBCOPY
COMPRESS OPERATION.
NOTE: GAS MEMBERS CAN BE RESURRECTED BY THE
TSO PDS COMMAND IF IT IS GIVEN THE BEGINNING
TTR ADDRESS AND A MEMBER NAME.
PROGRAM PARM (ONLY THE FIRST PARM CHARACTER IS
SIGNIFICANT; AT MOST ONE OF THE
FOLLOWING MAY BE SPECIFIED):
A. LABELONLY - LABEL INFORMATION IS TO BE
FORMATTED BUT NO DATA SET READS
ARE TO BE PERFORMED (EXCEPT THE
READ FOR ANY ISAM FORMAT 2
DSCB).
B. NOGAS - NO GAS MEMBER REPORT IS TO BE
PROVIDED FOR PARTITIONED DATA
SETS.
C. ERRORSONLY - ONLY ERROR MESSAGES ARE TO BE
OUTPUT.
D. ALLEXTENTS - ALL EXTENTS OF THE DATA SET ARE
TO BE READ REGARDLESS OF THE
DS1LSTAR SETTING.
OPERATION:
A. THE PROGRAM PERFORMS A RDJFCB TO GET THE
DSNAME AND VOLUME NAME; AN OBTAIN TO GET THE
FORMAT 1 DSCB; A DEVTYPE TO GET THE DEVICE
CHARACTERISTICS; AND AN OPEN TO INITIALIZE
THE DATA SET'S DATA EXTENT BLOCK (DEB)
INFORMATION.
B. THE PROGRAM FORMATS AND OUTPUTS DEB AND DSCB
INFORMATION.
C. THE PROGRAM THEN READS THROUGH THE DATA SET
AND OUTPUTS DISK TRACK USAGE, RECORD SIZES,
COUNTS AND OTHER STATISTICS.
D. ADDITIONAL PROCESSING:
1. FOR PHYSICAL SEQUENTIAL, DIRECT OR VSAM
DATA SETS, NO ADDITIONAL PROCESSING IS
PERFORMED.
2. FOR ISAM DATA SETS, THE PROGRAM READS
THROUGH THE ENTIRE DATA SET (THERE MAY BE
SEVERAL FILES OF DATA) AND REPORTS ON EACH
FILE. ALSO, THE PROGRAM INPUTS THE ISAM
LABEL (FORMAT TWO DSCB) RECORD AND
PROVIDES A DATA SET PROFILE WHICH INCLUDES
DATA SET REORGANIZATION DATA AND DATA SET
CHARACTERISTICS.
3. FOR PARTITIONED DATA SETS, IF THE DATA SET
NAME AND A MEMBER NAME IS ALLOCATED TO THE
INPUT DATA SET, THE MEMBER IS PROCESSED
LIKE A SEQUENTIAL DATA SET.
4. FOR OTHER PARTITIONED DATA SETS, THE
PROGRAM COMPARES DIRECTORY TTR'S AGAINST
ACTUAL DISK ADDRESSES TO PROVIDE A REPORT
BY GAS MEMBER:
A. FOR LOAD LIBRARIES, THE LINKAGE-EDIT
DATE AND THE NAMES OF THE FIRST FEW
CSECTS ARE PROVIDED.
B. FOR OTHER LIBRARIES, THE FIRST 79
CHARACTERS OF EACH GAS MEMBER IS
OUTPUT.
STATISTICS ARE MAINTAINED ON THE SIZE OF
GAS AND REAL MEMBERS AND THE NUMBER OF
ALIAS MEMBERS. STATS CHECKS FOR ALIASES
WHICH HAVE NO REAL ENTRIES AND APPARENT
ALIASES (TWO REAL MEMBERS WITH THE SAME
TTR).
IS THE DOCUMENTATION FOR THE LISTPDS PROGRAM WHICH IS
CONTAINED IN FILE 215 OF THIS TAPE
RECFM=FBA AND CONTAINS UPPER & LOWER CASE CHARACTERS
IS THE LISTPDS PROGRAM WHICH IS A PRINT PROGRAM FOR
SEQUENTIAL AND PARTITIONED DATA SETS. LISTPDS CAN
LIST ANY NUMBER OF SEQUENTIAL AND PARTITIONED DATA
SETS IN A SINGLE EXECUTION STEP. LISTPDS PROVIDES PAGE
INDEXES, MEMBER SELECTION FACILITIES, MEMBER LOCATIONS
(TTR) REPORTS, DATA SET (AND MEMBER) INDENTIFICATION
HEADERS LINES, AND SEVEN DIFFERENT OUTPUT FORMATING
OPTIONS
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS TWO TSO CP (WITH
THEIR HELP DATA SETS). THEY ARE:
1. LOCD--DISPLAYS WHERE A DATA SET IS CATALOGED AND
LISTS ALL MOUNTED DIRECT ACCESS VOLUMES ON
WHICH THE DATA SET RESIDES
2. CHGDATE--CHANGE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF A DATA SET
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS A DISSASMBLER.
COMPLETE DOCUMENTATION FOR THIS PROGRAM IS CONTAINED
IN THE MEMBER CALLED $DOC. BELOW IS A VERY BRIEF
DESCRIPTION OF THIS PROGRAM.
DISASM IS A ONE-PASS DISASSEMBLER WHICH PRODUCES AN ASSEMBLER
LANGUAGE SOURCE PROGRAM FROM A CSECT WITHIN A LOAD MODULE.
CONTROL CARDS PERMIT SPECIFICATION OF AREAS CONTAINING NO
INSTRUCTIONS, ALLOW BASE REGISTERS TO BE PROVIDED SO THAT
SYMBOLIC LABELS MAY BE CREATED DURING DISASSEMBLY, AND
DEFINITION OF DSECTS TO BE USED DURING DISASSEMBLY. CONDITIONAL*
BRANCH INSTRUCTIONS USE THE EXTENDED MNEMONICS, WHERE POSSIBLE,*
AND EXPLICIT REGISTERS ARE DENOTED BY R0, R1, ... R15.
COMMENTS ARE GIVEN ON SVC'S, AND VARIOUS BAL INSTRUCTIONS TO
AID IN CREATING A DOCUMENTED SOURCE PROGRAM
CONTAINS AN MPL AND ASM MONITOR UNDER RMFMON FROM
COCA COLA IN ATLANTA. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT AND THE MEMBER CALLED $DOCERB CONTAINS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. THE MEMBER CALLED SAMPLE
SHOWS SOME ACTUAL OUTPUT. THIS FILE ALSO CONTAINS A
PL/1 (OPTIMIZER) PROGRAM TO PROVIDE A VSAM VOLUME MAP
OF ALL VOLUMES IN A PARTICULAR VSAM CATALOG. IT MAPS
EACH DATA SPACE AND EACH DATA AND INDEX COMPONENT
WITHIN THE DATA SPACE BY STARTING AND ENDING CCHH .
THERE IS ALSO A ZAP TO CORRECT A MINOR PROBLEM
K VSAM PLI PL1 VOLMAP VTOC CATALOG ERBRUS99 RMF RMFMON MPL ASM
IS A PROGRAM TO SET SHARED BITS ON OR OFF IN THE UCB
OF DASD DEVICES FOR A MULTIPLE CPU INSTALLATION WITH SHARED
DASD IT CAN ALSO DISPLAY THE CURRENT STATUS OF THE DEVICE(S)
SPECIFIED.
PARM INPUT
PARM = 'XXXYYYYYY'
XXX = ON - SET SHARED BIT(S) ON
XXX = OFF - SET SHARED BIT(S) OFF
XXX = DIS - DISPLAY STATUS OF VOLUME(S) SPECIFIED
YYYYYY = VOLSER - VOLUME SER OF DEVICE TO BE SET OR DISPLAYED
YYYYYY = NOT SPECIFIED - IF YYYYYY NOT SPECIFIED READ VOLUMES
FROM SYSIN FILE.
SYSIN INPUT
80 CHARECTER INPUT RECORDS
COL'S 1-6 = VOLUME SERIAL OF DEVICE TO BE SET OR DISPLAYED
COL 10 NON BLANK CHARECTER SPECIFIES TO VARY DEVICE
CONTAINING VOLUME SPECIFIED OFFLINE.
NOTE THIS PROGRAM MUST BE AUTHORIZED AC=1
IS A PROGRAM TO SET SHARED BITS ON OR OFF
THIS PROGRAM IS RUN AT IPL TIME TO ACCOMPLISH THE FOLLOWING
FUNCTIONS:
1 MARK OFFLINE ALL DASD DEVICES THAT ARE NOT RESERVED OR
PERMANENTLY RESIDENT. THIS INCLUDES ALL DEVICES ON WHICH
A VOLUME IS NOT MOUNTED.
2 MARK CERTAIN DASD DEVICES EITHER NON-SHARED OR SHARED,
ACCORDING TO VATLST SPECIFICATIONS. THIS IS CONTROLLED BY
PLACING AN 'S' IN COLUMN 23 OF THE VATLST ENTRY FOR 'SHARED',
OR AN 'N' IN COLUMN 23 FOR 'NON-SHARED'. THIS PERMITS THE
SHARED/NON-SHARED ATTRIBUTES TO BE SET BY VOLUME RATHER
THAN BY DEVICE. SINCE CERTAIN VOLUMES ARE NOT SHARED, THIS
ALLOWS ONE TO EASILY OBTAIN THE PERFORMANCE GAIN RESULTING
FROM THE ELIMINATION OF RESERVE/RELEASE FOR THESE VOLUMES.
3 MARK CERTAIN DASD DEVICES OFFLINE ACCORDING TO VATLST
SPECIFICATIONS. THIS IS CONTROLLED BY PLACING A 'V' IN
COLUMN 24 OF THE VATLST ENTRY. ALTHOUGH THIS PARTICULAR
FACILITY IS SELDOM UTILIZED, IT ALLOWS ONE TO LEAVE ENTRIES
IN THE VATLST AND HAVE THEM EFFECTIVELY IGNORED BY THE
OPERATING SYSTEM.
4 OPTIONALLY, THIS PROGRAM MAY BE UTILIZED TO MARK OFFLINE
ANY DASD DEVICE WHOSE VOLUME IS NOT IN THE VATLST SPECIFIED.
IF THIS PARTICULAR FEATURE IS OF INTEREST, SET THE LCLC
SPECIFICATION FOR &OPTA TO '1'. REMEMBER THAT AN INVOCATION
OF THIS PROGRAM FOLLOWING THE MOUNTING OF ANY DASD VOLUMES
WILL TAKE THESE VOLUMES OFFLINE IF THIS FEATURE IS UTILIZED
AND THE VOLUMES MOUNTED ARE NOT IN THE VATLST.
PLEASE NOTE THAT THIS PROGRAM WILL ALTER DEVICE STATUS WITHOUT
CHECKING TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE DEVICE IS ALLOCATED OR IN USE.*
IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED THAT THE PROGRAM BE UTILIZED FOR THE ABOVE*
FUNCTIONS AT OTHER THAN IPL TIME. IN AN MVS ENVIRONMENT THE BEST*
WAY TO CONTROL THIS IS TO UTILIZE A START COMMAND IN COMMNDXX.
THIS PARTICULAR APPROACH HAS BEEN IN USE IN A UP/MP SHARED DASD
ENVIRONMENT FOR TWO YEARS, AND HAS NEVER BEEN KNOWN TO CAUSE A
PROBLEM.
THIS PROGRAM MUST BE MARKED AC=1
ADDITIONALLY, AS AN EMERGENCY FACILITY, THE PROGRAM MAY
BE UTILIZED TO ALTER THE SHARED/NON-SHARED STATUS OF A SPECIFIC
DEVICE. THIS PARTICULAR FACILITY MUST BE USED JUDICIOUSLY IN
ORDER TO PREVENT THE OCCURANCE OF RESERVE/RELEASE COMPLICATIONS.*
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT SUCH USE BE RESTRICTED TO OFFLINE DEVICES*
STATUS MAY BE RESET IN THE FOLLOWING WAYS BY PASSING PARAMETER
INFORMATION TO THE PROGRAM:
1 PARM='XXXS' WILL MARK DEVICE XXX AS SHARED.
2 PARM='XXXN' WILL MARK DEVICE XXX AS NON-SHARED.
3 PARM='XXX' WILL RESET THE STATUS OF THE DEVICE ACCORDING TO
THE SPECIFICATIONS IN THE VATLST FOR THAT PARTICULAR VOLUME.
THE ACTION TAKEN IF NO MATCH IS FOUND IS DEPENDENT UPON OPTION*
'A', WHICH IS DESCRIBED IN STATEMENT NUMBER 4 ABOVE. IF THIS
OPTION HAS NOT BEEN CHOSEN, NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. IF
&OPTA IS SET TO '1', THEN THE VOLUME WILL BE TAKEN OFFLINE IN
THE SAME MANNER AS DESCRIBED
CONTAINS ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION FOR THE DCMS
COMMANDS SPECIFICALLY THE DCMS COMMANDS THAT ARE
CONTAINED IN FILES 240-245. THE FILE CONTAINS
UPPER AND LOWER CASE CHARACTERS
RECFM=FBA
CONTAINS DF/DS AND RMF EXITS FROM AMERICAN
HOSPITAL SUPPLY CORPORATION OF MCGAW PARK, ILLINOIS .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS
THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS :
ERBTSOCK - RMF MONITOR II AUTHORIZATION EXIT
ERB3SOCK - RMF MONITOR III AUTHORIZATION EXIT
IGGPRE00 - DASD PRE-ALLOCATION EXIT
IFG0EX0B - PRE- OPEN EXIT
IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS A TSO
PERFORMANCE MONITOR PACKAGE FROM PROCTOR AND
GAMBLE
IS A UTILITY TO MOVE SYS1.DUMP* DATASETS TO ARCHIVE/
DUMP TAPE, FORMAT TITLE INFORMATION FROM TAPE/DUMP,
AND/OR CLEAN SYS1.DUMP* DATASETS. THIS PROGRAM IS
FROM UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO CIRCLE.
TACKED ON TO THE END OF THIS PROGRAM AFTER THE END
STATEMENT IS THE JCL WE USE TO RUN IT
IS AN OFFLOAD PROGRAM THAT WILL ALLOW THE USER TO
OFFLOAD A PDS TO IEBUPDTE CONTROL CARD FORMAT.
IT WILL ALLOW IEBUPDTE CONTROL CARDS TO BE PLACED
BEFORE EACH MEMBER IN A SEQUENTIAL INPUT STREAM
THIS PROGRAM WAS RECEIVED FROM YALE UNIVERSITY .
THIS PROGRAM WAS WRITTEN BY MR DAVID B COLE
IS A COMPARE PROGRAM RECEIVED FROM YALE UNIVERSITY
THAT WAS WRITTEN BY MR DAVID B COLE.
THE MACROS NEEDED TO ASSEMBLE THIS VERSION ARE CONTAINED IN
FILE 408 OF THIS MVSMODS TAPE . FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SEE THE COMMENTS IN THE SOURCE CODE ITSELF .
THE CMPRSEQ PROGRAM COMPARES TWO SEQUENTIAL CARD
IMAGE FILES AND REPORTS PRECISELY THE DIFFERENCES
BETWEEN THE TWO. SUCH DIFFERENCES CAN CONSIST OF
INSERTIONS, DELETIONS, AND REPLACEMENTS (OF EITHER
EQUAL OR UNEQUAL SIZES).
CMPRSEQ ACCOMPLISHES THIS BY READING THE TWO INPUT
FILES ALTERNATELY AND COMPARING THE CARD IMAGES AS IT
GOES ALONG. WHEN IT ENCOUNTERS TWO CARDS THAT
MISMATCH, IT SAVES THEM AND CONTINUES TO READ THE TWO
FILES ALTERNATELY. EACH TIME IT READS A CARD FROM ONE
FILE, IT COMPARES IT TO ALL CARDS THAT IT HAS READ
FROM THE OTHER FILE SINCE THE START OF THE MISMATCH.
IF NO MATCH IS FOUND, THEN IT SAVES THAT CARD AND
PROCEEDS TO READ THE NEXT CARD FROM THE OTHER FILE.
CMPRSEQ CONTINUES ALTERNATING BACK AND FORTH IN THIS
MANNER UNTIL IT HAS READ A CARD THAT DOES MATCH ONE
OF THE SAVED CARDS FROM THE OTHER FILE. THE MISMATCH
THEN CONSISTS OF ALL CARDS IN THE TWO SAVED STACKS
THAT ARE BELOW THE TWO MATCHING CARDS.
THE MISMATCHED CARDS ARE DUMPED OUT TO LOGGING
DATASETS, AND THEN CMPRSEQ PROCEEDS TO LOOK FOR THE
NEXT MISMATCHED BLOCK.
LIMITATIONS
CMPRSEQ WILL COMPARE ONLY CARD IMAGE FILES - I.E.,
FILES HAVING FIXED LENGTH RECORDS THAT ARE 80 BYTES
LONG.
CMPRSEQ WILL COMPARE ONLY ONE PAIR OF FILES PER
INVOCATION. IT WILL NOT COMPARE AN ENTIRE PDS
LIBRARY, ALTHOUGH IT WILL COMPARE A JCL SELECTED PDS
LIBRARY MEMBER.
IF AN INSERTION BLOCK (FOR EXAMPLE) CONTAINS A CARD
WHOSE DUPLICATE ALREADY APPEARS COMMONLY THROUGHOUT
THE FILES BEING COMPARED (E.G., THE "SPACE 1"
ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE STATEMENT, ETC.), THEN THE
COMPARISON MAY BECOME, TO A GREATER OR LESSER DEGREE,
DESYNCHRONIZED DUE TO THE INSERTED CARD FINDING A
MATCH WITH A PRE-EXISTING COPY OF THAT CARD IN THE
OTHER FILE. CMPRSEQ PROVIDES MECHANISMS TO HELP DEAL
WITH SYNCHRONIZATION PROBLEMS. (NOTE, SYNCHRONIZATION
PROBLEMS CAN OCCUR, NOT JUST WITH INSERTED BLOCKS,
BUT ALSO WITH DELETED BLOCKS AND WITH REPLACED
BLOCKS).
JCL
EXEC CARD KEYWORD: REGION=
CMPRSEQ'S MEMORY REQUIREMENTS VARY ACCORDING TO THE
AGGREGATE SIZE OF THE LARGEST PAIR OF MISMATCHED
BLOCKS ENCOUNTERED. IF A MEMORY SHORTAGE OCCURS, THEN
CMPRSEQ TERMINATES IMMEDIATELY; CONSEQUENTLY, IT IS
BEST TO PROVIDE A GENEROUS AMOUNT OF AVAILABLE
MEMORY. USUALLY, REGION=1024K SHOULD BE ENOUGH.
EXEC CARD KEYWORD: PARM=FULL
BY DEFAULT CMPRSEQ WILL COMPARE TWO CARDS ONLY IN
COLUMNS 1 THROUGH 72, THUS IGNORING THE SEQUENCE
NUMBER FIELD. SPECIFYING PARM=FULL CAUSES CMPRSEQ TO
EXAMINE EACH CARD IN ALL 80 COLUMNS.
DDNAMES: OLD AND NEW
ATTRIBUTES
ACCESS METHOD QSAM
DSORG PS
RECFM F OR FB
LRECL 80
BLKSIZE 80*N
DEFAULTS (PS,F,80,80)
THESE DDNAMES (OLD AND NEW) MUST DESIGNATE THE TWO
FILES TO BE COMPARED. THEIR EXISTANCE IS REQUIRED.
USUALLY, ONE FILE IS AN UPDATED (NEWER) VERSION OF
THE OTHER, HENCE NAMES OLD AND NEW.
DDNAME: SYSPRINT
ATTRIBUTES
ACCESS METHOD QSAM
DSORG PS
RECFM UA, VA, VBA, FA, OR FBA
LRECL 133 OR LARGER
BLKSIZE 133 OR LARGER
DEFAULTS (PS,VBA,137,4096)
THE SYSPRINT FILE IS OPTIONAL. IF IT IS AVAILABLE,
THEN IT RECEIVES A LOG OF ALL DISCOVERED MISMATCHES.
FOR EACH MISMATCHED BLOCK, BOTH THE OLD AND NEW
VERSION OF THAT BLOCK IS SHOWN.
DDNAMES: OLDLIST AND NEWLIST
ATTRIBUTES
ACCESS METHOD QSAM
DSORG PS
RECFM UA, VA, VBA, FA, OR FBA
LRECL 133 OR LARGER
BLKSIZE 133 OR LARGER
DEFAULTS (PS,VBA,137,4096)
BOTH OLDLIST AND NEWLIST ARE OPTIONAL. IF ONE (OR
BOTH) ARE AVAILABLE, THEN A COPY OF THE OLD (OR NEW)
FILE IS WRITTEN TO IT WITH THE LOCATIONS OF ALL
MISMATCHES CLEARLY FLAGGED.
DDNAME: IGNORE
ATTRIBUTES
ACCESS METHOD QSAM
DSORG PS
RECFM F OR FB
LRECL 80
BLKSIZE 80*N
DEFAULTS (PS,F,80,80)
THE IGNORE FILE IS OPTIONAL. IF IT IS AVAILABLE, THEN
IT IS USED TO HELP CONTROL THE POSSIBLE
DESYNCHRONIZATION PROBLEMS DISCUSSED EARLIER. THE
IGNORE FILE SHOULD CONTAIN COPIES OF CARD IMAGES THAT
APPEAR REPEATEDLY THROUGHOUT THE FILES BEING
COMPARED, AND ESPECIALLY APPEARING IN AREAS AFFECTED
BY INSERTIONS AND DELETIONS. COPIES OF THESE CARDS,
WHEN ENCOUNTERED DURING A MISMATCH RESOLUTION
PROCESS, WILL NOT BE USED TO RESOLVE THE MISMATCH. BY
THIS MEANS THE POSSIBILITY OF DESYNCHRONIZATION CAN
BE REDUCED.
DDNAME: SYNC
ATTRIBUTES
ACCESS METHOD QSAM
DSORG PS
RECFM F OR FB
LRECL 80
BLKSIZE 80*N
DEFAULTS (PS,F,80,80)
UNFORTUNATELY, VERY LARGE FILES MAY HAVE TOO MANY
COMMONLY REOCCURING CARDS FOR THE IGNORE FILE TO BE
WHOLELY EFFECTIVE IN ELIMINATING DESYNCHRONIZATION
PROBLEMS. IF THIS IS THE CASE, THEN THE SYNC FILE CAN
BE PROVIDED TO FORCE RESYNCHRONIZATION AT PARTICULAR
POINTS IN THE FILES BEING COMPARED. THIS FILE SHOULD
CONTAIN COPIES OF ONE OR MORE CARDS EACH OF WHICH
APPEARS EXACTLY ONCE IN BOTH THE OLD AND NEW FILES.
THE CARDS IN THE SYNC FILE SHOULD APPEAR IN THE SAME
ORDER BY WHICH THEY APPEAR IN THE OLD AND NEW FILES.
THEY SHOULD REPRESENT POINTS IN THE OLD AND NEW FILES
AT WHICH YOU WISH TO FORCE COMPARISON
SYNCHRONIZATION. GENERALLY, SUCH POINTS WILL BE
FOLLOWING THOSE AREAS WHERE OTHERWISE UNRECOVERABLE
DESYNCHRONIZATION HAS OCCURED.
WHEN CMPRSEQ ENCOUNTERS A RESYNCHRONIZATION POINT
(I.E., WHEN IT HAS READ A CARD FROM ONE OF THE
COMPARISON FILES THAT EXACTLY MACTHES THE NEXT CARD
FROM THE SYNC FILE), IT WILL NOT READ ANY FURTHER
FROM THAT FILE UNTIL IT READS THE IDENTICAL CARD FROM
THE OTHER FILE. THIS HAS THE EFFECT OF FORCING THE
RESOLUTION OF A CURRENT MISMATCH (IF ANY) AT THE
RESINCHRONIZATION POINT.
THE SYNC FILE IS OPTIONAL. IF IT IS AVAILABLE, THEN
IS MUST BE CORRECTLY FORMED. IF IT IS NOT (I.E., IF
IT IS OUT OF SEQUENCE, OR IF IT CONTAINS A CARD THAT
DOES NOT APPEAR IN BOTH THE OLD AND NEW FILES), THEN
THE CMPRSEQ RUN WILL FAIL.
COMPLETION CODES
0 - PROCESSING HAS COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY. NO
MISMATCHES HAVE BEEN FOUND.
4 - PROCESSING HAS COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY. AT LEAST
ONE MISMATCH HAS BEEN FOUND.
12 - PROCESSING HAS FAILED. A MEMORY SHORTAGE HAS
OCCURED.
16 - PROCESSING HAS ABORTED. ONE OF THE COMPARISON
FILES (DDNAME OLD OR NEW) IS NOT AVAILABLE.
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS A SERIES OF
PROGRAMS TO ALLOW CERTAIN TSO USERS TO PERFORM
AUTHORIZED FUNCTIONS. FOR ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION
SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $DOC
THIS PDS CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS
MEMBER DESCRIPTION
AOFF PROGRAM TO TURN THE AUTHORIZATION BIT OFF
AON PROGRAM TO TURN THE AUTHORIZATION BIT ON
BEGIN USER MACRO
CBT385 PROGRAM TO ATTACH IEBCOPY IN AN AUTHORIZED
ENVIRONMENT FOR ANYONE
CBT594 PROGRAM TO ATTACH IKJEFT01 IN AN AUTHORIZED
ENVIRONMENT FOR ANYONE
CBT390 VALIDATION OF USER IDS TO DO AN AUTHORIZED
FUNCTION
D0 PROGRAM TO ATTACH A LOAD MODULE VIA
LINKLIST (AUTHORIZED)
D0D0 SAME AS D0 EXCEPT BEFORE PGM IS ATTACHED
THIS CODE GOES TO KEY 0 AND SUPERVISOR
STATE. USED TO GET AROUND PTF UZ26385
(APAR OZ39506) FOR DIDOCS AND SPY. THIS
PTF PUT THE CONSOLE BUFFERS INTO PROTECTED
STORAGE (NICE PEOPLE)
ENDALL USER MACRO
HREADY HELP MEMBER FOR CBT594 (ALIAS READY)
IGC0025D USER SVC TO TURN AUTHORIZE BIT ON/OFF
SAVEALL USER MACRO
XEQ PROGRAM TO ATTACH A LOAD MODULE VIA
LINKLIST (NOT AUTHORIZED)
LISTPW TSO CP TO LIST ENTRIES FROM THE PASSWORD
DATA SET
UADS TSO CP TO ALLOW AUTHORIZED USERS THE ABILITY
TO CHANGE THEIR PSCB
IS SOURCE FOR A SYNCSORT EXIT TO CONTROL "VSIO=REAL"
BY TIME OF DAY
SYNCSORT WILL MAKE HIMSELF NON-SWAPPABLE IF THE PARAMETER OF
"VSIO=REAL" IS USED, INDICATING THE USE OF EXCPVR. THE PURPOSE
OF THIS ROUTINE IS TO KEEP SYNCSORT FROM USING EXCPVR DURING
THE DAYTIME WHEN THE LOAD ON THE SYSTEM IS HEAVY BUT ALLOWING
THE MORE EFFICIENT EXCPVR USAGE WHEN THE SYSTEM IS NOT HEAVILY
USED BY TSO AND OTHER ONLINE SYSTEMS.
THIS ROUTINE WILL BE CALLED BY SYNCSORT TO DETERMINE WHETHER TO*
USE "VSIO=REAL" OR "VISO=NONE". IF THE TIME IS BETWEEN THE
CUTOFFLO AND THE CUTOFFHI TIME, A PARM OF "VSIO=NONE" WILL BE
PASSED TO SYNCSORT. IF THE TIME IS OUTSIDE OF THE CUTOFFLO AND
CUTOFFHI TIMES A PARM OF "VSIO=REAL" WILL BE PASSED.
THIS MODULE SHOULD BE LINKEDITED INTO THE LIBRARY THAT
CONTAINS SYNCSORT WITH THE NAME $ORTPARM AND "EXTRA FEATURE
#20" SHOULD BE TURNED ON. ALSO, NOTE THE DESCRIPTION OF THE
"PARMEXIT FACILITY" IN SECTION 3 OF THE SYNCSORT PROGRAMMER'S
GUIDE. OTHER PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS CAUSED BY SYNCSORT MAY BE
OVERCOME BY THE USE OF DEFAULT OPTION #7 TO LIMIT THE AMOUNT
OF MAIN STORAGE USED AND EXTRA FEATURES #'S 14, 22, AND 24 (TO
TURN OFF STIMER)
IS A TAPE COPY FROM THE AIR FORCE FINANCE CENTER IN
DENVER. THIS PGM WILL COPY ALL FILES OF AN INPUT
TAPE TO ONE TO TEN OUTPUT TAPES. THE ORIGINAL
PURPOSE OF THIS PROGRAM WAS FOR COPYING THE
SHARE MVS MODS TAPE. THIS PROGRAM IS ALSO RUN AT
CBT TO GENERATE COPIES OF THIS TAPE
IS A JES2 MOD FROM GTE LABORATORIES TO $DF TO SHOW
THE NUMBER OF RECORDS TO PRINT
IS A JES2 MOD FROM GTE LABORATORIES TO ALLOW PRINTERS
TO BE SET TO SELECT JOBS BY THE NUMBER OF LINES
IS A JES2 MOD FROM GTE LABORATORIES TO NOTIFY TSO
USERS OF THE MAX CONDITION CODE OR ABEND CODE
*********************************************/
IS FROM GTE SYLVANIA IN DANVERS MASS AND SHOULD
BENEFIT PANSPOOL USERS (FILE 067) THAT EITHER HAVE NO
ACCESS TO A PL1 COMPILIER OR JUST WANT TO SIMPLIFY
THE SYSTEM . SEE THE CODE FOR COMPLETE DETAILS
IS AN UPDATED COPY OF THE TSO CP 'PRINTOFF' TO ALLOW
FOR 3211 CONTROL (IE FCB,UCS,TRAIN,ETC) FROM GTE LABS
IS AN LPA/SVC REAL TIME LOADER AND REPLACEMENT AND
PERFORMANCE TOOL FROM CHYRSLER PARTS
MODULE CONCEPTS REAL TIME, MLPA SIMULATION, SVC
REPLACEMENT AND MODULE FIXING (FOR PERFORMANCE AND
EASE OF IN-CORE ZAP)
THIS MODULE IS PAGEABLE
LOADED MODULES AND SVCS ARE PLACED IN FIXED CSA
MEMORY
WHY IN FIXED MEMORY
1) TYPE 1 AND 2 SVC'S MUST BE RESIDENT IN THE
NUCLEUS (OR AT LEAST APPEAR TO BE SO)
2) AS THIS IS A TEST TOOL THE ASSUMPTION IS THAT
IN-CORE ZAPS MAY BECOME NECESSARY AND YOU ARE
ASSURED THE MODULE WILL BE IN CORE AT ALL TIMES
(NOT PAGED OUT)
3) FOR PERFORMANCE TESTING, A DUPLICATE COPY OF A
CURRENTLY PAGEABLE MODULE MAY BE RE-LOADED AND
YOU WILL BE ABLE TO EXAMINE THE PERFORMANCE GAINS
THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE PERMANENT FIXING OF THE
MODULE VIA IEAFIXXX
FOR ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION ON THIS PROGRAM SEE THE
SOURCE CODE
IS THE HELP DATA SET FOR THE PRINTOFF COMMAND FROM GTE*
CONTAINED IN FILE 234 OF THIS TAPE
IS A PROGRAM FROM THE FLORIDA POWER COMMISSION THAT
WILL PRODUCE THE FOLLOWING TWO REPORTS FROM A LOAD
LIBRARY
1. LIST ALL CSECT NAMES WITHIN EACH MEMBER.
2. LIST ALL MEMBERS WHICH REFERENCE EACH
CSECT NAME
IS AN RMF POST PROCESSOR FROM CARRIER CORPORATION
THIS PROGRAM WILL READ SMF RECORDS THAT CONTAIN RMF RECORDED
RECORDS AND SELECT THE RMF RECORDS FOR ANALYSIS. THIS INPUT
SHOULD BE IN THE SEQUENCE AS RECORDED BY RMF EITHER IN THE
SYS1.MANX/Y DATA SETS OR ON TAPE.
REPORTS: A REPORT IS PRINTED SHOWING THE:
DEVICE ACTIVITY RATE PER SECOND,
DEVICE BUSY PERCENT,
QUEUE LENGTH
FOR EACH UNIT SPECIFIED AND AN AVERAGE FOR THE
FIRST 5 DAYS ENCOUNTERED ON THE INPUT DATA SET
UNLESS A DATE PARM IS USED.
THE VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER IS PRINTED FOR THE
UNIT SPECIFIED IF THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN
VOLSER. IF THERE WAS A CHANGE IN VOLSER, "***"
IS SHOWN INSTEAD OF A VOLSER.
IF THE UNITS ARE SPECIFIED IN PAIRS, THERE IS A
TOTAL SECTION PRINTED DEPICTING THE ACTIVITY
OF THE LOGICAL PAIR. THE UNITS OF THE PAIR ARE
SHOWN IN THE VOLSER FIELD AND "TOT" WILL APPEAR
IN THE UNIT FIELD.
DD'S : DDNAME CONTENTS
------ --------
INPUT RMF TYPE 74 RECORDS
PRINT PRINTED REPORT
SHIFTS ENDING TIMES FOR PERIOD BREAKDOWNS
SPECIFY ENDING TIMES IN MILITARY
TIME - ONE PER RECORD STARTING
IN POSITION 1 . EG. 1300
UNITS SINGLE AND PAIRED UNITS TO REPORT
SPECIFY SINGLE UNITS STARTING IN
POSITION 1 - ONE PER RECORD
EG. 142
SPECIFY PAIRED UNITS STARTING IN
POSITION 1 - ONE PAIR PER RECORD -
ENCLOSED IN PARENTHESIS - SEPARATE
BY A COMMA. EG. (143,163)
PARMS: TIME - LIMIT THE TIMES SELECTED
EG. TIME(AAAA,BBBB)
DATE - LIMIT THE DATES SELECTED
EG. DATE(YYDDD,YYDDD) START/END IN JULIAN
IF BOTH PARMS ARE USED, THEY MUST BE
SEPARATED BY A COMMA.
EG. TIME(0730,1200),DATE(78201,78206)
USER ABEND: ABEND 0001 - INVALID PARM VALUE
LIMITATIONS: EACH UNIT NUMBER SHOULD BE SPECIFIED ONLY ONCE.
THERE IS A LIMIT OF 200 UNIT NUMBERS.
SHIFT ENDING TIMES ARE LIMITED TO 12 ENTRIES.
A DEFAULT OF 2400 IS ENTERED AS THE LAST SHIFT
ENDING TIME
IS A DYNAMIC TRACE FACILITY FROM MCDONNELL DOUGLAS
AUTOMATION COMPANY.
THE MVS DYNAMIC TRACE FACILITY IS AN AUTHORIZED
PROGRAM WHICH, WHEN INVOKED, PROVIDES THE CAPABILITY
OF STARTING AND STOPPING THE MVS INTERNAL TRACE
FEATURE INDEPENDENT OF THE STATUS OF TRACE AT THE
TERMINATION OF THE IPL PROCEDURE
IS THE DCMS USER'S GUIDE VERSION 2 RELEASE 2 NOV 1978
RECFM=VBA,LRECL=137,BLKSIZE=32747
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE DCMS SOURCE
LIBRARY VERSION 2 RELEASE 2 NOV 1978
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE DCMS MACRO
LIBRARY VERSION 2 RELEASE 2 NOV 1978
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE DCMS MVS/SRM
MACRO LIBRARY VERSION 2 RELEASE 2 NOV 1978
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE DCMS OBJECT
LIBRARY VERSION 2 RELEASE 2 NOV 1978
IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT WHICH CONTAINS THE DCMS LOAD
MODULE LIBRARY VERSION 2 RELEASE 2 NOV 1978
IS A SERIES OF SUPERZAPS TO MVS. THESE ZAPS WERE
ORIGINALLY SENT TO THE SHARE MVS PERFORMANCE PROJECT
AND WHILE NOT ALWAYS PERFORMANCE ORIENTED SOME APPEARED*
TOO GOOD TO THROW AWAY - SO HERE THEY ARE
USE AT YOUR OWN RISK
IS A MODIFIED COPY OF THE RMF POST PROCESSOR CONTAINED*
IN FILE 190 OF THIS TAPE TO PROCESS MVS/SE DATA. SEE
THE WRITE-UP UNDER FILE 190 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
IS A PROGRAM TO SPLIT FROM ANY SMF FILE THE FOLLOWING
RECORDS
SMF DATA
MVS RMF DATA
MVS/SE RMF DATA
IS THE JCL USED TO RUN THE PROGRAM IN FILE 248
CONTAINS RMF EXITS AND MACROS TO INCLUDE IMS
TRANSACTION COUNT IN REGULAR RMF WORKLOAD REPORT AND
SMF RECORD IMS
IS A PROGRAM FROM UNION CARBIDE TO SYNCHRONIZE RMF
SUCH THAT THE RECORDING STARTS ON THE HOUR RATHER
THAN BEING DEPENDENT UPON WHEN THE START COMMAND
IS ISSUED
THIS PROGRAM IS USED TO SYNCHRONIZE RMF SUCH THAT RECORDING
STARTS ON THE HOUR(USING ONE HOUR RECORDING INTERVALS), RATHER*
THAN BEING DEPENDENT UPON WHEN THE START COMMAND IS ISSUED.
IF THE CURRENT TIME IS LESS THAN 15 MINUTES BEFORE THE HOUR,
THE PROGRAM GOES INTO A TIMER WAIT UNTIL THE TIME HAS ELAPSED.*
IT THEN ISSUES, THROUGH THE SVC 34 FACILITY, A START COMMAND
FOR RMF AND TERMINATES ITSELF.
IF THE CURRENT TIME IS IN EXCESS OF 15 MIN. BEFORE THE HOUR,
A START COMMAND FOR RMF IS IMMEDIATELY ISSUED THROUGH THE
SVC 34 FACILITY. THE PROGRAM THEN GOES INTO A TIMER WAIT FOR
THE CALCULATED TIME TO THE NEXT HOUR, MINUS 3 MINUTES. AT THE*
END OF THAT TIME, RMFTIMER THEN ISSUES A STOP COMMAND FOR RMF
AND GOES INTO A TIMER WAIT FOR THREE MINUTES. THIS INTERVAL
ALLOWS RMF TO TERMINATE PRIOR TO ISSUING THE NEXT START
COMMAND. WHEN THE THREE MINUTE TIMER INTERVAL HAS COMPLETED,
THE PROGRAM THEN ISSUES A START COMMAND FOR RMF AND TERMINATES*
ITSELF
IS DYNLIST FROM STANDARD OIL IT WILL SHOW WHAT DEVICES*
MAKE UP A GENERIC OR ESOTERIC NAME IN YOUR SYSTEM .
THERE ARE TWO VERSIONS CONTAINED IN THIS FILE , ONE
VERSION IS FOR XA AND THE OTHER IS NOT . THE XA VER
HAS TO RUN AC=1
IS SEVERAL ZAPS FROM STANDARD OIL IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT
IS SEVERAL SAS SOURCE PROGRAMS THAT WILL PROCESS
RMF DATA FROM STANDARD OIL
IS AN RMF POST PROCESSOR FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
EDISON. THIS PROGRAM REQUIRES THE PLI TRANSIENT
LIBRARY AT EXECUTION TIME AND MUST BE COMPILED
WITH RELEASE 3 OR LATER OF THE PLI OPTIMIZER. THE
LOAD MODULE IS IN FILE 035 AND IS CALLED RMFPRT
IS A JES3 MODIFICATION FROM TWA. THIS WILL ALLOW
3277 CONSOLES TO BE USED AS A JES3 CONSOLE (I THINK)
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT FROM GTE AND CONTAINS THE DATA
NECESSARY FOR VTAM TRACING IN THE FORM OF
1. AN RMF INTERVAL EXIT
2. A MOD TO VTAM TO CLEAR HWM STATS
3. A PROGRAM TO PRINT THE STATS RECORD WRITTEN
BY THE RMF INTERVAL EXIT
4 A PROGRAM TO PRINT THE NCP TUNING
STATISTICS RECORD WRITTEN TO SMF BY VTAM
IS A SQUISH PGM WITH THE FOLLOWING ATTRIBUTES:
THIS VERSION OF SQUISHVOL SUPPORTS BOTH VSAM AND 3350'S.
IT DOES NOT USE AN I/O APPENDAGE AND MUST BE IN AN
AUTHORIZED LIBRARY. SOFT ERROR RECOVERY IS PROVIDED USING
THE DOS CONTAMINATION BIT IF THE NUMBER OF FREE SPACE
ELEMENTS EXCEEDS 26 IN EITHER PHASE 1 OR PHASE 2 OF THE
COPY. THE OS CATALOG DSCB IS MIGRATED TO THE BEGINNING OF
THE VTOC. MEMBER ASSEM COMTAINS SAMPLE JCL FOR ASSEMBLY
AND LINKAGE EDIT
IS A PDS THAT CONTAINS TSO.CLISTS FROM KAISER
THE DCB OF THIS PDS IS LRECL=255,BLKSIZE=19060,RECFM=VB
AND IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT
IS A VERY QUICK MAPPING PROGRAM. IT WILL PRODUCE A
LISTING OF EVERY DATA SET ON A VOLUME PLUS CALCULATE THE
FREE SPACE, FREE DSCBS, ETC. OPTIONALLY VIA PARM INFORMA-
TION IT WILL PRODUCE THE FOLLOWING
PARM=MAP PRODUCES A TRACK MAP OF THE VOLUME
PARM=PDS LIST ALL PDS DIRECTORIES ON THE VOLUME
PARM=ISAM LIST ISAM REORG INFORMATION FOR DATASETS
PARM=EXT LIST THE EXTENTS OF THE DATASETS
PARM=DUMP LIST IN HEX ALL DSCBS ON THE VOLUME
PARM=EMPTY LIST ONLY DATASETS THAT ARE EMPTY
PARM=MODEL LIST ONLY MODEL DSCBS
PARM=SDUMP LIST IN HEX FORMAT 4 AND 5 DSCBS
PARM=VOLS ONLY USE DDNAMES OF VOLUMEXX
PARM=JDATE LIST CREATION/EXPIRATION DATES IN JULIAN
THIS CODE WILL SUPPORT 3380'S
THIS CODE WILL SUPPORT INDEXED VTOCS
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS ARE DOCUMENTED IN THE SOURCE
THIS PROGRAM MUST BE LINKED AS AC=1
******************************************************************
** CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT ***
** ***
** A USER OF THIS CODE DECIDED TO USE A PARM OF RESET, WHICH ***
** WILL RESET THE HIGH WATER MARK IN THE VTOC. IT DID ALRIGHT ***
** BUT IT SET IT TO 512 (ON A 3350) AND THE ARM BOUNCED ALL ***
** OVER THE PLACE. BE CAREFUL !!!!!!! ***
** ***
** CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT CBT ***
******************************************************************
IS A ZAP TO ALLOW THE SMF BUFFER SIZE TO BE GREATER
THAN THE CURRENT LIMIT OF 4096 (8192/2) ONLY FOR USE
WITH NON-VSAM SMF DATA SETS (I.E. BEFORE MVS/SE REL 2)
THE VALUE SUPPLIED AT INITIALIZATION IS MULTIPLIED BY 8
BEFORE THE GETMAIN FOR BUFFERS IS DONE, AND BEFORE THIS
VALUE IS DIVIDED BY 2 TO SET UP THE ACTUAL BUFFERS.
FOR EXAMPLE: TO WRITE FULL TRACK SMF BUFFER RECORDS SPECIFY
THE BUF= KEYWORD IN THE SMF INITIALIZATION
MEMBER IN PARMLIB AS FOLLOWS:
3350 ---- BUF=4750 (4750*8/2) GIVES A 19000 BYTE BUFFER
3330 ---- BUF=3250 (3250*8/2) GIVES A 13000 BYTE BUFFER
TO ARRIVE AT A VALUE TO SPECIFY IN THE SMF BUF= PARAMETER
DECIDE UPON YOUR SMF BUFFER SIZE AND DIVIDE BY 4
FOR EXAMPLE: TO WRITE A --
19K BUFFER ON A 3350 - 19K/4=4750
13K BUFFER ON A 3330 - 13K/4=3250
IS A FILE WHICH SHOWS A VERY SHORT (AND I DO MEAN
SHORT) INDEX OF WHAT IS ON THIS TAPE IN ALPHABETICAL
ORDER. THIS IS GENERATED FROM THE 'FILE STATUS
SECTION' OF THIS TAPE (IE FILE 1)
IS A PROGRAM THAT WILL READ A GDG INDEX STRUCTURE AND
CHANGE THE NUMBER OF ENTRIES DEFINED BY UNCATALOGING
ALL ENTRIES UNDER THE STRUCTURE, DELETING THE INDEX
STRUCTURE, REBUILDING THE INDEX STRUCTURE, AND
RECATALOGING THE NECESSARY NUMBER OF ENTRIES UNDER THE
REBUILT INDEX. IF THE NEW INDEX CONTAINS LESS ENTRIES
THAN THE PREVIOUS INDEX AND THERE ARE GENERATIONS LEFT
OVER AFTER THE RE-CATALOGING, THE REMAINING GENERATIONS*
ARE SCRATCHED IF THEY RESIDE ON A DASD DEVICE .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT - SEE THE SOURCE
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
IS A PROGRAM TO PERFORM A HIGH SPEED COPY OF A CVOL
CATALOG FROM ONE DASD VOLUME TO ANOTHER. THIS PROGRAM
WAS WRITTEN MAINLY TO MAKE SYSTEM BACKUP A MORE
REASONABLE PROCESS.
THE PRESENT DEVICES SUPPORTED ARE THE 2301, 2303, 2311
2314, 2305-I,
2305-II,3330,
3330-1,3350.
IS THE JES2 PERFORMANCE MONITOR UPDATED FOR SP1.3 AND
SP1.2 FROM MELLON BANK
THE JES2 PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS SYSTEM PROVIDES A MEANS
FOR A SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER INVOLVED IN THE MAINTENANCE
AND EXTENSION OF JES2 RELEASE SP1.2 AND SP1.3 TO
OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT JES2 PERFORMANCE ON A DYNAMIC
AND USEFUL BASIS IN A REAL WORLD ENVIRONMENT .
THE FOLLOWING REPORTS ARE PROVIDED :
1 JES2 CPU UTILIZATION
2 TIME JES2 SPENT PROCESSING A PAGE FAULT
3 JES2 ACTIVITY THAT RESULTS IN CREATION OF SVRB ' S
AND IRB ' S
4 JES2 USAGE OF SVC'S THAT CREATE SVRB ' S
5 JES2 SPACE UTILIZATION
6 HISTOGRAMS OF SPOOL , TP , CONSOLE , AND SMF BUFFER
UTILIZATION
7 A HISTOGRAM OF STIMER INTERVAL VALUES OBTAINED
WHEN THE PERFORMANCE MONITOR DETECTED THAT JES2
WAS EXECUTING THE STIMER MACRO
8 AN ANALYSIS OF PSW ADDRESSES TO DETERMINE AREAS
IN JES2 CODE THAT ARE FREQUENTLY USED
9 A SUMMARY OF PROCESSOR TIME SPENT IN EACH JES2
MODULE
10 AN ANALYSIS OF PAGE FAULT ADDRESSES TO DETERMINE
AREAS IN JES2 THAT GET FREQUENT PAGE FAULTS
IS THE # COMMAND SUBSYSTEM WITH THE TSO INTERFACE
AND THE STANDALONE MONITOR IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT.
THIS VERSION OF THE # COMMAND SUBSYSTEM WILL RUN ON THE
FOLLOWING LEVELS OF THE MVS OPERATING SYSTEM
01. NON MVS/SE | SOME COMMANDS |
02. MVS/SE RELEASE 1 | ALL COMMANDS |
03. MVS/SE RELEASE 2 | ALL COMMANDS EXCEPT #IC |
| AND #IR |
04. MVS/SP1.0 & SP1.1 | ALL COMMANDS
05. MVS/SP1.3 | ALL COMMANDS
******************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------
*************************************************************
-----------------------------------------------------------
********************************************************
------------------------------------------------------
****************************************************
-------------------------------------------------
***********************************************
---------------------------------------------
*******************************************
-----------------------------------------
***************************************
-------------------------------------
***********************************
---------------------------------
*******************************
-----------------------------
***************************
-------------------------
***********************
---------------------
*******************
-----------------
***************
-------------
***********
---------
*******
-----
***
-
*
# #
# #
# #
# #
# #
# #
#######################
# #
# #
# #
# #
# #
######################
# #
# #
# #
# #
# #
# #
******************************************************************
## ## TTTTTTTTTTTT SSSSSSSSSSS OOOOOOOOOOO
## ## TTTTTTTTTTTT SSSSSSSSSSSSS OOOOOOOOOOOOO
## ## TT SS SS OO OO
############# TT SS OO OO
############# TT SS OO OO
## ## TT SSSSSSSSSSSS OO OO
## ## TT SSSSSSSSSSSS OO OO
############# TT SS OO OO
############# TT SS OO OO
## ## TT SS SS OO OO
## ## TT SSSSSSSSSSSSS OOOOOOOOOOOOO
## ## TT SSSSSSSSSSS OOOOOOOOOOO
******************************************************************
OUTPUT -
FOR ALL COMMANDS A HEADER LINE IS PRINTED INDICATING
THE COMMAND ID, ISSUING CONSOLE ID, SYSTEM ID AND DATE.*
SINCE ALL COMMAND OUTPUT IS ECHOED IN THE SYSTEM LOG,
THIS PROVIDES AN EASY IDENTIFICATION METHOD FOR
WHICH SYSTEM AND WHAT DATE THE SYSTEM LOG REPRESENTS.
EXAMPLE -
--- CMD SBSYS (#X) L=10 K168 80.123 ---
THIS VERSION MAY BE RUN IN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING
MODES OF OPERATION:
A. OPERATOR CONSOLE MODE
B. CROSS-SYSTEM MODE
C. TSO LINE MODE
D. TSO FULL SCREEN MODE
E. STANDALONE MODE FROM A 3270 DEVICE
(1) THE FOLLOWING 3 DISPLAYS RUN UNDER THIS MODE
AND THE TSO FULL SCREEN MODE ONLY. YOU MUST
ALSO RUN YOUR TSO SESSION AUTHORIZED IF YOU
WANT TO USE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING COMMANDS
BECAUSE THEY USE TEST CHANNEL INSTRUCTIONS.
HOWEVER YOU CAN USE ALL THE OTHER COMMANDS
IF YOU DON'T WANT TO RUN AUTHORIZED.
A. CSCGA03D - JOB ACTIVITY MONITOR (A)
B. CSCGE03D - EXCEPTION DISPLAY MONITOR (E)
C. CSCGO03D - I/O ACTIVITY MONITOR (O)
(2) IN THE SOURCE AT LABEL 'THRTSOGP' FOR THE
FOLLOWING COMMANDS:
A. CSCGA03D - JOB ACTIVITY MONITOR (A)
B. CSCGE03D - EXCEPTION DISPLAY MONITOR (E)
C. CSCGO03D - I/O ACTIVITY MONITOR (O)
IS THE DEFAULT TSO PERFORMANCE GROUP NUMBER
(DEFAULT IS 13). BE SURE THAT LABEL
'THRTSOGP' IS SET TO A VALID TSO PERFOR-
MANCE GROUP FOR YOUR INSTALLATION, ELSE
YOU WILL NOT GET ANY OUTPUT, JUST THE
MESSAGE: ERROR IN CONTROL BLOCKS RETRY
COMMAND
(3) AT LABEL 'THRIVNTVL' FOR THE EXCEPTION
DISPLAY MONITOR ARE ALL THE THRESHOLD VALUES
FOR ALL THE DISPLAY LIMITS.
(4) FOR ADDITONAL INFORMATION ON THE MONITOR
DISPLAYS SEE BELOW WHERE ALL THE FULL SCREEN
COMMANDS ARE DOCUMENTATED.
ERROR RECOVERY -
ALL COMMANDS EXECUTE IN AN ESTAE ENVIRONMENT,
AND ISSUE APPROPRIATE MESSAGES IF AN ABEND OCCURS.
THE MESSAGE WHICH GENERALLY APPEARS IS AS FOLLOWS -
ERROR ENCOUNTERED IN CONTROL BLOCKS, RETRY COMMAND
#A COMMAND (DISPLAY JOB STATUS - EXPANDED D A)
#A ASID 4 LINES OF OUTPUT FOR AN ASID
#A .JOBNAME 4 LINES OF OUTPUT FOR AN JOBNAME
#A 2 LINES OF OUTPUT FOR ALL JOBS
#A 0000 4 LINES OF OUTPUT FOR ALL JOBS
#A XX,L 4 LINES OF OUTPUT FOR SELECTED TYPE
#A XX 2 LINES OF OUTPUT FOR SELECTED TYPE
#A XX,S 1 LINE OF OUTPUT FOR SELECTED TYPE
#A XX,D 1 LINE OF DISPATCHABILITY OUTPUT
WHERE XX IS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES -
$A SELECT ALL JOB, TSU, AND STC
$J SELECT ALL JOBS
$S SELECT ALL STARTED TASKS
$T SELECT ALL TSO USERS
$I SELECT ALL IDLE INITIATORS
NN SELECT ALL JOBS IN DOMAIN - NN
E X A M P L E
TEST00 (000B) DP(112) SWL(010/016) SWC(0001)
PERF-NRS(0B/07/0B) DPRTY-NR(70/76) DMN(01)
Q(00) S(80) Y(40) A(58) T(83) E(00) U(00)
AS(FE2578) SR(06) OU(FE1080) A(0063/00000)
1ST LINE -
TEST00 JOBNAME
(000B) ASID
DP(112) DISPATCHING PRIORITY (FROM ASCB)
SWL(010/016) SWAP LOAD IN DECIMAL PAGES (IN/OUT)
SWC(0001) SWAP COUNT IN DECIMAL
2ND LINE -
PERF-NRS(0B/07/0B) PERFORMANCE GROUP (NEW/RESET/SPECIFIED)
DPRTY-NR(70/76) DISPATCHING PRIORITY (FROM OUCB)
DMN(01) DOMAIN NUMBER
3RD LINE -
(OUCB FLAGS - SEE DESCRIPTION IN FE HANDBOOK)
4TH LINE -
AS(FE2578) ASCB ADDRESS
SR(06) SWAP REASON CODE (SEE TABLE BELOW)
QP(01) DISPATCHING QUEUE POSITION
OU(FE1080) OUCB ADDRESS
A(0063/00000) ADDRESS SPACE SLOTS/VIO SLOTS
NOTE THAT IF THE SWAP REASON CODE IS 00, QP(XX) WILL
PRINT TO INDICATE THE DISPATCHING QUEUE POSITION.
SWAP REASON CODES -
01 TERMINAL WAIT - OWAITHI
02 TERMINAL WAIT - INPUT
03 LONG WAIT
04 AUXILLARY STORAGE SHORTAGE
05 REAL STORAGE SHORTAGE
06 DETECTED WAIT
07 REQUEST SWAP
08 ENQ EXCHANGE SWAP
09 EXCHANGE ON RECOMMENDATION VALUE
0A UNILATERAL SWAP
0B TRANSITION SWAP
0C LOGICAL SWAP
0D LOGICAL SWAP FAIL
#C COMMAND (CALCULATOR, TOD, AND MSTCONS SWITCH)
#C DISPLAY TOD CLOCK HIGH-ORDER WORD
#CS DISPLAY CURRENT SMF DATA SET
#CBNN,XX..X SEND MESSAGE NN TIMES TO ALL ACTIVE
DISPLAY TYPE CONSOLES.
#CMNN,XX..X SEND MESSAGE NN TIMES TO THE
CONSOLE SPECIFIED BY THE L=XX PARAMETER
#CXNNNN CALCULATE CHARACTER LXYZ LOCATION FROM HEX
#CXL-XXX-YY-Z CALCULATE HEX LXYZ LOCATION FROM CHARACTER
#CZ,PASSWRD SWITCH MASTER CONSOLE DESIGNATION TO THE
CONSOLE SPECIFIED BY THE L=XX PARAMETER
#C XXXX CONVERT 1-8 DIGIT HEX VALUE TO DEC
#C ,DDDD CONVERT 1-8 DIGIT DEC VALUE TO HEX
#C AAAOBBB CALCULATOR MODE
AAA IS 1-8 DIGIT HEX OR ,DEC VALUE
BBB IS 1-8 DIGIT HEX OR ,DEC VALUE
O IS ARITHMETIC OPERATOR
+ ADD
- SUBTRACT
. MULTIPLY
/ DIVIDE
#D COMMAND (DISPLAY AND ZAP CORE)
ADDRESS SPACE FROM WHICH ADDRESS SPECIFIED IS RESOLVED
IS THE CALLERS, UNLESS >AAAA PREFIXES THE COMMAND SUBPARM
WHERE AAAA IS THE ASID OF THE ADDRESS SPACE TO DUMP/ZAP.
EXAMPLE - #D >0002,0A0000
FOR DUMPING CORE
#D 0000,NN WHERE NN IS THE NUMBER OF LINES
TO PRINT FROM 01 - 64. DEFAULT= 04
FOR DUMPING A UCB
#D U280 (WILL DUMP THE 280 UCB)
FOR ZAPPING CORE
#D 0ACD/FF000000/FF160000
0ACD = ADDRESS TO BE ZAPPED
FF000000 = DATA TO BE VERIFIED
FF160000 = DATA TO BE ZAPPED IN
FOR TERMINATING AN ADDRESS SPACE
#D EXIT,AAAA TERMINATE ASID AAAA
FOR CHANGING THE AUTHORIZED USE BIT OF SVC 107 (MODESET)
#D S SET SVC 107 USABLE BY NON-AUTH PROGRAM
#D SA SET SVC 107 NOT USABLE BY NON-AUTH PROGRAM
FOR CHANGING AN ADDRESS SPACE DPRTY OR SWAPABILITY
#D CHAP,AAAA,DDD CHAP ASID 'AAAA' TO DPRTY 'DDD'
#D NOSWAP,AAAA SET ASID 'AAAA' NON-SWAPPABLE
#D OKSWAP,AAAA SET ASID 'AAAA' SWAPPABLE
#D NOCANC,AAAA SET ASID 'AAAA' NON-CANCELABLE
#D OKCANC,AAAA SET ASID 'AAAA' CANCELABLE
#D DOSWAP,AAAA SET ASID 'AAAA' INTO A SWAP-OUT
PERFORMANCE GROUP. HAVE TO MODIFY
AT LABEL CALLED SWAPPG
NOTE 1 - IN ORDER FOR THE CHAP TO TAKE EFFECT THE JOB
MUST PASS FROM SWAPPED OUT TO SWAPPED IN.
NOTE 2 - IF A SET IPS COMMAND IS ISSUED OR IF THE JOB
CHANGES STEPS, THE JOB WILL BE RESET TO ITS
ORIGINAL STATE.
#E COMMAND (EXECUTE COMMAND)
FOR SENDING A COMMAND
#E XXXXX XXXXX - THE COMMAND TO BE EXECUTED
#E V PATH(XXX,YYY,C),ONLINE VARY PATH RANGE ON
#E V PATH(XXX,YYY,C),OFFLINE VARY PATH RANGE OFF
#F COMMAND (DISPLAY PAGE FRAME ASSIGNMENTS)
#F
TOTAL 2048 8192K
NUCLEUS 98 392K
TOT FIXED 130 520K
SQA FIXED 88 352K
CMN FIXED 12 48K
SYS PAGES 260 1040K SQA= 340K
AVAILABLE 24 96K
MASTER 16 64K LSQA= 32K
JES2 48 192K LSQA= 44K
FFGRI1 68 272K LSQA= 28K
TEST00 10 40K LSQA= 32K
#F C - TO DISPLAY CSA VIRTUAL STORAGE USAGE
CSA SIZE = 3752K CSA ADDR = 790000
SQA FREE = 56K SQA AVAIL = 2092K
NUC END = 0A9000 SEG END = 0B0000
V=R SIZE = 80K V=R ADDR = 0B4000
PRV SIZE = 8288K PRV ADDR = 0C8000
FREE SIZE= 1980K ADDR = 790000
ALLOCATED SIZE= 1696K ADDR = 97F000
FREE SIZE= 48K ADDR = B00000
ALLOCATED SIZE= 32K ADDR = B0C000
#F R - TO DISPLAY THE V=R AREA SHOWING FRAME
ALLOCATION, INCLUDING NO. OF FRAMES,
OWNING ASID AND PFT FLAGS.
EXAMPLE OUTPUT -
PAGES.ASID.FLAGS
----------------
012...0008...R-U
001...FFFF...A-A
PAGES COLUMN - NO. OF FRAMES OWNED BY THIS ASID
AND WITH THESE FLAGS IN DECIMAL.
ASID COLUMN - ASID OF ADDRESS SPACE LAST TO OWN
OR CURRENTLY OWNING THESE FRAMES.
FFFF INDICATES NO OWNER.
FLAGS COLUMN - THREE FLAG DIGITS WITH THE FOLLOWING
MEANINGS. A - IN ANY FLAG DIGIT
INDICATES NO STATUS.
1ST DIGIT - O OFFLINE
C OFFLINE INTERCEPT
R V=R ALLOCATE
I V=R INTERCEPT
A AVAILABLE
2ND DIGIT - B BAD FRAME
F LONG TERM FIXED
S SQA/LSQA FRAME
V VIO FRAME
3RD DIGIT - A AVAILABLE QUEUE
R SQA RESERVED QUEUE
C COMMON QUEUE
S SQA QUEUE
U LOCAL QUEUE
L LSQA QUEUE
N NOT QUEUED
#F MX - TO DISPLAY THE SPECIFIED MEGABYTE (M1 TO M9)
OF REAL STORAGE SHOWING FRAME ALLOCATION,
INCLUDING NUMBER OF FRAMES, OWNING ASID,
PFT FLAGS.
SEE (#F R) FOR DESCRIPTION OF OUTPUT.
NOTE - MEGABYTE 0 CANNOT BE DISPLAYED AND WILL
CAUSE A PARM ERROR IF ATTEMPTED.
SINCE MEGABYTE 0 CANNOT BE VARIED
OFFLINE (IT CONTAINS THE NUCLEUS),
THIS RESTRICTION SEEMS REASONABLE.
#F OX - TO DISPLAY, FOR THE SPECIFIED MEGABYTE (O1 TO O9)
OF REAL STORAGE, FRAME ALLOCATION FOR OFFLINE
INTERCEPTED FRAMES WHICH ARE NOT YET OFFLINE,
INCLUDING NUMBER OF FRAMES, OWNING ASID,
PFT FLAGS.
SEE (#F R) FOR DESCRIPTION OF OUTPUT.
NOTE - MEGABYTE 0 CANNOT BE DISPLAYED AND WILL
CAUSE A PARM ERROR IF ATTEMPTED.
SINCE MEGABYTE 0 CANNOT BE VARIED
OFFLINE (IT CONTAINS THE NUCLEUS),
THIS RESTRICTION SEEMS REASONABLE.
#F BX - TO DISPLAY, FOR THE SPECIFIED MEGABYTE (B1 TO B9)
OF REAL STORAGE, FRAME ALLOCATION FOR
BAD FRAMES INCLUDING NUMBER OF FRAMES,
OWNING ASID AND PFT FLAGS.
SEE (#F R) FOR DESCRIPTION OF OUTPUT.
NOTE - MEGABYTE 0 CANNOT BE DISPLAYED AND WILL
CAUSE A PARM ERROR IF ATTEMPTED.
SINCE MEGABYTE 0 CANNOT BE VARIED
OFFLINE (IT CONTAINS THE NUCLEUS),
THIS RESTRICTION SEEMS REASONABLE.
#H COMMAND (DISPLAY # COMMAND HELP)
#H DISPLAYS COMMAND LIST
#H X DISPLAYS HELP FOR COMMAND #X
#H #X DISPLAYS HELP FOR COMMAND ##X
#A - (SE) DISPLAY JOB STATUS - EXPANDED D A
#C - (SK) HEX/DEC CALCULATOR AND TOD DISPLAY
#D - (SD) DISPLAY AND ZAP CORE
#E - (SS) EXECUTE A COMMAND
#F - (SF) DISPLAY PAGE FRAME ASSIGNMENTS
#H - (SM) DISPLAY HELP
#I - (SJ) DISPLAY IPS AND SWAP COUNTS
#J - (SL) MODIFIED DISPLAY ACTIVE REPLACEMENT*
#L - (SC) DISPLAY LINES FOR TSO
#M - (SO) TSO MULTIPLE SEND
#N - (SA) DISPLAY ENQUEUE
#O - (SR) DISPLAY PENDING I/O AND ALLOCATION
#P - (SP) DISPLAY SU CONFIGURATION
#Q - (SQ) ANALYZE ENQUEUE CONFLICTS
#R - (SG) DISPLAY DEVICE STATUS
#S - (SH) DISPLAY LPA MODULES
#T - (SN) DISPLAY TIOT FOR A JOB
#V - (SI) DISPLAY UNIT
##A - (ZA) MONITOR JOB ACTIVITY
##B - (ZB) MONITOR DEVICES
##C - (ZC) MONITOR CHANNELS
##J - (ZJ) MONITOR JOBS
##P - (ZP) MONITOR PAGING
##S - (ZS) MONITOR SYSTEM INDICATORS
#I COMMAND (DISPLAY IPS AND SWAP COUNTS)
DISPLAYS CURRENT IPS MEMBER AND SWAP COUNTS
BY REASON SINCE LAST IPL.
CURRENT IPS - IEAIPST2
LGCP 100 AVCP 101 AVPG 27 AUIC 16 ASMQ 07
TERM WAIT - IN (01) 0
TERM WAIT - OUT (02) 0
LONG WAIT (03) 304
AUX STOR SHORTAGE (04) 0
REAL STOR SHORTAGE (05) 0
DETECTED WAIT (06) 932
REQUEST SWAP (07) 82
ENQ EXCHANGE (08) 112
WORKLOAD EXCHANGE (09) 89
UNILATERAL SWAP (0A) 243
TRANSITION SWAP (0B) 21
LOGICAL SWAP (0C) 289
LOGICAL SWAP FAIL (0D) 12
#I A (DISPLAY ASM COUNTS)
EXAMPLE -
ILRSLOTC 16
ILRSLOTV 16
AVAIL SLOTS 836
TOTAL SLOTS 4,338
VIO SLOTS 0
ADSPC SLOTS 796
BAD SLOTS 0
NOTE - AVAIL SLOTS IS THE NUMBER OF UNRESERVED
LOCAL PAGE DATA SET SLOTS.
#I C (DISPLAY AVAILABLE PCCWS)
=========================================
= *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* =
= * * =
= * THIS SUBCOMMAND IS NOT IN THE * =
= * MVS/SE RELEASE 2 VERSION * =
= * * =
= * THE FOLLOWING IS IN THE MVS/SP * =
= * RELEASE 1 VERSION ONLY * =
= * * =
= *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* =
=========================================
EXAMPLE -
NUMBER OF PCCWS BUILT BY RIM 00000044
NUMBER OF AVAILABLE PCCWS 00000030
#I P (DISPLAY PAGE DATA SET USAGE)
EXAMPLE -
PLPA A53 PAGE01 PLPAPAGE ERR(000)
SIZE(1044) AVAIL(0197) USED(82%) BRST(019)
COMN 942 PAGE02 COMMPG2 ERR(000)
SIZE(0522) AVAIL(0438) USED(17%) BRST(021)
LOCL A53 PAGE02 LOCALP2 ERR(000)
SIZE(1566) AVAIL(1110) USED(30%) BRST(027)
LOCL 942 PAGE01 LOCALPG2 ERR(000)
SIZE(1566) AVAIL(1105) USED(30%) BRST(038)
SIZE AND AVAILABLE FIGURES ARE DECIMAL NUMBER OF SLOTS
BRST IS THE PARERQTM VALUE DIVIDED BY 256, IN DECIMAL.
IT REPRESENTS THE AVERAGE TIME REQUIRED TO
TRANSFER 1 PAGE.
#I R (DISPLAY SRM VALUES)
=========================================
= *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* =
= * * =
= * THIS SUBCOMMAND IS NOT IN THE * =
= * MVS/SE RELEASE 2 VERSION * =
= * * =
= * THE FOLLOWING IS IN THE MVS/SP * =
= * RELEASE 1 VERSION ONLY * =
= * * =
= *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* =
=========================================
SRM RESOURCE CONTROL TABLE
THRESHOLD
CPU UTILIZATION 45 98 101
CPU UTIL W/ DEM PAG 95 98
PAGING RATE 2 1000 1000
DEMAND PAGING RATE 29 70 88
TOTAL PAGING RATE 38
PAGE DELAY TIME (MS) 726 1000 1000
PAGE DELAY W/ DEM PAG 100 130
AVG ASM QUEUE 27 1000 1000
AVG UIC 255 2 4
AVG AVAIL FRAMES 598
#I S (DISPLAY SWAP DATA SET USAGE)
EXAMPLE -
SWAP DS- 001 SETS- 200 PGS/SET- 12
940 MVACAT SYS1.SWAP01
SIZE(2400) AVAIL(1200) USED(50%) ERR(0000)
SIZE AND AVAILABLE FIGURES ARE DECIMAL NUMBER OF SLOTS
ERR IS THE NUMBER OF ERRORS SUFFERED ON THE SWAP DS.
#I X (DISPLAY PERFORMANCE GROUP ACTIVITY)
EXAMPLE - (TSO PERFORMANCE GROUP 2)
PGN PER TR CNT TR RATE AB RATE SW RATE AVGRESP
02 1 2366 131 146 1.23 0.78
02 2 234 108 110 1.45 5.62
02 3 20 156 170 1.67 110.23
02 ALL 2620 126 134 1.31 2.21
TR CNT - NO. OF TRANSACTIONS
TR RATE - TRANSACTION SERVICE RATE
AB RATE - ABSORPTION RATE
SW RATE - SWAP RATIO
AVGRESP - AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
#J COMMAND (MODIFIED DISPLAY ACTIVE REPLACEMENT)
#J T COMMAND (MODIFIED DISPLAY ACTIVE - TSO ONLY)
#J NN COMMAND (MODIFIED DISPLAY ACTIVE - FOR DOMAIN 'NN')
EXAMPLE -
***** IN QUEUE ***** ASID DPRTY QP FLAGS CPU TIME
JES2 JES2 IEFPROC 0002 253 02 -NSW 1.33.01
TEST00 STEP1 0004 117 04 -IN CP 2.55.33
TEST01 STEPX ASMBLR 0005 119 03 -IN 0.10.68
TMSBKUP FDR 0006 112 05 -IN 1.11.24
CBTLOG CBTLOG CBTLOG 0016 250 05 RNSW 0.00.23
***** OUT QUEUE ***** ASID DPRTY SR FLAGS CPU TIME
RMF 148 IEFPROC 0003 251 03 - OUTLW 1.11.98
WHERE -
ASID DPRTY QP/SR FLAGS CPU TIME
------ ------- ------- ------- ----------
NNNN DDD QQ/SS XXXYY MMM.SS.HH
NNNN IS THE ADDRESS SPACE IDENTIFICATION
DDD IS THE JOBS DISPATCHING PRIORITY
QQ IS THE JOBS ASCB QUEUE POSITION, WHICH IS
A RELATIVE DISPATCHING PRIORITY
SS IS THE SWAP REASON CODE AS DESCRIBED IN THE
DOCUMENTATION FOR THE # A COMMAND.
XXXYY IS THE JOB STATUS AS DESCRIBED BELOW
MMM.SS.HH IS THE CPU AND SRB ACCUMULATED JOB STEP TIME
XXX -
-IN - IN CORE - SWAPPED IN
-NSW - NON-SWAPPABLE
RNSW - REAL
-OUT - SWAPPED OUT
-GOO - IN PROCESS OF BEING SWAPPED OUT
-GOI - IN PROCESS OF BEING SWAPPED IN
-GOB - CURRENTLY CHANGING STATUS
YY -
LW - LONG WAIT STATUS - EXPLICIT OR IMPLICIT
MW - LONG WAIT STATUS DETECTED BY MSO (MS6)
CP - SIGNIFICANT CPU USER - SET BY IRARMCPM
A - AUXILLARY STORAGE SHORTAGE
S - REAL STORAGE SHORTAGE
#L COMMAND (DISPLAY LINES FOR TSO)
#L (WILL SHOW USERID, ASID AND TP LINE)
IBMUSER (000C) - 3F1
#M COMMAND (TSO MULTIPLE SEND)
#M XXXXXX
WHERE XXXXXX IS A 1 - 68 DIGIT MESSAGE
TO BE SENT TEN TIMES TO ALL LOGGED ON TSO USERS
#N COMMAND (DISPLAY ENQUE - SEE ENQ/DEQ SUMMARY)
#N FORMAT IS AS FOLLOWS -
#N (ZZZZZZ)XXXXXXXX/YYYYYYYY
WHERE -
XXXXXXXX IS THE 8 DIGIT MAJOR NAME OR '*'
YYYYYYYY IS THE 1 - 44 DIGIT MINOR NAME OR '*'
(ZZZZZZ) IS THE 1 - 8 DIGIT JOBNAME TO LIMIT
THE SEARCH. (OPTIONAL)
#N *
#N SYSDSN/*
#N SYSIEFSD/*
#N SYSDSN/SYS1.LINKLIB
IN RESPONSE TO THE #N COMMAND THE CURRENT STATUS
TYPES ARE:
SHR - SHARED USE ENQ
EXCL- EXCLUSIVE USE ENQ
RSVS- SHARED USE WITH A RESERVE
RSVX- EXCLUSIVE USE WITH A RESERVE
#O COMMAND (DISPLAY OUTSTANDING I/O AND ALLOCATION REQUESTS)
#O DISPLAY ALL OUTSTANDING I/O
#O A DISPLAY ACTIVE OUTSTANDING I/O
#O Q DISPLAY QUEUED OUTSTANDING I/O
#O X DISPLAY ALLOCATION QUEUE
I/O OUTPUT EXAMPLE -
UUU VVVVVV JJJJJJJJ IIIIII DDDDDDDD SSSSSSS
WHERE -
UUU - UNIT ADDR
VVVVVV - VOLSER
JJJJJJJJ - JOBNAME OR ASID
IIIIII - IOQ ADDR
DDDDDDDD - I/O DRIVER NAME
SSSSSSS - STATUS (ACTIVE OR QUEUED)
ALLOCATION OUTPUT EXAMPLE -
*SYSTEM* *AQTOP* M1M1M1M1M1M1 M2M2M2M2M2M2
JJJJJJJJ SSSSSSS M1M1M1M1M1M1 M2M2M2M2M2M2
WHERE -
1ST LINE IS SYSTEM WIDE ALLOCATION MASK
AND FOLLOWING LINES ARE JOB INFO
JJJJJJJJ - JOBNAME OR ASID
SSSSSSS - STATUS (ACTIVE OR QUEUED)
OWNING - JOB HOLDS MASK
AQUEUE - JOB QUEUED FOR 'A' QUEUE
BQUEUE - JOB QUEUED FOR 'AB' QUEUE
WAITING - OPERATOR REPLIED 'WAIT'
M1M1M1M1 - A OWNERSHIP MASK
M2M2M2M2 - B OWNERSHIP MASK
#P DISPLAY SU CONFIGURATION
#P DISPLAY NON-OBSOLETE INSTALLED SU'S
#P I DISPLAY ALL INSTALLED SU'S
#P C DISPLAY ALL NON-OBSOLETE SU'S
#P A DISPLAY ALL SU'S
#Q COMMAND (ANALYZE ENQUE - SEE ENQ/DEQ SUMMARY)
#Q
OUTPUT EXAMPLE -
MAJOR= SYSDSN
MINOR= SYS1.LINKLIB
ROSLINK1 EXCL RESERVE
ROSLINK2 EXCL RESERVE
ROSLIST1 SHR
IN RESPONSE TO THE #Q COMMAND THE CURRENT STATUS
TYPES ARE:
SHR - SHARED USE ENQ
EXCL- EXCLUSIVE USE ENQ
RESERVE - RESERVE INDICATOR
#R COMMAND (DEVICE STATUS COMMAND)
#R M PENDING MOUNTS FOR TAPE
#R T TAPE BUSY AND PENDING MOUNTS
#R D DISK BUSY AND PENDING MOUNTS
#R P UNIT RECORD BUSY
#R B ALL DEVICE BUSY AND PENDING MOUNTS
#R V ALL PENDING VARIED OR UNLOADED DEVICES
#R R ALL RESERVES OUTSTANDING
#R M=XXXXXXXX PENDING MOUNTS FOR A JOB
#R T=XXXXXXXX ALLOCATED TAPE DEVICES FOR A JOB
#R D=XXXXXXXX ALLOCATED DISK DEVICES FOR A JOB
#R P=XXXXXXXX ALLOCATED UNIT RECORD DEVICES FOR A JOB
#R B=XXXXXXXX ALL ALLOCATED DEVICES FOR A JOB
=XXXXXXXX FOR ALL COMANDS IS EITHER A 4 DIGIT ASID OR
A 1 - 8 DIGIT JOBNAME
#R S=VVVVVV DEVICE ON WHICH VOLUME VVVVVV IS MOUNTED
#R U=NNN DISPLAY SPECIFIED -
DEVICE (NNN)
CONTROL UNIT (NN)
CHANNEL (N)
#S COMMAND (DISPLAY LPA MODULES)
#S PGMNAME WILL DISPLAY LOAD MODULES IN FLPA, MLPA OR
PLPA. THE VIRTUAL ADDRESS AND MODULES SIZE ARE DISPLAYED
UNLESS THE MODULE SPECIFIED IS REPRESENDED BY A MINOR
CDE OR LPDE, IN WHICH CASE THE VIRUAL ADDRESS AND MAJOR
NAME ARE DISPLAYED.
#S *ADDR WILL DISPLAY THE NAME OF THE LOAD MODULE
AND ITS STARTING ADDRESS AND LENGTH.
EXAMPLE -
BBBBBB NNNNNNNN AAAAAA LLLLLL USE=CCCC
WHERE - BBBBBB - IS THE LPDE OR CDE ADDRESS
NNNNNNNN - IS THE MODULE NAME
AAAAAA - IS THE MODULE ADDRESS
LLLLLL - IS THE MODULE LENGTH
CCCC - IS THE MODULE USE COUNT
#T COMMAND (DISPLAY TIOT FOR A JOB)
#T NNNN DISPLAY TIOT SHORT ASID NNNN
#T NNNN,L DISPLAY TIOT LONG ASID NNNN
EXAMPLE SHORT FORM -
0006 JOBNAME1 STEPNAM1 PROCNAM1
- DDNAME1 1A0 3350 MVSA37 6609
EXAMPLE LONG FORM -
0006 JOBNAME1 STEPNAM1 PROCNAM1
- DDNAME1 1A0 3350 MVSA37 6609
- SYS1.LINKLIB
- DSO=(PO) RFM=(U ) LRECL=00000 BLKSZ=19069
IN THE ABOVE EXAMPLES THE 1ST LINE IS THE JOB LINE
THE 1ST DDLINE CONTAINS DDNAME, UNIT ADDRESS, DEVICE TYPE,
VOLSER, AND EXCP COUNT.
THE 2ND DD LINE CONTAINS DSNAME.
THE 3RD DD LINE CONTAINS DSORG, RECFM, LRECL, AND BLKSIZE.
NOTE THAT THIS COMMAND EXECUTES AS AN SRB AND CONSEQUENTLY
WILL OCCASIONALLY FAIL WITH NOTHING WRONG. IN ADDITION,
THIS COMMAND WILL ONLY WORK FOR JOBS WHICH ARE SWAPPED IN.
STARTED TASKS WILL NOT DISPLAY ANY EXCP COUNTS.
#V COMMAND (DISPLAY UNIT)
#V D (DISPLAY DASD MATRIX)
#V D1 (DISPLAY 3330-1 MATRIX)
#V D3 (DISPLAY 3330 MATRIX)
#V D5 (DISPLAY 3350 MATRIX)
#V T (DISPLAY TAPE MATRIX)
#V CUU (DISPLAY SINGLE UNIT)
EX. #V 251
#V CUX (DISPLAY ALL UNITS BY CONTROL UNIT)
EX. #V 25X
#V CUU,CUU... (DISPLAY ALL UNITS IN LIST)
EX. #V 251,363,108,288
#V CUX,CUX... (DISPLAY ALL UNITS IN LIST BY C.U.)
EX. #V 25X,36X,47X
#V S=VOLSER (DISPLAY UNIT FOR THIS VOLSER)
EX. #V S=DAA001
COMMAND OUTPUT IS AS FOLLOWS -
UUU SSSSSS FFF UNIT=DDDDDD AS=AAAA PATH=X,Y
DCB=MM USR=UU RSV=RR FLG=11111111/22222222
- OR -
DEVTYPE=ZZZZZZZZ FLG=11111111/22222222
UUU IS THE UNIT ADDRESS
SSSSSS THE VOLUME SERIAL OR DEVICE CLASS
FFF ON, OFF, OF CHG
DDDDDD THE DEVICE TYPE
AAAA THE ADDRESS SPACE ID
X,Y THE PRIMARY,SECONDARY DEVICE PATH
MM THE NO. OF OPEN DCBS TO THE DEVICE
UU THE NO. OF USERS
RR THE DEVICE RESERVE COUNT
ZZZZZZZZ THE 4 BYTE HEX DEVICE TYPE FIELD
1111/2222 THE FIRST 8 BYTES OF THE UCB IN HEX
#Z COMMAND (MODIFIED DISPLAY ACTIVE REPLACEMENT)
#ZT COMMAND (MODIFIED DISPLAY ACTIVE REPLACEMENT-TSO ONLY)
#ZNN COMMAND (MODIFIED DISPLAY ACTIVE REPLACEMENT-FOR
***** IN QUEUE ***** ASID DP PG QP SC FLAGS CPU CPUR
MASTER 0001 FF 00 01 00 NSW 1437 85564
JES2 JES2 IEFPROC 0003 FF 09 02 00 NSW 1054 85514
CMD1 CMD1 CMD1 0004 FF 12 03 00 NSW 11 86392
FAT067D4 PROC#1 FAT067#3 0011 75 01 13 03 IN 76 14332
CMDSBMON CMDSBMON CMDSBMON 0014 75 01 14 01 NSW 0 86399
TCAMB TCAMB TCAM 0015 FC 06 05 00 NSW 1329 85291
P731500A CIF408#1 0023 74 01 15 02 IN 48 14355
DUMMYWTR 480 IEFPROC 0028 00 01 17 00 NSW 130 86272
CBTLOG CBTLOG CBT290 0041 FC 01 06 R NSW 0 86399
CIC888D0 PROC#1 DFHSIP#4 0046 FB 30 08 00 NSW 240 86110
***** OUT QUEUE ***** ASID DP PG SR SC FLAGS CPU CPUR
ACF2 ACF2 IEFPROC 0002 FF 01 03 05 OUTLW 2 86397
RMF RMF IEFPROC 0009 FF 00 03 56 OUTLW 3 86396
TSSO TSSO TSSO 0040 FF 01 03 08 OUTLW 0 86399
NCCF NCCF NCCF#1 004F FF 12 06 ** OUTMW 3 86396
WHERE -
ASID ADDRESS SPACE ID
DP DISPATCHING PRIORITY
PG PERFORMANCE GROUP
QP ASCB QUEUE POSITION, WHICH IS
A RELATIVE DISPATCHING PRIORITY
SR SWAP REASON CODE AS IN THE OUTPUT
OF THE #I COMMAND
SC SWAP COUNT
FLAGS JOB STATUS DESCRIBED BELOW = XXXYY
CPU CPU/SRB ACCUMULATED JOB STEP TIME
CPUR CPU STEP TIME REMAINING
XXX -
IN - IN CORE - SWAPPED IN
NSW - NON-SWAPPABLE
OUT - SWAPPED OUT
GOO - IN PROCESS OF BEING SWAPPED OUT
GOI - IN PROCESS OF BEING SWAPPED IN
GOB - CURRENTLY CHANGING STATUS
YY -
LW - LONG WAIT STATUS
MW - DETECTED WAIT
CP - SIGNIFICANT CPU USER
A - AUXILLARY STORAGE SHORTAGE
S - REAL STORAGE SHORTAGE
##A COMMAND (MONITOR JOB ACTIVITY)
##A D COMMAND (MONITOR DOMAIN ACTIVITY)
##A T COMMAND (MONITOR TSO USERS ACTIVITY)
##A NN COMMAND (MONITOR JOB ACTIVITY - FOR DOMAIN 'NN')
OUTPUT IS AS FOLLOWS -
JOBNAME AND STEPNAME
CPU PCT - CURRENT CPU PERCENT BUSY
SIO/SEC - CURRENT EXCPS PER SEC
PAG/SEC - CURRENT PAGING PER SEC
WORKSET - CURRENT REAL STORAGE USE
ASID - ADDRESS SPACE ID
DSP - DISPATCHING PRTY
DMN - DOMAIN NUMBER
PGN - PERFORMANCE GROUP NUMBER
SWC - SWAP COUNT
FLAGS - FLAGS - XX-NN
XX - IN- IN QUEUE
XX - NS- NON-SWAPPABLE
NN - QUEUE POSITION
XX - OU- OUT QUEUE
NN - SWAP REASON CODE
##B COMMAND (MONITOR DEVICES)
##BUUU,Y MONITOR DEVICE BUSY FOR DEVICE UUU
##BUUX,Y MONITOR DEVICE BUSY FOR DEVICES ON
CONTROL UNIT UU
WHERE Y = D - DEVICE LIST
J - DEVICE AND JOB LIST
S - SEEK ANALYSIS
OUTPUT FORMAT AS FOLLOWS -
UUU VVVVVV BUSY NN% NN%
-- JJJJJJJJ NN% NN%
NOTE - TWO PERCENT BUSY VALUES ARE
DISPLAYED FOR DEVICE BUSY.
1ST - DEVICE BUSY TOTAL
2ND - DEVICE BUSY PRIMARY CHAN
##C COMMAND (MONITOR CHANNELS)
##C MONITOR CHANNEL BUSY
DISPLAY CHANNEL BUSY IN BOTH
NUMERIC AND BAR GRAPH FORM.
##CNN,Y MONITOR CHANNEL AND DEVICE BUSY
DISPLAY CHANNEL AND DEVICE BUSY
FOR CHANNEL NN IN NUMERIC AND
BAR GRAPH FORM.
WHERE Y = D - DEVICE LIST
J - DEVICE AND JOB LIST
OUTPUT FORMAT AS FOLLOWS -
CHANNEL NN BUSY NN%
UUU VVVVVV BUSY NN% NN%
-- JJJJJJJJ NN% NN%
NOTE - TWO PERCENT BUSY VALUES ARE
DISPLAYED FOR DEVICE BUSY.
1ST - DEVICE BUSY TOTAL
2ND - DEVICE BUSY THIS CHANNEL
##J COMMAND (MONITOR JOBS)
##J T COMMAND (MONITOR TSO USERS)
##J NN COMMAND (MONITOR JOBS - FOR DOMAIN 'NN')
EXAMPLE -
***** IN QUEUE ***** EXCPC EXCPT CPUC CPUT
JES2 JES2 IEFPROC 43 68,976 9.37 61.33.01
TEST00 STEP1 21 3,400 0.58 5.33
TEST01 STEPX ASMBLR 153 178,922 12.77 9.10.68
TMSBKUP FDR 3 367 0.09 1.24
***** OUT QUEUE ***** EXCPC EXCPT CPUC CPUT
RMF 148 IEFPROC 0 666 0.00 11.98
WHERE -
EXCPC EXCPT CPUC CPUT
------ ------- ------- -------
XX,XXX X,XXX,XXX M.SS.TH MMM.SS.TH
EXCPC IS THE EXCP COUNT FOR THE SAMPLED INTERVAL
EXCPT IS THE EXCP COUNT TOTAL FOR THE CURRENT STEP
CPUC IS THE CPU/SRB TIME FOR THE SAMPLED INTERVAL
CPUT IS THE CPU/SRB TIME TOTAL FOR THE CURRENT STEP
##P COMMAND (MONITOR PAGING)
VIO PAGING NNN.NN PAGES/SEC
SWAP PAGING NNN.NN PAGES/SEC
COMMON PAGING NNN.NN PAGES/SEC
ADDRSPC PAGING NNN.NN PAGES/SEC
TOTAL PAGING NNN.NN PAGES/SEC
##S MONITOR SYSTEM INDICATORS
DISPLAYING AVERAGE, MINIMUM, AND MAXIMUM
##S D MONITOR SYSTEM INDICATORS AND DOMAIN VALUES
DISPLAYING AVERAGE, MINIMUM, AND MAXIMUM
##S DA MONITOR SYSTEM INDICATORS AND DOMAIN VALUES
DISPLAYING AVERAGE
SYSTEM INDICATORS - LONG TERM CPU,
AVERAGE CPU, AVERAGE PAGING,
AVERAGE UIC, AND AVERAGE ASMQ.
DOMAIN VALUES - WT, MIN, MAX AT INTERVAL START
TARGET MPL, CURRENT MPL, READY USERS,
GOING OUT USERS, OUT USERS, IN USERS,
WEIGHTED DOMAIN SERVICE
******************************************************************
## ##
## ##
## ##
#############
#############
## ##
## ##
#############
#############
## ##
## ##
## ##
******* ** ** ** **
** ** ** ** **
** ** ** ** **
***** ** ** ** **
** ** ** ** **
** ** ** ** **
** ** ** ** **
** ***** ******* *******
***** ***** ****** ****** ****** ** **
** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** *** **
** ** ** ** ** ** ** *** **
***** ** ** ** **** **** **** **
** ** ****** ** ** ** ****
** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ***
** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ***
***** ***** ** ** ******* ******* ** **
* * ***** ****** ******
** ** ** ** ** ** **
*** *** ** ** ** ** **
******* ** ** ** ** ****
** * ** ** ** ** ** **
** ** ** ** ** ** **
** ** ** ** ** ** **
** ** ***** ****** *******
FOR THE FULL SCREEN VERSIONS THE FOLLOWING ARE AVAILABLE
ENTER H X FOR HELP WITH COMMAND X'
H
H - (GH) DISPLAY HELP
A - (GA) DISPLAY JOB ACTIVITY
E - (GE) DISPLAY EXCEPTIONS
F - (GF) DISPLAY PAGE STATISTICS BY JOB
J - (GJ) DISPLAY CPU UTILIZATION
I - (GI) DISPLAY JES2 INITIATORS
O - (GO) DISPLAY SYSTEM I/O ACTIVITY
Q - (GQ) DISPLAY JES QUEUE (MODIFIED Q CMD)
S - (GS) DISPLAY SYSTEM INDICATORS
U - (GU) DISPLAY DASD FREE SPACE
# - (SM) DISPLAY HELP # COMMANDS
FOLLOWING ARE FULL SCREEN POSITIONING COMMANDS.
-NNN SCROLL UP NNN LINES
+NNN SCROLL DOWN NNN LINES
- SCROLL TO TOP
+ SCROLL TO BOTTOM
=YXXXY FIND STRING EQ XXX, Y IS DELIMITER
A DISPLAY JOB ACTIVITY
ANNNN DISPLAY JOB ACTIVITY FOR ASID NNNN
GRAPHIC DISPLAY OF -
JOBNAME, STEPNAME, PERCENT CPU
PERCENT CPU,
PAGE FRAME ALLOCATION,
PAGING IN PAGES PER SECOND,
AVERAGE JOB CPU UTILIZATION,
AVERAGE REAL FRAME USAGE,
CURRENT SWAP COUNT,
JOB I/O ACTIVITY.
JOB EXCEPTIONS AS FOLLOWS -
POSSIBLE LOOPS,
ABEND IN PROGRESS,
WAITING ON REPLIES,
WAITING ON ALLOCATION,
WAITING ON ENQUEUE CONFLICTS,
WAITING ON I/O PENDING,
WAITING TO BE SWAPPED IN.
E DISPLAY EXCEPTIONS
E - DISPLAY ALL EXCEPTIONS
AUTOMATIC REFRESH MINIMUM 10 SEC
ED - DISPLAY EXCEPTIONS (NOT DEVICE)
AUTOMATIC REFRESH MINIMUM 10 SEC
EC - DISPLAY EXCEPTIONS (NOT CHAN/DEVICE)
EXCEPTIONAL SYSTEM CONDITIONS -
SQA SHORTAGE,
WTO BUFFER SHORTAGE,
EXCESS PAGING AND PAGE I/O BUSY,
EXCESS DEVICE UTILIZATION,
EXCESS CHANNEL UTILIZATION.
EXCEPTIONAL JOB CONDITIONS -
POSSIBLE LOOPS,
ABEND IN PROGRESS,
EXCESS JOB CPU UTILIZATION,
EXCESS REAL FRAME USAGE,
EXCESS SWAP COUNT,
WAITING ON REPLIES,
WAITING ON ALLOCATION,
WAITING ON ENQUEUE CONFLICTS,
WAITING ON I/O PENDING,
WAITING TO BE SWAPPED IN.
EXCEPTION MONITOR OUTPUT MESSAGES
---------------------------------------
SYSTEM EXCEPTION MESSAGES
--------------------------------------
CHANNEL XX XXX% BUSY FOR XXXXX SEC
UUU VVVVVV XXX% BUSY FOR XXXXX SEC
UUU VVVVVV NOT READY FOR XXXXX SEC
EXCESS SYSTEM PAGING FOR XXXXX SEC
LOCAL PAGE I/O DEGRADED FOR XXXXX SEC
WTO BUFFER SHORTAGE, WQE COUNT= XXXXX
SQA AVAIL= XXXXXK, CSA AVAIL= XXXXXK
JOB RESOURCE USAGE EXCEPTION MESSAGES
--------------------------------------
JJJJJJJJ POSSIBLE LOOP FOR XXXXX SEC
JJJJJJJJ XXX% CPU FOR XXXXX SEC
JJJJJJJJ ABEND IN PROGRESS XXXXX SEC
JJJJJJJJ EXCESS SWAP COUNT = XXXXX
JJJJJJJJ XXXXX FRAMES FOR XXXXX SEC
JOB WAIT EXCEPTION MESSAGES
--------------------------------------
NOTE - A JOB IS CONSIDERED TO BE WAITING IF IT USES 0% CPU)
JJJJJJJJ ENQ SYSDSN WAIT XXXXX SEC ENQ CONFLICT
JJJJJJJJ I/O ON UUU WAIT XXXXX SEC I/O PENDING
JJJJJJJJ ALLOC QUEUE WAIT XXXXX SEC ALLOC QUEUE
JJJJJJJJ REPLY NN WAIT XXXXX SEC REPLY PENDING
JJJJJJJJ ??????????? WAIT XXXXX SEC REASON UNKNOWN
JJJJJJJJ SWAP RRRRRR WAIT XXXXX SEC SWAPPED OUT
RRRRRR - ( SWAP REASON CODES )
LONGWT LONG WAIT
AUXSTOR AUXILLARY STORAGE SHORTAGE
REALSTR REAL STORAGE SHORTAGE
DETWAIT MSO DETECTED WAIT
REQUEST REQUEST SWAP
ENQEXC ENQ EXCHANGE
WORKEXC WORKLOAD EXCHANGE
UNILATR UNILATERAL
F DISPLAY PAGE STATISTICS
F - DISPLAY PAGE STATISTICS BY JOB
GRAPHIC DISPLAY OF -
PAGE FRAME ALLOCATION BY JOB AND
PAGING BY JOB IN PAGES PER SECOND.
J DISPLAY CPU UTILIZATION
JD - DISPLAY CPU UTILIZATION
GRAPHIC DISPLAY OF -
ALL ACTIVE DOMAINS.
J - DISPLAY CPU UTILIZATION
GRAPHIC DISPLAY OF -
JOBNAME, STEPNAME, PERCENT CPU
UTILIZATION FOR ACTIVE JOBS.
JT - DISPLAY CPU UTILIZATION
GRAPHIC DISPLAY OF -
JOBNAME, STEPNAME, PERCENT CPU
UTILIZATION FOR ACTIVE TSO USERS.
JNN - DISPLAY CPU UTILIZATION
GRAPHIC DISPLAY OF -
JOBNAME, STEPNAME, PERCENT CPU
UTILIZATION FOR ALL JOBS IN DMN XX.
I DISPLAY JES2 INITIATORS
I - DISPLAY JES2 INITIATORS
DISPLAY OF -
INITIATOR STATUS,
JOB NUMBER,
JOBNAME,
JOB CLASS,
INITIATOR CLASSES.
O DISPLAY SYSTEM I/O ACTIVITY
OXNN - DISPLAY SYSTEM I/O ACTIVITY
WHERE -
X - SCAN TYPE
A - ALL DEVICES
V - DASD AND TAPE
D - DASD
T - TAPE
U - UNIT RECORD
C - COMM AND DISPLAY
NN - PERCENT BUSY THRESHOLD
20% BUSY IS THE DEFAULT
Q DISPLAY JES QUEUE (HAS 27300 SUPPORT)
Q XXX DISPLAY JES QUEUE (MODIFIED Q CMD)
(NNN)Q XXX DISPLAY JES QUEUE (MODIFIED Q CMD)
WHERE -
NNN - IS THE NUMBER OF
1000 LINE SEGMENTS
TO INCREMENT INTO THE
DATA SET BEFORE
DISPLAY ANY DATA.
XXX - IS THE Q COMMAND
H - HELP WITH Q CMD
DI - DISPLAY INPUT
DO - DISPLAY OUTPUT
DA - DISPLAY ACTIVE JOBS
DT - DISPLAY ACTIVE TSO
DS - DISPLAY ACTIVE STC
JLOG J - DISPLAY JOBLOG JOB J
JCL J - DISPLAY JOBJCL JOB J
JMSG J - DISPLAY JOBMSG JOB J
DD J - DISPLAY DD IDS JOB J
SL S - DISPLAY SYSLOG STC S
L J DSID - DISPLAY DATASET DSID
JOB J
NOTE - J IS EITHER JOBNAME OR JOB NUMBER
NOTE - S IS STC NUMBER
S DISPLAY SYSTEM INDICATORS
S - DISPLAY SYSTEM INDICATORS
GRAPHIC DISPLAY OF -
CURRENT AVERAGE CPU,
CURRENT LONG TERM CPU,
CURRENT AVERAGE PAGING,
CURRENT AVERAGE UIC,
CURRENT AVERAGE ASMQ LENGTH, AND
CURRENT MPL FOR EACH DOMAIN
CONTAINING RUNNING JOBS.
SA - DISPLAY SYSTEM INDICATORS
GRAPHIC DISPLAY OF -
AVERAGE AVERAGE CPU,
AVERAGE LONG TERM CPU,
AVERAGE AVERAGE PAGING,
AVERAGE AVERAGE UIC,
AVERAGE AVERAGE ASMQ LENGTH, AND
CURRENT MPL FOR EACH DOMAIN
CONTAINING RUNNING JOBS.
U DISPLAY DASD SPACE
U DISPLAY DASD SPACE ALL ONLINE DASD
U VVVV DISPLAY DASD SPACE ON VOLUME VVVV
WHERE VVVV IS A 1-6 DIGIT VOLSER OR
VOLSER PREFIX
U U=NNN DISPLAY DASD SPACE ON UNIT NNN
U D=XXXX DISPLAY DASD SPACE ON DEVTYPE XXXX
(3330,3330V,3330-1,3350,2305-2)
DISPLAY OF -
UNIT, DEVTYPE, STATUS, VOLSER,
NO. OF DCBS OPEN, NO. OF USERS,
FREE CYLS, FREE TRKS, FREE EXTENTS,
LARGEST CONTIG EXTENT CYL/TRK
******************************************************************
## ## TTTTTTTTTTTT SSSSSSSSSSS OOOOOOOOOOO
## ## TTTTTTTTTTTT SSSSSSSSSSSSS OOOOOOOOOOOOO
## ## TT SS SS OO OO
############# TT SS OO OO
############# TT SS OO OO
## ## TT SSSSSSSSSSSS OO OO
## ## TT SSSSSSSSSSSS OO OO
############# TT SS OO OO
############# TT SS OO OO
## ## TT SS SS OO OO
## ## TT SSSSSSSSSSSSS OOOOOOOOOOOOO
## ## TT SSSSSSSSSSS OOOOOOOOOOO
******************************************************************
# #
# #
# #
# #
# #
# #
######################
# #
# #
# #
# #
# #
#######################
# #
# #
# #
# #
# #
# #
*
-
***
-----
*******
---------
***********
-------------
***************
-----------------
*******************
---------------------
***********************
-------------------------
***************************
-----------------------------
*******************************
---------------------------------
***********************************
-------------------------------------
***************************************
-----------------------------------------
*******************************************
---------------------------------------------
***********************************************
-------------------------------------------------
****************************************************
------------------------------------------------------
********************************************************
-----------------------------------------------------------
*************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------
******************************************************************
IS AN IEBCOPY OF THE LOAD MODULES OF THE COMMAND
SUBSYSTEM CONTAINED IN FILE 267 AND ALL THE LOAD
LOAD MODULES. THE MODULES CALLED IEES*03D AND ##
ARE AT AN MVS/SP1 RELEASE 1 LEVEL. (ERGO I RAN
THE $MVSSE2 AND $MVSSP1 CLISTS BEFORE I COMPILED
THE CODE)
IS A COPY OF THE YALE COMPARE PROGRAM CONTAINED IN
FILE 226 THAT HAS BEEN MODIFIED FOR USE UNDER TSO
IS FROM THE LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY AND CONTAINS
A SYSTEM MODIFICATION THAT IS USED TO PREFIX ANY
MESSAGE FROM THE SYSTEM OPERATORS (INCLUDING NOTIFY'S)*
WITH THE DATE (JULIAN) AND TIME. THIS MODS DOES NOT
WORK FOR MESSAGES SENT VIA THE TSO SEND COMMAND
IS FROM THE WASHINGTON STATE DP SERVICE CENTER AND
CONTAINS SEVERAL OF THE LOCAL UTILITIES . THIS FILE IS
IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT . FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC .
DATE 6/28/84
CONTACT - KERMIT KISER (206) 753-2215
WASHINGTON DATA PROCESSING SERVICE CENTER
25 STATE OFFICE BLDG TWO, OB-01
OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98504
THE PURPOSE OF THIS FILE IS TO TRANSFER SOME OF
WDPSC'S LOCAL UTILITIES. ALL THIS STUFF WORKS HERE,
BUT WE DON'T GUARANTEE IT TO WORK ANYWHERE ELSE.
SOME PROGRAMS MAY NEED MODIFICATION FOR AN
INSTALLATION. SOME ARE GOOD ONLY AS "HOWTO"
SAMPLES.
THIS FILE CONTAINS THE WDPSC PROGRAMS WHICH WERE
PREVIOUSLY IN CBT FILES 270-274. TWO OF THOSE
PROGRAMS, NAMED FTL AND KOMM, HAVE BEEN MODIFIED
AND THE LATEST VERSIONS ARE ON THIS TAPE.
WE DO NOT HAVE TSO EXTENSIONS OR XA YET. SOME
PROGRAMS MAY NEED TO BE MODIFIED FOR THESE SYSTEM
LEVELS.
MANY OF THE TSO COMMANDS USE THE SETVAR
SUBROUTINE. YOU WILL NEED TO ASSEMBLE SETVAR
BEFORE THESE COMMANDS WILL WORK CORRECTLY, THIS
PROGRAM IS LINKED WITH AN IBM MODULE.
IF A UTILITY HAS DOCUMENTATION WHICH IS
MAINTAINED SEPARATELY, THE DOCUMENT IS IN THE
SOURCE PDS WITH A SIMILIAR NAME BUT ENDING WITH THE
"$" CHARACTER.
TO CREATE THE NECESSARY MACLIB, CLIST, PROCLIB, ETC
LIBRARIES: MODIFY AND SUBMIT EITHER MEMBER
REDIST OR REDISTI WHICH ARE IN THIS LIBRARY.
(USE REDIST IF PROGRAM PDSLOAD FROM THE CBT TAPE
IS AVAILABLE, ELSE USE JOB REDISTI.) REDIST OR
REDISTI WILL CREATE THE MACLIB, CLIST, PROCLIB,
PANELS, SKELS, MESSAGES, TEXT, AND PARM
LIBRARIES FROM THE APPROPRIATE MEMBERS IN THIS
LIBRARY.
******* NOTE: CLISTS SHOULD BE COPIED TO A VB DATASET
AFTER RELOADING.
SUMMARY OF ITEMS INCLUDED IN THIS FILE (NOT
NECCESSARILY COMPLETE):
UTILITY UTILITY
NAME TYPE DESCRIPTION
________ _______ __________________________________*___
CATBYVOL PROGRAM CHECKS IDCAMS UNCATALOG CARDS
CREATED BY VSAMSCAN PROGRAM
AGAINST VOLUMES TO FIND NVSAM
DATASETS WHICH DO NOT EXIST.
SEE JOB IN CATBYVO#. I THINK
DLY260 STEP IS NOT NEEDED.
CHDSCB CLIST MODIFY DCB CHARACTERISTICS SUCH
AS DSORG, RECFM, BLKSIZE, LRECL
FOR A DATASET WITHOUT ALTERING
THE DATASET CONTENTS. USES
PROGRAM RELSEQ.
CLIB CLIST ALLOCATE A PRIVATE CLIST
LIBRARY FOR IMPLICIT CLIST
EXECUTION WITHOUT REMOVING
PREVIOUSLY ALLOCATED CLIST
LIBRARIES. USES COMMAND
CONCATEM.
CLRSPFIO PROGRAM CAN BE CALLED DIRECTLY OR
LINKED TO DYNAMICALLY VIA THE
ISPEXEC SELECT PGM(CLRSPFIO) TO
TELL SPF TO IGNORE ANY NON-SPF
IO WHICH MAY HAVE TAKEN PLACE
IN THE DIALOG.
CMDOUT CLIST UTILITY CLIST USED BY CLISTS
AND DIALOGS TO ALLOCATE AND
FREE WORK FILES. USES COMMANDS
IFALC AND FILEINFO.
CNTLCRT PROGRAM CAN BE CALLED BY CLISTS TO
ISSUE CNTL OR FULLSCR TPUT
MESSAGES.
CONCATEM TSO CMD ALLOCATE OR DEALLOCATE,
CONCATENATE OR DECONCATENATE
THE GIVEN DATASET TO THE GIVEN
DDNAME. IN THE CASE OF
CONCATENATION, PLACE THE GIVEN
DATASET "AT THE TOP OF THE
STACK" OF ALL DATASETS
CONCATENATED TO THAT DDNAME.
DATECONV TSO CMD ACCEPT A STANDARD, JULIAN, OR
SERIAL DATE AND THEN CONVERT IT
TO THE OTHER TWO.
DDNTODSN PROGRAM SUBROUTINE CALLED BY PROGRAMS
TO RETURN DSNAME AND VOLSER
BASED ON DDNAME PASSED.
DEVTYPE TSO CMD DETERMINE DEVICE TYPE GIVEN
VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER.
DUMPVOL PROGRAM A SAMPLE PROGRAM WHICH READS A
LIST OF VOLUMES AND BUILDS A
JOB TO DUMP (FDR) ONLY THOSE
VOLUMES WHICH ARE CURRENTLY
MOUNTED. NO MORE DOES DUANE
HAVE TO COME IN AT 3AM BECAUSE
SOME VOLUMES ARE NOT MOUNTED.
FILEATTR PROGRAM OBTAIN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER,
LRECL, BLKSIZE, DSORG, RECORD
FORMAT, AND DEVICE TYPE OF
DATASET GIVEN THE DATASET NAME
(AND VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER IF
NOT CATALOGED) FROM A HIGH
LEVEL LANGUAGE PGM.
FILEINFO TSO CMD RETURN INFO TO A CLIST SUCH AS
LRECL, BLKSIZE, RECFM, DSORG,
VOLSER, ETC.
FINDMEM PROGRAM DETERMINE WHETHER A SPECIFIED
MEMBER OF A PDS EXISTS OR NOT.
FINDTTR PROGRAM CALLED BY THE FINDTTR CLIST TO
SEARCH A PDS FOR A GIVEN
STRING. THE TTR OF ALL BLOCKS
CONTAINING THE STRING IS
DISPLAYED WHETHER IN DIRECTORY,
MEMBERS, GAS, OR BEYOND
DS1LSTAR.
FIREUP CLIST ALLOCATE USER SPF DIALOG
MANAGER LIBRARIES AHEAD OF THE
SPF PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
FACILITY LIBRARIES AND/OR TO
ALLOCATE LIBRARIES TO DIALOG
MANAGER DDNAMES NOT ALREADY
ALLOCATED.
FTL PROGRAM IEBGENER REPLACEMENT FOR
COPYING FILES. HANDLES
MULTIPLE FILES, CHANGING DCB
CHARACTERISTICS, MOST FILE
TYPES.
GETMY TSO CMD SAMPLE COMMAND FOR RETURNING
USER/SYSTEM DATA TO CLIST
VARIABLES. SOME INSTALLATION
SENSITIVE CODE, BUT A GOOD
STARTING PLACE!
HEXTRAN PROGRAM TRANSLATE DATA FROM CHARACTER
CODED HEXADECIMAL TO TRUE
HEXADECIMAL OR VICE VERSA.
HOSEDOWN CLIST DEALLOCATE USER SPF DIALOG
MANAGER LIBRARIES (UNDO WHAT A
PREVIOUS FIREUP DID).
IFALC TSO CMD TESTS WHETHER A GIVEN DDNAME OR
DSNAME IS CURRENTLY ALLOCATED
TO THE USER.
IFCAT TSO CMD TESTS WHETHER A GIVEN DSNAME IS
CATALOGED. FILEINFO GIVES
BETTER DATA.
IKJUPDT PROGRAM SUBROUTINE TO CONVERT CALLS TO
IKJUPDT INTO LINK TO PROGRAM
SETVAR. WE USED TO LINK IBM
IKJUPDT (IKJCT433) DIRECTLY
WITH TSO COMMANDS IN ORDER TO
PUT DATA INTO CLIST VARIABLES.
THIS TECHNIQUE IS MUCH MORE
MAINTAINABLE!.
JTOSCONV PROGRAM CONVERT JULIAN DATES OF THE
FORM YYDDD TO STANDARD (MMDDYY)
AFTER DATE VALIDATION.
KOMM TSO CMD COMMAND TO DO SIMPLE 3270 IO
FROM A CLIST, SUCH AS CLEAR THE
SCREEN OR FORMAT FIELDS.
LASTLINK CLIST DISPLAY INFORMATION ABOUT THE
LAST TIME A COBOL OR ASSEMBLER
PROGRAM WAS COMPILED AND
LINKED.
MLPALIST PROGRAM LISTS MODULES LOADED BY MLPA OR
FLPA. SIMILIAR TO AMBLIST
LISTLPA.
NEWISPF PROGRAM THIS MODULE IS THE FRONTEND FOR
ISPF AND/OR PDF. IT HAS THE
FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS:
1. SAVE THE INPUT ECT BECAUSE ISPF
MODIFIES THE ECT PTR TO THE
IOWA WHICH IS NEEDED BY THE
WDPSCXS MODULE FOR STACKING
COMMANDS.
2. ALLOCATE THE USER PROFILE LIB
TO DDNAME ISPPROF.
3. INVOKE THE NEWSPF CLIST IF
PROFILE LIB DOESN'T EXIST.
NEWSPF CREATES NEW USER
PROFILES.
4. CALL THE REAL ISPF OR PDF
COMMAND MODULE.
NEWWAIT PROGRAM WAIT FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD OF
TIME WITHOUT USING CPU
TIME.THIS IS THE INTERRUPTIBLE
VERSION OF WAITER.
PACKLIST PROGRAM UTILITY TO BUILD IEAPAK00 FROM
DATA PRODUCED BY PSWSAMP
ROUTINE.
PSWSAMP PROGRAM TRACE TABLE SAMPLING UTILITY
FOR PRODUCING DATA USED BY
PACKLIST PROGRAM.
RELSEQ PROGRAM PROGRAM TO OPEN AND CLOSE A
FILE WHICH IS ALLOCATED WITH
DISP=MOD. USED BY CHDSCB AND
RLSE CLISTS. DOES NOT MODIFY
DATASET CONTENTS.
REPROENQ PROGRAM PROGRAM TO ENQ ON SYSIGGV2 FOR
A CATALOG ALLOCATED TO STEPLIB
AND CALL IDCAMS. CAN BACKUP THE
CATALOGS WITHOUT CODING
DISP=OLD AND DRAINING THE
SYSTEM USING THIS. SEE
REPROEN#.
RLSE CLIST RELEASE UNUSED SPACE ALLOCATED
TO A DATASET.
SCXSCAN PROGRAM LINKS AS A FRONT-END TO IKJSCAN
TO PROVIDE AN "X CMD" FACILITY
FROM ANY SUBCOMMAND MODE USING
IKJSCAN (JUST LIKE PCF X
FACILITY)
SERLCONV PROGRAM CONVERT SERIAL DATES TO
STANDARD DATE FORMAT AFTER DATE
VALIDATION.
SETVAR PROGRAM THIS IS A SUBROUTINE WHICH A
TSO COMMAND CAN LINK TO IN
ORDER TO SET A CLIST VARIABLE.
IT LINKS IN IKJCT433(IKJUPDT)
FROM LPALIB AND REPLACES THE
OLD LINKUPDT TECHNIQUE.
SPACE TSO CMD DISPLAYS ALLOCATION,
UTILIZATION AND EXTENT INFO FOR
A DATASET. CAN RETURN DATA TO A
CLIST.
SPFCATNV CLIST THIS IS AN ISPF DIALOG FOR
DOING NVSAM CATALOG FUNCTIONS.
WE USE IT AS TECH SERVICES
OPTION K.N HERE. GOOD IF YOU
HAVE MULTIPLE MASTER AND USER
CATALOGS LIKE WE DO. CHANGE CAT
NAMES IN THE CLIST.
STACK TSO CMD STACK IS A NORMAL TSO COMMAND
PROCESSOR: STACK
DDIN(INPUTDD)
DDOUT(OUTDD) -
TASKLIB(TASKDD) LIST
INPUTDD - DDNAME TO READ
COMMAND FROM
INSTEAD OF
NORMAL SOURCE
OUTDD - DDNAME THE COMMAND
OUTPUT SHOULD
GO TO
TASKDD - DDNAME THE COMMAND
SHOULD BE
ATTACHED FROM
IF DESIRED
LIST - MEANS DISPLAY THE
COMMAND ON THE
OUTPUT FILE
(ALL OPERANDS ARE OPTIONAL)
(ALL FILE IO MUST BE DONE
VIA PUTGET MODULE TO BE
INTERCEPTED)
STOJCONV PROGRAM CONVERT STANDARD DATES OF THE
FORM (MMDDYY) TO JULIAN AND
SERIAL AFTER DATE VALIDATION.
SUPRNAME PROGRAM THE SUPRNAME PROGRAM IS A
FRONTEND PROCESSOR TO AMASPZAP
WHICH ADDS SOME NEW CONTROL
CARDS TO THE SUPERZAP VANILLA
CARDS. IT ALLOWS A DATASET TO
BE RENAMED OR SCRATCHED WITH NO
ENQ CONTENTION EVEN IF THE
DATASET NAME IS ALLOCATED TO
ANOTHER JOB. IT ALSO ALLOWS A
FORMAT ONE DSCB TO BE DUMPED OR
ZAPPED WITHOUT KNOWING THE
CCHHR ADDRESS IN THE VTOC.
SYSOUT TSO CMD COMMAND TO ALLOCATE SYSOUT
FILES USING THE NEW TEXT UNITS
FOR FLASH, CHARS, MODIFY, ETC.
TERMTYPE PROGRAM PROGRAM CAN BE CALLED BY A
CLIST TO DETERMINE SCREEN
LINES, IE TERMINAL TYPE -
TTY,M2,M3,ETC.
TIMECOND PROGRAM SETS CONDITION CODE TO DAY OF
WEEK, MONTH, YEAR, ETC FOR
CONDITIONAL EXECUTION OF STEPS.
UNCLIB CLIST DEALLOCATE (REMOVE) A PRIVATE
CLIST LIBRARY PREVIOUSLY
ALLOCATED TO YOUR SESSION.
VOL2DEVT PROGRAM SUBROUTINE TO RETURN DEVICETYPE
FOR GIVEN VOL.
VSAMSCAN PROGRAM READS CATALOG AND WRITES IDCAMS
UNCATALOG CARDS FOR ALL NVSAM
DATASETS WHICH ARE THEN
PROCESSED BY PROGRAM CATBYVOL.
SEE JOB IN CATBYVO#. I THINK
DLY260 STEP IS NOT NEEDED.
WATDSN CLIST UTILITY TO DIPLAY DATASETS
ALLOCATED TO A GIVEN PROGRAM
DDNAME.
WDPSCXS PROGRAM SUBROUTINE CALLED BY ISPF
DIALOGS TO STACK A COMMAND FOR
EXECUTION WHEN ISPF TERMINATES.
USED FOR OUR OPTION XL
(EXIT,LOGOFF). REQUIRES NEWISPF
FRONTEND TO WORK CORRECTLY.
WHATDSN TSO CMD RETURN TO THE CLIST THE
DSNAME(S) OF THE DATASET(S)
WHICH IS (ARE) ALLOCATED TO THE
DDNAME GIVEN.
WTORCOND PROGRAM ASK OPERATOR A QUESTION (Y OR
N) AND SET CONDITION CODE FOR
EXECUTION OF LATER STEPS.
IS A DYNAMIC PROCLIB MODIFICATION FROM MR KEITH E.
MOE FROM AMDAHL AND IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT.
THIS FILE CONTAINS A COMPLETE DYNAMIC PROCLIB
MODIFICATION. THIS MODIFICATION IS COMPATIBLE WITH
ALL VERSIONS OF MVS FROM BASE 3.8 TO MVS/XA 2.1.2.
TWO COMPLETE VERSIONS OF THE SMP FORMAT MODIFICATIONS
ARE PROVIDED. ONE IS FOR MVS/SP 1.3.3 (#Z7700X
MEMBERS) AND THE OTHER IS FOR MVS/SP 2.1.2 (#Z7800X
MEMBERS). THESE MODIFICATIONS WILL NEED TO BE RE-
WORKED FOR PREVIOUS AND FUTURE LEVELS
OF THE CONVERTER .
EXTENSIVE DOCUMENTATION ON THE INSTALLATION AND
FUNCTION OF THIS DYNAMIC PROCLIB MODIFICATION CAN BE
FOUND IN THE COMMENTS IN THE SMP MODIFICATIONS AND
THE SOURCE FOR IEFVPP.
SINCE 1977, THIS MODIFICATION HAS HAD ONLY ONE MAJOR
CHANGE (OTHER THAT CHANGING THE CONVERTER ZAPS). THIS
WAS TO SUPPORT THE SJF FEATURE ADDED IN MVS/SP 1.3.2.
THE CHANGE WAS MADE TO BE COMPATIBLE ACROSS ALL LEVELS*
OF MVS AND TO ELIMINATE THE FUTURE DEPENDENCE ON THE
SIZE OF THE CONVERTER WORK AREA. THIS CHANGE TOOK
ONE DAY TO MAKE. HENCE, THIS MODIFICATION CAN BE
CONSIDERED QUITE STABLE.
IS A MODIFICATION TO VTAM AND SAMPLE CODE TO SHOW
HOW TO PUT VARIABLE DATA ( SUCH AS THE DATE , TIME ,
SYSTEM ID , AND TERMINAL NAME INTO THE VTAM LOGO ) .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT .
MEMBER #Z00394 IS AN SMP USERMOD AGAINST VTAM MODULE
ISTINCU6. THIS MODIFICATION PROVIDES THE LINKAGE TO
THE USSEDIT ROUTINE THAT IS CODED AS PART OF THE VTAM
USSTAB.
USSEDIT IS A COPY MODULE CONTAINING CODE THAT WILL
BUILD THE VARIABLE MESSAGE INFORMATION INTO THE VTAM
"LOGO".
USS32740 IS A SAMPLE 3274 USSTAB WHICH COPIES IN
USSEDIT.
IS A MODIFICATION THAT ALLOWS A USER TO LOG ONTO A
SECONDARY JOB ENTRY SUBSYSTEM . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT .
FOR SYSTEMS BEFORE MVS/SP 1.3.3 OR MVS/XA 2.1.1, IT
ALSO ALLOWS DIRECTING A STARTED TASK TO A SECONDARY
JES.
NOTE: THIS MODIFICATION ALONE WILL NOT ACCOMPLISH
LOGGING ONTO A SECONDARY JES. IT ONLY UPDATES THE
NECESSARY CONTROL BLOCKS TO ACCOMPLISH THE TASK. THE
TSO LOGON JCL MUST CONTAIN THE NAME ON THE SECONDARY
JES TO LOG ONTO. THIS IS MOST EASILY ACCOMPLISHED
VIA THE LOGON PRE-PROMPT EXIT.
IS A ISPF 3.8 VERSION FROM COMBINED INTERNATIONAL
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS
THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS:
A. CLIST CONTAINS CLIST DRIVER
B. ISPMLIB MESSAGE MEMBER
C. ISPPLIB PANEL MEMBERS
D. SOURCE SOURCE CODE FOR THE ISPF/PDF DIALOG
ALL THE MEMBERS ARE IN OFFLOAD FORMAT ( ERGO ' ./ '
CONTROL CARDS HAVE BEEN CONVERTED TO ' >< '
AND YOU WILL HAVE TO ISSUE A GLOBAL CHANGE TO
CONVERT >< TO ./ BEFORE YOU USE THESE MEMBER AS
SYSIN INPUT TO IEBUPDTE .
IS IN IEBUPDTE INPUT FORMAT. IT IS THE UICC/GTEL
CATALOG EDIT PROGRAM, CALLED 'CATUPDTE' IN EARLIER
VERSIONS. IT IS INTENDED FOR USE IN MVS SYSTEMS
CONTAINING A VSAM MASTER CATALOG AND ONE OR MORE
NONVSAM 'USER' CATALOGS. FOR COMPLETE DOCUMENTATION
SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $DOC
CATEDIT --- UICC/GTEL CATALOG EDIT PROGRAM'
THIS PROGRAM, CALLED 'CATUPDTE' IN EARLIER
VERSIONS, IS INTENDED FOR USE IN MVS SYSTEMS
CONTAINING A VSAM MASTER CATALOG AND ONE OR MORE
NONVSAM 'USER' CATALOGS. IT EDITS NONVSAM
DATASET ENTRIES IN BOTH MASTER CATALOG AND USER
CATALOGS, DELETING ENTRIES FOR DATASETS
INDICATED AS RE- SIDING ON DIRECT-ACCESS STORAGE
VOLUMES BUT FOUND TO NOT EXIST ON THE VOLUMES
SPECIFIED, DELETING EMPTY INDEX LEV- ELS IN
NONVSAM 'USER' CATALOGS, AND CORRECTING TTR
VALUES IN CATALOG ENTRIES FOR WHICH THESE VALUES
FAIL TO DESCRIBE CORRECTLY THE LOCATIONS OF
DATASET CONTROL BLOCKS (DSCB'S) FOR THE DATASETS
CONCERNED. IT ALSO DELETES ENTRIES FROM USER
CATALOGS FOR WHICH NO ALIAS RECORDS POINTING TO
THE CATALOGS IN WHICH THEY OCCUR ARE FOUND IN
THE MASTER CATALOG . RECORDS NOT SUBJECT TO
ANY OF THE ABOVE CRITERIA ARE PASSED WITHOUT
MODIFICATION.
THE PROGRAM PROCESSES NONVSAM DATASET RECORDS IN
THE MAS- TER CATALOG IN THE SEQUENCE IN WHICH IT
ENCOUNTERS THEM DURING A SEQUENTIAL SCAN OF THAT
CATALOG. WHENEVER IT EN- COUNTERS A NONVSAM
RECORD IDENTIFYING A NONVSAM 'USER' CATALOG, IT
PROCESSES THAT CATALOG FIRST AS A DATASET AND
THEN AS A CATALOG BEFORE PROCESSING THE NEXT
MASTER CATA- LOG NONVSAM RECORD. EXECUTION ENDS
AFTER THE LAST NONVSAM RECORD IN THE MASTER
CATALOG HAS BEEN PROCESSED. WITHIN EACH NONVSAM
CATALOG, THE PROGRAM PROCESSES ENTRIES FOR
DATASETS AND EMPTY INDEXES IN AN ASCENDING
EBCDIC SEQUENCE OF THEIR NAMES.
THE PROGRAM CONSISTS OF FOUR MODULES AS FOLLOWS:
CSECT FUNCTION
---------- ------------------------------------*
CTLGDRVR LOCATES CATALOGS, CALLS OTHER
MODULES TO PROCESS CATALOGS
ICE SEARCHES NONVSAM CATALOGS,
BUILDS LIST OF DATASET NAMES
AND CATALOG ENTRY
PROCESS READS LIST GENERATED BY CSECT
ICE, TESTS VALIDITY OF
ENTRIES, DELETES EXTRANE-
ENTRIES, CORRECTS DEFECTIVE
ENTRIES
DSPNTRY OPENS, READS, CLOSES TEMPORARY
DATASET CONTAINING LIST
GENERATED BY CSECT ICE
TO FORM AN EXECUTABLE LOAD MODULE FROM THE
SOURCE MODULES, EACH MODULE MUST BE ASSEMBLED,
AND THE RESULTING OBJECT MODULES MUST BE LINKED
INTO A SUITABLE LIBRARY. CSECT CTLGDRVR MAY BE
ASSEMBLED WITH THE &SYSPARM ASSEMBLY PARA- METER
AS EXPLAINED LATER IN THIS INTRODUCTION. IN
LINKING THE OBJECT MODULES INTO A SINGLE LOAD
MODULE, THE ENTRY POINT FOR CSECT CTLGDRVR MUST
BE DESIGNATED AS THE MAIN ENTRY POINT FOR THE
LOAD MODULE.
THE PROGRAM MAY BE EXECUTED IN BATCH VIA THE
FOLLOWING JOB CONTROL STATEMENTS (JCL):
//CATEDIT EXEC PGM=CATEDIT
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A
//SYSUT1 DD UNIT=SYSDA
// SPACE=(CYL,(2,2)),DCB=BLKSIZE=3120
IT MAY ALSO BE EXECUTED IN TSO, EITHER DIRECTLY
OR UNDER TEST. FOR EXECUTION IN BATCH, IT MUST
EITHER BE LOADED FROM AN APF-AUTHORIZED LIBRARY
OR HAVE BEEN ASSEMBLED WITH THE PARM OPTION
&SYSPARM='SVC=XXX', IN WHICH 'XXX' IS THE NUMBER
OF AN EXISTING TYPE-3 SVC WHICH RETURNS TO
PROBLEM STATE WITH PROTECT KEY 0 AND REQUIRES
ENTRY WITH REG 15 POINTING TO A FULL-WORD
ALIGNED 16-BYTE FIELD WITH THE 8TH BYTE SET TO
C'S' AND THE 9TH THROUGH 16TH BYTES AVAILABLE TO
THE SVC FOR USE AS A WORK AREA. FOR EXECUTION
UNDER TSO, THE PROGRAM MUST HAVE BEEN ASSEMBLED
WITH THE &SYS- PARM SPECIFICATION UNLESS THE
SYSTEM PERMITS TSO TO RUN WITH APF
AUTHORIZATION. WHEN THE &SYSPARM OPTION IS
USED, THE PROGRAM MAY BE LOADED FROM ANY
LIBRARY.
THE PRESENT VERSION OF THE PROGRAM WAS DEVELOPED
FROM A VERSION DISTRIBUTED BY UNIVERSITY OF
ILLINOIS AT CHICAGO CIRCLE (UICC) ON 07/16/76.
CHANGES INCLUDE: (1) PROVISION FOR DYNAMICALLY
ALLOCATING AND READING SYS1.NUCLEUS(SYS- CATLG)
TO OBTAIN THE NAME AND LOCATION OF THE VSAM
MASTER CATALOG; (2) PROVISION FOR DYNAMICALLY
ALLOCATING AND READING THE VSAM MASTER CATALOG
TO ACCESS ENTRIES FOR NON- VSAM DATASETS
CONTAINED IN THAT CATALOG, INCLUDING THOSE FOR
NONVSAM 'USER' CATALOGS, AND TO VERIFY
CONNECTION OF HIGH-LEVEL INDEXES IN USER
CATALOGS TO ALIAS NAMES IN THE MASTER CATALOG;
(3) PROVISION FOR DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATING THE
USER CATALOGS; (4) CORRECTION OF A CODING ERROR
WHICH CAUSED DELETION OF EMPTY INDEXES TO FAIL;
(5) AND EDITING OF DOCUMENTATION IN GENERAL TO
IMPROVE READABILITY OF SOURCE LISTINGS.
INCORPORATION OF DYNAMIC ALLOCATION ELIMINATES
THE NEED FOR THE DD STATEMENTS FOR USER CATA-
LOGS REQUIRED BY THE 07/16/76 VERSION OF THE
PROGRAM. THE REMAINDER OF THIS OPENING
DOCUMENTATION IS COPIED WITH ONLY MINOR EDITING
FROM THAT ACCOMPANYING THE 07/16/76 VERSION OF
THE PROGRAM:
DOCUMENTATION OF MVS VERSION OF CATUPDTE 7/16/76
THIS VERSION OF CATUPDTE HAS ELIMINATED ITS
DEPENDENCE ON AN ASSEMBLED DEVICE TABLE; IT NOW
USES SYSTEM SOURCES.
THIS VERSION OF CATUPDTE ALSO ACCEPTS SOME
CONTROL CARDS VIA SYSIN TO ALLOW FOR
RECATALOGING DATASETS FROM ONE VOLUME TO ANOTHER
OR UNCATALOGING BY DEVICE TYPE, ETC. THE
LISTING FOR THE PROCESS SUBROUTINE PROVIDES
FURTHER INFORMATION.
CATUPDTE WAS ORIGINALLY WRITTEN BY BARRY
SCHRAGER AND TOM KOLE AT U OF I, WAS MODIFIED
AND ENHANCED BY BOEING COMPUTER SER- VICES, AND
WAS FINALLY ENHANCED AT UICC BY EB KLEMENS. THE
LAST VERSION HAD TO BE MODIFIED SINCE MVS NO
LONGER SUPPORTED LOCATE BY TTR. THE PRESENT
VERSION USES BDAM TO READ THE CATALOGS.
IS SPY WHICH IS A TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR FROM
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY. THIS CP DISPLAYS
ALL ACTIVE OPERATORS CONSOLES ON A 3270 TSO TERMINAL.
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION IS GIVEN WITH IN THE CODE.
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT ON THIS TAPE.
SPY COMMENTS:
1. IT IS A PROGRAM THAT SHOULD BE CALLED OR ATTAHCED
AS A COMMAND PROCESSOR (NOTE: IT DOES NOT USE R1
UPON ENTRY)
2. IT IS NOT AUTHORIZED
3. IT IS NOT RE-ENTRANT
4 IT HAS A HELP FACILITY - ENTER A '?' ANYTIME
AFTER CALLING IT
5 IT WILL LINK TO PROGRAM 'SWAP' (MUST BE CONTAINED
IN SAME LIBRARY AS 'SPY'). 'SWAP' IS AN ENHANCED
VERSION OF 'MIPS'. BOTH PROGRAMS ARE IN SOURCE
FORMAT ON THIS TAPE
6 IT IS WRITTEN TOTALLY IN ASSEMBLER
7 HAS MVS/SE 1 AND MVS/SE2 SUPPORT
8 HAS TO RUN AUTHORIZED
IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT AND CONTAINS THE SOURCE
FOR JESCNCL WHICH IS A TSO CP TO NOTIFY THE XWRTR
TO CANCEL 3284 OUTPUT AND A PGM THAT IS A REPLACEMENT
FOR DSPRINT
IS AN UPDATED COPY OF THE QUEUE COMMAND FROM TRW
(JES2 TAPE VERSION 18). THIS VERSION HAS A NUMBER OF
ENHANCEMENTS AND CLEANUP FIXED INSTALLED. THE SUPPORT
FOR JES2 PRIOR TO 79/09 WAS REMOVED AND THE CODE
STANDARDIZED ON THE DUPLEX CHECKPOINT LEVEL. A SCREEN
PRINT FACILITY WAS ADDED. THE PDDB SYSOUT COUNTS ARE
LISTED ON THE DD SUBCOMMAND. SUPPORT WAS ADDED TO FIND
AND LIST TSO DYNAMICALLY SPUN SYSOUT. IF YOU WISH TO
USE THE COMMANDS: CANCEL, REQUEUE, AND PURGE THE
COMMAND MUST BE RUN AUTHORIZED. IF THE COMMAND IS
MARKED AC=0 YOU WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ISSUE THOSE
COMMANDS
WE AT CBT PUT THE FOLLOWING TWO IBM MACROS IN THIS
PDS:
TGET AT PTF UZ30398 PUT TAPE 8002 (CALLED TTGET)
TPUT AT PTF UZ29403 PUT TAPE 8002 (CALLED TTPUT)
IF YOUR TGET/TPUT MACROS ARE NOT AT THIS LEVEL OR
HIGHER YOU'LL PROBABLY GET ASSEMBLE ERRORS IN QCOMMON.
BECAUSE OF PE CHAINS YOU MAY NOT HAVE ON THE ABOVE
PTF'S. IF YOU ARE AT A HIGHER LEVEL YOU MAY WANT TO
DELETE TGET AND TPUT FROM THE PDS IN THIS FILE. WE
HAVE BEEN RUNNING THIS CODE SINCE 6/10/80
*******************************************
* *
* SOME INSTALLATIONS HAVE HAD THE *
* FOLLOWING PROBLEM WITH QUE. IT ASSEMBLES *
* FINE BUT IT NEVER PUTS ANYTHING OUT TO *
* THE SCREEN. THE CIRCUMVENTION IS TO GET *
* THE TPUT AND TGET MACROS FROM PUT TAPE *
* 8007. *
* *
********************************************
---- QUEUE COMMAND --------------------------------------------
QUEUE SUBCOMMAND OPERAND DEFAULT Q STATUS*
Q CAN USE Q CKPT(DEVTYPE,VOLSER)
TO GET NONSTANDARD CHECKPOINT.
---- SYSTEM DISPLAYS ------------------------------------------
DA JOBS IN EXECUTION
DT DISPLAY TSO USERS
DS DISPLAY STARTED TASKS
DC (B/S/T) DISPLAY CPU BATCH/STC/TSO
STATUS (LEVEL) JOB STATUS. DEFAULT FOR STATUS
IS* (TSO ID).
---- INPUT QUEUE DISPLAYS -------------------------------------
DQ DISPLAY INPUT QUEUES
DI (CLASS) DISPLAY ALL INPUT JOBS
AI (CLASS) DISPLAY AVAILABLE JOBS
HI (CLASS) DISPLAY HELD JOBS
---- OUTPUT QUEUE DISPLAYS-------------------------------------
DF DISPLAY OUTPUT QUEUES
DO (CLASS) DISPLAY ALL OUTPUT JOBS
AO (CLASS) DISPLAY AVAILABLE OUTPUT
HO (CLASS) DISPLAY HELD OUTPUT
---- JOB MODIFICATION SUBCOMMANDS -----------------------------
CAN JOBNAME (PURGE) CANCEL FROM INPUT OR EXECUTION.
DELETE OUTPUT IF PURGE IS SPECIFIED
REQ JOBNAME CLASS CHANGE SYSOUT CLASS
DEL JOBNAME DELETE HELD OUTPUT
---- MISC SUBCOMMANDS -----------------------------------------
SLOG STC# SEQ LIST SYSTEM LOG. ST SYSLOG WILL GET STC#.
IF SEQ IS NOT SPECIFIED ZERO
IS ASSUMED (CURRENT).
FTIME HH.MM.SS POSITION SYSLOG TO TIME
H/HELP HELP
E/END EXIT
---- JOB RELATED SUBCOMMANDS ----------------------------------
DJ JOBNAME DISPLAY JOB
JCL JOBNAME LIST JOB JCL
JLOG JOBNAME LIST JOB LOG
JMSG JOBNAME LIST JOB MESSAGES
DD JOBNAME JES2 DD SUMMARY
LIST JOBNAME DSID LIST JES2 DATASET. OBTAIN DSID VALUES
BY USING THE DD SUBCOMMAND.
---- LIST RELATED SUBCOMMANDS ---------------------------------
FIND 'STRING' COL(SS,EE) FIND NEXT OCCURANCE OF 'STRING'
IN THE DATA.
FALL 'STRING' COL(SS,EE) FIND ALL OCCURANCES OF 'STRING'
IN THE DATA. STRING MUST BE IN QUOTES
COL DEFAULT IS ALL.
COL # POSITION TO COLUMN #
@ # POSITION TO RECORD #
D/+ # MOVE FORWARD # LINES
UP/- # MOVE BACKWARD # LINES
TOP TOP OF CURRENT DATASET
BOTTOM BOTTOM OF CURRENT DATASET
HF/HB # FORWARD/BACKWARD # HALF PAGES
PF/PB # FORWARD/BACKWARD # PAGES
DEFAULT VALUE FOR # IS 1.
SYNONYMS L-LIST F-FIND C-COLUMN
T-TOP B-BOTTOM
---------- LOGGING SUBCOMMANDS---------------------------------
SAVE DSNAME TYPE COPY DATASET
PRINT ON CLASS DEST OPEN SCREEN LOG
DEFAULT PRINT CLASS IS SYSOUT=A.
PRINT PRINT SCREEN
PRINT OFF CLOSE SCREEN LOG
-------------------------------
| PF1 | PF2 | PF3 | PROGRAM FUNCTION KEY
| HELP | DA | END | DEFINITIONS.
-------------------------------
| PF4 | PF5 | PF6 | TO SPECIFY OPERANDS FOR PF 5
| PRINT | FIND | DI | OR OPTIONALLY FOR PF 6,9,12
------------------------------- OR TO OVERRIDE DEFAULTS FOR
| PF7 | PF8 | PF9 | PF 4,7,8,10,11 KEY IN THE
| - 21 | + 21 | DO | VALUE AND PRESS THE KEY
-------------------------------
| PF10 | PF11 | PF12 |
| COL 1 | COL 41 | ST |
-------------------------------
IS FROM THE STATE OF WISCONSIN REGIONAL COMPUTING
CENTER AND CONTAINS SEVERAL OF THEIR LOCAL MODS AND
SUCH. SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $INDEX$ FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
IS FROM WISCONSIN STATE AND CONTAINS THE SCRIPT
DOCUMENTATION. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
IS FROM WISCONSIN STATE AND CONTAINS THE SCRIPT
LOAD MODULES. THIS FILE IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT
IS FROM WISCONSIN STATE AND CONTAINS THE SCRIPT
MACLIB. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
IS FROM WISCONSIN STATE AND CONTAINS THE SCRIPT
MEMO TO USERS. THIS FILE IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT
IS FROM WISCONSIN STATE AND CONTAINS THE SCRIPT
SOURCE. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
IS FROM WISCONSIN STATE AND CONTAINS THE SCRIPT
HYPHENATION FILE. THIS FILE IS IN IEBGENER FILE
RECFM=VB, LRECL=80, BLKSIZE=32720
IS FROM WISCONSIN STATE AND CONTAINS THE SCRIPT
OBJECT MODULES. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
IS FROM WISCONSIN STATE AND CONTAINS THE SCRIPT
TSO PROMPTER. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
IS A PROGRAM TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORY
BLOCKS IN A PDS WITHOUT HAVE TO DELETE ALL THE
MEMBERS IN THE PDS TO DO IT. THIS CODE WAS ORIGINALLY
ON AN OLD VERSION OF AN VS1 MODIFICATION TAPE,
IT WAS MODIFIED TO RUN AT CBT. WE RUN AT AN
MVS/SP1.3 LEVEL BUT THIS CODE SHOULD RUN AT JUST
ABOUT AN MVS LEVEL. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT. SEE BELOW FOR ADDITION INFORMATION ABOUT THE
CODE
********************************************
* *
* TO HAVE THIS PROGRAM WORK CORRECTLY YOU *
* MUST HAVE AT LEAST ONE MEMBER IN THE PDS *
* ELSE WHEN YOU ADD THE FIRST MEMBER THE *
* THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORY BLOCKS WILL GO *
* TO THE NUMBER THAT WAS ORIGINALLY SPECI- *
* FIED. THE DL1STAR IS NOT PROPERLY SET IF *
* THERE ARE NO MEMBERS IN THE PDS. *
********************************************
PROGRAM FUNCTION:
THIS PROGRAM WILL EXTEND THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORY BLOCKS
IN A PDS BY A 3 BYTE AMOUNT PASSED IN THE PARM FIELD ON
THE EXECUTE CARD. THIS SAVES THE SCRATCHING AND
REALLOCATING OF THE DATA SET.
METHOD OF OPERATION:
THE FORMAT 1 DSCB IS READ AND A CHECK IS MADE TO INSURE
PARTITIONED ORGANIZATION. THE FORMAT 4 DSCB IS READ
AND THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORY BLOCKS THAT CAN FIT ON A
TRACK IS STORED OFF. THE DIRECTORY IS READ, NUMBER OF
DIRECTORY BLOCKS IS COUNTED AND NOTE IS MADE OF END OF
DIRECTORY. THE END OF THE NEW DIRECTORY IS CALCU-
LATED AND ANY MEMBERS OF THE PDS THAT ARE IN THE NEW
DIRECTORY AREA ARE MOVED UNTIL THAT AREA IS CLEARED.
ALIASES ARE NOTED AND A STOW REPLACE IS DONE FOR THEM
ALSO. ALL LOAD MODULES THAT HAVE A NOTE LIST ARE
READJUSTED TO REFLECT THEIR NEW LOCATION IN THE PDS.
THE DIRECTORY IS NOW EXTENDED BY THE NUMBER OF BLOCKS
SPECIFIED.
NOTE:
AT THIS TIME THERE IS NO SUPPORT FOR UPDATING A
SCATTER TRANSLATE TABLE IN A MOVED MEMBER IF THAT
MEMBER WAS LINK-EDITED WITH THE SCATTER LOAD ATTRIBUTE
(I.E. IEANUC01).
JCL REQUIRED FOR EXECUTION
JOB STATEMENT----------INSTALLATION JOB CARD
EXEC STATEMENT---------SPECIFIES PROGRAM TO BE
EXECUTED. PARM FIELD
MUST BE A THREE-BYTE
NUMBER IN PRINTABLE
FORMAT GIVING THE NUMBER
OF DIRECTORY BLOCKS TO BE
ADDED TO THE PDS BEING
EXPANDED.
SYSPRINT DD STATEMENT--USED TO WRITE OUT
PROGRAM MESSAGES,
INCLUDING ERRORS MESSAGES
CBT1327A DD STATEMENT--FURNISHES INFORMATION
CONCERNING THE DATSET
WHOSE DIRECTORY IS TO BE
EXPANDED.
IS A SYSTEM FROM ARAMACO TO DESIGN 3270 FULL SCREEN
DISPLAYS FOR USE IN PL/I PROGRAMS. IT WILL GENERATE
THE NECESSARY PL/I DECLARE STATEMENTS TO PRODUCE THE
SCREENS. THE OUTPUT IS DESIGNED TO BE INCLUDED IN A
PL/I PROGRAM. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
IS DOCUMENTATION FOR THE SYSTEM CONTAINED IN FILE
289 OF THIS TAPE AND IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT
IS MORE DOCUMENTATION FOR THE SYSTEM CONTAINED IN
289 OF THIS TAPE AND IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT
IS A TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR CALLED NEWS FROM ARAMCO,
AND UPDATED BY DAVE THEWLIS OF KAISER.
THIS CP WILL DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATE A DATASET
WHICH CONTAINS NEWS/BROADCAST INFORMATION ABOUT
ONE'S INSTALLATION. SEE FILE 293 FOR A COPY
OF WHAT CBT CURRENTLY USES. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT AND ALSO CONTAINS THE HELP MEMBER FOR
THE COMMAND. SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $DOC FOR MORE INFO
IS A COPY OF CBT'S NEWS DATA SET THAT IS ACCESSED
BY THE TSO CP IN FILE 292 OF THIS TAPE. THIS FILE
IS RECFM=VB,LRECL=255,BLKSIZE=32644. THE ONLY
DOCUMENTATION FOR THIS IS IN THE CODE ITSELF (SEE
FILE 292) AND THE FIRST FEW LINES OF THIS FILE
CONTAINS THE THE SOURCE FOR THE TSO CP CALLED VSAMANAL*
THE LOAD MODULES FOR THIS PROGRAM RESIDE IN FILE 035
OF THIS TAPE.
THE VSAMANAL TSO CP IS USED TO PROVIDE THE USER WITH
A METHOD OF DETERMINING HOW MUCH PHYSICAL SPACE A
DATASET WILL REQUIRE IT CAN ALSO BE USED TO DETERMINE
AN OPTIMUM DATA CI-SIZE, CI AND CA FREESPACE PERCENT-
AGES BASED ON FREE RECORD VALUES, TRACK UTILIZATION
PERCENTAGES, AND OTHER VSAM DATASET STATISTICS THAT
ARE HELPFUL WHEN DEFINING A NEW DATASET OR ANALYSING
EXISTING DATASET DEFINITIONS. VSAMANAL USES 3270
THE DEVICES CURRENTLY SUPPORTED ARE 3350'S AND 3330'S
AND 3380'S .
IS CODE THAT WILL LOAD THE RESIDENT PFK AREA FROM CARD*
IMAGE INPUT. THE OPERATORS MAY MAKE THE CHANGES
PERMANENT AND UPDATE SYS1.DCMLIB BY MEARLY UPDATING
ANY PFK. THIS WILL CAUSE THE IEEPKFEY MEMBER TO
BE REWRITTEN WITH ALL PFK'S.
THIS PROGRAM WAS RECEIVED FROM THE AUTO CLUB OF
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA AND MAY BE RUN AS IS UNDER MVS
OR VS1.
NOTE -- THIS PROGRAM MUST RUN AUTHORIZED OR KEY
ZERO.
** SOMETIMES THIS PGM WILL ABEND WITH A 30A-2 WHEN IT
HAS BLOCKED INPUT - BUT DON'T WORRY ALL IS OKAY. IT
ABENDS WHEN IT GOES TO CLOSE SYSIN **
IS A SERIES OF UTILITES FROM MR BRUCE LELAND . THIS
FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS:
01. DSAT- THE DSAT COMMAND IS USED TO DISPLAY
ALLOCATION INFORMATION FOR DATA SETS
ON A DIRECT ACCESS DEVICE.
DSAT WILL SEARCH THE OS CATALOG AND
CVOLS FOR THE ENTRIES FOR THE DATA
SETS SPECIFIED. ALLOCATION
INFORMATION WILL BE OBTAINED FROM THE
VOLUME TABLE OF CONTENTS, FORMATTED
AND DISPLAYED. IF A NAME IS AN INDEX
NAME, ALL DATA SETS BELOW THE INDEX
WILL BE DISPLAYED.
THE USER MAY BYPASS THE CATALOG
SEARCH BY SUPPLYING THE VOLUME SERIAL
ON WHICH THE DATA SET RESIDES. THIS
OPTION PERMITS DISPLAYING INFORMATION
FOR UNCATALOGED DATA SETS.
THE ATTRIBUTES TO BE DISPLAYED MAY BE
SELECTED BY THE USER WHEN HE ENTERS
THE DSAT COMMAND BY SPECIFYING
KEYWORD OPERANDS.
THE DSAT COMMAND MAY BE USED IN
COMMAND PROCEDURES TO FIND THE
ALLOCATION OF A DATA SET OR A GROUP
OF DATA SETS AND SET THE RETURN CODE
TO THE SPECIFIED VALUE. THE RETURN
CODE MAY THEN BE TESTED WITH THE WHEN
COMMAND. OUTPUT MAY BE SUPPRESSED BY
SPECIFYING NOPRINT.
THE USER MAY CHOOSE WHAT INFORMATION
WILL BE DISPLAYED BY ENTERING
KEYWORDS.
THE INFORMATION THAT MAY BE DISPLAYED IS:
1. VOLUME SERIAL ON WHICH THE DATA SET IS LOCATED.
2. FILE SEQUENCE NUMBER.
3. DEVICE TYPE CODE FROM CATALOG ENTRY.
4. ALLOCATION (ALLOCATED, USED, AND EXTENTS).
5. SECONDARY ALLOCATION (AMOUNT AND UNITS).
6. DATA SET ORGANIZATION.
7. DCB (RECFM, BLKSIZE, AND LRECL).
8. CREATION DATE.
9. EXPIRATION DATE.
10. FULLY QUALIFIED DATA SET NAME.
11. CCHHR OF THE FORMAT 1 DSCB.
12. GENERATION DATA GROUP DATA.
13. PDS DIRECTORY INFORMATION.
02. DVOL- THE DVOL COMMAND IS USED TO DISPLAY
THE AMOUNT OF OF FREE SPACE ON A
DIRECT ACCESS DEVICE.
DVOL WILL READ THE FORMAT 4 AND
FORMAT 5 DSCB'S FROM THE VTOC OF A
DIRECT ACCESS VOLUME AND DISPLAY:
1. VOLUME SERIAL
2. UNIT ADDRESS
3. MOUNT STATUS
4. USE STATUS
5. NUMBER OF BLANK DSCB'S IN THE VTOC
6. CONDITION OF THE VTOC INDICATORS BYTE
7. VSAM DATA FIELDS
8. TOTAL FREE SPACE IN TRACKS
9. NUMBER OF FREE EXTENTS
10. NUMBER OF FREE CYLINDERS
11. SIZE OF LARGEST EXTENTS (UP TO 5) IN
CYLINDERS + TRACKS
12. SIZE OF LARGEST EXTENTS (UP TO 5) IN TRACKS
THE RETURN CODE IS SET TO THE TOTAL
NUMBER OF TRACKS IN THE LARGEST
EXTENTS (UP TO 5) UP TO A MAXIMUM OF
4095. IF THE NUMBER OF FREE TRACKS
EXCEEDS 4095, THE RETURN CODE WILL
BE SET TO 4095. IF MORE THAN ONE
VOLUME IS DISPLAYED, THE RETURN CODE
WILL BE REFER TO THE SPACE ON THE
LAST VOLUME. IF AN ERROR CONDITION
EXISTS ON THE VOLUME, THE RETURN
CODE WILL BE SET TO 0.
NOTE - IF AN ERROR CONDITION EXISTS
ON THE VOLUME, THE RETURN
CODE WILL BE SET TO 0.
03. RESET - PERFORMS THE EQUIVALENT OF A DATASET
SCRATCH FOLLOWED BY A REALLOCATION IN
THE SAME SPACE FOR A PDS. THE NUMBER
OF DIRECTORY BLOCKS CAN BE CHANGED VIA
THE PROGRAM PARM
04. BLKDISK - SEE BELOW FOR A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION:
DESCRIPTION: THIS PROGRAM COMPUTES AN "OPTIMAL"
BLOCKSIZE FOR A DISK OR DRUM DATA SET GIVEN THE
LOGICAL RECORD LENGTH. INPUTS INCLUDE THE LRECL
AND OPTIONALLY ANY OF THE FOLLOWING:
A. A KEY LENGTH (ZERO, FOR NO KEY, IS THE
DEFAULT) B. THE NUMBER OF RECORDS IN THE DATA
SET (USED FOR AN
ALLOCATION COMPUTATION -- 100,000 IS THE DEFAULT)
C. THE BLOCKSIZE TO USE FOR THE ALLOCATION
COMPUTATION (THE RECOMMENDED BLOCKSIZE VALUE
IS THE DEFAULT)
D. WHETHER OR NOT TO PROVIDE A TRACK CAPACITY
REPORT E. WHETHER OR NOT TO VERIFY RESULTS
AGAINST "TRKCALC"
SUPPORTED DEVICES: THE NAME BY WHICH THIS COMMAND
PROCESSOR IS INVOKED DETERMINES THE DEVICE TYPE
TO BE USED.
THE FIRST THREE CHARACTERS OF THE COMMAND NAME
(USUALLY "BLK") ARE IGNORED; THE REMAINING FOUR
OR FIVE CHARACTERS ARE COMPARED AGAINST A TABLE
OF SUPPORTED DEVICES IN THE PROGRAM. THE VALID
ALIAS NAMES FOR THE PROGRAM INCLUDE THE
FOLLOWING:
A. BLK23051 (FOR 2305-1 DRUMS)
B. BLK23052 (FOR 2305-2 DRUMS)
C. BLK2314 (FOR 2314 DISKS)
D. BLK3330 (FOR 3330 DISKS)
E. BLK33301 (FOR 3330 MODEL 11 DISKS)
F. BLK3340 (FOR 3340 DISKS)
G. BLK3350 (FOR 3350 DISKS)
H. BLK3375 (FOR 3375 DISKS)
THE MVS SP 1.1 TRKCALC
DOES NOT SUPPORT 3375'S.
I. BLK3380 (FOR 3380 DISKS)
05. REVIEW - A FULL SCREEN LIST TSO CP (MODIFIED FROM
THE AIRFORCE VERSION IN FILE 300 OF THIS TAPE)
06. HEL - A FULL SCREEN HELP FACILITY SEE THE
SOURCE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
07. XEQ - A COMMAND PROCESSOR THAT IS DESIGNED TO
LOAD AND EXECUTE (ATTACH) A PROGRAM IN ONE OF THE
SYSTEM LINK LIBRARIES OR A USER LIBRARY (TASKLIB)
08 COMPARE - A SLIGHTLY MODIFIED VERSION OF THE YALE
COMPARE PROGRAM
IS A COPY OF LSPACE AND VTOC FOR MVS XA FROM MR BEN
MOORE OF FEDERAL EXPRESS . THIS CODE WILL ONLY RUN
ON AN MVS XA SYSTEM . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT
CONTAINS A UCBZAP PROGRAM FROM GERMANY. THIS PROGRAM
MAY BE USED TO CHANGE THE ONLINE/OFFLINE CHARACTER-
ISTICS OF UNITS AFTER SYSTEN. THIS IS DONE BY
GENERATING IMASPZAP CONTROL CARDS AND SUPERZAPPING THE
UCB ONLINE FLAG BIT IN THE GENNED NUCLEUS
CONTAINS THE SOURCE FOR THE TAPEMAP PROGRAM FROM DAVE
COLE AT COMNET . THIS VERSION IS A COMPILATION OF THE
ORIGINAL CODE FROM UCLA (THAT USED TO BE IN FILE 149)
AND THE MODIFIED CODE THAT USED TO BE IN FILE 316
FROM THE AIRFORCE AND SOME ADDITIONAL CHANGES FROM
COMNET.
THIS PROGRAM WILL PROVIDE SPECIAL INFORMATION
FOR TAPE FILES CREATED BY IEBCOPY, IEHMOVE,
IEBISAM, OR IEHDASDR. IN ADDITION, IF A FILE
CONTAINS AN IEBUPDTE INPUT STREAM, THE MEMBERS
IN THE STREAM WILL BE LISTED.
CONTAINS SEVERAL TSO CP'S AND THEIR HELP DATASETS.
THIS CODE IS FROM JIM MARSHALL OF THE U.S. AIRFORCE
IN WASHINGTON D.C. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT. BELOW IS A SUMMARY OF SOME OF THE TSO CP'S
INCLUDED IN THIS FILE
THE PHONE NUMBER OF JIM MARSHALL HAS BEEN CHANGED TO
(512) 828-0201 OR (512) 828-0334 . THE NUMBER IN THE
FILE IS INCORRECT
IF IT APPEARS YOU ARE MISSING SUFF ALSO CHECK AS IT
MAY RESIDE IN FILE 316 OF THIS TAPE
$$MACROX MACRO XREF SYSTEM
$DI - OPERATOR LIKE $DI COMMAND.
ABEND# - NOT A COMMAND BUT A HELP ENTRY FOR ABEND
CODES AND SOME OF THE COMMON REASONS
YOU MAY GET THEM. UPDATED FOR MVS.
ASK - CLIST USE CMD TO ASK A QUESTION AND GET A
YES OR NO BACK THUS SETTING A RETURN CODE.
(WAS AROUND IN MY MVT DAYS AND IS
OBSOLETE WITH MVS CLIST LANGUAGE)
ASMG - DO ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE COMPILES INTERACTIVE.
ASSEM. G AND IS SIMILIAR TO ONE IN THIS FILE
FOR ASSEM. H BOTH SHOULD WORK FOR OS/MVT
AND OS/MVT.
ASMH - DO ASSEMBLY LANG COMPILES INTERATIVE. YOU CAN
GET THE IBM PROD WHICH IS SUPERIOR, THIS IS
FREE. WE HAVE A 'SYS2.MACLIB' DEFINED IN THIS
ONE FOR USERS GENERALLY HAVING A USER MACLIB.
ASMHNOX - ZAP TO THE IBM P.P. ASSEMBLER H TO FIX
A BUG SAYING 'NOXREF' YOU GET 'XREF(FULL)'.
PTF LEVEL-21 MADE XREF DEFAULT TO XREF(FULL)
AND INTRODUCED THE ERROR DESCRIBED ABOVE.
NOTE: ASSEMBLER H IS CLASS C.
ASMF - DO ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE COMPILES INTERATIVE.
YOU CAN GET THE IBM PRODUCT WHICH IS SUPERIOR,
BUT THIS ONE IS FREE. HAVE A 'SYS2.MACLIB'
DEFINED IN THIS ONE FOR USERS GENERALLY
HAVING A USER MACLIB. THIS ONE UTILITIZES THE
ASMXF(IFOX00) NOTE THAT THE SOURCE FOR THIS IS
THE ASMH PROMPTER WITH SOME SYSPARMS CHANGED.
CALC - TSO CALCULATOR PROGRAM. HAS 1 ACCUMULATOR AND
9 REGISTERS, ALSO CAN DO FUNCTIONS LIKE SIN,
COS, ETC, OR DEFINE YOUR OWN. ( PLI-OPT )
COBOLCHK - AFDSC DEVELOPED CHEAP COBOL PROMPTER. COBOL
COMPILES(COBOLVS) INSIDE TSO, ONLY GIVING ERRS
AT THE TERMINAL. USES 'SYNTAX' OPT OF COMPILER
AND IS GREAT FOR ASYNCH SLOW SPEED TERMINALS.
CDSCB - ZAP FORMAT-1 DSCB OF DATASETS ON THE FLY.
USEFUL FOR SYSTEM TYPES !!!!
COMPARE - COMPARE 2 FILES IN THE FOREGROUND. BASED ON
YALE UNIV COMPARE PROGRAM. OPTIONALLY YOU CAN
ASK FOR IBM'S IEBCOMPR UTILITY PGM INSTEAD.
MODIFIED YALE'S PGM AND CALLED IT COMPAREB.
COMPRESS - COMPRESS A PDS IN FOREGROUND.
CONCAT - CONCAT 2-9 FILES TOGETHER. TRUE MVS ALLOC CMD
CAN DO IT, BUT WE RUN PROGRAM CONTROL FACILITY
(PCF) THUS IF A CUSTOMER FREES A FILE THAT
IS SYS1 THEN THEY CAN NOT ALLOCATE IT BACK.
COPYPDS - COPIES A PDS TO ANOTHER PDS. ALLOWS YOU TO
COPY MEMBERS WITH A SELECT STATEMENT. UNLIKE
THE TSO CMD UTIL 'COPY' YOU CAN COPY MEMBERS
CAN INCLUDE THE ALIAS FOR THE MEMBER.
COPYSDS - COPY ONE SEQUENTIAL DATASET TO ANOTHER
SEQUENTIAL DATASET.
COUNT - COUNT THE NUMBER OF RECORDS IN A FILE.
CPSCB - CHANGE YOUR PROTECTED STEP CONTROL BLOCK
(PSCB) ON THE FLY TO GIVE YOURSELF THINGS
LIKE MOUNT AUTHORITY ETC.SHOULD PROBABLY
RESTRICT THIS TO SYSTEMS ONLY.
DA - DISPLAY ACTIVE COMMAND TO GIVE THE USERS
PICTURE OF THE SYSTEM. THEY LIKE TO
SEE HOW MUCH TIME THE JOB HAS !!!!
DATE - GIVES THE DATE AND TIME FROM THE SYSTEM.
DD - SHORT FORM OF ALLOCATE FOR AN EXISTING
FILE. IT IS FASTER THAN ALLOCATE.
UPDATE TO LET YOU ALLOCATE A NEW FILE ALSO.
DECONCAT - REVERSE OF THE CONCAT COMMAND.
DELAY - SPECIFY A NUMBER OF SECONDS AND
HAVE YOU WAIT THAT LONG.
DEX - TSO HEXIDECMAL CALCULATOR PROGRAM.
DISPLAY - SHOWS CONTROL BLOCKS LIKE THE UCB ETC.
DLXAUTHC - THIS CMD IS FROM MIKE LOOS, DELUXE CHECK
PRINTERS. IT WILL ISSUE THE COMMAND PASSED
TO TO IT AFTER SETTING THE JSCBAUTH BIT ON.
WHEN THE COMMAND COMPLETES THE JSCBAUTH
BIT WILL BE SET OFF. THE JSCB TAMPERING IS
DONE IN A USER SVC(YOUR OWN). YOU MUST
REPLACE THE USERSVC MACRO WITH YOUR OWN
INTEGRITY VIOLATION. THIS COMMAND IS ESP-
CIALLY USEFULE FOR ENTERING RACF COMMANDS
FROM ISPF DIALOGS. FOR EXAMPLE:
DLXAUTHC LISTDSD DA('DSN1.EXAMPLE') ALL
DOPROG - GIVES THE USER THE 'CALL' COMMAND
FUNCTION BY ATTACHING A PROGRAM.
DUDASD - OPERATOR LIKE D U,DASD COMMAND.
DUSER - SHOW THE USERIDS CURRENTLY LOGGED ON TSO.
EDAIR30 - SUBPROGRAM. AN ENHANCED VERSION OF IKJDAIR
FOR ALLOCATING A SYSOUT DATASET.
ERROR# - NOT A COMMAND BUT A HELP ENTRY FOR RETURN
CODE YOU CAN GET FROM DAIR ALLOCATION.
UPDATED FOR MVS.
FREEALL - MVS VERSION OF THE FAMOUS 'FREEALL'
CMD TO FREE DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATED DATASETS.
AFDSC MODIFIED TO FREE ALL DATASETS WHICH:
A. HAVE BEEN DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATED.
B. ARE NOT CURRENTLY IN USE.
C. ARE NOT CURRENTLY OPEN.
D. ARE NOT ALLOCATED TO DDNAME=SYSPROC.
FINDFILE - DISPLAYS WHERE A DATASET IS CATALOGUED
AND LISTS ALL MOUNTED DASD ON WHICH THE
DATASET RESIDES. NOTE: FOUND ON CBT TAPE AS
'LOCDSN', TO ME 'FINDFILE' MORE DESCRIPTIVE.
FORTP - DO FORTRAN G1 COMPILES INTERACTIVELY.
LOOK AT THE JCL INSTALL, IT IS SLICK AND NOT
JUST A SIMPLE COMPILE, LINKEDIT. IT IS NOT
COMPLICATED, BUT YOU USE THE SAME SOURCE CODE
WITH SYSPARM OPTIONS TO COMPILE 2 MODULES.
FORTX - DO FORT X (EXTENDED) COMPILES INTERACTIVELY.
IS FORT PRODUCT SUPERIOR BUT THIS IS FREE.
IKJEBMA9 - EXAMPLE OF THE MVS EDIT SUB-COMMAND TABLE &
WHAT YOU CAN MAKE VALID SUB-COMMANDS. HAS ALL
THE AFDSC SUB-COMMANDS OF EDIT IN THE TABLE.
IKJEFF10 - AFDSC IPO BASED TSO SUBMIT EXIT.
THIS IS RELATIVELY SIMPLE. FORCES THE
FOLLOWING RESTRICTION ON A TSOUSER
1. JOBNAME ON SUBMITTED JOB CARD
MUST BE USERID PLUS ONE CHARACTER.
2. PROGRAMMER NAME FIELD (8 OR LESS CHAR) IN
IN UADS MUST MATCH PROGRAMMER NAME
(8 OR LESS ON JOB CARD).
IKJEFF53 - AFDSC IPO BASED TSO 'STATUS/OUTPUT/CANCEL'
EXIT THERE IS A LOT OF POSSIBILITIES IN CODE.
IKJE9CT - 'COUNT'. AFDSC DEVELOPED EDIT SUBCMD TO GIVE
THE NO OF RECORDS YOU ARE CURRENTLY EDITING.
IKJE9CX - 'CHANGEX' AFDSC DEVELOPED SUBCOMMAND OF
EDIT. PERFORMS THE SAME FUNCTION AS CHANGE
BUT USES HEX STRINGS.
IKJE9DU - 'DUP' AFDSC DEVELOPED EIDT SUBCMD. PERFORMS
SIMILIAR FUNCTION AS SPF REPEAT BUT ONLY ON 1
LINE. CAN REPEAT EXISTING LINE OR MAKE A COPY
OF AN EXISTING LINE ELSEWHERE AND REPEAT IT.
IKJE9FX - 'FINDX'. AFDSC DEVELOPED EDIT SUBCMD TO DO
A FIND BUT ABLE TO SPECIFY A HEX CHAR STRING.
IKJE9OF - 'OFFLINE'. AFDSC EDIT SUBCMD TO 'SPINOFF' TO
PRT THE FILE YOU ARE CURRENTLY EDITING (ARE
NOT REQUIRED TO SAVE 1ST). CAN 'DEST' TO
RMTS, ETC. SEE THE HELP FOR SPECIFICS
IKJE9LT - 'LISTTABS'. FOUND BY AFDSC. BACK FROM MVT
DAYS, CONVERTED BY BOB HANSEN (SEC) TO RUN IN
MVS. LISTS YOUR CURRENT EDIT TABS FOR YOU.
IKJE9LX - 'LISTX'. AFDSC DEVELOPED SUBCMD OF
EDIT TO DISPLAY TO YOUR TERMINAL, LINES
OF A DATASET BEING EDIT'D IN HEX FORMAT.
IKJE9NA - 'NAME'. AFDSC DEVELOPED SUBCMD OF
EDIT TO TELL THE NAME OF THE FILE OR
MEMBER OF PDS YOU'RE CURRENTLY EDITING.
IT'S EMBARASSING IF YOU FORGET.
IKJE9PT - 'PUT'. AFDSC DEVELOPED SUBCMD OF EDIT TO
PUT CHARACTER STRINGS IN CERTAIN COLUMNS.
NICE FOR USERS OF ASYNC TERMINALS
WHO DO NOT HAVE SPF.
IKJE9SP - 'SPOT'. AFDSC DEVELOPED EDIT SUBCMD TO SPOT
CHARACTER STRINGS IN DATA. AGAIN NICE FOR
ASYNCH TERMINALS WHO DO NOT HAVE SPF.
CONTAINS A SELECT & EXCLUDE FUNCTION
FOR DELETION OF RECS THAT A FIT PATTERN.
SEE THE HELP ENTRY FOR MORE DETAILS.
IKJE9SS - 'SAVESHR'. AFDSC DEVELOPED EDIT SUBCMD TO
ALLOW A SAVE WITH DISP=SHR. EDIT HAS NASTY
HABIT OF TRYING TO GET A DISP=OLD WHEN YOU
SAVE; THUSIF YOU NEED TO SAVE SOMETHING
INTO A FILE ATED ALL THE TIME,
TOUGH !!!!! NOTE - APAR AZ57430 APPLIED
IKJT9$ - UPDATE SUBCMD TABLE OF TEST FOR
FOLLOWING SUBCMDS
IKJT9FI - 'FIND' SUBCOMMAND OF THE TSO TEST CMD.
IKJT9LB - 'LIST BREAKPOINTS' SUBCMD OF TSO TEST CMD.
IKJT9LI - 'LIST' SUBCMD (2ND LOAD) OF TSO TEST CMD.
INFOSYS - TSO CMD, EXECUTE THE IBM PRODUCT 'INFOSYS'.
INSTREAM - AFDSC DEVELOPED COMMAND TO BE USED IN CLIST
PUT CONTROL CARDS INSIDE OF CLISTS. CAN
BE USER INPUT FROM THE TERMINAL. VERY NICE.
IO - LIST IO COUNTS FOR EACH FILE IN YOUR
TSO SESSION.
JULIAN - RETRIEVE THE DATE AND GREGORIAN DAY
FROM THE SYSTEM. ALSO CAN RETURN THE
SAME INFO FOR ANY YEAR AND DAY.
KOMM - USED IN CLISTS FOR FORMATTING DISPLAYS IN
FULL SCREEN SUPPORT ON 3270 TYPE TERMINALS.
LASTCC# - NOT A TSO COMMAND, BUT A HELP ENTRY OF
LIST OF ERROR CODES THAT CAN OCCUR IN
A CMD PROCEDURE (CLIST) INFO WAS COPIED
FROM MANUAL GC28-0646, TSO CMD LANG REF.
LASTIPL - DISPLAY THE JULIAN, GREGORIAN, AND
CALENDAR DATE PLUS THE TIME IN HH.MM THAT
YOUR SYSTEM WAS LAST IPL'ED. OPERATORS
DO ALWAYS TELL YOU TRUE STORIES ????
LISTCDS - LIST THE SMP CDS FILE ( SYS1.SMPCDS ).
LISTLPA - LIST ATTRIBUTES OF MEMBERS OF LPALIB.
LISTSPC - LIST SPACE ATTRIBUTES OF A FILE ON DASD.
LM - LIST MEMBER NAMES OF A DIRECTORY OF PDS.
LPSCB - LIST YOUR PSCB (PROTECTED STEP CONTROL BLK).
MEMBER - SCAN A LIBRARY FOR A MEMBER. CAN BE USED
TO RUN THE LINK LIST FOR FIRST OCCURRANCE
OF THAT MEMBER, WILL ALSO DISPLAY LKED
ATTRIBUTES, CSECT, IDR DATA, LINK LIST LIB
NUMBER. SHOWS SPF STATS FOR SOURCE DATA.
NEWISPF - FOUND A TSO CMD ON MODS TAPE USED WITH NEW
ISPF/PDF PRODUCT TO GET YOU INTO THE PDF
WITH THE CLIST. BUT IT USED THE USERS
PREFIX INSTEAD OF THE USERID. MADE SOME
MINOR CHANGES TO IT AND CHANGED NAME FROM
'PDF' TO 'NEWISPF'.
OPERA - ALLOWS CONSOLE COMMANDS (EXCEPT JES2)
TO BE ENTERED FROM YOUR TSO TERMINAL.
USER MUST HAVE OPERATOR AUTHORITY.
OUTPRINT - PRINTS A DATASET CREATED BY THE TSO
'OUTPUT' CMD, BUT YOU WILL GET
PROPER CARRIAGE CONTROL. SEE DOCUMENTATION
IN THE CODE FOR ALL THE FINE POINTS
PLIF - PL1/F LEVEL PROMPTER. HAVE NOT TRIED IT
BECAUSE WE DO NOT RUN PL1/F.
SO YOU ARE ON YOUR OWN.
POF - TSO CMD TO LET YOU DO VTAM COMMANDS FROM
YOUR TSO TERMINAL. BRIAN SCOTT, US POST
SERVICE, TOPEKA, KA. SENT ME THIS ONE.
VERY EASY TO INSTALL. SEE THE CODE FOR SOME
AUTHORITY CHECKING AND PASSWORD FOR THE
VTAM ACB.
PPXIT - TEST YOU PREPROMPT EXIT (IKJEFLD) WITH THIS
ROUTINE LOGON JUST AS IF YOU WOULD EXCEPT
INSTEAD OF 'LOGON USER' YOU SAY 'PPXIT USER'.
HE WILL GIVE YOU ALL THE MSGS AND IF YOU
ABEND, AUTOMATICALLY GO INTO TEST FOR
DEBUGGING. SEE COMMENTS IN CODE
PRINTOFF - AFDSC MODIFIED CMD. IT HAS 'ASA' ADDED TO
ALLOW PRINTER TO USE 'ASA' CARRIAGE CONTROL
EVEN IF IT WAS NOT IN THE DCB OF THE FILE
TO BE PRINTED INCLUDES THE 'GTE' MODS FOR FCB
SUPPORT, ETC. CORRECTED 7 CHARACTER DEST CODE
LIMIT.AT SADSC I FIXED THE LIMITATION OF ONLY
HAVING 7 CHARACTER DESTID'S FOR JES2. NOT
COOL, BOOK SAYS YOU CAN HAVE 8 CHARACTERS.
PUNCH - PUNCH A CARD DECK. HAS THE OPTION TO
HOLD THE OUTPUT FOR REVIEW
BEFORE YOU LET IT GO TO BE PUNCHED.
QCB - REPLACEMENT FOR WHOHAS CMD. MORE POWERFUL.
MAY NEED TO BE REWORKED FOR MVS/SP1.3.
QLIST - AFDSC DEVELOPED COMMAND TO DO MOST OF ALL
THE IBM TSO DATA UTILITY 'LIST' DOES BUT IN
SOME AREAS IT IS FASTER AND MORE EFFICIENT.
RACFALT - THIS PROGRAM IS FROM MIKE LOOS, DELUXE CHK
PRINTERS. IT WILL GENERATE A CLIST TO
CHANGE THE VOLUME SERIAL NUMBERS IN RACF
PROFILES OF ALL NONVSAM DATASETS ON A
SPECIFIC VOLUME.
RACFCLST - THIS PROGRAM IS FROM MIKE LOOS, DELUXE CHK
PRINTERS. IT WILL GENERATE A CLIST TO
REDEFINE (VIA RACF CMDS DELSD, ADDSD, AND
PERMIT) FOR ALL DATASETS ON A SPECIFIED
VOLUME. DUE TO USE OF RACF INTERNAL MACROS
THIS PROGRAM MUST BE RUN AUTHORIZED. IF
SYSIN IS PRESENT, YOU CAN INCLUDE CMDS TO
SELECT BY DATASET GROUP ON A VOLUME AND/OR
DATASET NAME WITH OR WITHOUT VOLUME SPEC-
ICATION. WARNING: IF SYSIN IS PRESENT AND
DUMMIED OUT OR EMPTY THEN A NULL CLIST
WILL BE CREATED.
REVIEW - FULL SCREEN BROWSE, 3270 TYPE TERMINALS. ANY
RESEMBLANCE TO SPF 0 BROWSE FUNCT IS PURELY
A CHANCE OF FATE. THERE ARE SOME BUGS IF YOU
TRY TO BROWSE SMF FILES ( VARIABLE LENGTH
RECS) BUT SHOULD BE FINE FOR SANE THINGS
LIKE PDS'S AND SOURCE. SMF CODE HAS BEEN
BEEN EXPANDED AND 'FINDSMF' SUBCMD ADDED.
REVSMF - SUBROUTINE NEEDED BY REVIEW WHEN
LOOKING AT SMFDATA.
RLSE - AFDSC MODIFIED CMD. WILL RELEASE SPACEOUT OF
A PDS OR SEQUENTIAL FILE. PREVIOUS VERSIONS
RELEASED ALL THE SPACE. OURS WILL ALLOW
YOU TO RELEASE DOWN TO THE PRIMARY EXTENT OR
OR SPECIFY THE AMOUNT TO BE RELEASED.
SCRATCH - SCRATCH A DSN AND NOT GO THROUGH CATALOG.
SHELP - OBTAIN SUB-COMMAND HELPS FOR COMMANDS WITHOUT
ACTUALLY BEING IN THAT COMMAND.
SHOWDS - AFDSC DEVELOPED COMMAND. DISPLAYS THE
DATASETS ATTRIBUTES AND SPACE ALLOCATION.
SHOWSPC - SHOW THE SPACE ALLOCATION FOR DATASETS ON
A DISK. CAN MASK FOR THE NAMES.
LOOK AT IT FOR ALL CAPABILITIES.
SHOWSS - DISPLAYS THE SUBSYSTEM VECTOR TABLE AND IF A
SUBSYSTEM IS CURRENTLY ACTIVE. OPTIONALLY YOU
CAN RESET THE ADDRESS TO ZERO'S IN CASE THE
SUBSYSTEM HAS ABENDED AND HAS NOT RESET THE
ADDRESS TO ZERO'S. ZERO CAPABILITY
IS USED THEN YOU MUST BE AUTHORIZED.
SOLICIT - MAKE YOUR 3270 TYPE TERMINAL LOOK LIKE
IT WAS LOGGED OFF AND BACK TO 'NETSOL'.
THINK OF YOUR OWN USES FOR THIS ONE.
SPFCOPY - INVOKER OF IEBCOPY INTERACTIVELY UNDER 'SPF'
OR 'ISPF' MENU 3.1 IEBCOPY MUST
BE AUTHORIZED AND SPF IS NOT. (PROBLEMS)
SPFSVC - SVC TO ALLOW ISPF/PDF MENU 3.1 COMPRESS.
SPZAP - TSO CP TO INVOKE 'AMASPZAP'
SUBMITX - SUB FROM TSO JOB TO SECONDARY JES2. YES,
IBM SAYS YOU CAN'T DO IT, BILL GODFREY, PRC
CORP HAS IT WORKING. INCLUDED IN THIS CMD
ARE ALIASES OF OUTPUTX, STATUSX, AND CANCELX.
PLSE READ COMMENTS IN THE BEGINNING OF CODE
FOR SOME POINTS OF INTEREST. SEE THE SRC FILE
FOR MEMBER CALLED JESXRDR FOR SUBMITING FROM
AN INTRDR TO A SECONDARY JES2. THIS ALL NEEDS
SOME REFINEMENT BUT IT WORKS SO FAR.
SYSOUT99 - SUBPROGRAM. ALLOCATES A SYSOUT DATASET.
SYSTEM - DISPLAY THE SYSTEM RELEASE, CPU ID, MAIN
STORAGE AMOUNT ONLINE & WHEN SYSTEM IPL'D.
S99DAIR - SUBPROGRAM. ENHANCED VERSION OF IKJDAIR
FOR ALLOCATING '0008' (DSNAME),
'001C' (TERMINAL), AND '0030' (SYSOUT).
TPRINT - DISPLAYS A MSG FROM A CLIST AT A TERMINAL.
OBSLETE IN MVS TSO BUT IT WORKS AND IS FAST.
TO - SHORTHAND WAY OF DOING TSO SEND CMD. DON'T
HAVE WORRY ABOUT QUOTES. EX AS FOLLOWS:
TO TSOUSER WE AIN'T DUMMIES, LET'S QUIT
UADS - LIST A UADS ENTRY LEAVING OUT PASSWORD.
GOOD FOR TECH SUPPORT PEOPLE.
NOTE: MUST BE ABLE TO HAVE
'SYS1.UADS' ALLOCATION PRIVILEDGES THOUGH.
UNITS - TSO CMD DISPLAYS UNIT NAMES IN DEVICE NAME
TABLE, AND CHANNEL-UNIT-ADDR ASSOCIATED WITH
EACH UNIT NAME. LOOK IN THE CODE FOR SOME
AUTH CHECKING AND DISABLE IN YOUR SHOP.
VTOC - ONE OF THE SLICKEST CMDS FOR FINDING OUT
WHAT IS ON A DISK. LOOK AT THE HELP FOR
THE COMPLETE INFORMATION.
WHATIF - ALLOWS THE CONDITIONAL EXECUTION OF A TSO CMD
FROM A CLIST CLIST BASED ON ANY OF
THE COMBINATIONS:
1. WHETHER A FILE IS ALLOCATED.
2. WHETHER A FILE IS ALLOCATED TO A
SPECIFIC FILE NAME
3. WHETHER A FILE IS CATALOGED.
4. WHETHER TWO STRINGS BEAR A SPECIFIED
RELATION TO EACH OTHER.
WHOHAS - AFDSC MODIFIED AND CORRECTED. DISCOVERED
BUG, NOT SHOW THE ENQ CHAIN PROPERLY.
PROPERLY. IT STOPPED AFTER
THE 1ST OCCURENCE OF DISP=OLD. WILL SHOW
'WHOHAS' A FILE ALLOCATED AND THE ENQ CHAIN.
ZAP - FULL SCREEN VER OF IMASPZAP. MY TSO 'GURU'
WAS IMPRESSED , WHEN BILL SAYS IT IS GREAT IT
MUST BE. DONATED BY UCLA, THEM COLLEGE KIDS
ARE REALLY BUSY DOING GREAT THINGS.
(MUST USE ASM H OTHERWISE ASSEMBLY ERR)
CONTAINS A COLECTION OF SEVERAL TSO CP'S AND THEIR
HELP DATASETS. THIS FILE WAS RECEIVED FROM THE
FEDERAL RESERVE BANK OF NEW YORK. THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT. THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF
THE TSO CP'S CONTAINED IN THIS FILE:
BCALL INVOKE LINKLIST PROGRAMS
DALLOC LIST ALLOCATIONS
DSINFO LIST DATASET ATTRIBUTES
DSN LIST DSN ENQUEUES
DUSER LIST TSO USERS
FREEALL FREE ALLOCATIONS
LISTV LIST VOLUME STATS
LPDS PDS MAINTENANCE
PATHS LIST OFFLINE PATHS
STEPLIB DYNAMIC STEPLIB
TRIM RELEASE DSN SPACE
UCBMAP MAP DEVICE ATTRIBUTES
UNITMAP MAP UNIT NAMES
WHERE LOCATE A DATASET
THIS TSO COMMAND IS DESIGNED TO ALLOW THE INDIVIDUAL
TSO USER TO CHANGE THEIR OWN LOGON PASSWORDS AT WILL.
IT WILL CHANGE ONLY THE PASSWORD OF THE USERID/PASSWORD*
THEY LOGGED ON WITH. THIS CODE HAS TO AC=1
CONTAINS THE SOURCE FOR A NEW #B COMMAND WHICH
SHOWS ALL ACTIVE JOBS ON A CPU.
#B REQUIRES THE USE OF A SPECIAL SVC ALSO INCLUDED
IN THIS FILE. YOU MAY WISH TO CHECK THIS CODE BECAUSE
THERE IS SOME OVERHEAD ASSOCIATED WITH THIS COMMAND.
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
09.02.49 -- CMDSBSYS (#B) L=09 A158 81.060 09.02
09.02.49 -- #B --
JOB# JOB/STEP S# STARTED ELAPSED LIMIT CPU+ REMAIN DPR ID
**** MASTER ** ******** ******** ******* 1.30 ******* 255 01
**** JES2 ** ******** ******** ******* 0.38 ******* 255 02
1580 TCAMAT 01 00.00.00 09.02.49 1440.00 0.45 1439.22 252 03
02 00.00.00 09.02.49 0.00 0.45 0.35
1579 OMEGAMON 01 00.00.00 09.02.49 1440.00 0.24 1439.40 255 08
01 00.00.00 09.02.49 0.00 0.24 0.53
1569 RMF 01 00.00.00 09.02.49 1440.00 0.05 1439.55 240 09
01 00.00.00 09.02.49 0.00 0.05 0.68
1570 SOF 01 00.00.00 09.02.49 1440.00 0.01 1439.59 117 0A
XXXSTAR 01 00.00.00 09.02.49 1339.00 0.01 1338.59
CMD1 01 00.00.00 09.02.49 ******* 0.00 1440.00 250 0C
01 00.00.00 09.02.49 0.00 0.00 0.00
33 CIC888D0 10 05.05.54 03.56.55 30.00 3.59 26.16 251 0D
PROC#1 05 05.06.09 03.56.40 59.59 3.57 56.17
ACF2 01 00.00.00 09.02.49 ******* 0.00 30.00 118 0F
01 00.00.00 09.02.49 0.00 0.00 0.00
78 TEC101 02 08.49.20 00.13.29 30.00 0.35 29.35 118 1B
S1 01 08.49.20 00.13.29 30.00 0.35 29.35
1602 SEC020D0 01 00.00.00 09.02.49 1440.00 0.02 1439.59 251 1D
01 00.00.00 09.02.49 1439.00 0.02 1438.58
1604 LOADATM 01 00.00.00 09.02.50 1440.00 0.00 1440.00 121 1F
01 00.00.00 09.02.50 0.00 0.00 0.00
1605 XFERUNLD 01 00.00.00 09.02.50 1440.00 4.21 1436.18 117 20
1,U=48C 04 00.00.00 09.02.50 0.00 4.21 3.31
AN SPF / RACF INTERFACE FROM CONN NATIONAL BANK .
THIS FILE CONTAINS ALL THE SCREENS , ETC , FOR THIS
INTERFACE . THERE STILL IS A LOT WORK THAT COULD BE
DONE . IT PROVIDES A BASIC ' SCREEN - FOR - COMMAND '
FACILITY . THE NEXT LOGICAL STEP WOULD BE TO PROVIDE
SCREENS FOR FUNCTIONS WHICH MIGHT INCLUDE MORE THAN
ONE RACF COMMAND . THERE ARE ALSO NO SCREENS FOR THE
RACF GLOBAL RESOURCE COMMAND ( IE . RDEFINE ) AND
THERE ARE NO TUTORIALS. WE JUST NEVER GOT AROUND
TO THEM . WE ARE PRETTY SURE THAT THERE ARE SOME
INHERENT BUS IN HERE SOMEWHERE .
THIS FILE WHICH IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT CONTAINS THE
FOLLOWING MEMBERS :
A SMP061 (SVC 243) THE APF AUTHORIZATION SVC WHICH
CAN ALSO BE FOUND ON THE SPLA AND CBT TAPES .
THIS IS REQUIRED BY THE TSOAUTH COMMAND .
B TSO311 (TSOAUTHC) IS THE TSO AUTHORIZED COMMAND
INTERFACE . THIS COMMAND IS REQUIRED TO EXECUTE
THE RACF COMMAND UNDER SPF , WHICH IS NOT APF
AUTHORIZED . THE COMMAND NAME MUST BE PLACED IN
CSECT IKJEFTE2 IN ORDER TO RUN AUTHORIZED .
C RACRIX01 (ICHRIX01) IS THE RACINIT PRE -
PROCESSING EXIT . OUR EXIT IS USED TO CONSTRUCT
USERIDS FOR PRODUCTION JOBS AND TO PREVENT ANY
JOB FROM STARTING IF NO USERID IS PRESENT .
D RACRCX02 ( ICHRCX02 ) IS THE RACHECK POST -
PROCESSING EXIT . OUR EXIT IS USED TO PROVIDE
A ' WARNING MODE ' FOR DATASET PROTECTION . A
DATASET IS IN WARNING MODE IF ' LEVEL(99) ' IS
SPECIFIED IN THE ADDSD OR ALTDSD COMMAND
( SCREEN ) .
E SMP705 THE JCL TO INSTALL ICHRIX01 ICHRCX02
F SMP210 ( IGGPRE00 ) IS THE DF/DS VOLUME
ALLOCATION EXIT . THIS EXIT IS USED TO CONTROL
WHO IS ALLOWED TO ALLOCATE TO SPECIFIC DASD
VOLUMES .
******************************************************************
THE FOLLOWING 5 MEMBERS ARE IN OFFLOAD FORMAT ( ERGO ' ./ '
CONTROL CARDS HAVE BEEN CONVERTED TO ' >< '
AND YOU WILL HAVE TO ISSUE A GLOBAL CHANGE TO
CONVERT >< TO ./ BEFORE YOU USE THESE MEMBER AS
SYSIN INPUT TO IEBUPDTE .
*** FIRST TAKE THE WHOLE FILE AND IEBUPDTE IT TO A DATASET
THEN EDIT EACH OF THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS AND DO YOUR
GLOBAL CHANGE BEFORE YOU DO ANOTHER IEBUPDTE RUN FOR
EACH OF THE FOLLOWING TO ITS OWN UNIQUE PDS . ***
G CLISTLIB THIS MEMBER CONTAINS ALL THE CLISTS
REQUIRED TO RUN THE RACF / SPF INTERFACE . ALL
CLISTS NAMES ARE THE FORMAT ' HNBRA** ' WHERE
' ** ' CORRESPONDS TO THE SELECTION NUMBER FROM
THE RACF SELECTION PANEL . CLIST ' HNB^RAC ' IS
^ ABOVE IS AN AT SIGN
USED TO DETERMINE IF THE USER IS A RACF GROUP
ADMINISTRATOR AND DISPLAY THE APPROPRIATE
SELECTION PANEL ( HNB^RAC OR HNB^RACG ) .
^ ABOVE IS AN AT SIGN
H PANELS THIS MEMBER CONTAINS THE SPF PANELS
REQUIRED TO RUN THE RACF / SPF INTERACE . ALL
PANEL NAMES ARE IN THE FORMAT ' HNBRA** ' WHERE
' ** ' CORRESPONDS TO THE SELECTION NUMBER FROM
THE RACF SELECTION PANEL . PANEL ' HNB^RAC ' IS
^ ABOVE IS AN AT SIGN
THE SELECTION PANEL FOR GROUP ADMINISTRATORS ,
PANEL ' HNB^RACG ' IS THE SELECTION PANEL FOR
^ ABOVE IS AN AT SIGN
GENERAL USERS .
I SKELETON THIS MEMBER CONTAINS THE SPF JCL
SKELETONS ( ONLY ONE IS HERE ) REQUIRED IN THE
RACF / SPF INTERFACE . ALL MEMBER NAMES ARE IN
THE FORMAT ' HNBRA** ' AND ' ** ' CORRESPONDS
TO THE APPROPRIATE PANEL AND CLIST
J MESSAGES THIS MEMBER CONTAINS THE SPF MESSAGES
REQUIRED IN THE RACF / SPF INTERFACE . ALL
MEMBER NAMES ARE THE IN FORMAT ' HNBRA** ' AND
' ** ' CORRESPONDS TO THE APPROPRIATE PANDEL AND
CLIST
IS AN RMF/SMF SPLITTER FROM REVLON. THIS PROGRAM IS
A STRIPPED DOWN VERSION OF THE CODE CONTAINED IN FILE
248 OF THIS TAPE
IS THE TIME SHARING SUBSYSTEM FROM THE U.S. AIRFORCE
IN WASHINGTON, D.C. THIS SET OF PROGRAMS ALLOWS ONE
TO BRING UP A TSO LIKE FUNCTION WHEN DISASTER HAS
STRUCK (OR WHENEVER ELSE YOU WOULD LIKE TO). THIS
SUBSYSTEM ALLOWS MOST TSO COMMANDS TO BE EXECUTED
FROM AN OPERATOR'S CONSOLE. OUTPUT FROM COMMANDS
THAT USE 'PUTLINE' WILL BE SENT TO THE CONSOLE FROM
WHICH THE COMMAND WAS ENTERED. OUTPUT FROM COMMANDS
THAT USE 'TPUT' OR ACCESS METHODS WILL NOT APPEAR
ON THE CONSOLE
IS A COPY OF THE QUE COMMAND WITH 3278 MODEL 2, 3, 4
5 SUPPORT. THIS VERSION IS A MODIFICATION OF FILE 278
OF THIS TAPE AND WAS RECEIVED FROM MR JACK SCHUDEL
(JACK TO HIS FRIENDS) FROM THE UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA
SEE MEMBER $UFDOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFO
** THIS CAN BE REPLACED BY THE VERSION IN FILE 322 ***
OR SO IT SAYS IN THE CODE - BUT WHEN I ( CBT )
TRIED IT I GOT ASSEMBLE ERRORS AND WHEN I LINKED IT
ANYWAYS I GOT OC4'S - BE AWARE )
DON'T BELIEVE EVERYTHING YOU READ !!!!!
IS A COPY OF THE QUE COMMAND WITH 3278 MODEL 2,3,4 &
5 SUPPORT AS WELL AS 3279 SUPPORT. THIS VERSION IS A
MODIFICATION OF FILE 278 OF THIS TAPE AND WAS RECEIVED
FROM LANE BRYANT. SEE MEMBER FILE53 FOR ADDITONAL INFO
IS AN UPDATED COPY OF Q12 (JOBLOG) FROM CONNECTICUT
NATIONAL BANK TO CORRECT A PROBLEM WITH THE JOBLOG
SUBCOMMAND OF QUE WHEN TRYING TO ACCESS THE LOG OF AN
ACTIVE TASK. THIS VERSION OF Q12 WILL WORK WITH FILES
278, 307 AND 308 OF THIS TAPE
CONTAINS SEVERAL UTILITIES FROM NORTHEAST UTILITIES
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS
THE FOLLOWING
ADDPAN1 NUSCO PANVALET-TSO INTERFACE ADD TO PANVALET
APL SPF INTERFACE MENU FOR APL
CALCOMP3 SAS CALCOMP/TEKTRONICS INTERFACE
CDSREAD3 READ AN SMP4 CDS AND PROVIDE SORTED LISTINGS
DEMO3800 DEMONSTRATE 3800 CHARACTER SET 'SPEC'
FCBS3800 3800 FCBS FOR 6/8/12 LINES/INCH 8.5 X 12 INCH
FDR SPF FDR BATCH INTERFACE
ISP MSTR NUSCO SYSTEMS MAIN SPF MENU
ISP MSTR NUSCO SYSTEMS MAIN SPF MENU
JOPANRET NUSCO PANVALET-TSO INTERFACE FETCH A PANVALET MEM*
MAPDISK3 MACRO TO READ VTOC'S OF ALL DASD INTO A SAS DATABA*
MODULEUS READS GTF TRACES TO PRODUCE STATS ON YOUR
LINK/LOAD/ATTACH/BLDL/DELETE SVC'S. A GREAT TOOL
FOR PRODUCING A GOOD BLDL LIST, FIX LIST, AND
PACKLIST. (WE GOT 15% MORE OUT OF OUR CPU USE
AFTER RUNNING THIS STUDY AND IMPLEMENTING NEW LIST*
MSAPL01 SPF APL MESSAGES
MSPAN00 SPF PANVALET MESSAGES
MSPAN01 SPF PANVALET MESSAGES
MSPAN02 SPF PANVALET MESSAGES
MSPAN03 SPF PANVALET MESSAGES
MSPAN10 SPF PANVALET MESSAGES
MSSASP00 SPF SAS MESSAGES
MSSAS00 SPF SAS MESSAGES
NCPTUNE3 READ SMF/NCP TUNING STATISTICS (ACF/VTAM R2)
PAHELPO3 SPF TUTORIALS
PANADD CONVERTED VB CLIST FOR TSO-PAN INTERFACE
(USE VB2PAN TO CONVERT BACK TO NORMAL CLIST)
PANDIRS SPF PANVALET INTERFACE PANEL
PANDIS SPF PANVALET INTERFACE PANEL
PANINS SPF PANVALET INTERFACE PANEL
PANMASTR SPF PANVALET INTERFACE PANEL MAIN PANEL
PANOTHER SPF PANVALET INTERFACE PANEL
PANRET CONVERTED VB CLIST FOR TSO-PAN INTERFACE
PANSPF SPF PANVALET INTERFACE PROGRAM
PANUPD CONVERTED VB CLIST FOR TSO-PAN INTERFACE
PANXXXA SPF PANVALET INTERFACE PANEL
PANXXXR SPF PANVALET INTERFACE PANEL
PANXXXU SPF PANVALET INTERFACE PANEL
PDHELPO SPF TUTORIALS
PGHELPO SPF TUTORIALS
PJHELPO SPF TUTORIALS
PUHELPO SPF TUTORIALS
PRDMP SPF SUBMENU FOR AMDPRDMP INTERFACE
PRJ2DONE SPF SUBMENU FOR PROJECT2 CLIST
PROJECT2 SPF SPF MENU TO INTERFACE PROJECT2 CPM PROGRAM
PQHELP SPF PANVALET TUTORIAL
QSAMFIND PICK OFF SMF RECORDS ( WHO DELETED A DATASET)
REBLOCK3 REBLOCK ALL SYSTEM LINKLIBS (3330-3350 CONVERSION)*
SAS SAS SPF INTERFACE, MAIN PANEL
SASDONE SAS SPF INTERFACE, SUBORDINATE PANEL.
SASGSUMM A QUICK USER REFERENCE GUIDE TO SAS/GRAPH
SASBMO SAS INTERACTIVE SPF MENU TUTORIALS
SASTUI SAS GENERAL TUTORIALS
SASBATCH SAS BATCH SPF MENU
SKFDR FDR SPF JCL SKELETON
SKPRDMP AMDPRDMP SPF PRINT SKELETON
SKSMP SPF SKELETON
SKSASBTCH SMP SPF SKELETON FOR SAS BATCH MENU
SMFQWAIT JOB Q WAIT AND EXECUTION TIME STATISTICS
SMFSTEP0 SMF DATA COLLECTION
SMFSTEP1 JCL FOR SMF DATA COLLECTION
SMFSTEP3 JCL AND PGM FOR RMF AND SMF REPORTING
REPORTS INCLUDE: CPU UTILIZATION PROFILE
TSO USE PROFILE; TERMINAL USE STATISTICS
BATCH USE; TSO USE; STC USE; WORKLOAD STATS.
SPEC3800 15 PITCH CHARACTER SET USED WITH SAS OR PL/1
SVC93ANL ANALYZE GTF
File 311
Table of Contents
CONTAINS SEVERAL TSO CLISTS FROM NORTHEAST UTILITIES
IN IEBCOPY FORMAT FOR USE WITH FILE 310 IT CONTAINS
THE FOLLOWING
APLSPF APL SPF INTERFACE
SASSPF SAS SPF INTERFACE
SASMAIN MAIN SAS SPF INTERFACE
PANADDS PANVALET ADD SPF MENU INTERFACE
PAN.... OTHER PANVALET SPF MENUS
PROJ2SPF PROJECT/2 SPF INTERFACE
FDRS SPF/FDR INTERFACE
SMPS SMP / SPF BATCH INTERFACE
SPFDUMP AMDPRDMP SPF BATCH INTERFACE
File 312
Table of Contents
IS AN MVS-SE SIMULATOR FROM UNION CARBIDE. THIS CODE
WAS TAKEN FROM VERSION 81-013 OF THE SPLA TAPE. THIS
PROGRAM IS INTENDED TO FUNCTION AS A FRONT END TO THE
PROGRAM CHECK FIRST LEVEL INTERRUPT HANDLER, IEAQPK00.
ITS PURPOSE IS TO INTERCEPT ALL PROGRAM CHECK RESULTING*
FROM RUNNING MVS-SE ON A UNI-PROCESSOR THAT DOES NOT
HAVE THE EXTENDED FACILITY HARDWARE INSTALLED.
THIS MODULE INCLUDING INSTALLATION IS FULLY DOCUMENTED
IN THE SOURCE CODE.
***************************************************
* *
* THIS FILE ALSO CONTAINS THE INFORMATION AND *
* ZAPS TO MAKE IT RUN UNDER MVS/SP RELEASE 1 *
* *
***************************************************
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND NOW CONTAINS
THE MVS/SP1.3 VERSION, WHICH WAS CONTRIBUTED BY
CHESTER HOOD OF UNION CARBIDE. SEE THE MEMBER CALLED
$$DOC FOR THE MVS/SP1.3 VERSION NAME. THERE IS
INFORMATION IN THE CODE ABOUT RUNNING THE SIMULATOR
UNDER MVS/SP1.3
File 313
Table of Contents
IS THE SOURCE OF UTILITIES, PROGRAMS, MODS, SMF EXITS
AND OTHER THINGS FROM MEMOREX. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE*
SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS OVER 100,000 RECORDS
File 314
Table of Contents
CONTAINS A COPY OF THE DOCUMENTATION FILE FROM THE
MVS/SP1.3 VERSION OF THE JES2 MODIFICATION TAPE VER
39 , DATED FEB 15 , 1985 . THERE IS NO CODE CONTAINED
IN THIS FILE . SEE FILE 120 FOR THE NON SP1.3 VERSION
OF THE JES2 MODIFICATION TAPE
File 315
Table of Contents
IS AN EXPRESS COMPILER CONTROLLER FROM FEDERAL EXPRESS*
THIS PROGRAM ATTACHES A COMPILER AND THE LINKAGE EDITOR*
BASED ON CONTROL CARD INPUT. SPF STATS ARE STORED IN
THE PDS DIRECTORY AND MODS HAVE BEEN MADE TO SPF TO
ALLOW THE STATS TO BE SEEN WHEN BROWSING A MEMBER LIST.*
SPF STATS INCLUDE THE VERSION AND MODIFICATION LEVEL
FROM THE SOURCE, THE DATE AND TIME THE COMPILE WAS
DONE. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND
AND CONTAINS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR IMPLEMENTATION
File 316
Table of Contents
CONTAINS SEVERAL UTILITIES FROM JIM MARSHALL OF THE
U.S. AIRFORCE IN WASHINGTON D.C. THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT. BELOW IS A SHORT SUMMARY OF
SOME OF THE PGMS INCLUDED IN THIS FILE
IF IT APPEARS YOU ARE MISSING SUFF ALSO CHECK AS IT
MAY RESIDE IN FILE 300 OF THIS TAPE
ASMBOX1 PUT A NICE LOOKING BOX AROUND YOUR ASSEMBLY
LISTING OUTPUT. LINECT FOR ASSEMBLY
LISTING IS 53. CODE IS 3800 DEPENDENT.
ASMHNOX A PTF FOR AN ASSEMBLER H BUG.
AS YOU KNOW ASM H IS CLASS C NOW.
ASMR90 ROTATE 90 DEGREES ASSEMBLY LISTINGS
ON THE 3800 TYPE PRINTERS.
CATLIST THIS PROGRAM IS FROM MIKE LOOS, DELUXE CHK
PRINTERS. THIS WILL DO A VERY FAST LIST OF
AN ICF CATALOG FOR GDG'S AND NONVSAM DSNS.
LISTING IS IN THE SAME FORMAT AS IDCAMS
(WE USED IT TO BUILD A TMC) BUT THE OUTPUT
FORMAT WOULD BE VERY EASY TO CHANGE. SEE
COMMEMTS IN THE CODE FOR AN EXPLANATION
OF ITS SPEED AND RELATION TO RACF.
COPYFILE POWERFUL COPY TAPE TYPE PROGRAM. IF YOU HAVE
MULTIFILE SL TAPES WILL COPY SELECTED
FILES VIA A CONTROL CARD.
CT AIR FORCE DEVELOPED HIGH SPEED TAPECOPY PGM.
RUNS AT EXCP SPEED. COPIES LABELED OR UNLABLED
SINGLE OR MULTIFILE, AND IF ONE ONE REEL AN
AN OPTION TO VERIFY BYTE FOR BYTE. COPIES
MULITVOLUME OR MULTIFILE & MULTIVOLUME WITH
NO VERIFY FUNCTION.
C3PO BRIAN SCOTT OF THE US POSTAL SERVICE, TOPEKA
KA WROTE C3PO TO BE THE SRB RECEIVER FOR R2D2.
R2D2 NEEDS A TASK OF SOME KIND GOING TO BUMP
THE SRB OFF OF. MOST PEOPLE HAVE BEEN USING
#CMD SUBSYSTEM AND SOME OTHER BRAVE SOLES,
JES2. PLUS NOW C3PO WILL TALK TO YOU IF YOU
WANT. ANYONE WANTS TO INCREASE HIS VOCABULARY
IS WELCOME. HAVE NOT INSTALLED IT THIS WAY
BUT WILL WHEN I GO TO MVS/SP1.3.
C3PO2 SAME AS ABOVE, BUT WITH A STIMER IN IT FOR
PEOPLE WHO DO NOT WNAT TO RUN C3PO WITH
TIME=1440.
DELINK0 SOURCE CARDS FOR IBM FE PROGRAM TO 'DELINK'
WE RECONSTRUCTED THE SOURCE IMAGES WITH A
DISASSEMBLER AND ALOT OF PATIENCE. FUN !!!
DISKMAP DISKMAP PROGRAM THAT HAS 3330 SUPPORT, 3350,
3850 SUPPORT INCLUDED. GIVES SIMILIAR INFO
TO A COMPAKTOR MAP. THIS NOW DOES NOT UPDATE
LASTUSE DATE FOR EVERY FILE ON THE PACK. NOT
NOT REALLY TRUE FOR PDS'S, SO STILL BEWARE.
EALSD095 EASTERN AIRLINES UPDATE OF THE STANDARD IBM
BLOCK LETTER ROUTINE IEFSD095 WHICH WAS USED
FOR BANNER PAGES. THE UPDATED VERSION HAS ALL
THE SPECIAL CHARACTERS INCLUDED IN IT.
EXCPMOD MOD (ZAP) TO SHOW EXCP COUNTS ON JCL LISTING.
MVS/SP1.1
EXIMPORT THIS PROGRAM IS FROM MIKE LOOS, DELUXE CHK
PRINTERS. WILL CREATE 2 JCL FILES, A CLIST,
AND A SYSPRINT LISTING. THE JCL FILES HAVE A
SET OF EXPORT AND IMPORT JCL DESIGNED TO
EXPORT (VSAM) AND IEBGENER (DSORG=PS) ALL
DATASETS ON A VOLUME TO TAPE AND RESTORE THEM
WITH IMPORT (VSAM) AND IEBGENER (DSORG=PS)
FROM TAPE TO DISK. THE VSAM PORTION WORKS
ONLY FOR UNIQUE DATASETS (DFEF) AND BASE
CLUSTERS ONLY. SEE THE CODE FOR FURTHER
EXPLANATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS.
IEECVXIT COMBINED VERSION OF 'IEECVXIT AND 'IEECR2D2'.
CODED THE WAY IT SHOULD IF YOU A GENIUS. SCH-
EDULES AN SRB TO GET AROUND THE FACT THE MOVED
WQE CHAIN IN SP1.3. NEEDS SOMETHING RUNNING ALL
THE TIME TO BUMP THE SRB OFF OF WHEN IEECR2D2
REQUIRED. CODER USED THE #CMD SUBSYSTEM, YOU
COULD HAVE USED JES2 HE SAYS. TIME DEPENDENT
CODE HAS BEEN REMOVED AND WORKS IN ALL VERSIONS
OF MVS/SP. WE ARE SAVED !!
AFDSC DEVELOPED 'MCS EXIT'. HAS THE CAPABILITY
TO SUPPRESS OR CHNGE ROUTE CODES, DESC, CODES,
ETC. BUT WITH THIS ONE WILL UTILITIZE 'R2D2'
TO DO AUTOMATIC OPERATOR REPLIES AND STC'S
BASED UPON WHAT COMES ACROSS CONSOLE. IS NOT
DEPENDENT UPON THE OPERATOR BEING AWAKE.
AFDSC DEVELOPED VERSION OF THE FAMOUS 'R2D2'.
LITTLE CREATURE WILL DO AUTOMATIC START CMDS
FOR THINGS THAT NEED TO BE STARTED BASED UPON
WHAT COMES ACROSS SCREEN AND IS DETECTED BY
IEECVXIT. R2D2 WILL DO THE AUTOMATIC REPLIES,
RMF ( R XX,GO ), ALLOCATION ( R XX,NOHOLD )
EVER HAD OPERATOR TURN YOUR 3081 MVS SYSTEM TO
OS/MVT SYSTEM BY LOCKING Q4 ( R XX,HOLD ).
LITTLE CRITTER HAS ALOT OF POSSIBILITIES.
IEFUTL IBM STANDARD SMF EXIT, IEFUTL. WAIT TIME AND
CPU TIME EXCESSION FOR BATCH AND TSO. NOT MUCH
CODE BUT ONE THING IT CAN DO IS TO ELIMINATE
S522 ABENDS CAUSED BY OPERATORS.
IEFU29 DETECT SMF SWITCH AND SCHEDULE A JOB THAT DUMPS
SMF DATASETS. MOVED THESES FUNCTIONS FROM THE
'MCS' EXIT TO THIS EXIT (WHERE IT SHOULD BE).
IEFU83 AFDSC DEVELOPED SMF EXIT, 'IEFU83'. HAS ALL
STANDARD SUGGESTION FOR TYPE 40 RECS, 0 EXCP
COUNTS, ETC. THIS ONE IS BRANCH TABLE DRIVEN,
IS A GOOD PLACE TO BEGIN FOR THOSE WHO WANT TO
EXPAND ON ITS CODE. ALSO LOOKS AT 14&15'S ETC.
INCORZAP SOURCE FOR THE FAMOUS 'INCORZAP' THAT IS KNOWN
ONLY IN OBJECT FORM. THANKS BILL GODFREY FOR
DISASSEMBLY AND PATIENCE.
IGG019WD APPENDAGE FOR RECOVERY FROM WRONG DENSITY TAPE
VOLUMES, USED BY TAPE UTLITIES
IGG019WE APPENDAGE TO PREVENT ERROR AT EOF, USED BY
TAPE UTILITIES.
INCORZZP ZAP TO THE 'INCORZAP' PROGRAM SO IT WILL
RUN UNDER ANY NAME.
JESX001 SP1.3 EXIT. SEPARATOR (PRINT&PUNCH) FOR
JES2. ALSO PRODUCES A RECEIPT ON AN IBM 3287
TYPE PRINTER SO USER CAN SIGN RECEIPT AT PCS.
USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH EXIT 10 AND 255.
THANKS CAPT JIM CARTER AND LT PAUL FINDLEY.
JESX002 JES2/SP1.3 EXIT2. JOB CARD SCAN EXIT,
ALSO HAS OTHER FEATURES. THANKS CAPT JIM
CARTER AND LT PAUL FINDLEY.
JESEX006 JES2/SP1.3 EXIT6. PRINT JES2 INTERNAL
TEXT AT THE CONSOLE, SINCE YOU HAVE INTERNAL
TEXT, YOU CAN CHANGE IT. THANKS CAPT JIM
CARTER AND LT PAUL FINDLEY
JESEX010 JES2/SP1.3 EXIT10. SUPPRESS JES2 WTO MESGS
JOB RECEIPT GENERATED FOR ALL PARTS OF A JOB
THAT IS PRTED LOCALLY. IS BECAUSE JES EXIT
1 PRODUCES RECEIPTS TO A 3287
TYPE PRTER ALL PARTS OF A JOB PRINTED LOCALLY.
THANKS CAPT JIM CARTER AND LT PAUL FINDLEY
JESEX255 JES2/SP1.3 USER EXIT 255. PRODUCES THE ACTUAL
RECEIPTS FOR ALL PARTS OF A JOB PRTED LOCALLY.
USERS MUST SIGN FOR LOCALLY PICKED UP JOBS
AT PCS. HIGHLY ENCOURAGES PEOPLE TO HOLD THERE
OUTPUT FOR TSO AND DISPOSE OF IT ACCORDINGLY
THANKS CAPT JIM CARTER AND LT PAUL FINDLEY.
JESXRDR HURRAY BILL GODFREY, MY GENIUS. YOU CAN SUBMIT
JOBS TO A SECONDARY JES2 LIKE JESX FROM
THIS PGM. LOOK IN TSOSRC FILE YOU WILL FIND
'SUBMITX' ALLOWS YOU TO SUBMIT FROM TSO TO A
SECONDARY JES2. (ALSO YOU GET OUTPUTX,
CANCELX, AND STATUSX) WITH SUBMITX.
JES0001 SMP USERMOD TO ALLOW YOU TO DO TSO IN
SECONDARY JES, ALSO STC'S ETC ETC.
LISTCTLG LISTS OS CATALOGS EFFICIENTLY. UPDATED FOR
3400 SERIES TAPE DRIVES, 3330 TYPE DISKS,
3350'S AND, 3850 MSS. SEE THE COMMENTS IN THE
CODE FOR ADDITIONAL CAPABILITIES OF THE PGM.
LISTIDR IMPROVED GODDARD SPACE CENTER PROGRAM FOR
LISTING 'IDR' RECORDS.
LISTPDS GODDARD SPACE FLIGHT CENTER, FAMOUS 'LISTPDS'
PROGRAM. UPDATED SO WHEN YOU DO THE FUNCTION
SIMILIAR TO IEHLIST, LISTPDS, IT GIVES YOU THE
SPF STATS, LIKE SPF 3.1 DOES. SEE THE LISTPDS#
FOR ALL OF ITS CAPABILITIES.
LKEBOX1 PLACE NICE LOOKING BOX AROUND YOU LKED
LISTING FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH ASMBOX1.
LKEDMOD LKED EDITOR ZAP, PUT TIME & DATE INTO LOAD
MODULES MVS/3.8
LKEDMOD1 LKED EDITOR ZAP TO PUT TIME & DATE INTO LOAD
MODULES MVS/SP1.1
LKED90 ROTATE LKED OUTPUT ON AN IBM 3800 90 DEGREES
AND GET 2 PAGES ONTO 1.
MODREP LPA MODULE REPLACEMENT PROGRAM OBTAINED FROM
THE CBT TAPE. MODIFIED AT AFDSC SO IT WILL NOT
ABEND WITH A S522. SEVERAL OTHER BUGS FIXED.
MSGWRITE SUBROUTINE USED BY SOME OF THE UTILITIES.
MSSMOUNT ZAP TO LET TSO USERS MOUNT MSS VOLUMES WITHOUT
HAVING MOUNT ATTRIBUTE IN 'UADS'.
OFFLOAD UNLOAD A PDS TO A SEQUENTIAL IEBUPDTE DATASET.
FIXED BUG ABEND 103-4C FOR UNBLOCKED PDS'ES.
PARMBLOC TAKE THE PARM FROM THE EXEC CARD AND CREATE A
BLOCK LETTER BANNER. HAS OPTIONS TO SLANT ETC.
NICE FOR REPORTS.
PDSGAS ALLOW YOU FIND A 'GAS' MEMBER IN A PDS PRO-
VIDED YOU HAVE NOT COMPRESSED THE PDS. ASSIGNS
MEMBER NAME OF $GASXXXX WHERE XXXX GOES FROM
0001 TO 9999. THEN IT IS CALLED BRUTE FORCE
TO GO IN WITH SPF 3.1 TO FIND IT. BUT !!
PDSLOAD TAKE FILE WITH IEBUPDTE CONTROL CARDS IN THEM,
RELOAD TO A PDS. WILL PUT IN SPF STATS AND
USEFUL FOR FILES UNLOADED BY OFFLOAD PGM
TO FROM CBT TAPE. CAN CHANGE THE IMBEDDED '><'
TO './' AS YOU RELOAD.
PDSMATCH COMPARE THE DIRECTORY OF 2 PDS'S. HAS MANY
OPTIONS. REFER TO THE COMMENTS IN THE CODE FOR
HOW TO RUN THIS UTILITY.
PDSPROGM USED FOR DELETING AND RENAMING MEMBERS OF PDS
FROM A BATCH JOB. MUCH EASIER TO USE THAN
IEHPROGM.
PDSPRINT ANOTHER PDS LIST OR PUNCH PROGRAM. CAN FEED IT
CONTROL CARDS FOR A MEMBER LIST OR GIVE IT A
CHARACTER STRING TO SCAN FOR. MANY NICE
PDSTEST VERIFIES INTEGRITY OF A LOAD MODULE PDS BY
ISSUING 'LOAD' FOR EVERY MODULE IN THE LOADLIB
IF PROBLEMS OCCUR, THEN YOU ARE TOLD OF THEM.
PDSUTIL ANOTHER PDS LIST TYPE PROGRAM. THINGS
IT DOES, GIVES YOU A TABLE OF CONTENTS AS TO
WHAT PAGE EACH IS ON. HANDY
P38BOX1 SUBROUTINE FOR ASMBOX1.
P38TURN CHARACTER SET USED FOR THE 90 DEGREE ROTATE.
RACHECK EL-CHEAPO RACF SECURITY SVC. YALE UNIVERSITY
SVC 130 MADE TO GIVE DIRT-CHEAP SECURITY.
WE USE WHITE HAT - BALCK HAT THEORY. EITHER
YOU CAN GET TO IT OR NOT. DOES NOT AFFECT
STC OR SYSTEM CODE. LOOK AT SVC TO SEE HOW WE
GIVE ALL POWERFUL SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS
( WEARS WHITE HATS ) THE PRIVILEDGES. YA, YA.
READF SUBRNTES-READF,WRITEF,RESETF, INTENTED FOR USE
IN PLACE OF FORTRAN UNFORMATTED I/O (REAL DOG)
FORTRAN UNFORMATTED I/O USES VBS RECORDS WHERE
THIS USED FIXED BLOCKED QSAM. SAVES ALOT
OF CPU CYCLES.
ROTATER SUBROUTINE USED IN ROTATE PGMS.
REPLACED P38R90 AND P38R90B.
SEEKMON MVS VERSION OF OS/MVT SEEKMON.
SPANCOPY CLEANS UP FILES WITH SPANNED RECS. IT WILL DROP
BAD SPANNED RECORDS, AND IF THE FILE CONTAINS SMF*
RECORDS, THEN IT WILL ATTEMPT TO GIVE YOU AS MUCH*
INFORMATION AS IT CAN ON WHAT KIND OF RECORD WAS
LOST. GOODBYE S002 ABENDS FROM SMF DATA.
SMFXTRCT GENERALIZED SMF RECORD EXTRACTION UTILITY. SELECT*
BY RECORD TYPE, DATE INTERVAL, TIME INTERVAL, ETC*
SEE THE CODE FOR ALL CAPABILITIES, WILL TRY TO
WRITE SOME DOCUMENTATION LATER.
STAE$ GENERALIZED ESTAE EXIT FOR MVS. SEE COMMENTS FOR
ITS CAPABILITIES.
SYSREPRO SEQUENTIAL COPY UTILITY. IT IS LIKE IEBGENER BUT
MUCH FASTER. PRINTS OUT DSNAMES, VOLSERS, DCB
ATTRIBUTES, FILE SEQ NUMBER FOR EACH DATASET.
TANAL DO QUICK SCAN OF UNLABELLED OR LABELLED TAPE TO
GIVE YOU THE MAX AND MIN BLKSIZES IN ALL FILES
AND THE NUMBER OF BLOCKS IN THE FILE.
TAPEL GIVES YOU A QUICK SCAN OF A TAPE AND GIVES INFO
ON EACH FILE IN EASY TO READ FORM. MADE FOR THE
NOT TOO BRIGHT USER YOU MAY HAVE.
TAPELZAP ZAP TO FORCE OPER REPLY WITH 6 CHARACTER VOL
SER ON TAPE. DECREASE TAPES WITH VOL=SER=U.
MVS/SP1.1
TAPESCAN MVS UPDATED VERSION FAMOUS 'TAPESCAN' PROGRAM.
TIDY CLEANS UP FORTRAN CODE. LOOK AT COMMENTS IN
CODE TO SEE HOW TO RUN THE BEAST.
TIDYASM CLEANS UP ALC CODE. LOOK AT COMMENTS IN CODE TO
SEE HOW TO RUN THE BEAST.
TLABEL REPLACES IBM UTILITY 'IEHINIT', OPER STARTABLE
AND WILL ALLOW YOU TO PUT LABEL TO TAPE OR JUST
PUT A TAPEMARK ONTO THE TAPE. (RUNS AUTHORIZED)
TLPRINT SUBROUTINE USED BY SOME TAPE UTILITIES TO FORMAT*
A LABEL OF A TAPE.
ZTDUMPTP GENERALIZED TAPE DUMPING FACILITY. PUT IT IN AN
AUTHORIZED LIBRARY. VERY POWERFUL. SEE COMMENTS
IN CODE FOR FULL DETAILS.
VKILLER SUBTASK FOR TAPEL TO LET YOU DO MULTIPLE TAPEL'S
ON A NO. OF TAPES, THEN IT MAKE IT QUIT, YOU TELL*
KILL TO KILL TAPEL !!!!
ZEBCOMPR A ZAP TO THE IBM UTILITY 'IEBCOMPR' TO DISPLAY
UNMATCHED RECORDS IN EBCDIC INSTEAD OF HEX.
WE MADE A COPY OF IEBCOMPR, CALLED IT ZEBCOMPR,
ZAPPED IT.
ZTSECURE MAKE SURE NO DATA IS BEYOND THE 2 DOUBLE EOF
MARKS ON TAPE. WILL DUMP FIRST 3 BLOCKS AND LAST
BLK OF EVERY FILE. LEAPS OVER DOUBLE END-OF-FILE
MARKS & WRITE BINARY PATTERN UNTIL HITS REFLECT-
IVE STRIP.
File 317
Table of Contents
IS AN UPDATED MVS/SE2 VERSION OF STATDIE MODIFIED FROM*
THE YALE OMF FROM THE U.S. POSTAL SERVICE IN WASHING-
TON D.C. SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$INDEX FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 318
Table of Contents
IS AN UPDATED VERSION THE PACKER PROGRAM FROM THE U.S
POSTAL SERVICE IN WASHINGTON, D.C. SEE THE MEMBER
CALLED $$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. THIS FILE IS
IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 319
Table of Contents
IS A PROGRAM THAT WILL EXTRACT TYPE 14 AND 15 SMF
RECORDS AND PRODUCE A REPORT. THIS PROGRAM WAS
SUPPLIED FROM THE U.S. POSTAL SERVICE IN WASHINGTON,
D.C. FROM A PROGRAM THEY MODIFIED FROM THE SPLA TAPE
File 320
Table of Contents
IS A SERIES OF DF/DSS DRIVER EXITS FROM JOHN SULLIVAN
OF LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY MEDICAL CENTER IN CA
THIS VERSION HAS A NEW UCB LOOK UP ROUTINE WHICH
IS UPWARD COMPATIBLE WITH MVS/SP1.3 AND MVS/SP2.0
(XA) AS WELL AS MVS 3.8 BASE LEVEL CODE
File 321
Table of Contents
IS A COPY OF DYNAMIC BLDL AT AN 8107 BASE LEVEL
SYSTEM (NO SE OR SP). THIS UPDATE WAS RECEIVED FROM
THE PENN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY. THE CODE WAS
UPDATED FOR PUT 8107 AND OTHER MODIFICATIONS WERE
MADE TO INCREASE RELIABILITY AND MAKE THE REPORTING
A LITTLE NICER. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SEE THE
MEMBER CALLED $$DOC . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT
File 322
Table of Contents
IS A COPY OF THE QUE TSO CP MODIFIED TO RUN WITH
MVS/SP1.3 (OLD MVS/SP 3) AND THE JES2 SYSTEM PRODUCT
SEE THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS FOR ADDITIONA INFORMATION: SP*
$UFDOC AND $NERJCL2 . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT AND WAS CONTRIBUTED BY MR JACK SCHUDEL OF
THE NORTHEAST REGIONAL DATA CENTER AT THE UNIVERSITY
OF FLORIDA, IN GAINESVILLE, FLORIDA
THIS VERSION OF QUE SUPPORTS 3278 MODELS 2, 3, 4 AND 5
JES2 VERSIONS SUPPORTED ARE:
1. JES2 4.1
2. NJE 3.1
3. MVS/SP-JES 1.3
VIA SYSPARM OPTION
THIS VERSION WAS CULLED OFF OF VERSION 4 OF THE
MVS/SP1.3 JES2 MODIFICATION TAPE AND ALSO CONTAINS
RACF SUPPORT AS WELL AS ACF2 SUPPORT (ACTIVATED VIA
GLOBAL SWITCHES)
File 323
Table of Contents
IS FROM GTE DATA SERVICES IN FORT WAYNE, INDIANA .
THIS FILE CONTAINS SEVERAL OF THEIR MODS THAT THEY
USE AT A BASE LEVEL 3.8 MVS SYSTEM AT AN 8201 PTF
LEVEL . BELOW IS A DESCRIPTION OF THESE MODS
KEYPHRASE - IOHALT
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
PROBLEM - IGC0003C (IOHALT) ISSUES NEEDLESS
- PGFIX/PGFREE IF IT HAS BEEN INCLUDED
- IN IEAFIX00.(NON-SE ONLY).
SOLUTION - CHANGE IOHALT TO NOT ISSUE PGFIX/PGFREE.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - REDUCED OVERHEAD IN IGC0003C (IOHALT).
(AFFECTS IMS REMOTE POLLING).
KEYPHRASE - I/O PRIORITY QUEUEING
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
PROBLEM - HIGH PRIORITY TASKS GET SLOWED DOWN IN
- FIFO I/O QUEUES.
SOLUTION - ADD I/O PRIORITY QUEUEING TO SYSTEM.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - IMPROVED IMS AND TSO RESPONSE.
KEYPHRASE - CHANNEL ROTATE FOR NON-SE AP/MP CPU
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
PROBLEM - I.O.S. DOES NOT ROTATE CHANNELS.
SOLUTION - MODIFY THE I.O.S. TEST CHANNEL ROUTINE TO
- CAUSE THE PHYSICAL CHANNEL LIST FOR EACH
- LOGICAL CHANNEL TO BE ROTATED BETWEEN I/O
- REQUESTS TO THAT LCH. USE A SPIN-LOCK
- MECHANISM TO SERIALIZE THE ACCESS TO THE
- TEST CHANNEL LIST, SO THAT IT MAY BE
- USED IN AP/MP SYSTEMS.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - CAUSES MORE EVEN UTILIZATION OF
- MULTIPLE CHANNELS TO DEVICES.
KEYPHRASE - S.R.M. - M.P.L.
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
PROBLEM - THE SRM DOES NOT COUNT NON-SWAPPABLE
- ADDRESS SPACES IN THE CURRENT M.P.L.
- A JOB, SUCH AS SORTS, MAY CHANGE FROM
- NON-SWAPPABLE TO SWAPPABLE, CAUSING SRM
- TO THINK M.P.L. HAS CHANGED WHEN IN FACT
- IT HAS NOT CHANGED.
SOLUTION - CAUSE THE SRM TO COUNT NON-SWAPPABLE
- ADDRESS SPACES.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - REDUCE UNNECESSARY SWAPPING.
KEYPHRASE - TSO BLOCKSIZES
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,TSO,IMS,NJE,CICS
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,TSO,IMS,NJE,CICS
PROBLEM - TSO DATA SETS ARE CREATED WITH BLOCKSIZES
THAT ARE NOT OPTIMUM.
SOLUTION - CHANGE BLOCKSIZES OF TSO CREATED DATA SETS
RESULTS/BENEFITS - OPTIMUM BLOCKSIZES.
KEYPHRASE - VIO BUFNO
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
PROBLEM - TOO MUCH PAGING DUE TO VIO.
SOLUTION - MODIFY QSAM OPEN TO SET DEFAULT NUMBER OF
- BUFFERS FOR VIO TO 1 INSTEAD OF 5.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - REDUCED VIO PAGING.
KEYPHRASE - LOGICAL SWAP FOR NON-SE
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
PROBLEM - NEEDLESS SWAPS OF TSO USERS IS VERY
- BAD ON PAGING RATES.
SOLUTION - MODIFY TERMINAL I/O WAIT SYSEVENT
- PROCESSING TO NOT SWAP OUT FOR INPUT
- OR OUTPUT TERMINAL WAITS.
- DETECTED WAIT WILL THEN DO THE
- SWAPPING FUNCTION IF NECESSARY.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - REDUCES TSO SWAPPING DRAMATICALLY.
- CAN SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCE PAGING DUE TO
- OUTPUT TERMINAL WAITS IN A SHOP WHICH USES
- THE TSO 'OUTPUT' COMMAND RATHER THAN THE
- THE MORE CUMBERSOME AND RESOURCE CONSUMING
- SPF FUNCTIONS FOR VIEWING OUTPUT.
KEYPHRASE - CSA POLLUTION (VSAM)
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
PROBLEM - ALLOCATIONS OF VSAM FILES CAUSE IDA0192M
- TO GETMAIN MORE CSA THAN IS ACTUALLY
- NEEDED. THIS CAUSES CSA FRAGMENTATION
- WHICH EFFECTIVELY POLLUTES CSA.
SOLUTION - FORCE IDA0192M TO GETMAIN ONLY WHAT IS
- NEEDED.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - REDUCED CSA FRAGMENTATION AND ALSO
LARGER VIRTUAL REGION SIZE.
KEYPHRASE - REDUCE REMOTE TCAM POLLING
ENVIRONMENT - 12 MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS
PROBLEM - POLLING TO REMOTE TSO TUBES WHICH ARE
- NOT LOGGED ON CAUSES A LOT OF CPU TIME
- TO BE WASTED AND NEEDLESS LINE ACTIVITY.
SOLUTION - REDUCE THE POLLING OF REMOTE 3270 DEVICES
- THAT ARE NOT LOGGED ON. THIS IS ACCOM-
- PLISHED BY INCREASING THE POLLING INTERVAL
- BY A FACTOR OF 15 IF NO ONE IS LOGGED ON.
- ONCE LOGON OCCURS, THE NORMAL POLLING
- INTERVAL IS UTILIZED.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - FOR TERMINALS NOT LOGGED ON, THIS MOD
- DECREASED LINE ACTIVITY BY APPROX. 93%.
- BECAUSE OF THE HIGH CORRELATION BETWEEN
- LINE ACTIVITY IN POLLING AND CPU USE BY
- TCAM, CPU UTILIZATION IS REDUCED BY THE
- SAME ORDER OF MAGNITUDE. IN A LARGE TCAM
- ENVIRONMENT, WHERE THE AVERAGE TERMINAL
- WAS LOGGED ON APPROX. 40% OF THE TIME,
- TOTAL LINE ACTIVITY WAS REDUCED BY 48%.
- ADDITIONALLY, TCAM CPU UTILIZATION WAS
- REDUCED 47%.
KEYPHRASE - DETECTED WAIT TIME & SRM CONSTANTS
ENVIRONMENT - 12 MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS
PROBLEM - 1. DETECTED WAIT TIME FOR TSO SHOULD
- REFLECT AVERAGE USER THINK TIME.
- 2. SRM CONSTANTS FOR CPU LOW & HIGH VALUES
- AND ASMQ-LENGTH LOW & HIGH VALUES CAUSE
- THE SYSTEM TO NOT RUN AT CAPACITY.
SOLUTION - 1. CHANGE THE DETECTED WAIT TIME DEFAULT
- TO A VALUE WHICH TAKES INTO CONSID-
- ERATION THE CPU MODEL FACTOR. THEN
- THE ADJUSTED DETECTED WAIT TIME WILL
- MORE CLOSELY RESEMBLE AVG. THINK TIME.
- 2. CHANGE THE CPU LOW & HIGH VALUES FROM
- 96 & 100.9 TO 100.9 & 101.
- CHANGE THE ASMQ-LENGTH LOW & HIGH
- VALUES FROM 7 & 10 TO 12 & 15.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - 1. REDUCES TSO SWAPPING WHEN USED IN
- CONJUNCTION WITH THE LOGICAL SWAP
- MOD FOR NON-SE SYSTEMS (MW00034).
- 2. RAISES OVERALL CPU UTILIZATION SINCE
- A GREATER MPL WILL NOW BE MAINTAINED.
- IMPACT OF SLOW SRM-MPL GROWTH (30 SEC.
- INTERVALS) WILL BE LESSENED.
KEYPHRASE - STIMER LONG-WAIT
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
PROBLEM - AUTOMATIC SWAP-OUT FOR STIMER DOING
LONG-WAITS CAUSES NEEDLESS SWAPPING.
SOLUTION - CHANGE CODE TO NOT DO LONG-WAIT. LET
- DETECTED-WAIT DO THE SWAPPING IF NEEDED.
KEYPHRASE - MSS VOLUME SELECTION
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,CICS
PROBLEM - MSS VOLUME SELECTION CAN PICK A CANDIDATE
- WHOSE TOTAL FREE SPACE SATISFIES THE
- PRIMARY SPACE REQUEST, BUT BECAUSE OF
- FRAGMENTATION IT MAY NOT BE POSSIBLE TO
- OBTAIN THE SPACE WITHIN 5 EXTENTS. THIS
- CAUSES 'SPACE REQUESTED NOT AVAILABLE'
- JCL ERRORS SINCE MSS VOLUME SELECTION
- LOGIC DOES NOT HAVE THE ABILITY TO
- PICK ANOTHER VOLUME AND TRY AGAIN.
SOLUTION - CHANGE THE VOLUME SELECTION LOGIC SO THAT
- THE LARGEST FREE EXTENT ON THE VOLUME
- MUST BE AT LEAST 1/3 OF THE PRIMARY SPACE
- REQUEST RATHER THAN 1/5.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - REDUCES THE NUMBER OF NEEDLESS JCL
- ERRORS INVOLVED IN CREATING DATASETS ON
- AN MSS.
KEYPHRASE - VOLSER IN ERROR MESSAGES
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,VTAM
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,VTAM
PROBLEM - VARIOUS DADSM ALLOCATION ERROR MESSAGES
GIVE NO INDICATION AS TO THE VOLSER OF
THE PACK HAVING THE PROBLEM. DUPLICATE
DATASET NAME JCL ERRORS ARE VERY HARD
TO FIX WHEN THE MEDIUM IS AN MSS AND
THE VOLUME IS UNKNOWN. SPACE NOT AVAILABLE
JCL ERRORS ON MSS ARE ALSO PROBLEMS
SINCE THE VERY FRAGMENTED VOLUME IS NOT
KNOWN, CANT BE FIXED, AND CONTINUES TO
CAUSE MORE JCL ERROR PROBLEMS.
SOLUTION - MODIFY SOME IBM CODE SO THAT THE
'PROC-STEPNAME' IN 'IEF...' MESSAGES
IS REPLACED WITH THE PROBLEM VOLSER.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - ALLOWS SOME MSS RELATED SPACE PROBLEMS
TO BE RESOLVED IMMEDIATELY.
KEYPHRASE - MOUNT AUTHORITY FOR MSS
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,VTAM
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,VTAM
PROBLEM - TSO USERS WITHOUT MOUNT AUTHORITY CANNOT
ACCESS DATASETS ON AN MSS.
SOLUTION - MODIFY IEFDB413, NORMAL ALLOCATION
CONTROL, SO THAT TSO USERS CAN MOUNT
MSS VOLUMES WITHOUT HAVING MOUNT
AUTHORITY. LOCAL RESTRICTION - USERS
WITHOUT MOUNT AUTHORITY CANT MOUNT MSS
VOLUMES IF THE DSN BEING SOUGHT BEGINS
WITH THEIR USERID INDEX. THIS RESTRICTION
WILL MINIMIZE THE NUMBER OF VUA'S THAT
ARE TIED UP BY TSO USERS.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - NORMAL PRODUCTION AND TESTING DATASETS
WHICH RESIDE ON MSS CAN NOW BE LOOKED
AT (LISTD, PRINT IDS, ETC.) BY NON-
AUTHORIZED TSO USERS. THIS WILL IMPROVE
THEIR PRODUCTIVITY IN RESOLVING PROBLEMS.
KEYPHRASE - CVOL PROCESSOR ENHANCEMENT
ENVIRONMENT - 12MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,VTAM
- 16MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS,VTAM
PROBLEM - THE CVOL PROCESSOR SEARCHES THE PCCB
CHAIN AND GOES THROUGH ALLOCATION FOR A
CATALOG AND BUILDS A PCCB JUST TO OBTAIN
THE VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER OF THE CVOL.
SOLUTION - CHANGE CVOL PROCESSOR TO OBTAIN THE VOLUME
SERIAL NUMBER FROM THE LAST SIX (6)
CHARACTERS OF THE CATALOG NAME SINCE ALL
CVOL CATALOG NAMES ARE IN THE FORM OF
SYSCTLG.VVOLSER.
RESULTS/BENEFITS - THIS HAS MANY BENEFITS AND CREATES SOME
MINOR RESTRICTIONS. THE BENEFITS ARE:
.1 WE NO LONGER HAVE TO GO ALL THE WAY THROUGH
ALLOCATION EVERY TIME WE SIMPLY NEED TO
OBTAIN THE VOLSER NUMBER FOR A CVOL.
THIS REDUCES CPU TIME AND I/O ACTIVITY TO
THE MASTER CATALOG.
.2 THIS ALLOWS UNRECEIVED PASSED DATA SETS TO
BE CATALOGED AND/OR UNCATALOGED (DISPOSITION)
PROCESSING) BY JOB TERMINATION AFTER AN ABEND
HAS OCCURRED (WITHOUT THIS MOD YOU GET A NOT
CATALOGED 4 BECAUSE AT JOB TERMINATION THE
ALLOCATION FOR THE CVOL CATALOG IS NOT ALLOWED).
.3 THIS ALLOWS DATA SETS CATALOGED IN CATALOGS
OTHER THAN THE MASTER CATALOG TO BE REFERENCED
IN THE JES PROC (BUT NOT IN LNKLST00 SINCE NIP
DOESN'T GET THIS FAR).
THIS ALSO CREATES SOME MINOR RESTRICTIONS:
.1 THE NAMES OF ALL CVOL CATALOGS MUST BE
SYSCTLG.VVOLSER, WHERE VOLSER IS THE SERIAL
NUMBER ON WHICH THAT CVOL CATALOG RESIDES.
.2 SINCE THE CVOL CATALOG IS NO LONGER ACTUALLY
ALLOCATED THERE IS NO WAY THAT A CVOL ON A
NON-RESIDENT VOLUME CAN BE ACCESSED I.E. ALL
CVOL CATALOGS MUST BE ONLINE.
KEYPHRASE - CHANNEL ROTATE FOR NON-SE UP CPU
ENVIRONMENT - 8 MB 3033 - BATCH,RJE,NJE,TSO,IMS
PROBLEM - I.O.S. DOES NOT ROTATE CHANNELS.
SOLUTION - MODIFY THE I.O.S. TEST CHANNEL ROUTINE TO
- CAUSE THE PHYSICAL CHANNEL LIST FOR EACH
- LOGICAL CHANNEL TO BE ROTATED BETWEEN I/O
- REQUESTS TO THAT LCH.
- THIS ZAP FOR UNI-PROCESSORS ONLY !!!!!!
RESULTS/BENEFITS - CAUSES MORE EVEN UTILIZATION OF
- MULTIPLE CHANNELS TO DEVICES.
File 324
Table of Contents
IS A SERIES OF UTILITIES FOR MVS/SP1.3 FROM CONN
NATIONAL BANK. THE FOLLOWING ARE INCLUDED IN THIS FILE
1) TSOENQ (TSO CP) FUNCTION - DISPLAY DATASET
ENQUE CONFLICTS ON SP1.3
SYSTEM.
2) TSODSN (TSO CP) FUNCTION - DISPLAY 1. USERS,
2. DISPOSITION, 3. WAITING FOR
DATASETS, 4 SYSTEM, 5 MUST
COMPLETE FLAG, 6 RESERVE FLAGS,
7 GLOBAL FLAG, 8 OWNERSHIP FLAG
FOR THE SPECIFIED DATASET.
5) SAVEALL - MACRO
6) ENDALL - MACRO
7) CONSOLER - SP1.3 ZAP TO MAKE CONSOLES COME UP
'K S,DEL=R' AT IPL.
8) MSSMOUNT - SP1.3 ZAP TO MOUNT MSS VOLUMES FOR
TSO USERS WITHOUT THE MOUNT
ATTRIBUTE.
9) IFASMFDP - SP1.3 ZAP ALLOW IFASMFDP TO GET
BLKSIZE FROM THE JCL.
10) CSCSQ03D - SP1.3 # Q
11) CSCSQ03J - SP1.3 # Q INSTALL JCL
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT, SEE THE MEMBER
CALLED $$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
File 325
Table of Contents
IS FROM WELLS FARGO BANK AND CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING
PROGRAMS AND TSO COMMANDS . ALL CODE IS CURRENT AS OF
JULY 1984 . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION .
IEFUTL - WELLS FARGO'S VERSION OF THE SMF USER TIME
LIMIT EXIT.
YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO USE THIS CODE AS IT
STANDS BECAUSE OF SOME INSTALLATION
DEPENDENCIES THAT ARE NOT SHIPPED.
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE OF HOW TO DISCONNECT A
TSO USER RATHER THAN CANCEL WHEN WAIT TIME
IS EXCEEDED. THE USER THEN HAS HOWEVER MUCH
TIME YOU ALLOW IN YOUR RECONLIM= PARAMETER
TO LOGON RECONNECT BEFORE VTAM AUTOMATICALLY
CANCELS THE ADDRESS SPACE. THE TERMINAL
BECOMES IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FOR USE BY
OTHER IDS, AND THE DISCONNECTED ID REMAINS
SWAPPED OUT.
SEE THE CODE THAT REFERS TO VTAM COMMAND:
V NET,TERM, ...
NOTE ===> THIS PERFORMS THE SAME FUNCTION
THROUGH OPERATOR COMMAND THAT ANY USER CAN
INVOKE THROUGH KEYBOARD ACTION. IF YOU ARE
NOT FAMILIAR WITH CONDITIONAL LOGOFF, READ
"INVOKING UNFORMATTED SYSTEM SERVICE
TYPE(COND) TO FORCE A RECONNECT ENVIRONMENT"
IN THE TSO TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE.
JESLOGON - A PROGRAM TO ALLOW A TSO USER TO LOGON TO
ANY SECONDARY SUBSYSTEM. IT ACTS AS A
ONE-TIME FRONT END FOR THE STANDARD TMP, AND
IS INTENDED TO BE EXECUTED BY THE LOGON
PROCEDURE. JOBS SUBMISSIONS AND PSO
(PROCESS SYSOUT) REQUESTS ARE ALSO HANDLED
BY THE SECONDARY JES.
JESMAXCC - A PAIR OF JES2 (SP1.3.3) EXITS THAT ADD TEXT
TO THE $HASP165 MESSAGE GENERATED BY NOTIFY=
ON THE JOB CARD OR BY THE JES2 /*NOTIFY
CONTROL CARD. IF THE JOB DOES NOT ABEND, THE
MAXIMUM CONDITION CODE OF ALL EXECUTED STEPS
IS ADDED. IF THE JOB ABENDS, THE SYSTEM OR
USER ABEND CODE IS ADDED:
$HASP165 YOURJOB ENDED AT NODE - MAX COND
CODE 0000
$HASP165 YOURJOB ENDED AT NODE - ABENDED
USER XXX
$HASP165 YOURJOB ENDED AT NODE - CANCELLED
SYSTEM 222
OPCON - OPERATOR CONSOLE MONITOR MODIFIED FOR
WFB 12/83
TAKEN FROM CBT
FILE338
S P Y (NAME CHANGED
TO "OPCON" IN
THE CODE, BUT
COMMENTS STILL
******** CHANGES ******** REFER TO "SPY")
V3.2 - ELIMINATE SPECIAL CHARACTER REQUIRED
TO PRECEDE OS CMD
- ELIMINATE SECRET AUTH SVC, RESTORE
MODESET AND SVC34
- CORRECT BUFFER ADDRESS PROBLEM WITH
LINE 1 OF DISPLAY
- CORRECT LOOP COUNT FOR UCM BUILD
ROUTINE
- ADD SUBCOMMAND A.. (AUTO W.. AFTER
COMMAND ENTRY)
- ADD CHECK AT INITIALIZATION FOR TSO
OPER AUTHORITY
- MAKE COMMAND ENTRY AREA NON-DISPLAY
UNTIL PASSWD GIVEN
- MAKE "OPER REDISPLAY" AREA MODIFIABLE
FOR REENTRY
- FILL BOTH ENTRY AREAS WITH NULLS TO
ALLOW CHAR INSERT
- REDISPLAY LAST CMD ENTERED BY USER
(INSTEAD OF OPER)
- MOVE CONSOLE STATUS TABLE TO SEPARATE
CSECT
- RESTRUCTURE THE HELP SCREEN AND USE
UPPER/LOWER CASE
- PROVIDE TSO HELP ENTRY AS COMMENTS AT
END OF SOURCE
THIS PROGRAM DISPLAYS THE CONTENTS OF ALL
ACTIVE GRAPHIC OPERATOR'S CONSOLES ON A TSO
CRT. THE OPERATOR'S SCREEN CAN BE EITHER A
327X OR A 370-168 INTEGRATED CONSOLE. THE
TSO USER CAN USE ANY 327X TERMINAL.
ROOM - (THIS VERSION GENERALIZES SOME OFFSETS THAT
WERE HARD CODED). A TSO COMMAND TO ALLOW A
USER TO CHANGE THE "ROOM NUMBER" FIELD IN
THE JES JCT FOR THE TSO SESSION. THIS
COMMAND IS NECESSARY BECAUSE THE ROOM NUMBER
FIELD IS NOT SUPPORTED BY UADS (AND THE
FIELD IS OVERLAYED BY WELLS FARGO ACCOUNTING
INFORMATION DURING LOGON). ROOM MAKES IT
EASY FOR THE USER TO SPECIFY DELIVERY
INFORMATION (PRINTED ON JES HEADER AND
TRAILER PAGES) FOR ALL SYSOUT CREATED DURING
THE SESSION, INCLUDING SPUN DATASETS.
THIS CODE CAN SERVE AS A MODEL FOR ALLOWING
A TSO USER TO CHANGE THROUGH AUTHORIZED
MEANS ANY OTHERWISE PROTECTED INFORMATION IN
THE JES JCT OR SIMILAR CONTROL BLOCKS.
VTAMCHK - THIS PROGRAM IS INTENDED TO BE STARTED
AUTOMATICALLY AFTER AN IPL (BY COMMNDXX). IT
IS USED TO START VTAM APPLICATIONS OR ISSUE
OTHER COMMANDS IN AN ORDERLY SEQUENCE AFTER
VTAM IS UP AND RUNNING.
VTAMCHK HAS THE OPTION TO DELAY BETWEEN
ISSUING EACH COMMAND BECAUSE SOME
ENVIRONMENTS THEMSELVES HAVE TIME
DEPENDENCIES, SUCH AS $SLOGON1 (WAIT FOR
INITIALIZATION)
$SN,A=XX
THE SOURCE HAS A SAMPLE OF THE PROCEDURE AND
SOME COMMANDS.
VTOCLIST - A CORRECTED VERSION OF THE GTE VTOCLIST
PROGRAM TAKEN FROM THE CBT TAPE. CORRECTIONS
INCLUDE:
- PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR DF/EF VSAM FILES WHICH
ARE ALLOWED TO HAVE MORE THAN 16 EXTENTS
- TWO CORRECTIONS TO PRINT EXTENT NUMBERS
GREATER THAN 99.
- A CORRECTION TO PRINT THE "LAST REF DATA"
AND "USE COUNT".
File 326
Table of Contents
IS FROM SCHERING-PLOUGH AND IS A SET OF SMF EXITS AND
A TSO COMMAND TO DISPLAY TSO SESSION CHARGES BOTH
DURING THE SESSION AND AT LOGOFF TIME. THIS FILE IS
IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 327
Table of Contents
IS FROM SCHERING-PLOUGH AND IS A TSO COMMAND TO FLIP-
FLOP 3278-5'S TO AND FROM MODEL 2 MODE, I.E. FROM
TERM SCR (27,132) TO TERM SCR (24,80) AND BACK.
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 328
Table of Contents
IS FROM SCHERING-PLOUGH AND IS A PROBLEM MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM ORIENTED AT SOFTWARE SUPPORT WITH EMPHASIS
ON USING THE IBM SUPPORT CENTER. THIS FILE IS IN
IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 329
Table of Contents
IS A COPY OF THE IBM PRINT DUMP EXIT CALLED AMDPSCAN,
WHICH WAS SENT TO ME BY SCHERING-PLOUGH. THIS FILE
IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT . THIS FILE WAS UPDATED
FEB 12 , 1984 BY AN UPDATE SENT IN BY THE CITY
UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK .
THE MEMBERS IN THIS FILE ARE :
1. SCANINFO - DOCUMENT MEMBER
2. USERMOD - USERMOD TO CONNECT AMDPSCAN TO
AMDPRDMP. CURRENT FOR MVS/SP1.3
3. ESC1326 - THE MVS/SP1.3 (JBB1326) VERSION
OF AMDPSCAN . INCLUDES FUNCTION
ESC1326 AND PTF US01110
4. ESC2102 - THE MVS/XA (HBB2102) VERSION OF
AMDPSCAN . INCLUDES FUNCTION
ESC2102 AND PTFS US02000 AND
US02110
5. AMDPMSGS - THE AMDPSCAN USER MANUAL .
PRINTS WITH MACHINE CONTROL
CHARACTERS
THE OBJECTIVES OF AMDPRDMP ARE:
1. TO CHECK VARIOUS FLAG BITS IN THE DUMP WHICH MAY
HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THE FAILURE, BUT WOULD NOT HAVE
BEEN NOTICED BY THE PSR UNLESS HE WAS SPECIFICALLY
LOOKING FOR THEM. AN EXAMPLE OF THIS WOULD BE THE 'SQA
CRITICAL' BIT IN THE GDA.
2. CONTROL BLOCK VERIFICATION. VS2 HAS MANY QUEUES OF
CONTROL BLOCKS AND A SYMPTOM OR CAUSE OF SYSTEM
FAILURE IS FREQUENTLY AN INVALID CONTROL BLOCK OR
CORRUPTED QUEUE. SCANNING THESE CONTROL BLOCKS
MANUALLY WOULD BE TOO TIME CONSUMING TO BE PRACTICAL.
AMDPSCAN SCANS MANY CONTROL BLOCKS AND QUEUES,
PRINTING ERROR MESSAGES AND LEADING THE PSR TO THE
CAUSE OF THE PROBLEM.
AMDPSCAN WILL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS:
PERFORMS COMMS TASK CONTROL BLOCK CHECKING.
PRINTS ANY WQE'S STILL ON THE SYSOUT QUEUE
(NOT YET PRINTED AT A CONSOLE.) PRINTS ANY
OUTSTANDING ORE'S. CHECKS ALL UCM'S, CQE'S
AND WWB'S ETC. GIVES CONTROL TO EACH OF
THE OTHER CSECTS AND CONTAINS THE INTERFACE
BETWEEN THE OTHER CSECTS AND COMMONLY USED
ROUTINES WITHIN AMDPSCAN. FORMATS THE
MASTER TRACE TABLE IN CHRONOLOGICAL
SEQUENCE IF MTT WAS ACTIVE AT DUMP TIME.
FORMATS THE SYSTEM TRACE TABLE IF TRACE WAS
ACTIVE AT DUMP TIME. SVC'S ARE DECODED.
CHECKS ALL SPQE'S, DQE'S, FQE'S, PQE'S,
FBQE'S AND AQE'S FOR CSA, SQA AND ALL
ADDRESS SPACES. ALL CPAB'S, CPABE'S AND
QUICKCELLS ARE CHECKED FOR ALL GLOBAL CELL
POOLS AND LOCAL SVRB POOLS. ALL UCB'S ARE
CHECKED FOR 'MISSING INTERRUPTS'. LCH'S
ARE CHECKED FOR WAITING REQUESTS. I/O
CONTROL BLOCK CHAINS ARE VALIDITY CHECKED.
GIVES INFORMATION ABOUT GLOBAL LOCKS HELD
AT DUMP TIME. E.G. ASM LOCK, DISP LOCK ETC.
VALIDITY CHECKS MOST RSM CONTROL
BLOCKS..... ALSO, PAGE-IN REQESTS ARE
TRACED FOR LATER ANALYSIS BY AMDPSALZ.
ANALYSES QCB'S AND QEL'S FOR ENQUEUE
LOCKOUT SITUATIONS. CHECK FOR AND TRACES
CMS LOCK AND/OR LOCAL LOCK LOCKOUT
SITUATIONS. ANALYZES CONTROL BLOCKS BUILT
BY OTHER 'SCAN' ROUTINES.
GIVES INFORMATION ABOUT THE FOLLOWING
SYSTEM RESOURCES:-
PAGE SUPERVISOR.
I/O DEVICES.
LOCKS.
QCB'S
REAL STORAGE FRAMES.
WQE'S
ORE'S
DETAILS OF HOLDERS AND WAITORS FOR THESE RESOURCES
ARE PRINTED IN ORDER OF IMPORTANCE TO THE SYSTEM AT
THE TIME OF THE DUMP. TOP FROM THIS PRINTOUT, IT
SHOULD BE POSSIBLE TO DETERMINE THE 'CRITICAL' SYSTEM
RESOURCE AT THE TIME OF THE DUMP. DETERMINES IF THE
PSW STORED BY STORE STATUS HAS THE WAIT BIT ON OR
OFF. IF 'OFF' THE INSTRUCTION STREAM POINTED TO BY
THE PSW IS SIMULATED AND ANALYSED TO DETERMINE IF THE
SYSTEM WAS 'LOOPING' OR NOT AT THE TIME OF THE DUMP.
IF A LOOP IS DETECTED, IT IS PRINTED OUT ALONG WITH
THE REGISTERS AND INTRUCTION AT THE ADDRESS POINTED
TO BY THE PSW
File 330
Table of Contents
CONTAINS THE MVS/SP RELEASE 1 SOURCE FOR DMS. THIS
FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE FORMAT
File 331
Table of Contents
CONTAINS THE MVS/SP RELEASE 1 LOAD MODULES FOR DMS
File 332
Table of Contents
CONTAINS THE SOURCE FOR A STARTED TASK WHICH IF LEFT
RUNNING FOR 24 HOURS A DAY WILL PROVIDE ENHANCED
AUTOMATIC COMMAND EXECUTION AND JOB SUBMISSION AT A
SPECIFIABLE TIME-OF-DAY OR DAY-OF-WEEK OR DAY-OF-THE-
MONTH. THE SOURCE PROGRAM HAS IMBEDDED DOCUMENTATION
ON THE FORMAT OF THE 'COMMANDS' PDS. ALSO IN THE
SOURCE IS A TABLE OF 'JCL' DATASETS WHICH THE STARTED
TASK WILL ALLOCATE AND USE TO SUBMIT SPECIFIED
MEMBERS TO THE INTERNAL READER. THESE DATASETS ARE
ALLOCATED BY DYNMAIC ALLOCATION AND ARE DE-ALLOCATED
WHEN FINISHED PROCESSING
File 333
Table of Contents
IS FROM IBM, IN BASEL SWITZERLAND, AND CONTAINS SEV-
ERAL UTILITIES TO MAKE THE INSTALLATION OF PTF TAPES
EASIER AND EXERCISE ADDITIONAL CONTROL OF WHAT WILL
GO ONTO YOUR SYSTEM. THIS FILE IS SET UP TO BE A
RECEIVE FILE INTO SMP. I THINK YOU SHOULD PRINT
IT OUT AND LOOK AT WHAT IT CAN DO FOR YOU. WE HAVE
ONLY USED THE SMP4 XREF PROGRAM HERE AT THE BANK.
THERE IS CONSIDERABLE DOCUMENTATION IN THIS FILE TO
DESCRIBE WHAT THESE UTILITIES WILL PROVIDE
File 334
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES AND CONTAINS A SAS
PROGRAM THAT WAS WRITTEN TO FACILITATE THE
EVALUATION OF AN ONLINE ENVIRONMENT NEEDING STORAGE
ISLOATION AND THEN TO HELP IN THE EVALUATION OF THE
STORAGE ISOLATION PARAMETERS . THIS FILE HAS ALSO
UPDATED BY FEDERAL EXPRESS TO MAKE THE PROGRAMS MORE
GENERALIZED . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN INPUT
FORMAT SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
File 335
Table of Contents
IS A DYNAMIC BLDL FROM GTE LABS IN CALIFORNIA
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT, SEE THE MEMBER
CALLED $DOC FOR MORE INFORMATION. THIS VERSION DOES NOT
REQUIRE SYSTEM MODIFICATION TO INSTALL.
DYNAMIC BLDL IS A SET OF PROGRAMS OBTAINED FROM THE
CONNECTICUT BANK MODS TAPE AND MODIFIED BY HOWARD M.
DEAN AT GTE DATA SERVICES. THEY PROVIDE A WAY OF
MAINTAINING AN IN CORE LIST OF DIRECTORY ENTRIES FOR
LINKLIST LIBRARYS. THIS HAS THE EFFECT OF REDUCING
I/O TO THESE LIBRARYS. IN OUR INSTALLATION, WE ARE
EXPERIENCING A HIT RATIO IN EXCESS OF 90 PERCENT. THE
PROGRAM IS SET UP FOR A TABLE OF 200 ENTRIES BUT CAN
BE MODIFIED FOR ANY NUMBER.
THE COMPLETE BLDL MODIFICATION IS COMPOSED OF FOUR
PROGRAMS:
IGC018XX - BLDL SVC HOOK THAT IS COPIED TO FIXED SQA
BLDLINIT - RUN AT IPL TIME FROM COMMND00 TO
INITIALIZE DYNAMIC BLDL.
BLDLST - LIST INCORE DYNAMIC BLDL TABLE.
BLDLSW - START OR STOP DYNAMIC BLDL WITHOUT AN IPL.
THE SOURCE FOR THESE PROGRAMS IS IN THIS FILE ON THE
CBT MVS MODS TAPE. THE PROGRAM NAME IS THE MEMBER
NAME. EACH WILL BE EXPLAINED IN ITS OWN SECTION
BELOW.
###########################################
# CAUTION #
# THIS VERSION OF DYNAMIC BLDL IS FOR #
# THE DF/DS VERSION OF IGC018 WITH #
# MAINTAINCE APPLIED. EARLIER RELEASES OF #
# MVS WILL HAVE TO RETROFIT TO ACCOMIDATE #
# THE CODE. AMPLE COMMENTS ARE PROVIDED #
# IN THE SOURCE TO ALLOW A RETROFIT IF #
# IGC018 CHANGES. #
# #
# SEE THE SOURCE FOR THE CHANGES REQUIRED #
# FMID=JDM1134 PUT=8207 #
###########################################
********** IGC018XX ***********
PROGRAM IGC018XX IS LOADED AND MOVED INTO FIXED SQA
STORAGE (SUBPOOL 245) VIA THE BLDLINIT PROGRAM. IT'S
ENTRY ADDRESS IS PLACED IN THE SVC TABLE DYNAMICALLY
AND THUS IT RECEIVES CONTROL AS A FRONT END TO THE
IBM BLDL SVC IGC018.
PLACE A PROCEDURE CALLING THE BLDLINIT PROGRAM INTO
SYS1.PROCLIB AND INVOKE VIA THE COMMND00 MEMBER OF
SYS1.PARMLIB. THIS WILL DYNAMICALLY INSTALL THE
IGC018 FRONT-END.
TO INSTALL IGC018 IN SYS1.LINKLIB, WE USED SMP AND
DID A JCLIN TO ADD IGC018XX TO THE CDS. A SIMPLE ZAP
TO MARK IGC018 FOR SMP REGRESSION CHECKS IS USED
ALSO. THIS WILL ALLOW THE SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER TO
RETROFIT IGC018XX WHEN IGC018 CHANGES. SEE THE
COMMENTS IN IGC018XX FOR A LIST OF THINGS THAT MUST
BE CHANGED IF IGC018 CHANGES.
IGC018XX IS FIXED IN SQA STORAGE AT IPL TIME BUT CAN
BE STOPPED AND STARTED WITHOUT THE NEED OF AN IPL AT
ANY TIME. SIMPLY USE THE BLDLSW PROGRAM TO ACCOMPLISH
THIS.
********** BLDLINIT **********
BLDLINIT DYNAMICALLY INITIALIZES DYNAMIC BLDL BY
LOADING IGC018XX AND DYNAMICALLY RELOCATING THE
MODULE IN FIXED SQA STORAGE. THE PROPER LOCKS ARE
OBTAINED AND IGC018XX IS LOADED AND RELOCATED IN
FIXED SQA STORAGE. THE PROCEDURE INVOKING THIS
PROGRAM IS NORMALLY PLACED IN SYS1.PROCLIB AND
INVOKED VIA THE COMMND00 MEMBER OF SYS1.PARMLIB AT
IPL TIME. USING THIS APPROACH INSURES THAT AN IPL
WILL NEVER FAIL DUE TO DYNAMIC BLDL.
********** BLDLSW **********
BLDLSW IS A PROGRAM TO TURN DYNAMIC BLDL ON OR OFF
WITHOUT THE NEED FOR AN IPL. ALL COMMUNICATION TO
THE PROGRAM IS VIA THE PARM FIELD AND ALL
COMMUNICATION FROM THE PROGRAM IS VIA WTO SO NO DD
CARDS ARE NEEDED TO RUN THE PROGRAM.
A PARM FIELD OF 'P' STOPS DYNAMIC BLDL AND A PARM
FIELD OF 'S' STARTS IT AGAIN.
WE HAVE LINKED THIS PROGRAM INTO LINKLIB AND SINCE IT
USES THE MODESET MACRO, IT MUST BE LINKED WITH AC(1).
CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO CHECK THIS PROGRAM IF
IGC018XX IS MODIFIED. A DSECT NAMED RLDSECT IS USED
TO ADDRESS CERTAIN AREAS IN IGC018XX. IF THE FORMAT
OF THE ADDRESS CONSTANTS IN IGC018XX CHANGES, THEN
THIS DSECT SHOULD BE CHANGED ACCORDINGLY. SEE THE
COMMENTS IN BLDLSW FOR FURTHER DETAILS.
********** BLDLST **********
PROGRAM BLDLLIST COPIES THE DYNAMIC BLDL TABLE AND
THEN PRODUCES A PRINTED REPORT OF USAGE TO FILE
SYSPRINT. THE SYSPRINT FILE HAS A DCB OF
RECFM=FA,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=80 MAKING IT IDEAL FOR
RUNNING UNDER TSO TO MONITOR DYNAMIC BLDL.
CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO EXAMINE THIS PROGRAM IF
IGC018XX IS MODIFIED AS THIS CODE DEPENDS ON CERTAIN
OFFSETS IN IGC018XX. IT ALSO DEPENDS ON A DSECT
CALLED RLDSECT. THIS DSECT CORRESPONDS TO CERTAIN
ADDRESS CONSTANTS IN IGC018XX. PLEASE UPDATE THIS
DSECT IF YOU CHANGE THE ORDER OF ADDRESS CONSTANTS IN
IGC018XX.
THE CONSTANTS THAT MAY REQUIRE CHANGE IS PREFIXED
WITH THE NATIONAL CHARACTER '$'
File 336
Table of Contents
CONTAINS A COLLECTION OF UTILITIES , MACROS , TSO
COMMANDS , USERMODS , AND OTHER STUFF FROM RICE
UNIVERSITY .
RICE UNIVERSITY RUNS MVS/SP 1.1.1 WITH BASE-LEVEL
JES2 (EJE1102), AND ALL OF THIS IS WORKING AT
THAT LEVEL. (WE ALSO RUN UICC'S JTIP AND ACF2,
WHICH ARE OCCASIONALLY REFERENCED. WE THINK WE
HAVE REMOVED ALL SERIOUS DEPENDENCIES ON THESE
PRODUCTS.) SOME OF THIS IS UPDATED/CORRECTED
VERSIONS OF STUFF WE ORIGINALLY GOT FROM THE
1-23-82 VERSION OF THE MODS TAPE. THEREFORE
SOME OF IT MAY HAVE BEEN SUPERSEDED OR
COMPLICATED BY OTHER CHANGES TO THE SAME
PROGRAMS SINCE THEN.
THIS COLLECTION INCLUDES:
TAPESCAN, A TAPE SCANNING/COPYING UTILITY
ESPECIALLY SUITED TO DIAGNOSIS OF
OVER-WRITTEN OR OTHERWISE SCREWED-UP TAPES.
THIS VERSION OF TAPESCAN INCLUDES
EXTENSIVE SUPPORT FOR ANSI- LABELLED
TAPES, AND A LOT OF SECURITY SUPPORT
(INCLUDING PASSWORD, EXPIRATION DATE AND ACF2
SECURITY CHECKING).
DISKUTIL, AN IEHPROGM REPLACEMENT.
SEQCOPY, AN IEBGENER REPLACEMENT.
PRINTPDS, A UTILITY TO PRINT ALL MEMBERS OF
A PDS, NO MATTER WHAT RECORD FORMAT. IT
PRODUCES A TABLE OF CONTENTS AND AN ALIAS
CROSS-REFERENCE.
MAPDISK, ANOTHER VTOC MAPPING UTILITY
(UNRELATED TO OTHERS OF THE SAME NAME).
A VERSION OF DYNAMIC MLPA (OR MODREP) WITH
SOME HORRIBLE BUGS FIXED. (NOW WE KNOW WHY
IT STOPPED WORKING WHEN WE INSTALLED
LOW-MEMORY PROTECTION!)
CLUTSPAR, A FRIENDLIER VERSION OF IKJPARS.
TRY IT, AND YOU WON'T WANT TO GO BACK!
NOTE THAT CLUTSPAR DOES NOT SUPPORT ANY
TSO/E FEATURES SUCH AS THE PARSE INTERFACE
TO THE HELP COMMAND, DUE TO LACK OF
INFORMATION ON HOW THEY WORK. (CLUTSPAR
IS A FRAGMENT OF A PROJECT CALLED TSU, WHICH
STARTED OUT AS A MECHANISM FOR WRITING TSO
COMMAND PROCESSORS IN PL/I, AND EVENTUALLY
SPROUTED REPLACEMENTS FOR MAJOR PORTIONS
OF TSO. TSU AS A WHOLE HAS NEVER QUITE
BECOME CLEAN ENOUGH TO RELEASE, BUT CLUTSPAR
IS SUCH AN ENORMOUS IMPROVEMENT OVER THE
COMPETITION THAT WE DECIDED TO MAKE IT AN
EXCEPTION.)
THE LANGUAGE INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENT (LIE),
A SET OF MACROS AND ROUTINES TO LET YOU
WRITE ASSEMBLER SUBROUTINES WHICH CAN TAKE
ADVANTAGE OF SERVICES OF THE PL/I
ENVIRONMENT, PLUS A PSEUDO-PL/I
ENVIRONMENT MANUFACTURER, TO PROVIDE THE
SAME SERVICES IN THE ABSENCE OF PL/I.
CLUTSPAR IS A PSEUDO-PL/I APPLICATION IN
THIS SENSE.
THE XSEND TSO COMMAND, FOR IMPROVED
COMMUNICATION WITH LOGGED- ON TSO USERS.
NOW YOU CAN SEND WITH WAIT AND BREAK OUT OF
IT IF YOU GET TIRED OF WAITING! XSEND
INCLUDES A USER SVC FOR CONTROLLED USE OF
TPUT HIGHP (TO SEND BELLS/ALARM TO TELL A
NOINTERCOM USER SOMEONE WANTS TO "SPEAK" TO
HIM).
LISTM, A NICE TSO COMMAND TO LIST PDS MEMBER
NAMES.
LISTU, A NICE TSO COMMAND TO LIST TSO
USERS (SORTED BY USERID).
UPUT, UPROMPT AND UGET, MACROS TO USE AS
REPLACEMENTS FOR TPUT AND TGET THAT
INTERFACE TO THE PUTLINE/PUTGET SERVICE
ROUTINES. THEY MAKE CONVERSION OF OLD TSO
CODE SO IT WILL RUN UNDER A BATCH TMP MUCH
EASIER.
XWTO, A MACRO TO ALLOW WTO MESSAGES TO BE
BUILT FROM SEGMENTS WITHOUT HAVING TO COMPUTE
ALL THE OFFSETS.
UHB MACROS, A SET OF UTILITY MACROS TO MAKE
WRITING BIG MACRO APPLICATIONS (LIKE XWTO
TURNED OUT TO BE) MUCH EASIER.
A JULIAN ROUTINE (ORIGINALLY WRITTEN TO BE
CALLED FROM COBOL) TO CONVERT DATES BETWEEN
JULIAN AND GREGORIAN FORMAT, AND TO
DETERMINE THE DAY OF THE WEEK. THIS
ROUTINE IS NOT ALL THAT INTERESTING, BUT IT
IS USED BY SOME OF THE OTHER SUBMISSIONS.
SAVEX AND RETURNX MACROS, YET ANOTHER
EXAMPLE OF AN EXTENDED
SAVE AND RETURN. AGAIN, NOT THAT
INTERESTING, BUT USED ALL OVER BY OUR OTHER
CODE.
THE ABOVE ARE (EXCEPT FOR THE XSEND SVC
AND CLUTSPAR) ALL APPLICATIONS, AND REQUIRE NO
SMP WORK.
WE ARE ALSO PROVIDING SMP-PACKAGED SYSMODS TO
SUPPORT: PACKAGED SYSMODS TO SUPPORT:
A MODIFICATION TO THE JES2 $DF COMMAND TO
ALLOW SELECTIONS OF THE TYPES OF DATA SETS
TO BE DISPLAYED. THIS MOD ALSO
INTRODUCES THE $XF COMMAND, WHICH
DISPLAYS EACH JOB WITH OUTPUT OF THE
SPECIFIED KIND.
A BIG MOD TO JES2 OUTPUT PROCESSING TO
PROVIDE COUNTS OF THE ACTUAL NUMBER OF PAGES
PRINTED FOR A JOB, BASED ON DEFINITIONS OF
FORMS AND CARRIAGE TAPE LAYOUTS CONTAINED
IN THE JES2 INITIALIZATION PARAMETERS.
A MOD TO TSO FUNCTIONAL ACCOUNTING (SMF TYPE
32 RECORDS) TO RECORD RESPONSE-TIME-RELATED
INFORMATION IN PLACE OF SOME OF THE MORE
ESOTERIC PRESENT INFORMATION, AND TO NOT
REQUIRE A PRE-ASSEMBLED LIST OF INTERESTING
COMMANDS. INCLUDED IS A REPORT PROGRAM TO
SUMMARIZE THE RECORDS CONTAINED IN A BATCH
OF SMF DATA.
A VERSION OF THE MOD TO ADD THE MAXIMUM
CONDITION CODE TO THE JES2 NOTIFY MESSAGE.
A JES2 MOD TO DISPLAY THE CONVERTER
ABEND CODE WHEN THE CONVERTER CRASHES.
(NOW WHO WOULD EVER WANT TO KNOW A THING
LIKE THAT?)
A MOD TO REMOVE "CN(00)" FROM NOTIFY
MESSAGES (AND ANYTHING ELSE SENT VIA
INTERNAL SEND COMMANDS).
A MOD TO STAMP A NEW FORMAT 1 DSCB WITH
THE USERID OF ITS CREATOR (FROM THE SMF
USERID FIELD). WITH ACF2 (AND THE RIGHT ACF2
OPTIONS), THIS WILL BE THE ACF2 LOGONID.
File 337
Table of Contents
CONTAINS A SUBSET OF THE # CMD1 SUBSYSTEM FROM EXXON
COMPANY, HOUSTON, TEXAS, THAT WILL RUN UNDER JES3.
SEE THE MEMBER CALLED CMDSINFO FOR ADDTIONAL INFOR-
MATION. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 338
Table of Contents
CONTAINS A COPY OF SPY THAT HAS BEEN MODIFIED TO RUN
UNDER MVS/SP1.3 BY ANADONDA-ERICCSON. (ORIGINAL CODE
FROM THE BANK OF NEW SOUTH WALES, THIS VERSION HAS
BEEN MODIFIED TO ISSUE COMMANDS VIA SVC 34). THIS
FILE ALSO CONTAINS CODE FOR TWO IMS MODULES THAT WILL
FORCE SIGNON MFS MODULE TO APPEAR TO IMS USERS AT TWO
DIFFERENT TIMES. ALSO CONTAINS VTAM USS TABLES. SEE
THE MEMBER CALLED $DOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
THIS PDS CONTAINS SIX MEMBERS. THEY ARE:
1. $DOC DOCUMENTATION
2. AEI005P1 THIS MEMBER CONTAINS SOURCE UPDATES TO
TWO IMS (115) MODULES IN SMP FORMAT
THAT WILL FORCE THE ANACONDA SIGNON MFS
MODULE TO APPEAR TO IMS USERS AT TWO
DIFFERENT TIMES. 1ST, WHEN THE TERMINAL
CONNECTS TO IMS AND THE 'TERMINAL
CONNECTED' MESSAGE IS ISSUED, AND 2ND,
WHEN THE IMS USER ISSUES A '/SIGN OFF'.
THIS CODE ALSO FITS ON IMS 1.2 AT PTF
LEVEL 8109.
3. COMMAND PROGRAM NEEDED BY SPY TO ISSUE OPERATOR
COMMANDS VIA SVC 34
4. MFSSIGN THIS MEMBER CONTAINS SOURCE STATEMENTS
FOR THE MFS SIGNON MODULE. I'M NOT AN
IMS PERSON SO I'M NOT SURE HOW TO
CONSTRUCT IT, BUT HOWEVER YOU DO IT,
CALL IT 'SIGN'. IF YOU DON'T LIKE THAT
NAME, CHANGE THE USER- MOD FOR THE TWO
IMS MODULES TO WHATEVER YOU WISH TO
CALL IT.
5. USS3270L THIS MEMBER CONTAINS SOURCE STATEMENTS
FOR THE VTAM USS TABLE WE USE FOR LOCAL
3270'S (NON-SNA). THIS SCREEN APPEARS
AS SOON AS THE TERMINAL CONNECTS TO
VTAM. WE MADE IT APPEAR LIKE AN SPF
MASTER MENU WHERE THE USER SIMPLY KEYS
IN ONE LETTER TO CONNECT TO THE
APPLICATION HE/SHE WISHES TO USE. IT
LOOKS GOOD ON 3278'S WITH SOME OF THE
FIELDS HIGHLIGHTED AND EVEN BETTER ON
3279'S CAUSE IT'S IN RED, WHITE AND
BLUE.
6. USS3270R THIS MEMBER CONTAINS SOURCE STATEMENTS
FOR THE VTAM USS TABLE WE USE FOR SNA
3270'S . THE FORMAT OF THIS SCREEN IS A
LITTLE DIFFERENT THAN THE LOCAL USSTAB
BECAUSE YOU CAN'T USE THE SAME CONTROL
CHARACTERS FOR SNA AS YOU WOULD FOR
NON-SNA. HOWEVER THE SPF MENU CONCEPT
IS THE SAME.
7. SPY THIS MEMBER IS THE SOURCE FOR SPY
VERSION 3.1 WITH CROSS MEMORY SUPPORT
INCLUDED FOR MVS/SP 1.3. THE VAST
MAJORITY OF THE XM CODE CAME FROM THE
BANK OF NEW SOUTH WALES. I SIMPLY FIT
IT INTO THIS VERSION AND ADDED THE
GETMAIN/FREEMAIN STUFF. THE SP3 CODE IS
COMMENTED WITH 'SP3'. ALSO, SOME OF THE
SP3 CODE ONLY RELATES TO OUR SHOP SINCE
WE DO OUR OWN AUTHORIZATION SETTING
WITH AN SVC.
8. OLDSPY CBT ADDED THIS MODULE. IT CONTAINS THE
SPY THAT CAME FROM THE BANK OF NEW
SOUTH WALES FROM WHICH THE ABOVE WAS
BUILT. IT IS ONLY FOR MVS/SP1.3 AND
USES THE INTERNAL READER TO ISSUE
OPERATOR COMMANDS RATHER THAN USE SVC
34 AS THE ABOVE DOES
HERE'S A WORD OF ADVICE. IF YOU INSTALL THE MOD TO
IMS, AND YOU ARE IN THE HABIT OF ISSUEING AN 'OPEN
NODE ALL' COMMAND FROM IMS WHEN THE SYSTEM COMES UP,
YOU MAY EXPERIENCE NCP SLOWDOWNS. THIS IS BE- CAUSE
AS IMS CONNECTS TO THESE TERMINALS THE MOD WILL FORCE
THE 24X80 'SIGN' SCREEN TO BE SENT TO EVERY 3270 ON
YOUR IMS NETWORK. TO GET AROUND THIS PROBLEM, DON'T
OPEN ALL THE NODES. IN OUR CASE, WE STILL HAD TO OPEN
THE PRINTER NODES SO WE SET UP AN NCCF CLIST THAT
JUST TAKES CARE OF THE PRINTERS. GOOD LUCK!
File 339
Table of Contents
IS FROM E.F. MAC DONALD MOTIVATION FROM DAYTON OHIO .
THIS PROGRAM IS A JES2/SP1.3.3 (FMID HJE2329) AND
A JES2/SP1.3.4 (FMID HJE2330) USER
EXIT #5 ROUTINE. THERE ARE NO INSTALLATION UNIQUE
CONSIDERATIONS EXCEPT THAT THE COMMANDS "$JC", "$JL",
"$JM" AND "$JD" ARE NOT BEING USED FOR ANYTHING ELSE.
NO CHANGES TO JES2 CODE ARE REQUIRED.
1. CANCEL ALL JOES (JOB OUTPUT ELEMENTS) OF A
SPECIFIED JOB IN A SPECIFIED SYSOUT CLASS.
SIMILAR TO VS1 "C JOBNAME,OUT=X" EXAMPLES:
$JCJ175,Q=D (CANCEL ALL SYSOUT=D JOES OF
J175)
$JC'MYJOB',Q=E (CANCEL ALL SYSOUT=E JOES OF
JOBNAME "MYJOB")
THE OPERAND "Q=" IS REQUIRED; USE JES2 "$C"
COMMAND TO CANCEL ALL OUTPUT OF A JOB.
2. LIST ALL JOES IN SYSOUT CLASS ORDER.
LIST MAY BE RESTRICTED TO A SELECTED CLASS, OR
ALL CLASSES EXCEPT A SELECTED CLASS. SIMILAR
TO THE VS1 "SO" COMMAND. EXAMPLES:
$JL (LIST ALL JOES IN SYSOUT CLASS
ORDER)
$JL,Q=Z (LIST ALL JOES IN SYSOUT QUEUE Z)
$JL,Q=-P (LIST ALL JOES EXCEPT THOSE IN
SYSOUT QUEUE P)
EACH SELECTED JOE IS LISTED IN THE FOLLOWING
FORMAT :
JNNNN JJJJJJJJ C I.I.I FORM X/Y P=NNN
LLLLLLLLL WHERE JNNNN IS THE JES2 JOB NUMBER
(J175, S3968, ETC.), JJJJJJJJ IS THE JOBNAME,
I.I.I IS THE JOE ID, FORM IS THE FORM NUMBER,
FCB IS THE FCB NAME, "X" IS "Y" IF THE DEST IS
LOCAL, "Y" IS "Y" IF THE JOE IS SELECTABLE AND
THE *JOB* IS NOT HELD, "Y" IS "N" IF THE JOE IS
NOT SELECTABLE, "Y" IS "H" IF THE JOB IS HELD,
"NNN" IS THE PRIORITY OF THE JOE (NOT THE JOB),
AND LLLLLLLLL IS THE JOE LINECOUNT. TO LIST
ALL JOES OF A PARTICULAR JOB, USE THE JES2
"$L...,ALL" COMMAND.
3. MOVE THE JOES OF A SELECTED JOB FROM A SELECTED
SYSOUT CLASS TO A DIFFERENT SELECTED SYSOUT
CLASS. SIMILAR TO VS1 "E
JOBNAME,CLASS=X,OUT=Y". EXAMPLES:
$JMJ175,FROMQ=X,TOQ=Y (MOVE J175 SYSOUT=X
JOES TO SYSOUT=Y)
$JM'MYJOB',TOQ=C,FROMQ=G (MOVE JOBNAME
"MYJOB" SYSOUT=G
JOES TO SYSOUT=C)
TO MOVE *ALL* JOES OF A JOB TO A SELECTED
SYSOUT CLASS, USE THE JES2 "$TO" COMMAND.
4. DISPLAY THE CURRENT JULIAN DATE. THIS IS
INTENDED FOR USE WITH THE JES2 AUTOMATIC
COMMAND FACILITY TO DATESTAMP HARDCOPY LOGS.
FORMAT IS "$JD"; NO OPERANDS.
THESE COMMANDS DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DUPLICATE FUNCTIONS
WHICH CAN USUALLY BE ACCOMPLISHED WITH A SINGLE JES2
COMMAND. THIS PROGRAM CHECKS FOR SOME COMMON ERRORS
SUCH AS VERIFICATION OF TYPE OF JOB ON REQUESTS BY JOB
NUMBER (JOB/STC/TSU), DUPLICATE JOBNAME IN THE PPU
QUEUE ON REQUESTS BY JOB NAME, AND JOE BUSY (ON AN
OUTPUT DEVICE OR BEING MODIFIED BY A $TO COMMAND). TO
REDUCE OVERHEAD TO A MINIMUM, ALL QUEUE INTEGRITY IS
LEFT TO THE $QSUSE SERVICE ROUTINE WHICH IS USED BY
THE $#MOD AND $#REM SERVICE ROUTINES, WHICH ARE USED
BY THIS PROGRAM (SEE "JES2 LOGIC" LY24-6006).
File 340
Table of Contents
CONTAINS SEVERAL PROGRAMS FROM THE 1ST NATIONAL BANK
OF CHICAGO. THIS CODE WILL DISPLAY RCT, DMN AND SYSTEM*
INFORMATION FOR A MVS/SP1.1 SYSTEM. THE SYSTEM
COMMAND REQUIRES THAT YOU USE MACROS THAT ARE
CONTAINED IN FILE 300 (AIR FORCE COMMANDS) OF THIS
TAPE. ALSO INCLUDED IS A PROGRAM TO PRODUCE A REPORT
FROM TYPE 30 SMF RECORDS. ALL PGMS IN THIS FILE ARE
IN ASSEMBLER AND THE FILE ITSELF IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT
File 341
Table of Contents
CONTAINS SEVERAL UTILITIES IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT,
THAT HAS BEEN RECEIVED FROM DELUXE CHECK PRINTERS INC.
1. FOLDIT IS A PROGRAM FOR PRINTING DATA SETS WITH
UPPER AND LOWER CASE CHARACTERS ON PRINTERS
LACKING THE LUXURY OF LOWER CASE. THIS PROGRAM
WILL MAINTAIN THE PRINTER CONTROL CHARACTERS (I.E.
IT LEAVES THEM ALONE)
2. SMFSEL IS A PROGRAM THAT COPIES ONE SMF HISTORY
TO ANOTHER BUT ALLOWS SELECTION BY DATE AND TIME.
IT ALSO WILL ALLOW REBLOCKING OF THE DATA
3. HAS SEVERAL SPF MENUS FOR COBOL, IEBGENER, IEWL,
USER UTILITY, VTOC UTILITLY, COMPARE UTILITY,
TUTORIAL PANELS AND SEVERAL TSO CLISTS
4 HAS SEVERAL ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS AND MACROS THAT
WERE ADDED BY GTE SEE MEMBER CALLED $$DOCGTE
5 FOR ADDITONAL INFORMATION SEE THE MEMBER CALLED
$$$DOC
File 342
Table of Contents
CONTAINS SEVERAL SPF MENUS FROM DELUXE CHECK PRINTERS
THIS FILE AND FILE 341 COMPLEMENT EACH OTHER. SEE
THIS FILE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, IT IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 343
Table of Contents
IS DOCUMENTATION FROM MELLON BANK CONCERNING MELLON
BANK SHARED SPOOL FOR MVS SP1.3 JES2 SYSTEM PRODUCT
File 344
Table of Contents
ARE THE MODIFICATIONS TO INSTALL THE MELLON BANK
SHARED SPOOL FOR MVS SP1.3 JES2 SYSTEM PRODUCT
File 345
Table of Contents
IS JCL TO CONTINUE THE INSTALL OF THE MELLON BANK
SHARED SPOOL FOR MVS SP1.3 JES2 SYSTEM PRODUCT
File 346
Table of Contents
IS THE UPDATE TO THE JES2 SPOOL TRANSER PROGRAM SO
AS TO ALLOW IT TO RUN IN AN MVS SP1.3 JES2 SYSTEM
PRODUCT ENVIRONMENT. THIS FILE CONTAINS ONLY THE
CHANGES TO HJSTP TO ALLOW IT TO RUN WITH THE JES2
SYSTEM PRODUCT. YOU WILL STILL NEED TO PURCHASE THE
SPOOL TRANSFER PROGRAM ITSELF FROM IBM IF YOU WANT TO
RUN IT, RATHER THAN THE DUMPER/LOADER THAT IS
INCORPORATED INTO THE JES2 CODE
File 347
Table of Contents
IS A VIRTUAL STORAGE MONITOR FROM HALLMARK CARDS.
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUDTE SYSIN FORMAT . SEE THE
MEMBER CALLED $DOC FOR MORE INFORMATION THAN WHAT
FOLLOWS BELOW :
VIRTUAL STORAGE MONITOR
THE VIRTUAL STORAGE MONITOR IS DESIGNED TO ASSIST IN
IDENTIFYING VIRTUAL STORAGE PROBLEMS, PARTICULARLY
THOSE ASSOCIATED WITH CSA UTILIZATION. VSM IS A
COMMAND PROCESSOR . IT HAS BEEN TESTED ON MVS/SP1.1.1
AND ON SP1.3. VSM IS DESIGNED TO RUN WITH ACF/VTAM BUT
SHOULD WORK WITH TCAM.
KEY ZERO:
VSM00200 AND VSM00300 NEED TO BE IN KEY ZERO IN ORDER
TO READ THE FETCH PROTECTED SUBPOOLS IN CSA. WE
ACCOMPLISH THIS BY USING AN INHOUSE MACRO (PKEY) TO
INVOKE AN IN-HOUSE SVC WHICH FLIPS BIT 15 IN THE PSW ON
AND OFF. DO A FIND ON PKEY IN THE TWO MODULES MENTIONED
AND EITHER INSERT YOUR OWN SVC OR REPLACE PKEY WITH THE
MODESET MACRO AND THEN UPDATE THE APPROPRIATE TABLES
(IKJEFTE2 AND/OR IKJEFTE8). PKEY APPEARS TWICE IN EACH
MODULE; ONCE TO GET INTO KEY ZERO AND ONCE TO RETURN TO
PROBLEM STATE.
File 348
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE LOUISIANA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN
RESOURCES TO PROCESS GDG'S, THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING
GDG - A CLIST WHICH ALLOWS PSEUDO-FULLSCREEN
CONTROL OF GENERATION DATA GROUPS. THE
CLIST CALLS THE 'ERASE' COMMAND
PROCESSOR FOR FULL SCREEN EFFECT. IT
CALLS 'HKNGDG02' TO PERFORM INDEX
BUILDS AND DELETES. IT CALLS
'HKNGDG01' TO PERFORM LISTS AND
MODIFICATIONS.
ERASE - A SIMPLE COMMAND PROCESSOR TO CLEAR
YOUR TSO SCREEN
LINKIN - A MACRO TO PERFORM REENTRANT LINKAGE
CONVENTIONS
LINKOUT - MACRO TO PERFORM REVERSE OF 'LINKIN'.
REGEQU - A MACRO TO PROVIDE 'RN EQU N' TYPE
REGISTER EQUATES
HKNGDG01 - A SLIGHTLY MODIFIED VERSION OF
GDGCHNGE, FILE 263 ON THE CBT TAPE.
GDGCHNGE HAD A SLIGHT PROBLEM IN THAT
IF IT WAS TOLD TO LIST ENTRIES IN AN
EMPTY INDEX, IT WOULD RESET THE NUMBER
OF GENERATIONS IN THE INDEX! NOTE THAT
THIS PROGRAM, AND HENCE THE TWO 'GDG'
CLIST FUNCTIONS 'LIST' AND 'CHANGE'
ONLY SUPPORT OS CVOL GDG STRUCTURES.
HKNGDG02 - A SIMPLE LINKAGE TO IEHPROGM WHICH
SUPPLIES THE 'ADD' AND 'DELETE'
FEATURES FOR 'GDG'.
File 349
Table of Contents
IS FROM ATARI AND CONTAINS TWO VTAM/VM PROGRAMS
1. RESET2VM IS AN ACF/VTAM APPLICATION PROGRAM
DESIGNED TO TRANSFER A LOCAL 3270 TERMINAL TO
VM/370 VIA THE VM DIAGNOSE COMMAND INTERFACE
2. VMCMD IS A PROGRAM THAT RUNS ON AN MVS GUEST
VIRTUAL MACHINE THAT ISSUES VM/370 COMMANDS VIA
DIAGNOSE INSTRUCTIONS
File 350
Table of Contents
IS FROM L'INDUSTRIELLE-SERVICES TECHNIQUES IN CANADA
AND CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING
1. A TOD CLOCK SYNCHRONIZER. THIS IS A PROGRAM
WHOSE FUNCTION IS TO SYNCHRONIZE THE TIME-OF-DAY*
CLOCKS ON ALL PROCESSORS IN A MULTI-CPU COMPLEX
KWS A SETCLOCK SET CLOCK TOD
***************************************************
* *
* THE SET CLOCK ROUTINE WAS NOT WRITTEN TO HANDLE *
* MP'S AND AP'S. IF YOU HAVE A 3033AP, 3033MP, *
* 168MP, 168AP OR 3084 DO NOT ATTEMPT TO USE THIS *
* ROUTINE - IF YOU DO YOU WILL LOSE YOUR SYSTEM *
* *
* IST AND MORINO ARE AWARE OF THIS PROBLEM AND *
* WILL TRY TO RESOLVE IT IN THE FUTURE. HOWEVER *
* THEY DO NOT HAVE AN AP OR AN MP . *
* *
***************************************************
2. BLDL/LINKLIST ANALYSIS PACKAGE WHICH ANALYZES
BLDL ACTIVITY ON LINKLIST LIBRARIES. IT WILL
GENERATE A RESIDENT BLDL LIST, AND A REPORT OF
BLDL ACTIVITY BY LINKLIST CONCATENATION LEVEL
File 351
Table of Contents
IS FROM EXXON PRODUCTION RESEARCH COMPANY OF HOUSTON
THEIR COMMENTS ARE AS FOLLOWS: BEING A SCIENTIFIC
CENTER, FORTRAN IS USED VERY HEAVILY; LOADGO IN BOTH
BATCH AND TSO ENVIRONMENT DO STRANGE THINGS WHEN THE
EXP (EXPONENTATION) FUNCTION IS RESOLVED FROM THE
LINK PACK AREA MODULE EXP (EXPORT FROM AMS). THESE
MODIFICATIONS CHANGE THE LOADER AND LOADGO PROMPTER
DEFAULTS FROM RES TO NORES. ENVIROMNENT IS MVS 3.8F
SP1.1 AT 8103 LEVEL ON A 3033AP
File 352
Table of Contents
CONTAINS THE INTEL MODS TAPE FROM INTEL SEE THE
MEMBER CALLED $$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT
IS NOT DOCUMENTED BELOW
MEMBER SV LANG DESCRIPTION
________ __ ____ _______________________
$$DOC N/A THIS FILE
$$GENTAP N/A JCL USED TO GENERATE THIS TAPE.
$$INDEX N/A THIS MEMBER - TOPEX OF CONTENTS OF
$$RELOAD N/A JCL TO LOAD DOWN TAPE TO DISK --
ALSO APPEARS AS FILE 1 ON THE
TAPE.
ABEND BAL SUBROUTINE-ISSUE USER ABEND WITH
CODE OF YOUR CHOICE
ABENDPGM BAL PGM TO WTOR FAILURE MESSAGE (VIA
PARM FIELD) WHEN YOUR FAVORITE JOB
FAILS..REQUIRES OPERS TO ACK-
NOWLEDGE MESSAGE WITH JOBNAME.
ACFEXITS BAL THIS IS 2 SMP JOBS TO INSTALL OUR
EXITS FOR ACF2. ACFVAL AND ACFDSTBL
CONSTITUTE OUR NAMING CONVENTIONS
SUPPORT AT INTEL. ACFVIOX IS OUR
VIOLATION EXIT TO SUPPORT PHASED
IMPLEMENTATION OF RULES.
ACF2MON SAS THIS SAS 79.3 PROGRAM READS SMF
RECORDS FOR ACF2 EVENTS- MATCH
MERGES SEVERAL 'WHODAT' FILES AND
PRODUCES A COMPOSITE REPORT ON ALL
ACF2 ACTIVITY FOR EACH GROUP
SECURITY ADMINISTRATOR..(BY HENRY
WACKER)
ANLZUCB PL/I GEN REPORT ON WORK PACK USAGE/MSS
UCB USAGE REQUIRES P051B12L
(UCBLOGER) TO GATHER INFO.
BKUPUTIL BAL PGM FROM SHARE MODS TAPE (FILE18) TO
INVOKE UTILITY TO CREATE STACKED
SL TAPE. OUR MODS INCLUDE AUTO
SELECT FOR IEBISAM AND PANVALET
SUPPORT VIA PAN#2. DYNAMIC ALLOC
OF VOLUMES, AND DATASET/TAPE DS
STATS ARE ALSO PRINTED. MUST BE
LINKED WITH AC=1 TO ALLOW IEBCOPY
TO FUNCTION. (SUPPORTS
PS/PO/IS/DA/PV
COMPMEMB PL/I COMPARE MEMBERS IN PDS OR PANVALET
LIBRARIES BY MEM- BER NAME AND
PRODUCE CNTL CARDS BASED ON
EXISTENCE OF MEMBER IN EITHER OR
BOTH LIBRARIES.
DATTIM BAL SUBROUTINE- RETURNS 'HH:MM:SS' AND
'MM/DD/YY'
DELETDS BAL UTILITY- UNCATLG TAPES AND
UNCATLG/SCRATCH DATASETS SUPPORTS
MSS VIA DYNAMIC ALLOC OF MSS
VOLUMES.
DIDOCS ** BAL TSO COMMAND TO ALLOW TSO 3270 TO
BECOME A OS OPER CONSOLE. FINDS
MCS BUFFERS IN CSA AND REDISPLAYS
THEM TO TSO TUBE. ACCEPTS
COMMANDS AND USES SVC 34 TO ISSUE
THEM. FROM SHARE DCMS SYSTEM
(CBT).
DSINFO BAL PL/I SUBROUTINE- GET DSN INFORMATION
VIA RDJFCB (FROM IIH, ISREAL)
ERAS3270 BAL TSO COMMAND- ERASE A 3270 SCREEN
(WITH SPF TRIGGERS).
FCIMOD07 BAL FROM FLORIDA POWER AND LIGHT- THEIR
FULL SCREEN FAC. WITH FCI ADDED
SPF FULLSCRN TRIGGERS.
FSF BAL FROM FLORIDA POWER AND LIGHT- THE
LINKABLE PORTION OF THEIR FULL
SCREEN FACILITY-INVOKES FCIMOD07
HEXCONV BAL PL/I SUBROUTINE- CONVERT
CHAR/BIT/ETC TO HEX CHAR (FROM
IIH, ISREAL)
IEECVXIT BAL OUR MODS TO MSSCVXIT IN
SYS1.SAMPLIB.. CAUSE OTHER
MESSAGES (IFG...) TO 'HANG' ON
SCREENS, SUBMIT JOB TO DUMP TRACE
WHEN TRACE SWITCH OCCURS. (ONLY
SOURCE SUPPLIED...NO JCL TO
INSTALL)
IPOUPDTE SZAP SIMPLE ZAP TO LET IPO AID (IPOUPDTE)
WORK ON ANY JCL OR SOURCE PDS.
JCLFORMT BAL UTILITY TO REFORMAT A JOB OR A PROC
INTO SOME KIND OF ORDER. INVOKED
BY 'CLEANJCL' CLIST IN JOBS.CNTL
MAPDISK BAL GOOD OLD MAPDISK WITH ENHANCEMENTS:
1) DYNAMIC ALLOC FOR MSS VOLUMES
(SEE P963P30) 2) CAPABILITY TO LOG
VTOC INFO TO DATASET 3) ASM2 OPEN
MOD AND RACF SUPPORT
MOP BAL ALLOW OPER PRIV TSO USER TO DO
MVS/JES2 COMMANDS THE COMMAND IS
LOGGED, ALONG WITH THE ISSUING TSO
UID
MSSAMS BAL THE IPO MSSAMS AID, WITH A NOTIFY=
AND COND CODE CHK
MSSDUMP PL/I PGM TO DUMP MSS TABLES IN A NEAT
FORMAT (FROM FVT)
MSSPDATE BAL PGM TO WRITE A NICE DATE TO THE MSS
LOG CONSOLE INVOKE VIA A JES2
$TA,I=1800,'$VS,''S MSSPDATE'''
MSSTSO BAL IPO MSSTSO WITH A FEW CHANGES FOR
3330-1 SUPPORT
MSSVOL PL/I INVOKED BY MSVGP CLIST IN JOBS.CNTL-
LIST VOLUMES IN MSVI FOR MSVGPS OF
YOUR CHOICE.
MVSMON BAL FROM FLORIDA POWER AND LIGHT-MVS
MONITOR USES TSO FULL SCREEN. WE
ADDED DIDOCS INVOKE VIA THE
(NOT FOR SE2/SP1) 'CO' COMMAND, DOMAIN NAME DISPLAY,
DISP DISK FORMAT IMPROVEMENTS AND
ELIM DUP VOLUME REPORTING VIA UCB
ALT PATH PLUS OTHER THINGS.....
NETINFO JCL/SAS THE JOB IS PART OF THE
'VTAMDOC', 'CICSDOC', 'NETINFO'
JOBS WHICH WILL ASSEMBLE THE VTAM
NCP AND CICS TCT USING MACROS IN
MODS.NETINFO. THE NETINFO JOB
USES A SAS PROGRAM (IN MODS.SASLIB)
TO READ THE ASSEMBLED VTAM, CICS,
ADMPRINT, DSPRINT, AND WHATNOT
TABLES TO PRODUCE A DOCUMENT OF THE
NETWORK IN INFO/SYSTEM FORMAT.
NTLM801 BAL PDS MEMBER LOGICAL READ SUBROUTINE.
USED BY PROCXREF PROGRAM.
NTLM802 BAL PDS DIRECTORY READ SUBROUTINE. USED
BY PROCXREF.
PANSCAN PL/I THIS IS A MORE USEFUL VERSION OF THE
'PAN#8' PROGRAM TO SCAN A PANVALET
LIBRARY FOR OCCURANCES OF PARTICULAR
CHARACTER STRINGS. THIS PL/I
VERSION IS A BIT SLOWER THAN PAN#8,
BUT OPENS THE LIBRARY FOR INPUT ONLY
(INSTEAD OF UPDATE), AND ALLOWS
MULTIPLE SCAN PASSES AND GENERIC
MEMBER SELECTION.
PROCXREF BAL READS A JCL PROCLIB AND PRODUCES 3
REPORTS:
CROSS REF BY DATASET NAME
CROSS REF BY PROGRAM NAME
CROSS REF BY SYSOUT CLASS/FORMS
PROCXREF ALSO UNLOADS THE LIBRARY TO
A SEQUENTIAL FILE FOR FURTHER
PROCESSING VIA SAS PGM 'PROCANLZ'
(REQUIRES NTLM801,NTLM802 PDS READ
ROUTINES).
OSDEBE ** BAL THE INFAMOUS 'DOES EVERYTHING BUT
EAT' UTILITY FOR FIDDLING WITH
TAPES AND CARDS. OPERS L O V E
IT. WORKS ONLY WITH OFFLINE
TAPES................... INVOKE
VIA 'DEBE' IN JOBS.CNTL.
OZPDSUNL BAL THIS PROGRAM WILL UNLOAD A RECFM=VB
PDS AND CONSTRUCT A SEQUENTIAL
DATASET FOR USE BY THE BLGOZX
(INFO/ SYSTEM) PROGRAMS. USED AT
INTEL TO GENERATE A USER DATABASE
FOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION. SEE
JOBS 'TEC.....' IN JOBS.CNTL FOR
MORE INFO.
PANFETCH BAL USES THE PANVALET ACCESS METHOD
(PAM) TO WRITE A MEMBER OF A
PANVALET LIBRARY TO A SEQUENTIAL
DSN EXPANDING ALL IMBEDDED
++INCLUDE CARDS. USED IN THE
'CICSDOC' JOB.
PANSCAN PL/I THIS IS A MORE USEFUL VERSION OF THE
'PAN#8' PROGRAM TO SCAN A PANVALET
LIBRARY FOR OCCURANCES OF PARTICULAR
CHARACTER STRINGS. THIS PL/I
VERSION IS A BIT SLOWER THAN PAN#8,
BUT OPENS THE LIBRARY FOR INPUT ONLY
(INSTEAD OF UPDATE), AND ALLOWS
MULTIPLE SCAN PASSES AND GENERIC
MEMBER SELECTION.
PROCXREF BAL READS A JCL PROCLIB AND PRODUCES 3
REPORTS:
CROSS REF BY DATASET NAME
CROSS REF BY PROGRAM NAME
CROSS REF BY SYSOUT CLASS/FORMS
PROCXREF ALSO UNLOADS THE LIBRARY TO
A SEQUENTIAL FILE FOR FURTHER
PROCESSING VIA SAS PGM 'PROCANLZ'
(REQUIRES NTLM801,NTLM802 PDS READ
ROUTINES).
PSN BAL THIS IS OUR JCL STANDARDS CHECKER
AND JCL REFORMATTER PROGRAM.
OBVIOUSLY YOU WON'T WANT TO USE
OUR STDS FOR JCL, BUT THIS PGM IS
HIGHLY MODULAR AND INCLUDES A LOT
OF NEAT CODE BY MIKE FARMER. IT
WILL BE EASY FOR YOU TO INSERT
YOUR OWN JCL FOIBLES IN THIS GEM..
P051B10 BAL THE TSO WHOGOT/DSN COMMAND - RUNS AS
STC ALSO FINDS USERS/JOBS ENQUEUED
ON A DATASET.
P051B12 BAL THE TSO DSPACE COMMAND - RUNS AS STC
ALSO DOES LSPACE TO PACK( S ) OF
CHOICE AND FORMATS RESULT .
DEFAULT PACKS ARE 'FCITS*'.
P051B12L BAL THE UCBLOGER STC - FIRE OFF AT 10
MINUTE INTERVALS VIA JES2
$TA,I=600,'$VS,''S UCBLOG''' AND
ONCE A WEEK RUN THE SAVELOG JOB TO
PRINT THE REPORT VIA ANLZUCB AND
REINITIALZE THE LOG DATASET.
P051B15 BAL THE TSO DDSTAR COMMAND- SPOOL LINES
FROM A CLIST INTO A DATASET FOR
READING BY PGMS/UTILITIES.
ARRIVED VIA MISHMODS TAPE FROM
UCLA-FCI INTERNALIZE MACROS FROM
URMACRO.
P051B16 BAL THE TSO LISTSPC COMMAND - REPLACES
LISTC USAGE FOR TSO USERS..SHOWS
ALLOCATIONS, AND DS ATTRIBS, AND
IF YOU HAVE ASM2, ALSO SHOWS WHO
LAST MODIFIED DS.
P051B19 BAL THE TSO DTAPES COMMAND - RUNS AS STC
ALSO SHOWS TAPE DRIVES, VOLSER,
JOB USING AND DENSITY, MODEL
TYPES.
P963P00 PL/I DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM- MAINLINE
(COMPARE DSN FROM VTOC WITH GRANT
LIST) - GENERATE SCRATCH LIST AND
MERGED DSNLOG.
P963P02 PL/I DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM- DATA SET
SCRATCH UTILITY
P963P10 PL/I DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM- GENERATE
SCRATCH LOG FROM OUTLOG OF P963P00
(FOR RECOVERY ONLY).
P963P20 PL/I DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM- PRINT SCRLOG
REPORT FOR TSO USERS - USED BY
CLIST SHOWSCR.
P963P27 PL/I DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM- AUTOSCR
(EARLY SCR FOR ROLLED OFF GDG
DATASETS) + DATASET SIZE HISTORY
FILE
P963P30 PL/I PGM FROM OUR DASD MGMT
SYSTEM..ACCEPTS CONTROL CARDS AND
LOOKS UP VOLUMES/MSVGPS FROM THE
MSVI DATASET. USE PROC 'MAPMSVGP'
TO INVOKE THIS ONE, THEN MAPDISK
TO MAP ALL VOLUMES IN AN MSVGP.
P963P35 PL/I DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM- DUPLICATE
VOLUME ELIMINATOR TO ENSURE THAT
MAPDISK MAPS EACH VOLUME ONLY
ONCE.
P963P70 PL/I DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM- SUPERMATCH
PROGRAM-USED WITH P963P71/SUPERSCR
TO EXCLUDE DSNS FROM SUPERSCR
P963P71 PL/I DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM- GENERATE
SUPERSCR EXCLUDE CARDS TO EXEMPT
DATASETS FROM SUPERSCR AFTER
SYSTEM CRASH - INTERFACES WITH
OPERATOR VIA WTOR
P963P75 PL/I DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM- DATASET SIZE
HISTORY FILE MAINT PROGRAM AND
AUTOSCR FOR MSVGP=XMIT
P963P75A PL/I DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM- MAINTAIN
MSVGP=XMIT
QUEUE ** BAL TSO COMMAND FROM TRW W/FCI MODS.
ALLOWS TSO USERS TO DISPLAY
INPUT/OUTPUT JES2 QUEUES, JOB
JCL,JMSG, JOBLOG AND SYSIN/SYSOUT
DATASETS BY READING HASPACE
DIRECTLY. MAY ALSO BROWSE RUNNING
SYSTEM SYSLOG. COMMAND IS FOR
3270 FULL SCREEN OPERATION.
QUEUEDOC *** DOCUMENTATION FOR USE/INSTALLATION
OF THE QUEUE COMMAND.
R062A10 BAL DYNAMIC ALLOCATION INTERFACE
SUBROUTINE - ALLOWS MOST DA
SERVICES FROM A COBOL/PLI/FORT
PROGRAM.
R941X11 BAL UTILITY JULIAN<->GREGORIAN DATE
CONVERTOR-- USED BY SEVERAL PL/I
PROGRAMS ON THIS TAPE.
R963A30 BAL HANDY SUBROUTINE TO
SCRATCH/UNCATALOG DATASET.. DOES
DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF VOLUME, AND
REPORTS WITH TEXT MESSAGES TO
CALLER
SCOMPARE BAL PGM TO COMPARE 2 LRECL=80 DATASETS
AND SPOT DIFFER- ENCES. BASED ON
CBT881 WITH MODS TO PRINT WHICH
DATASETS ARE BEING COMPARED, AND
PAGE CONTROL.
SHOWHIST PL/I DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM- SHOW TSO
USERS THE HISTORY (SIZE, ETC) ON
DATASETS OF THEIR CHOICE.. INVOKED
BY THE 'SHOWHIST' CLIST IN
JOBS.CNTL
SHOWSMF BAL TSO CMD OR STC TO DISPLAY
''FULLNESS'' OF MANX/MANY FOR MVS
(NOT SE OR SP SYSTEMS)
SHOSMFSP BAL TSO CMD OR STD TO DISPLAY SYS1.MAN.
DATASETS FOR MVS SE2 OR SP1/SP3.
SHOWRAW PL/I PGM TO DISPLAY START/END DATES OF
TRACE DUMP DATASETS (USED IN
MSSTRACE/TRACESAV JOBSTREAMS).
SHOWTRC PL/I PGM TO DYNAM. ALLOC MSS TRACE
DATASETS AND READ HDR
RECORD/FORMAT TRACE ON DATE/TIME.
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE OF USING
R062A10 DYNAM ALLOC AND S051B16B
(LOCINDEX) SUBROUTINE. ONLY
SOURCE IS SUPPLIED- NO JCL TO
COMPILE AND LINK.
SMFACF2 PL/I SMF PGM- DIGEST ACF2 RECORDS, PRINT
ACF2 INFORMATION
SMFACFM PL/I SMF PGM- MERGE DIGESTED ACF2 RECORDS
AND RESPONSI- BILITY LIST.
SMFACFPR PL/I SMF PGM- PRINT NICELY FORMATTED ACF2
INFORMATION
SMFDSND PL/I SMF PGM- LOOK FOR TYPE 14/15/17
RECORDS FOR UP TO 20 GENERIC
DATASETS-SHOW RAW INFO
SMFDSNPR PL/I SMF PGM- PRINT SORTED SMFDSND OUTPUT
TO SHOW CHRONO. HISTORY OF
DATASET ACCESS.
SMFRACF PL/I SMF PGM- PRINT RACF EVENTS FROM TYPE
0,80 AND 81 RECS PROVIDE LISTING
OF EVENTS AND BUILD CLIST TO ALLOW
RECONSTRUCTION OF RACF DATASET
AFTER CRASH.
SMFSEL BAL SMF PGM- RECORD SELECTION UTILITY
SMFTERM PL/I SMF PGM- ANALYZE TYPE 34 RECORDS AND
PRODUCE TSO USAGE SUMMARY.
REQUIRES IEFUJI TO PUT TERMINAL
UCB ADDR IN LAST HALFWORD OF
SMFUSER FIELD IN ORDER TO PROVIDE
TERMINAL USAGE STATS BY TERMINAL
ADDRESS
SPACEZAP PL/I PGM TO DYNAM. ALLOC MSS VOLUMES
WHICH ARE NOT MOUNTED BUT HAVE
DOWN LEVEL SPACE FLAG SET ON IN
MSVI. MSVGPS SCANNED CONTROLLED
BY SYSIN PARM CARDS. (STC JCL IN
MSSMODS.JOBS.CNTL + SAMPLE CNTL
DS)
SUPERSCR ** BAL SUPER SCRATCH FOR REAL/VIRTUAL
DISKS..
SUPERSPY ** BAL THE THING TO RUN TO HELP DIAGNOSE
PROBLEMS WITH MVS/ MSS..REQUIRES
MSC TABLES MAINT. IUP IN SECOND
STEP.
S051B22 BAL THE FIND SUBROUTINE..USED BY
TSO044(UCBUNLD) TO FIND 'VOL=(SL,'
ON PARM CARD.
TECHINFO JCL JOB TO UPDATE YOUR VERY OWN INFO/MVS
FORMATTED DATABASE. USES UTILITY
'OZPDSUNL'. SEE JOBS.CNTL FOR THE
FOLLOWING MEMBERS:
TECINFOC - CLIST TO RUN TECHINFO UNDER TSO
TECHINFO - JOB TO RELOAD TECHINFO DATABASE
TECINFO1 - USES IDCAMS TO DEFINE VSAM CLUSTER FOR DB
TECINFO2 - USES BLG... UTILITIES TO CREATE UNLOADED
HELP, CICS, VTAM, VSAM FILES FROM THE
INFO/MVS MONTHLY UPDATE TAPE.
TRAC3850 BAL IPO TRAC3850 WITH MODS..ANLZ
IGCTRINT OUTPUT
TSO020SU BAL TSO DJOBS COMMAND - STC USAGE ALSO.
LIKE 'D J,L' WITH SWAP STATUS,CPU
TIME,XACT TIME
TSO025AS ** BAL TSO DTSO COMMAND - STC USAGE ALSO.
LIKE DJOBS ABOVE, BUT FOR TSO;
SHOWS LINE ADDR TOO.
TSO032 BAL TSO DDMN COMMAND - STC USAGE ALSO.
LIKE 'D DMN' BUT NEATER, SHOWS IPS
IN EFFECT TOO.
TSO033 BAL TSO DUPTIME COMMAND - STC USAGE
ALSO. SHOWS HOW LONG SYSTEM HAS
BEEN UP (FROM LAST IPL)
TSO034 ** BAL TSO SYSMAINT COMMAND - STC USAGE
ALSO. WRITTEN BEFORE THE DAYS OF
'FORCE', ALLOWS A CALLRTM MEMTERM
TO BE ISSUED TO AN ADDRESS SPACE
HANDLES 'STARTING' TSO USERS TOO.
TSO036 BAL TSO SHOWASM COMMAND - STC USAGE
ALSO. DISPLAYS AUXSTM STATS, RSM
PAGE USAGES, AND PAGE/SWAP DATASET
STATUS/STATS.
TSO041 BAL TSO LPDS COMMAND. THE EVER POPULAR
PDS MANIPUATOR COMMAND, DOES
EVERY- THING BUT DRY-CLEAN A PDS
OF YOUR CHOICE.
TSO042 BAL TSO DUNITS COMMAND - STC USAGE
ALSO. LIKE 'D U,...' BUT MORE
INFORMATIVE WITH USE/OPEN COUNTS.
SELECTION IS BY GENERIC VOLSERS.
TSO044 ** BAL STARTED TASK..UNLOAD ALL MSS VOLUMES
NOT ON A LIST OF VOLSERS IN MEMBER
'MOUNTMSS'. PARSES '$VS,'M
XXX,VOL=(SL,VOLSER)'' COMMANDS TO
FIND VOLUMES TO EXEMPT...
TSO045 BAL THE CHIMP MVS SYSTEM DISPLAY COMMAND
FOR 3270 FULLSCR OPERATION. SHOWS
JOBS/TSO USER STATS, AND WE ADDED
A DYNAMIC DOMAIN DISPLAY (OPTION
'D'). OPERS LOVE IT..SHOWS STEP
NAME AND CPU TIME... (ORIG FROM
SHARE VIA THE CBT TAPE).
TSO048 BAL THE TSO #PANVIEW COMMAND - ALLOW
LISTING OF PANVALET LIBRARY
MEMBERS AND LIBRARY DIRECTORY ON A
3270 TUBE IN FULL SCREEN MODE.
(ORIG FROM SHARE JES2 MODS TAPE
(MEMOREX) WITH
DIRECTORY LIST MOD BY FAIRCHILD). USES
THE 'PANVIEW' CLIST IN MSSMODS.JOB.CNTL
TO RUN.
TSO049 PL/I TSO 'SCRAMBLE' COMMAND (INVOKED BY
'SCRAMBLE' CLIST IN JOBS.CNTL).
DESIGNED FOR RECORDS <=
255 BYTES IN LENGTH.
TSO050 BAL TSO '$' COMMAND- INVOKE PROGRAM FROM
LINKLIST. THIS VERSION ARRIVED
FROM SOURCES UNKNOWN, BUT WE
INTERNALIZED THE MACROS-(LOOKS
LIKE UCLA MACROS...)
TSO051 BAL TSO 'GETINFO' COMMAND - ALLOWS YOU
TO STUFF GOODIES FROM OS/JCT (OR
OTHER CONTROL BLOCKS) INTO CLIST
VARIABLES WITHIN A CLIST.
(TAILORED FOR ACF2)
UCBZAP ** BAL FIX MSS UCBS WITH STATUS 'A' AND
USECNT>250. CLEANS 'DIRTY' MSS
UCBS LEFT BY SOMEONE IN MVS NOT
PLAYING FAIR WITH THE UCB USECOUNT
FIELD. ISSUES UNLOADS FOR DIRTY
UNITS AFTER FIXING THE 'ALLOC' AND
USECOUNT.
File 353
Table of Contents
IS FROM MORTON THIOKOL INC. OF CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
AND CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING PROGRAMS TO RUN UNDER
SPF. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT. SEE THE
MEMBER CALLED $$INDEX FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
KWS SPF SPY DIDOCS QUE QUEUE MCS Q
CDF$ - INSTALL DOC FOR MVS SP 1.3 CONSOLE
DISPLAY FACILITY (CDF)
THIS PROGRAM PROVIDES THE ISPF/PDF USER
WITH A DISPLAY OF THE MVS MASTER CONSOLE.
OPERATOR COMMANDS ARE ENTERED ON THE
STANDARD "COMMAND INPUT" LINE; PF3 GETS
YOU OUT. SECURITY IS BASED ON THE TSO
USERID, SEE THE CODE FOR CUSTOMIZATION
INFO. YOU HAVE TO HIT "ENTER" TO REFRESH
THE DISPLAY. YOU MUST ADJUST THE LINE
COUNT BASED ON THE MASTER CONSOLE'S
TERMINAL TYPE.
DIF - ISPF/PDF DISPLAY INITIATORS FACILITY
(DIF)
THIS IS INVOKED FROM JDF (BELOW). I
SWIPED PART OF THIS FROM SOME OTHER
PROGRAM ON THE CBT TAPE, BUT I CAN'T
REMEMBER WHICH ONE.
ENQ - ISPF/PDF ENQUEUE DISPLAY.
THIS PROGRAM PROVIDES THE ISPF/PDF USER
WITH A DISPLAY OF THE ENQUE'S ON A
PARTICULAR DSNAME. DOES NOT USE "QSCAN",
SO WILL PROBABLY NOT WORK WITH GRS.
ETPS - EMERGENCY TELE-PROCESSING SERVICES.
THIS PROGRAM PROVIDES SOME BASIC
TIME-SHARING SERVICES WHEN TSO OR SPF IS
UNAVAILABLE. IF YOU DEFINE IT AS A
SUB-SYSTEM, IT CAN BE (AND HAS BEEN, TO
MY GREAT RELIEF) BROUGHT UP EVEN WHEN
JES2 ABENDS, OR WILL NOT INITIALIZE.
THE BASIC PROCESSING APPEARS MUCH LIKE
SPF, AS FAR AS THE PRIMARY OPTION MENU
AND SO FORTH ARE CONCERNED. THE
FULL-SCREEN EDITOR IS QUITE PRIMITIVE,
BUT SHOULD SUFFICE FOR EMERGENCY USE.
TUBE I/O IS EXCP, SO YOU DON'T NEED BTAM,
TCAM, OR VTAM/TCAS. THE PROGRAM INSERTS
IT'S OWN ATTENTION EXIT ON THE FLY.
THE PRIMARY OPTION MENU LOOKS MUCH LIKE
SPF, BUT ONLY THE EDITOR IS ACTUALLY
IMPLEMENTED. SO FAR, I HAVE BEEN ABLE TO
ACCOMPLISH ALL NEEDED EMERGENCY RECOVERY
WITHOUT THE BROWSE OR UTILITY FUNCTIONS,
BUT I PLAN TO ADD THEM AS I GET TIME,
ALONG WITH SOME OTHERS.
TERMINALS SUPPORTED ARE 3278-2, 3278-4,
3279-3B. INSTALL AND USER DOC ARE IN
COMMENTS IN THE CODE.
WARNING: THE BUGS ARE NOT ALL OUT OF THIS
BABY, SO DO SOME TESTING BEFORE
YOU BET THE FARM ON IT.
JDF$ - INSTALL DOC FOR ISPF/PDF JES2 DISPLAY
FACILITY (JDF)
THIS PROGRAM PROVIDES THE ISPF/PDF USER
WITH A DISPLAY OF THE JES2 SPOOL, SIMILAR
TO THE FAMOUS "QUEUE" COMMAND. SOME OF
THE CODE (DEPRESSINGLY LITTLE) WAS COPIED
FROM THE SP 1.3 VERSION OF THAT PROGRAM
ON FILE 322 ON THE CBT TAPE VERSION #185.
REQUIRES MY MODIFIED UAL JES2 INTERFACE
SVC.
WARNING: THERE IS SOME
INSTALLATION-DEPENDENT CODE IN
HERE, SO YOU MAY HAVE TO TINKER
WITH IT.
PLF$ - INSTALL DOC FOR ISPF/PDF PAN LIBRARY
FACILITY (PLF)
THIS PROGRAM PROVIDES THE ISPF/PDF USER
WITH A DISPLAY OF PAN LIBRARIES, WITH THE
ABILITY TO BROWSE AND EDIT FROM THE
MEMBER LIST. THIS IS BASED IN PART ON THE
"PANVIEW" PROGRAM ON THE SHARE SPLA TAPE
(I THINK). IT'S NOT NEARLY AS GOOD AS THE
PAN/SPF PRODUCT, OR SO I'M TOLD, BUT THIS
IS A LOT CHEAPER.
THIS HAS BEEN GREATLY REVISED FROM THE
LAST TIME IT WAS SUBMITTED, AND WILL WORK
ONLY WITH THE NEW ISPF/PDF.
VDF$ - INSTALL DOC FOR ISPF/PDF VTOC DISPLAY
FACILITY (VDF)
THIS PROGRAM PROVIDES THE ISPF/PDF USER
WITH A DISPLAY OF ALL OR SELECTED ONLINE
DASD VOLUMES. THE DISPLAY USES THE LSPACE
SVC, SO IT DOESN'T HAVE A LOT OF
INFORMATION ON EACH PACK.
BECAUSE OF THE SIMPLICITY OF THE PROGRAM,
THIS IS A GOOD SAMPLE PROGRAM TO SWIPE
CODE FROM, IF YOU ARE WRITING YOUR FIRST
ISPF APPLICATION.
THERE IS A SECOND VERSION OF THIS PROGRAM
ON THE TAPE CALLED VDF2 THAT ILLUSTRATES
THE USE OF INTERNAL INTERFACES FOR
ISPF/PDF. INSTEAD OF USING DIALOG
MANAGEMENT SERVICES, YOU CAN CALL THE
DISPLAY MODULE DIRECTLY. THIS IS NOT MUCH
SIMPLER THAN TGET/TPUT, BUT IT DOES
PRESERVE SPLIT SCREEN MODE.
XDF$ - INSTALL DOC FOR ISPF/PDF EXECUTION
DISPLAY FACILITY (XDF)
THIS PROGRAM PROVIDES THE ISPF/PDF USER
WITH A DISPLAY OF ALL ACTIVE JOBS AND
STARTED TASKS, BASED ON "CHIMP", UPDATED
FOR SP 1.3.
File 354
Table of Contents
IS FROM KAISER STEEL AND CONTAINS A FEW OF THEIR
UTILITY PROGRAMS. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT, SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.
@0400 AUTO MEMBER FOR SENDING QUOTES
DIAG4341 SIMPLE STAND-ALONE CPU WARMER
DSSENQ ZAPS TO TURN OFF DF/DSS ENQ FOR RESTORE BY
DATASET NAME
ISGTAB GRS TABLES
File 355
Table of Contents
IS FROM CHICAGO TITLE AND TRUST COMPANY AND CONTAINS
A COPY OF THEIR TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR CALLED PASSWORD
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT, SEE THE MEMBER
CALLED INSTALL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. THE
FOLLOWING IS INFORMATION ABOUT THE PASSWORD CP ITSELF
PASSWORD IS A TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR PROVIDING THE
TSO USER WITH THE ABILITY CHANGE HIS PASSWORD IN
SYS1.UADS. ONLY CHANGES TO PASSWORDS ALLOWED,
I.E. PASSWORDS MAY NOT BE ADDED NOR DELETED FROM
SYS1.UADS. PASSWORD WILL HANDLE UADS ENTRIES WITH
MULTIPLE PASSWORDS. ALONG WITH SYS1.UADS THE TIME
SHARING BLOCK (TSB) IS ALSO UPDATED. OPTIONALLY
JUST THE TSB UPDATE CAN BE SPECIFIED. CHANGING
ONLY THE TSB ALLOWS THE USER TO SET THE LOGON
PASSWORD TO THE SAME AS A DATA SET PASSWORD, THUS
NO PROMPTING FOR THE DATA SET'S PASSWORD IS
PREFORMED.
THIS COMMAND PROVIDES A SIMULAR FUNCTION TO RACF
AND THE TSO PRE-PROMPT LOGON EXIT ON FILE 167 OF
THE CONNECTICUT BANK & TRUST (CBT) TAPE. THESE
ALLOW THE CHANGING OF THE LOGON PASSWORD WHEN
LOGGING ONTO TSO. FILE 302 OF THE CBT TAPE
CONTAINS A SIMULAR COMMAND, PSWDCHG. PASSWORD IS
AN EXTENTION OF PSWDCHG. THE AUTHOR OF PASSWORD
WISHES TO THANK THE AUTHORS OF PSWDCHG FOR
INSPIRING THE WRITING OF PASSWORD.
THIS COMMAND WAS WRITTEN AT CHICAGO TITLE & TRUST
CO. AFTER THE TSO COMMAND PACKAGE, 5740-XT6, WAS
INSTALLED. THE AUTHOR KNOWS OF NO REASON WHY IT
SHOULD NOT RUN WITHOUT THIS PACKAGE INSTALLED,
I.E. BASE MVS 3.8 TSO. HOWEVER, IT WILL BE
NECESSARY TO MODIFY THIS COMMAND TO USE THE NEW
FORMAT OF SYS1.UADS USED WITH TSO EXTENSIONS,
5665-285. THE AUTHOR INTENDS TO INSTALL THIS
PACKAGE IN 1983 AND AT THAT TIME UPDATE PASSWORD
FOR USE WITH TSO EXTENSIONS. IT IS INTENDED TO
MAKE THE NEW PASSWORD AVAILABLE ON THIS TAPE, BUT
NO PROMISES.
THE PASSWORD TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR, AS OF 12 FEB
83, IS BEING SUCESSFULLY USED AT CHICAGO TITLE &
TRUST CO. HOWEVER, NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT IT
WILL WORK AT ANOTHER INSTALLATION, NOR DOES
CHICAGO TITLE & TRUST CO OR THE AUTHOR ASSUME ANY
RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE USE OF THIS COMMAND. NO
GUARANTEE TO KEEP THIS MATERIAL IS MADE. THE
AUTHOR IS WILLING TO ANSWER QUESTIONS AND OFFER
ADVISE TO USERS ON A TIME AVAILABLE BASIS.
File 356
Table of Contents
IS FROM MONUMENTAL LIFE, BALTIMORE, MARYLAND (AND
UPDATED BY ROHM AND HASS, PHILADELPHIA) AND CONTAINS
THEIR SPF MENUS, PANELS AND MESSAGES TO CALCULATE
BLOCKSIZES. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT ,
SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION. THE MEMBER CALLED $$$$DISC CONTAINS THE
DISCLAIMER. MEMBERS PREFIXED WITH AN M ARE THE
ADDITIONS FROM ROHM AND HASS.
FILE 357 OF THIS TAPE CONTAINS THE CLISTS REQUIRED BY
THESE MENUS.
File 357
Table of Contents
IS FROM MONUMENTAL LIFE, BALTIMORE, MARYLAND AND
CONTAINS THEIR SPF CLISTS FOR THE BLOCKSIZE
CALCULATIONS. THIS FILE IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT. SEE
THE MEMBER CALLED $$$DOC IN FILE 356 ABOVE FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
File 358
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE GEORGIA LABOR DEPARTMENT AND CONTAINS A
SEVERAL PROGRAMS. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT . SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION . THE FOLLOWING IS SOME INFORMATION
ON THE SOURCE THAT IS IN THIS FILE .
IKJEFF10-
THIS EXIT INSERTS A CONTINUATION OF EACH JOB CARD
SUBMITTED BY A RACF DEFINED USER. THE CONTINUATION
CARD CONTAINS THE USER ID AND LOGON PASSWORD OF THE
PERSION SUBMITTING THE JOB. IF THERE IS NO ROOM TO
INSERT A COMMA AND A BLANK THE JOB IS SUBMITTED
WITHOUT ADDING A CONTINNUATION CARD AND A MESSAGE IS
SENT TO THE USER INFORMING THEM OF THIS. IF THE USER
IS NOT RACF DEFINED OR EITHER 'USER' OR 'PASSWORD'
KEY WORDS ARE FOUND THEN THE JOB IS PASSED ON ASIS
AND NO MESSAGE IS SENT. YOU CANNOT GET SOMEONE ELSES
PASSWORD BY USING THIS EXIT AS WRITTEN.
THIS EXIT IKJEFF10 REPLACES THE IBM VERSION OF
IKJEFF10 WHICH IS EFECTIVELY A BR14. THIS EXIT
WORKS WITH OR WITHOUT THE TSO/E OR THE EARLYER TSO
COMMAND PACKAGE AS THE DUMMY EXIT IS IN THE BASE TSO
CODE. THIS EXIT WAS DEVELOPED AT THE GEORGIA
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND HAS BEEN IN USE FOR OVER ONE
YEAR WITH NO KNOWN PROBLEMS. WE WILL ATTEMPT TO FIX
ERRORS AS LONG AS WE CONTINUE TO USE THIS EXIT, BUT
DO NOT PROMISE THAT WE WILL FIX BUGS OR PROVIDE ANY
SUPPORT IN THE FUTURE.
SEND COMMENTS AND ERROR REPORTS TO:
SYSTEMS SUPPORT UNIT
GEORGIA DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
ROOM 370 STATE LABOR BUILDING
ATLANTA, GA 30334
SSXTEND-
A PDS UTILITY THAT PERMITS THE ADDITION OF UP TO THREE
CARD IMAGES. IT WAS WRITTEN TO ASSIST WITH THE CREATION OF
SMALL RACF PROTECT JCL LIBRARIES FROM AN INSTALLATION WIDE
NON-RACF JOB LIBRARY
DATEMVS-
A DATE CONVERSION ROUTINE USED BY SSXTEND
File 359
Table of Contents
IS FROM SYNTEC IN CALIFORNIA AND CONTAINS A PDS
WITH THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT :
AMD@PRIM....GDDM/PGF MENU
ADMALLOC....GDDM/ISPF FILE ALLOCATIONS
ADMALL0C....GDDM/ISPF DIALOG (SHOULD BE CALLED
ADMALLOC NOT '0')
ADMICU......GDDM/ISPF DIALOG TO INVOKE INTERACTIVE
CHART UTILITY
ADMISE......GDDM/ISPF DIALOG TO INVOKE IMAGE SYMBOL
EDITOR
ADMT0000....GDDM/ISPF TUTORIAL INDEX
ADMT0010....GDDM/ISPF GRAPHICS FILE ALLOCATIONS
ADMT0020....GDDM/ISPF CHART UTILITY
ADMT0030....GDDM/ISPF IMAGE SYMBOL EDITOR
ADMT0040....GDDM/ISPF SYMBOL EDITOR
ADMVSE......GDD/ISPF DIALOG TO INVOKE THE VECTOR
SYMBOL EDITOR
ASMH........TSO ASSEMBLER TSO PROMPTER
ASMH#.......HELP FOR TSO ASSEMBLER TSO PROMPTER
BURN........PROGRAM TO ABEND A JOB OR ADDRESS SPACE
COMPRESS....COMPRESS PROGRAM-CREATES A SAVE DATASET
COMPRES#....HELP FOR COMPRESS PROGRAM
CPY.........INVOKE SPFCOPY TO COPY MEMBERS OF A PDS
CPY#........HELP FOR CPY PROGRAM
DATASCAN....DATASCAN ROUTINE
ENQSP.......DISPLAY MVS ENQUE STRUCTURE
ENQSP#......HELP FOR ENQSP COMMAND
EPILOG......MACRO
HELPLIST....HELPLIST PROGRAM
IDATMSTP....USER EXIT TO TIMESTAMP VSAM DATASETS IN
SU60 FORMAT
ISR@PRIM....SYNTEX ISPF/PDS PRIMARY OPTION MENU
LMVS010.....TSO MOD FOR DEFAULT ALLOCATION OF SHR
LMVS015.....TSO MOD TO DISABLE FULL SCREEN LOGON
LMVS018.....TSO MOD TO ADD CENT SIGN AS LOGICAL TAB
CHARACTER FOR 327X TERMINALS
ONL.........PGM TO DISPLAY AN OPERATOR'S CONSOLE
PERFORM.....RESET PERFORMANCE GROUP FROM TSO
PROLOG......MACRO
SM.... .....TSO COMMAND TO TURN-OFF AND ON THE TSO
SESSION MANAGER
VPS@PRIM....VSP/ISPF SELECTION MENU
VPSOPT01....VSP/ISPF - TO REFRESH SCREEN AFTER VPS
INVOCATION
VPSOPT02....VSP/ISPF DIALOG MANAGER FRONT END FOR
VSPRINT
VPSPRINT....VSP/ISPF VSPRINT HARDCOPY OUTPUT PANEL
VPST0000....VSP/ISPF TUTORIAL INDEX
VPST0010....VSP/ISPF VPS CONTROL
VPST0020....VSP/ISPF VSPRINT
VPS01.......VSP/ISPF MESSAGES
VPS02.......VSP/ISPF MESSAGES
VPS03.......VSP/ISPF MESSAGES
WIZARD......DCMS SRM DATA DISPLAY ROUTINE
File 360
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE STATE OF WISCONSIN , WILSON STREET
REGIONAL COMPUTING CENTER WITH THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT :
ASMCMD THIS MEMBER IS THE JCL TO ASSEMBLE AND
LINKEDIT COMMAND INTO A LINKLIST
LIBRARY.
ASMSPY THIS MEMBER IS THE JCL TO ASSEMBLE AND
LINKEDIT SPY INTO A LINKLIST LIBRARY.
ASMSWP THIS MEMBER IS THE JCL TO ASSEMBLE AND
LINKEDIT SWAP INTO A LINKLIST LIBRARY.
AUTH THIS MEMBER IS THE SOURCE FOR AUTH
MACRO TO ISSUE A USER SVC THAT GETS AND
RELEASES PROGRAM AUTHORIZATION FOR AN
ASSEMBLER PROGRAM.
BEGIN THIS MEMBER IS THE SOURCE FOR BEGIN
MACRO TO DO STANDARD ENTRY LINKAGE IN
ASSEMBLER PROGRAMS.
COMMAND THIS MEMBER IS THE SOURCE FOR COMMAND
VERSION 2.0. IT WAS ORIGINALLY TAKEN
FROM A FILE ON THE CBT TAPE. SEE THE
PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION FOR ADDITIONAL
COMMENTS ABOUT THE ORIGIN OF THIS CODE.
COMMAND IS USED BY SPY TO ISSUE
OPERATOR COMMANDS VIA SVC 34. I ADDED
THE SUPPORT FOR THE BEGIN, FINISH AND
AUTH MACROS.
DISIMAGE IBM 3800 PRINTING SUBSYSTEM SUPPORT
UTILITY. THIS MEMBER WILL ALLOW YOU TO
CREATE AN IEBIMAGE SOURCE DECK FROM ANY
MEMBER OF SYS1.IMAGELIB (EXCEPT
COPYMOD'S) THAT WAS CREATED BY IEBIMAGE
IN THE FIRST PLACE.
DISKMAP THIS MEMBER WILL LIST THE CONTENTS OF A
VTOC IN SEVERAL USEFULL FORMATS.
ORIGINAL PROGRAM WAS FROM CBT TAPE.
THIS VERSION HAS SEVERAL CHANGES
INCLUDING 3380 SUPPORT.
DTYP2UNT THIS SUBROUTINE WILL CONVERT A UCB-TYPE
HEX DEVICE CODE TO A VALID UNIT NAME
USING THE SYSTEM DEVICE NAME TABLE.
DYNAM THIS SUBROUTINE IS CALLED BY DYNAUTIL
TO DO DYNAMIC ALLOCATION AS NEEDED BY
IT'S DRIVER. ORIGINALLY FROM THE
UNIVERSITY OF MANITOBA.
DYNAUTIL DYNAUTIL IS A REENTRANT, REFRESHABLE,
AND REUSABLE ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE PROGRAM
THAT PROVIDES DYNAMIC ALLOCATION FOR
BATCH PROGRAMS AND UTILITIES. THIS IS
ACCOMPLISHED BY PASSING CONTROL CARD
IMAGES TO THE UNIVERSITY OF MANITOBA'S
DYNAM SVC 99 INTERFACE. DYNAUTIL CAN
RUN AS A FRONT-END TO A BATCH TASK OR
CAN BE CALLED BY A BATCH TASK DURING
IT'S EXECUTION.
DYNAUTLH THIS IS THE DOCUMENTATION FOR THE
DYNAUTIL PROGRAM.
FINISH THIS MEMBER IS THE SOURCE FOR FINISH
MACRO TO DO STANDARD EXIT LINKAGE IN
ASSEMBLER PROGRAMS.
IDCMSGEN ACCESS METHOD SERVICES (IDCAMS) SUPPORT
UTILITY. THIS PROGRAM WILL ALLOW YOU
TO CREATE AN IDCAMS SOURCE DECK FROM
MOST OBJECTS IN YOUR VSAM CATALOG.
IEFACTRT SMF EXIT THAT PRODUCES MANY USEFULL
STATISTICS AND MESSAGES AT STEP AND JOB
END. THESE MESSAGES APPEAR IN AN
ABBREVIATED FORM IN THE JOBLOG AND IN A
MORE DETAILED FORM IN THE JOB MESSAGES
OUTPUT.
IEFU84 SMF EXIT THAT DOES A GETMAIN FOR AN
AREA THAT BECOMES A LOCAL USER CVT.
THIS AREA IS MAPPED BY WSRCCCVT.
IGC0023C A TYPE 3 SCV THAT IS INVOKED FROM THE
AUTH MACRO TO AUTHORIZE OR UN-AUTHORIZE
TSO COMMANDS, PROGRAMS, ETC.
ISPTCM A MACRO (TCMGEN) AND A MODULE (ISPTCM)
THAT REPLACE THE DISTRIBUTED ISPF
MODULE. THIS MACRO AND MODULE WERE
WRITTEN IN RESPONSE TO APAR OZ64211.
SEE INFO/MVS ENTRY E130403 FOR
PARTICULARS.
LASTIPL TSO COMMAND THAT USES THE LOCAL
USER CVT MAPPED BY WSRCCCVT TO
DISPLAY WHEN THE SYSTEM WAS
IPLLED.
PRINTOFF TSO COMMAND ORIGINALLY FROM THE CBT
TAPE AND HEAVILY MODIFIED FOR USE AT
WSRCC HAS SUPPORT FOR THE 3800 PRINTING
SUBSYSTEM VIA CHARS, TRC, MODIFY,
MODTRC, FLASH, FCOUNT, CGROUP AND BRUST
KEYWORDS. SOME PROBLEMS WITH THE 6670
CODE HAS ALSO BEEN FIXED.
PRINT0FF TSO HELP FOR THE MODIFIED PRINTOFF
COMMAND.
SPY THIS MEMBER IS THE SOURCE FOR SPY
VERSION 3.1 WITH CROSS MEMORY SUPPORT
INCLUDED FOR MVS/SP 1.3. IT WAS
ORIGINALLY TAKEN FROM FILE 338 ON THE
CBT TAPE. SEE THE PROGRAM
DOCUMENTATION FOR ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
ABOUT THE ORIGIN OF THIS CODE. THE
VAST MAJORITY OF THE XM CODE CAME FROM
THE BANK OF NEW SOUTH WALES. I ADDED
THE CODE TO SUPPORT THE PFKEYS IN THE
3270 ENVIRONMEMT ALONG WITH THE BEGIN.
FINISH AND AUTH MACROS.
SWAP THIS MEMBER IS THE SOURCE FOR SWAP
VERSION 4.5. IT WAS ORIGINALLY TAKEN
FROM A FILE ON THE CBT TAPE. SEE THE
PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION FOR ADDITIONAL
COMMENTS ABOUT THE ORIGIN OF THIS CODE.
I ADDED THE SUPPORT FOR THE BEGIN,
FINISH AND AUTH MACROS.
UADS TSO COMMAND THAT WILL ALLOW THOSE USERS
WITH OPERATOR ABILITY TO DYNAMICALLY
CHANGE THEIR UADS ENTRIES IN THE PSCB.
ONCE CHANGED, IT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT
ACROSS A RELOGON (UNLESS USING ACF2 IN
NOUADS MODE).
UADSHELP TSO HELP FOR THE UADS COMMAND.
VOLS TSO COMMAND TO LIST FREE SPACE ON ALL
OR SELECTED ONLINE DASD DEVICES.
VOLUME SELECTION INCLUDES DEVICETYPE,
ATTRIBUTE, VOLUME AND UCB.
VOLSHELP TSO HELP FOR THE VOLS COMMAND.
WSRCCCVT MACRO THAT MAPS THE LOCAL USER CVT THAT
IS GOTTEN AT IPL TIME BY IEFU84. A
LOCAL USER CVT IS VERY USEFULL FOR MANY
RANDOM USES, WE FIND MANY FOR OURS.
ZSORTZ THIS SUBROUTINE WILL SORT AN IN-CORE
TABLE. ORIGINAL SOURCE UNKNOWN
(PROBABLY EARLY 1970'S SHARE TAPE (?)).
File 361
Table of Contents
IS FROM REVLON AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR TSO CP
TO ALLOCATE THE PDF PROFILE FOR SPF .
THIS COMMAND WILL ALLOCATE THE PDF PROFILE DATASET AT
LOGON TIME OR MAY BE INVOKED PRIOR TO INVOKING
ISPF/PDF. THIS IS CONSIDERABLY FASTER THAN USING A
CLIST TO ALLOCATE.
THE PDF DATASET IS ALLOCATED AS OLD AND IF UNABLE TO
ALLOCATE, TRYS TO ALLOCATE AND CATALOG A NEW PROFILE
DATASET.
CURRENT ALLOCATION IS AS:
ATTR FB6160 RECFM(F B) LRECL(80) BLKSIZE(6160)
ALLOC F(ISPPROF) DA('USERID.ISPF.PROFILE') SP(1)
TRA DIR(1) -
UNIT(3380) VOL(S80222) US(FB6160)
THIS CODE IS SET FOR A 7 CHARACTER TSO USERID AND
MUST BE CHANGED IF ANY OTHER LENGTH IS USED.
ALLOCATION DEFAULTS CAN BE CHANGED IN THE DC'S FOR
THE APPROPRIATE DEFAULTS. I.E. DSNAME, VOLSER, UNIT,
ETC.
CODE COULD BE ADDED TO TELL THE USER WHY THE
ALLOCATION FAILED - BE MY GUEST. WE JUST FILTER OUT
THE OBVIOUS ERROR AND RESPOND BACK WITH THE RETURN
CODE, ERROR CODE AND INFO CODE IF A REAL ERROR
OCCURS.
THIS MODULE MAY BE ASSEMBLED AND LINKED INTO A
LINKLIST LIB OR INTO LPALIB
THE INVOCATION AT LOGON TIME IS BY USING THE PARM
FIELD ON THE EXEC STATEMENT IN THE LOGON PROC
File 362
Table of Contents
IS FROM CONNECTICUT NATIONAL BANK AND CONTAINS A
PROGRAM THAT USES IOSLOOK. THIS CODE WILL
CONDITIONALLY FIX DSCB VOLSER IN THE DSCB, OR TURN
RACF BITS ON OR OFF . THIS PROGRAM HAS TO RUN APF
AUTHORIZED . SEE THE PROGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION .
File 363
Table of Contents
IS FROM COMMERICAL UNION INSURANCE COMPANY OF BOSTON,
AND CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ASSEMBLER AND SAS UTILITY
PROGRAMS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT:
AMAVZAP IS A PROGRAM WRITTEN IN SAS WHICH READS
SYMBOLIC INPUT AND GENERATES THE AMASPZAP
CONTROL STATEMENTS ( CCHHR AND REQUIRED
HEXDATA ) TO CHANGE FIELDS IN F1DSCB'S
ASMAMODE IS A SAMPLE ASSEMBLER PROGRAM TO ILLUSTRATE
THE EXPANSIONS GENERATED USING VARIOUS
OPTIONS ON THE SETAMODE AND TSTAMODE
MACROS
FIXMCEDT FIX TO THE IPO-SUPPLIED MCNVTCAT PROGRAM IN
IEBUPDTE FORMAT TO USE IEFEDTTB (ELIGIBLE
DEVICE TABLE) INSTEAD OF DEVNAMET (DEVICE
NAME TABLE) BECAUSE THE DEVICE NAME TABLE
HAS BEEN DELETED IN MVS/XA . THE FIX
INCLUDES LOGIC TO REFERENCE IEFEDITTB ABOVE
THE 16MB LINE, AND ALLOWS EXECUTION ON
EITHER MVS/370 OR MVS/XA
IEFPARAM IS WRITTEN IN ASSEMBLER , COPIES THE PARM
FIELD OF THE EXEC STATEMNT TO AN OUTPUT
DATASET. MOST OUTPUT RECORD FORMATS ( F ,
V , U ) ARE SUPPORTED AND SPECIAL CONTROL
CHARACTERS FOR CREATING MULTIPLE OUTPUT
RECORDS AND POSITIONING TO A SPECIFIC BYTE
OF AN OUTPUT RECORDS ARE RECOGNIZED IN THE
PARM FIELD
IFAUXIMV IS A GENERAL PURPOSE USER1 EXIT
FOR IFASMFDP TO SELECT ONLY THOSE
INPUT RECORDS THAT WERE PRODUCED BY
AN MVS/370 SYSTEM. RECORDS
PRODUCED BY AN MVS/XA SYSTEM ARE
FILTERED OUT BY THIS ROUTINE SO
THAT THEY ARE NOT PROCESSED BY
IFASMFDP.
IFAUXIXA IS A GENERAL PURPOSE USER1 EXIT
FOR IFASMFDP TO SELECT ONLY THOSE
INPUT RECORDS THAT WERE PRODUCED BY
AN MVS/XA SYSTEM. RECORDS PRODUCED
BY AN MVS SYSTEM WHICH IS NOT XA
ARE FILTERED OUT BY THIS ROUTINE SO
THAT THEY ARE NOT PROCESSED BY
IFASMFDP.
IFAUX2HT IS A GENERAL PURPOSE USER2 EXIT
FOR IFASMFDP TO PREVENT SMF RECORD
TYPES 2(DUMP HEADER) AND 3(DUMP
TRAILER) FROM BEING WRITTEN ON THE
OUTPUT DATA SET, INCLUDING THE TYPE
2 AND 3 RECORDS THAT ARE GENERATED
INTERNALLY FOR THE OUTPUT DATA SET
BY IFASMFDP.
PAGEADD IS AN ASSEMBLER PROGRAM WHICH TAKES ITS
NAME FROM OUR ORIGINAL USE FOR IT - TO PASS
PAGEADD COMMANDS TO THE SYSTEM AFTER IPL
HAS COMPLETED . IT USES THE SVC34 INTERFACE
AND CAN SUBMIT EITHER MVS OR JES COMMANDS .
IN ADDITION TO USING IT AT IPL TIME , WE
USE IT TO SET INITIATOR PATTERNS AT
DIFFERENT TIMES OF THE DAY FOR DIFFERENT
DAYS OF THE WEEK . IT HAS ALLOWED US TO
COMPENSATE FOR SOME OF THE LIMITATIONS IN
THE JES2 AUTOMATIC COMMANDS FACILITY
WITHOUT HAVING TO MODIFY JES2
SETAMODE IS A MACRO WRITTEN AT COMMERICAL UNION TO
FACILITATE SWITCHING BETWEEN 24-BIT AND
31-BIT ADDRESSING MODE IN MVS/XA. THIS
MACRO IS CAPABLE OF GENERATING CODE THAT
CAN EXECUTE ON BOTH MVS/370 AND MVS/XA
SYSTEMS, BUT IT CAN ALSO GENERATE A
SHORT EXPANSION, NOT INCLUDING THE TEST
FOR SYSTEM TYPE, WHICH WILL EXECUTE ONLY
ON AN XA SYSTEM (IN EITHER 24-BIT OR
31-BIT MODE). ASSEMBLER H VERSION 2 IS
REQUIRED TO ASSEMBLE THIS MACRO (UNLESS
ASMHV2=NO IS SPECIFIED), BECAUSE THE
EXPANSION INCLUDES A "BSM" INSTRUCTION
WHICH IS NEW FOR XA AND IS RECOGNIZED
ONLY BY ASSEMBLER H VERSION 2, OR A
COMPARABLE ASSEMBLER.
TSTAMODE IS A MACRO WRITTEN AT COMMERICAL
UNION TO COMPLEMENT THE SETAMODE
MACRO AND FACILITATE TESTING OF THE
CURRENT ADDRESSING MODE BIT IN MVS/XA.
THE CODE GENERATED BY THIS MACRO CAN BE
EXECUTED ON BOTH MVS/370 AND MVS/XA
SYSTEMS.
THIS MACRO SETS THE CONDITION CODE TO
REFLECT THE CURRENT ADDRESSING MODE.
CC=0 INDICATES S/370 OR XA 24-BIT
ADDRESSING MODE; CC^=0 INDICATES XA
31-BIT ADDRESSING MODE. THE ADDRESSING
MODE IS NOT CHANGED BY THIS MACRO.
IN ADDITION TO SETTING THE CONDITION
CODE, THIS MACRO PLACES THE ADDRESSING
MODE IN THE SPECIFIED REGISTER. THIS
VALUE CAN BE SAVED, IF DESIRED, AND USED
AS INPUT TO THE SETAMODE MACRO USING
AMODE=RESET; OR CAN BE USED WITH THE BSM
INSTRUCTION TO RESTORE THE AMODE.
THE CODE GENERATED BY THIS MACRO
REQUIRES ACCESS TO A FULLWORD OF
X'80000000' FOR EXTRACTING AND
MANIPULATING THE AMODE BIT IN THE WORK
REGISTERS. IF THE USER DOES NOT SUPPLY
THE ADDRESS OF SUCH A FULLWORD USING THE
AMASK= KEYWORD, A FULLWORD CONSTANT IS
GENERATED INLINE. TO SAVE ON STORAGE,
THE USER CAN SUPPLY THE ADDRESS OF SUCH
A FULLWORD TO BE USED BY THE MACRO
EXPANSION. IF THE USER PROVIDES SUCH AN
ADDRESS, USING THE AMASK= KEYWORD, THE
INLINE FULLWORD IS NOT GENERATED, SAVING
EIGHT BYTES WITH EACH USE OF THIS MACRO.
THE SYMBOL SUPPLIED VIA AMASK= MUST
DESIGNATE THE ADDRESS OF A FULLWORD IN
STORAGE CONTAINING THE VALUE
X'80000000', OR BE THE VALUE IN REGISTER
NOTATION (DOUBLE ENCLOSING PARENTHESES)
OF A GENERAL REGISTER CONTAINING THE
VALUE X'80000000'.
VARYOFF IS AN ASSEMBLER PROGRAM WHICH PROCESSES
VATLST00 AT IPL TIME AND ISSUES EITHER VARY
OFFLINE OR MOUNT COMMANDS FOR VOLUMES NOT
LISTED IN VATLST00 . THE PROGRAM HAS
SEVERAL OPTIONS WHICH ARE DOCUMENTED AT THE
BEGINNING OF THE PROGRAM
******************************************************************
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>C U I C D I S C L A I M E R<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<***
******************************************************************
THE INFORMATION OR MATERIAL BEING PROVIDED
BY COMMERCIAL UNION INSURANCE COMPANY (CUIC),
WHETHER IN HARD COPY OR MACHINE READABLE FORM,
HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY CUIC FOR ITS OWN PURPOSE
AND FOR USE ON ITS OWN EQUIPMENT AND WITHIN ITS
OWN DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM. CUIC MAKES NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH
RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION OR MATERIAL FURNISHED
HEREUNDER, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE
OR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION OR
MATERIAL WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT,
TRADEMARK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY INTEREST. YOU
ARE, THEREFORE, ACCEPTING THIS INFORMATION OR
MATERIAL ON AN "AS IS" BASIS AND WILL BE USING IT
AT YOUR OWN RISK. NEITHER CUIC NOR ANY OF ITS
AFFILIATES SHALL BE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY
CLAIM, ACTION, OR DEMAND BY ANY USER OR OTHER
PARTY (INCLUDING ANY CLAIM, ACTION, OR DEMAND FOR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF CUIC HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES)
ARISING FROM THE USE OF THE INFORMATION OR THE
MATERIALS AND CONCEPTS RELATED THERETO.
FURTHERMORE, CUIC WILL NOT MAINTAIN, CORRECT, OR
UPDATE THIS INFORMATION OR MATERIAL IN THE
FUTURE.
01/26/83
******************************************************************
File 364
Table of Contents
IS FROM COMMERICAL UNION INSURANCE COMPANY OF BOSTON,
AND CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING SAMPLE CATALOGED PROCS AND
JCL FOR USING THE UTILITY PROGRAMS IN FILE 363 . THIS
FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
CVLREORG IS THE CATALOGED PROCEDURE WE USE TO
REORGANIZE CVOL CATALOGS. IT USES IEFPARAM
FROM FILE 364 AND COPYCAT FROM FILE 037. ITS
USE HAS GREATLY REDUCED OUR CVOL I/O
OVERHEAD
LB00319 IS THE MOD CREATED AS PART OF THE MVS XA
CUMODS UPGRADE . ITS PURPOSE IS TO INSTALL
THE ' VARYOFF ' UTILITY INTO SYS1.LINKLIB
UNDER THE SMP/E MECHANISM
LB00391 IS THE MOD CREATED TO PROVIDE FOR THE
FOR THE INSTALLATION OF IFASMFDP USER
EXITS INTO SYS1.LINKLIB USING THE SMP
MECHANISM
PAGEADD IS THE CATALOGED PROCEDURE WE USE TO ADD
PAGE / SWAP DATASETS FOLLOWING IPL
PDSREORG IS THE CATALOGED PROCEDURE WE USE TO
REORGANIZE PDS LIBRARIES BY COPYING THEM OUT
AND BACK
RMFPPXSP IS THE PROCEDURE WHICH EXTRACTS MVS
RMF RECORDS FOR A GIVEN DATE OR RANGE
OF DATES, AND SORTS THE RMF RECORDS INTO
DATE TIME ORDER REQUIRED BY RMF
RMFPPXXA IS THE PROCEDURE WHICH EXTRACTS MVS XA
RMF RECORDS FOR A GIVEN DATE OR RANGE
OF DATES AND SORTS THE RMF RECORDS INTO
DATE TIME ORDER AS REQUIRED BY RMF
VARYOFF IS THE CATALOGED PROCEDURE WE USE TO INVOKE
THE VARYOFF PROGRAM AT IPL TIME
******************************************************************
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>C U I C D I S C L A I M E R<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<***
******************************************************************
THE INFORMATION OR MATERIAL BEING PROVIDED
BY COMMERCIAL UNION INSURANCE COMPANY (CUIC),
WHETHER IN HARD COPY OR MACHINE READABLE FORM,
HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY CUIC FOR ITS OWN PURPOSE
AND FOR USE ON ITS OWN EQUIPMENT AND WITHIN ITS
OWN DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM. CUIC MAKES NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH
RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION OR MATERIAL FURNISHED
HEREUNDER, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE
OR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION OR
MATERIAL WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT,
TRADEMARK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY INTEREST. YOU
ARE, THEREFORE, ACCEPTING THIS INFORMATION OR
MATERIAL ON AN "AS IS" BASIS AND WILL BE USING IT
AT YOUR OWN RISK. NEITHER CUIC NOR ANY OF ITS
AFFILIATES SHALL BE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY
CLAIM, ACTION, OR DEMAND BY ANY USER OR OTHER
PARTY (INCLUDING ANY CLAIM, ACTION, OR DEMAND FOR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF CUIC HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES)
ARISING FROM THE USE OF THE INFORMATION OR THE
MATERIALS AND CONCEPTS RELATED THERETO.
FURTHERMORE, CUIC WILL NOT MAINTAIN, CORRECT, OR
UPDATE THIS INFORMATION OR MATERIAL IN THE
FUTURE.
01/26/83
******************************************************************
File 365
Table of Contents
IS FROM COMMERICAL UNION INSURANCE COMPANY OF BOSTON,
AND CONTAINS THEIR SYNCSORT USER EXIT WRITTEN IN
ASSEMBLER. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT .
$ORTABLE ASSEMBLER COPY CODE TO DEFINE THE INDIVIDUAL
TABLE ENTRIES IN $ORTDATA
$ORTDATA SOURCE CODE TO PROVIDE THE $ORTPARM EXIT
ROUTINE WITH THE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
FOR ASSIGNING SYNCSORT PERFORMANCE-RELEATED
OPTIONS. THIS MODULE ASSEMBLES A TABLE IN
THE FORM OF A BLOCK OF VARIABLE LENGTH
RECORDS ( TABLE ENTRIES ) *
$ORTDUMMY SOURCE CODE TO PROVIDE A DUMMY $ORTPARM TO
ALLOW THE PARMEXIT FACILITY OF SYNCSORT TO
BE ENABLED INDEPENDENTLY OF THE INSTALLATION
OF THE ACTUAL $ORTPARM EXIT ROUTINE
$ORTPARM SOURCE CODE FOR THE EXIT ROUTINE TO DETERMINE*
THE PERFORMANCE RELATED OPTIONS TO BE USED
BY SYNCSORT WHEN IT IS INVOKED. ASSIGNED
OPTIONS CAN BE BASED ON SMF SYSTEM
IDENTIFIER, DATE AND TIME-OF-DAY, DAY OF THE
WEEK, JOBNAME, STEPNAME, PROCSTEPNAME, OR
EXEC STATEMENT PROGRAM NAME, PERFORMANCE
GROUP(S), AND SORESIDENT JOB NAMES (IF THE
CURRENT JOB IS RUNNING IN THE SAME MACHINE
WITH A JOB OR JOBS HAVE A SPECIFIED JOB
NAME).
ASM$DATA ASSEMBLY & LKED JCL FOR $ORTDATA
ASM$DUMY ASSEMBLE & LKED JCL FOR $ORTDUMY
ASM$PARM ASSEMBLE & LKED JCL FOR $ORTPARM
******************************************************************
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>C U I C D I S C L A I M E R<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<***
******************************************************************
THE INFORMATION OR MATERIAL BEING PROVIDED
BY COMMERCIAL UNION INSURANCE COMPANY (CUIC),
WHETHER IN HARD COPY OR MACHINE READABLE FORM,
HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY CUIC FOR ITS OWN PURPOSE
AND FOR USE ON ITS OWN EQUIPMENT AND WITHIN ITS
OWN DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM. CUIC MAKES NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH
RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION OR MATERIAL FURNISHED
HEREUNDER, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE
OR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION OR
MATERIAL WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT,
TRADEMARK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY INTEREST. YOU
ARE, THEREFORE, ACCEPTING THIS INFORMATION OR
MATERIAL ON AN "AS IS" BASIS AND WILL BE USING IT
AT YOUR OWN RISK. NEITHER CUIC NOR ANY OF ITS
AFFILIATES SHALL BE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY
CLAIM, ACTION, OR DEMAND BY ANY USER OR OTHER
PARTY (INCLUDING ANY CLAIM, ACTION, OR DEMAND FOR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF CUIC HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES)
ARISING FROM THE USE OF THE INFORMATION OR THE
MATERIALS AND CONCEPTS RELATED THERETO.
FURTHERMORE, CUIC WILL NOT MAINTAIN, CORRECT, OR
UPDATE THIS INFORMATION OR MATERIAL IN THE
FUTURE.
01/26/83
******************************************************************
File 366
Table of Contents
IS FROM COMMERICAL UNION INSURANCE COMPANY OF BOSTON,
AND CONTAINS THEIR OWN DEVELOPED UPDATED TO IBM'S
DASD SEEK SIMULATOR PROGRAM, NUMBER 5798-CTD . THIS
FILE CONTAINS ONLY CU WRITTEN CODE ; THEREFORE THE
SECOM DSSP FIXED DISTRIBUTED IN IBM'S LETTER DATED
6/81 ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THIS FILE . THE FIXES IN
THIS FILE APPLY TO DSSP VERSION 02 MOD 00 AFTER ALL
IBM'S FIXES HAVE BEEN APPLIED . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT .
THIS PDS IS IN OFFLOAD FORMAT ( ERGO ' ./ '
CONTROL CARDS HAVE BEEN CONVERTED TO ' >< '
AND YOU WILL HAVE TO ISSUE A GLOBAL CHANGE TO
CONVERT >< TO ./ BEFORE YOU USE THESE MEMBER AS
SYSIN INPUT TO IEBUPDTE .
******************************************************************
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>C U I C D I S C L A I M E R<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<***
******************************************************************
THE INFORMATION OR MATERIAL BEING PROVIDED
BY COMMERCIAL UNION INSURANCE COMPANY (CUIC),
WHETHER IN HARD COPY OR MACHINE READABLE FORM,
HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY CUIC FOR ITS OWN PURPOSE
AND FOR USE ON ITS OWN EQUIPMENT AND WITHIN ITS
OWN DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM. CUIC MAKES NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH
RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION OR MATERIAL FURNISHED
HEREUNDER, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE
OR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION OR
MATERIAL WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT,
TRADEMARK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY INTEREST. YOU
ARE, THEREFORE, ACCEPTING THIS INFORMATION OR
MATERIAL ON AN "AS IS" BASIS AND WILL BE USING IT
AT YOUR OWN RISK. NEITHER CUIC NOR ANY OF ITS
AFFILIATES SHALL BE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY
CLAIM, ACTION, OR DEMAND BY ANY USER OR OTHER
PARTY (INCLUDING ANY CLAIM, ACTION, OR DEMAND FOR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF CUIC HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES)
ARISING FROM THE USE OF THE INFORMATION OR THE
MATERIALS AND CONCEPTS RELATED THERETO.
FURTHERMORE, CUIC WILL NOT MAINTAIN, CORRECT, OR
UPDATE THIS INFORMATION OR MATERIAL IN THE
FUTURE.
01/26/83
******************************************************************
File 367
Table of Contents
IS FROM COMMERICAL UNION INSURANCE COMPANY OF BOSTON,
AND CONTAINS UTILITY PROGRAMS WRITTEN IN PLI
OPTIMIZING COMPILER. THIS FILE IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT
& WHEN RESTORED HAS RECFM=VB,LRECL=104,BLKSIZE=15365
PTSSCAN A UTILITY PROGRAM FOR SMP/4, SCANS THE
SMPLIST OUTPUT FROM AN SMP 'LIST PTS SYSMOD'
RUN AND SELECTS SYSMODS MEETING SPECIFIED
SELECTION CRITERIA. AN OUTPUT FILE IN
SMPLIST FORMAT CONTAINING JUST THE SELECTED
SYSMODS IS CREATED TO ALLOW MULTIPLE PASSES
OR PROCESSING BY OTHER UTILITY PROGRAMS
RMFDVTSP A UTILITY PROGRAM FOR MVS/370, READS
MVS/370 RMF TYPE 73 & 74 RECORDS AND
GENERATED RMF POST PROCESSOR CONTROL CARDS
TO REQUEST EXCEPTION REPORTING ON A DASD
DEVICE BASIS FOR VARIOUS EXCEPTION
CONDITIONS THAT CAN OCCUR. CONTROL CARDS TO
REQUEST PLOTTING OF DASD DEVICE ACTIVITY
ARE ALSO PRODUCED
RMFDVTXA A UTILITY PROGRAM FOR MVS/XA, READS
MVS/XA RMF TYPE 74 RECORDS AND
GENERATED RMF POST PROCESSOR CONTROL CARDS
TO REQUEST EXCEPTION REPORTING ON A DASD
DEVICE BASIS FOR VARIOUS EXCEPTION
CONDITIONS THAT CAN OCCUR. CONTROL CARDS TO
REQUEST PLOTTING OF DASD DEVICE ACTIVITY
ARE ALSO PRODUCED
******************************************************************
>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>C U I C D I S C L A I M E R<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<***
******************************************************************
THE INFORMATION OR MATERIAL BEING PROVIDED
BY COMMERCIAL UNION INSURANCE COMPANY (CUIC),
WHETHER IN HARD COPY OR MACHINE READABLE FORM,
HAS BEEN DEVELOPED BY CUIC FOR ITS OWN PURPOSE
AND FOR USE ON ITS OWN EQUIPMENT AND WITHIN ITS
OWN DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM. CUIC MAKES NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH
RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION OR MATERIAL FURNISHED
HEREUNDER, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE
OR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION OR
MATERIAL WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT,
TRADEMARK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY INTEREST. YOU
ARE, THEREFORE, ACCEPTING THIS INFORMATION OR
MATERIAL ON AN "AS IS" BASIS AND WILL BE USING IT
AT YOUR OWN RISK. NEITHER CUIC NOR ANY OF ITS
AFFILIATES SHALL BE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY
CLAIM, ACTION, OR DEMAND BY ANY USER OR OTHER
PARTY (INCLUDING ANY CLAIM, ACTION, OR DEMAND FOR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF CUIC HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES)
ARISING FROM THE USE OF THE INFORMATION OR THE
MATERIALS AND CONCEPTS RELATED THERETO.
FURTHERMORE, CUIC WILL NOT MAINTAIN, CORRECT, OR
UPDATE THIS INFORMATION OR MATERIAL IN THE
FUTURE.
01/26/83
******************************************************************
File 368
Table of Contents
CONTAINS SOURCE FOR A TSO CP CALLED SYSMON FROM
SMITH BARNEY IN NEW YORK. THIS FILE IS IN
IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT.
SYSMON IS A PROGRAM WRITTEN IN ASSEMBLER WHICH
FACILITATES THE BROWSING OF CERTAIN CONTROL BLOCKS
IN THE OS/VS2 OPERATING SYSTEM BY A LOGGED ON TSO
USER.
THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF SYSMON COMMANDS.
'S' TO STOP (RETURNS TO USER)
'A' TO DISPLAY ALL JOBS CURRENTLY EXECUTING
'T' TO DISPLAY TSO USERS ONLY
'B' TO EXCLUDE TSO USERS
'C' TO DISPLAY TSO AND NON TSO USERS (JOBS)
'I' TO DISPLAY ACTIVE JOBS
'O' TO DISPLAY NON ACTIVE JOBS
'J' TO DISPLAY ACTIVE AND NON ACTIVE JOBS
'Y' TO DISPLAY JOBS ON EXCLUSION LIST
'N' TO EXCLUDE JOBS ON EXCLUSION LIST
DURING CERTAIN DISPLAYS SYSMON MAKES USE OF A
HIGHLITING FEATURE TO DELINEATE BETWEEN WHICH JOBS
ARE IN WAIT STATE OR SWAPPED OUT AND WHICH JOBS ARE
ACTIVE. ACTIVE JOBS WILL BE INTENSIFIED AS OPPOSED
TO THE OTHER TYPES WHICH WILL BE NORMAL.
File 369
Table of Contents
IS A MODIFICATION FROM GENERAL ELECTRIC TO PUT I/O
COUNT IS THE IEF285I MESSAGE. THIS FILE IS IN ASMTOZAP
FORMAT. THE RESULTING MESSAGE WILL NOW LOOK LIKE:
IEF285I SYS1.DATASET KEPT *---- 2704
File 370
Table of Contents
IS A TAPE ERASE PROGRAM FROM THE FEDERAL BANK OF WEST
GERMANY. THE FOLLOWING IS A DETAILED DESCRIPTION.
PROGRAMM TO ERASE A TAPE STARTING AFTER A
GIVEN DATASET UNTIL IT REACHES THE REFLECTIVE
SPOT, THEREAFTER IT WRITES SOME ERASE GAPS TO
BE 200 PERCENT SURE.
THIS PROGRAMM HANDLES SL AND NL TAPES, AND
USES THE DATA-SECURITY- ERASE HARDWARE
COMMAND TO DO THE JOB. NO CHANNEL BUSY, NO
CPU-BUSY MERELY THE CONTROL UNIT IS BUSY.
WITH THIS PROGRAMM YOU CAN ERASE BOTH SL AND
NL TAPES. ALL YOU HAVE TO DO IS SUPPLY THE
LAST DATASET NAME THAT SHOULD REMAIN ON THE
VOLUME.
THE PROGRAMM HANDLES ALL POSSIBLE CONDITIONS
IT CHECKS THAT THERE IS A FILE-PROTECT
RING ON THE TAPE
IT CHECKS THE CONDITION THAT THE FILE
ALREADY REACHED THE REFLECTIVE
SPOT
NORMAL OPERATION FOR A MULTI-VOLUME DATASET
IS THAT THE PROGRAMM TAKES THE LAST VOLUME
AND ERASES IT, YOU CAN SUPPLY A PARM VALUE OF
'H', IN THAT CASE THE PROGRAMM TAKES EVERY
VOLUME OF A MULTI-VOLUME DATASET AND ERASES
IT, THIS WAS TO HANDLE A SITUATION IN OUR
INSTALLATION WHERE A PROGRAM HAD TO WRITE A
GIVEN AMOUNT OF BLOCKS ON EVERY SINGLE REEL
OF A MULTI-VOLUME DATASET AND THEN SWITCHED
THE VOLUME USING FORCED-END-OF-VOLUME.
File 371
Table of Contents
IS A PDF FRONTEND TSO CP FROM GTE LABS IN WALTHAM ,
MASS
THE PDF COMMAND IS USED TO ENTER THE ISPF
PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT FACILITY (PDF). IT IS
A FRONTEND FOR ISPF/PDS
SYNTAX -
PDF
OPTION TEST/TESTX/TRACE/TRACEX
OPERANDS:
REQUIRED - NONE
DEFAULTS - NONE
OPTIONAL - OPTION, TEST, TESTX, TRACE,
TRACEX
OPTION - AN INITIAL OPTION THAT MAY BE
ENTERED TO BYPASS THE FIRST
DISPLAY OF THE PRIMARY OPTION
MENU AND GO DIRECTLY TO THE
OPTION YOU SELECT. (THIS IS NOT
A KEYWORD PARAMETER. SIMPLY
ENTER THE OPTION NUMBER, OR OMIT
TO DISPLAY THE PRIMARY OPTION
MENU.) FOR EXAMPLE, TYPING "PDF
3.2" IN TSO WILL TAKE YOU
DIRECTLY TO THE ISPF/PDF DATASET
UTILITY OPTION.
TEST - PDF IS TO BE RUN IN TEST MODE.
TEST MODE INCLUDES:
1. RE-READING FROM DISK ALL
PANELS AND MESSAGES. THIS
ENHANCES THE ABILITY TO TEST
PANELS AND MESSAGES IN THE
SAME PDF SESSION THAT THEY
ARE MODIFIED.
2. DISABLING ABEND RECOVERY.
THIS ALLOWS ABENDS TO BE
TRACKED DOWN USING TSO TEST.
3. DISABLING ATTENTION KEY
HANDLING. THIS ALLOWS THE
ATTENTION KEY TO BE USED TO
ENTER TSO TEST.
TESTX - PDF IS TO BE RUN IN TEST MODE
EXTENDED. IN ADDITION TO TEST
MODE, ANY LINES THAT ARE WRITTEN
TO THE LOG FILE ARE ALSO
DISPLAYED ON THE DISPLAY SCREEN.
TRACE - PDF IS TO BE RUN IN TRACE MODE.
TRACE MODE INCLUDES ALL OF THE
FUNCTIONS OF TEST MODE. IN
ADDITION, ALL ISPEXEC SERVICE
INVOCATIONS FROM A DIALOG WILL
BE LOGGED.
TRACEX - PDF IS TO BE RUN IN TRACE MODE
EXTENDED. IN ADDITION TO TRACE
MODE, ANY LINES THAT ARE WRITTEN
TO THE LOG FILE ARE ALSO
DISPLAYED ON THE DISPLAY SCREEN.
DETAILED INFORMATION:
PDF FIRST FREES DD(ISPPROF), THEN
TRIES TO ALLOCATE DD(ISPPROF) TO
DSN('&SYSPREF..ISPF.PROFILE') WITH
DISP=(OLD,KEEP,KEEP). IF IT CANNOT
ALLOCATE BECAUSE OF LOCATE ERROR 1708
(NOT FOUND IN CATALOG), IT ALLOCATES
THE DATASET WITH
DISP=(NEW,CATLG,CATLG), UNIT=SYSTSO,
DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3120,
DSORG=PO),
SPACE=(TRK,(1,2,10)). FOR ANY OTHER
ALLOCATION ERROR CODE, THE PROGRAM
TERMINATES AND GIVES THE NORMAL
IKJEFF18 ERROR MESSAGES.
PDF MAKES A NEW COPY OF THE COMMAND
BUFFER (CBUF) AND THE COMMAND
PROCESSOR PARAMETER LIST (CPPL),
POINTING THE NEW CPPL TO THE NEW
CBUF. IF THE USER USED 'SPF' RATHER
THAN 'PDF,' PDF WILL PUT OUT AN INFO
MESSAGE SAYING THAT 'SPF' HAS BEEN
REPLACED BY 'PDF.' PDF THEN PLACES
THE LITERAL 'ISP' INTO THE NEW CBUF
BEGINNING AT THE LOCATION OF THE
FIRST NONBLANK CHARACTER OF THE
COMMAND TEXT. IF DATASET
'&SYSPREF..ISPF.PROFILE' WAS
ALLOCATED NEW, MESSAGES CONCERNING
THE NEW DATASET ARE WRITTEN TO THE
TERMINAL.
PDF THEN POINTS R1 TO THE NEW CPPL,
AND ATTACHES ISRPCP. IT THEN WAITS
FOR ISRPCP TO COMPLETE, DETACHES
ISRPCP, FREES STORAGE AND TERMINATES.
RETURN CODES:
IF ISP EXECUTES, THE CODE RETURNED IS
THE CODE FROM ISP. OTHERWISE THE
RETURN CODE IS 12.
File 372
Table of Contents
CONTAINS SEVERAL OF THE USERMODS IN USE AT THE
NORTHEAST REGIONAL DATA CENTER (NERDC) AT THE
UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA.
NBT1101 ZAP TO MODIFY BTAM TWX CHANNEL
PROGRAMS TO PREVENT TIMEOUTS OF
CICS TWX TERMINALS (READ --> READ
INHIBIT).
NHEWL01 ZAP TO CHANGE LINKAGE EDITOR TO USE
8 LPI. MODULES HIT: HEWLFINT,
HEWLFROU, HEWLFMAP, HEWLFFNL,
HEWLFBTP. NOTE THAT THIS ZAP IS A
PREREQ FOR NHEWL02.
NHEWL02 ADD DSN/VOLSER TO LINKAGE EDITOR
STOW MESSAGE. MODULES HIT:
HEWLFFNL. NOTE THAT THIS ZAP PRES
NHEWL01.
NLW0001 ADDS PPT ENTRY FOR EXTERNAL WRITER.
THIS IS TO MAKE LOGWTR
NON-SWAPABLE. *** THIS MOD MUST BE
ACCEPTED. ***
NTAPE01 CHANGES THE TEXT OF SEVERAL
MESSAGES ASSOCIATED WITH TAPE OPEN
TO HELP REDUCE OPERATOR ERRORS.
NTRT001 ZAP TO IEAVNIP0 TO INCREASE TRACE
TABLE FROM 400 TO 1024 ENTRIES.
NUT1101 ZAP TO IEBCOPY TO INCREASE LINES
PER PAGE FROM 56 TO 78.
NVATL01 ZAP TO VOLUME ATTRIBUTE PROCESSING
CODE TO FORCE ALL ON-LINE VOLUMES
TO COME UP PRIVATE RESERVED OR
RESIDENT AT IPL.
NWTO001 ZAP TO IEAVVWTO TO ALLOW ALL SINGLE
LINE WTO'S TO GO THROUGH THE WTO
EXIT ROUTINE IEECVXIT. THIS ALLOWS
THE TRAPING OF SYSTEM WTO'S.
NWTO002 THIS MOD REPLACES THE STOCK WTO
EXIT (IEECVXIT) WITH A LOCAL
VERSION. NWTO001 IS A PRE REQ.
NDUNIT0 ZAP TO IEE20110, SVC 110. CHANGES
DEFAULT NUMBER OF UNITS DISPLAYED
WHEN 'D U,,,NNN,Y' COMMAND IS
ISSUED WITHOUT 'Y'. ORIGINAL
DEFAULT WAS 100 CHANGED TO 16.
**** THIS ZAP HAS NOT BEEN
RE-FITTED FOR SP 1.3 ****
NDUMP00 ZAP TO IEAVAD01 TO CHANGE DEFAULT
SYSUDUMP/SYSABEND LINES/PAGE FROM
56 TO 78 UNLESS FCB=6 IS CODED ON
SYSOUT DD CARD.
NDUMP01 ENABLE "SCAN" OPTION FOR AMDPRDMP.
THIS ZAP ENTERS THE NEW KEYWORDS
AND MODULE NAMES INTO AMDPRECT THAT
ARE NECESSARY TO USE THE AMDPRDMP
FORMATTING EXITS.
NGRS001 ASSEMBLES AND LINKS A NEW VERSION
OF THE GRS RNL EXIT MODULE INTO THE
NUCLEUS. NOTE THAT THE SOURCE IN
SAMPLIB INCLUDES CODE, WHICH IS NOT
IN THE ORIGIONAL MODULE, FOR
EXCLUDING TEMPORARY DATA SETS FROM
GLOBAL PROCESSING.
NGRS002 THIS MOD REPLACES THE GRS RESOURCE
NAME LISTS (RNLS) IN SYS1.LINKLIB.
NALCR00 CHANGES THE TEXT OF SEVERAL
MESSAGES ISSUED BY ALLOCATION
RECOVERY TO HELP REDUCE OPERATOR
ERRORS.
NISPF00 REPLACES SPF HELP MEMBER WITH A
COPY OF THE ISPF HELP MEMBER TO
AVOID CONFUSION ABOUT PROPER
SYNTAX.
NSUBMT0 CHANGE TSO SUBMIT COMMAND TO
DEFAULT MSGCLASS TO A IF NO
SPECIFIED ON THE JOB CARD.
NTSO001 CHANGES TSO AUTH COMMAND LIST
(IKJEFTE2) TO INCLUDE THE NACF
COMMAND AND CHANGES AUTH PROGRAM
LIST (IKJEFTE8) TO INCLUDE IEBCOPY,
TMSGSP AND IUTPROGM.
File 373
Table of Contents
IS FROM GTE LABS IN WALTHAM , MASS AND CONTAINS TWO
OF THEIR TSO COMMAND PROCESSORS . NEWSPACE AND SAL ,
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
THE "SAL" PROGRAM IS A FRIENDLIER REPLACEMENT FOR
THE TSO "LISTALC" COMMAND. "SAL" STANDS FOR "SHOW
ALLOCATIONS."
SAL SHOWS DDNAME, DATASET NAME, STATUS, NORMAL
DISPOSITION AND DATASET TYPE FOR EACH ALLOCATION.
IT WAS DESIGNED TO PRODUCE MORE READABLE OUTPUT THAN
"LISTALC." IT'S PRIMARY USE IS IN DEVELOPING CLISTS
AND ISPF/PDF DIALOGS.
SAL USES DYNAMIC ALLOCATION INFORMATION RETRIEVAL TO
GET INFORMATION ABOUT ALL CURRENT ALLOCATIONS. SEE
THE MVS JOB MANAGEMENT MANUAL FOR MORE INFO ON THIS
USE OF DYNAMIC ALLOCATION.
SAL WRITES TO FILE SYSPRINT, WHICH WOULD NORMALLY BE
ALLOCATED TO THE USER'S TSO TERMINAL. IT WORKS WITH
SESSION MANAGER OR WITHOUT IT, AND IS WRITTEN TO BE
REENTRANT.
THIS PACKAGE INCLUDES WELL-COMMENTED ASSEMBLER CODE
(MEMBER "SAL"), MACROS ("XSAVE1," "XRETURN,"
"REGISTER," "DYNABLD," AND "DYNATXTU"), AND A TSO
HELP MEMBER ("SALHELP").
------------------------------------------------------- --
NEWSPACE IS A COMMAND FOR EASILY CREATING NEW,
MODERATELY SIZED, DATASETS AND LIBRARIES. IT WAS
WRITTEN WITH BEGINNERS IN MIND. (LARGER OR MORE
COMPLEX DATASETS SHOULD BE CREATED WITH THE ALLOCATE
AND ATTRIB COMMANDS, OR WITH THE ISPF/PDF DATASET
UTILITY (OPTION 3.2))
)X SYNTAX -
NEWSPACE DATASET-NAME TYPE LIBRARY FIXED
NEW SEQUENTIAL VARIABLE
UNFORMATTED
DEFAULTS: 1. LIBRARY
2. FIXED, VARIABLE OR UNFORMATTED,
DEPENDING ON TYPE OR DATASET-NAME.
)O OPERANDS -
))DATASET-NAME -
THE NAME OF THE DATASET TO BE CREATED.
))TYPE -
THIS DESIGNATES THE INTENDED USE OF THE DATASET.
))SEQUENTIAL -
THE DATASET WILL BE CONSTRUCTED TO HOLD A SINGLE
GROUP OF DATA, SUCH AS ONE FORTRAN PROGRAM, OR ONE
MEMO.
))LIBRARY (OR PARTITIONED, OR PDS) -
THE DATASET WILL BE CONSTRUCTED AS A LIBRARY
(PARTITIONED DATASET) WHICH CAN HOLD MANY GROUPS OF
DATA, SUCH AS MANY FORTRAN PROGRAMS OR MANY MEMOS.
LIBRARY IS THE DEFAULT.
))FIXED -
ALL LINES OF DATA HAVE THE SAME LENGTH. THIS IS
THE DEFAULT IF NO 'TYPE' IS SELECTED AND THE
DATASET NAME DOESN'T END WITH A 'TYPE' NAME.
))VARIABLE -
EACH LINE FO DATA MAY BE A DIFFERENT LENGTH FROM
THE REST. IS THE DEFAULT IF ONE OF THESE TYPES IS
SELECTED.
))UNFORMATTED -
THIS IS THE FORMAT FOR LOAD DATASETS.
File 374
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE U.S. POSTAL DATA CENTER IN SAN BRUNO,
CALIFORNIA AND CONTAINS A TRACE PROGRAM.
THE TRACE ROUTINE IS USED TO TRACE A
PROGRAM THROUGH EXECUTION AT THE
ASSEMBLY LEVEL. THIS IS DONE BY
RETAINING CONTROL OF THE TRACED
PROGRAM AFTER THIS ROUTINE IS CALLED
AND EXECUTING THE TRACED PROGRAMS'
INSTRUCTIONS.
TO TOGGLE TRACE, CODE 'CALL TRACE'.
IF ON, TRACING WILL BE TURNED OFF.
IN OFF, TRACING WILL BE TURNED ON.
INCLUDE A //SYSTRACE DD CARD IN THE
JCL USED TO EXECUTE THE TRACED
PROGRAM. ONE LINE OF OUTPUT PER
INSTRUCTION WILL BE WRITTEN TO
SYSTRACE.
File 375
Table of Contents
IS A VERY FAST TCAM QUEUE FORMAT PROGRAM. THE
FOLLOWING IS A DESCRIPTION OF THIS CODE :
THIS IS THE FAST TCAM QUEUE FORMAT
PROGRAM WHICH WAS WRITTEN IN THE DATA
PROCESSING STONE AGE FOR THE ABACUS 101
PROCESSOR. IT HAS BEEN UPDATED FOR
3380'S. THE IBM QUEUE FORMAT PROGRAM
(IEDQXA) REQUIRES 12 MINUTES TO FORMAT
EACH 3380 USED. WE USE FOUR 3380'S SO IT
TAKES 48 MINUTES TO FORMAT THEM USING THE
IBM PRODUCT. THIS QUEUE FORMAT PROGRAM
REQUIRES 4 MINUTES.
THIS PROGRAM REQUIRES THE TCAM QUEUE TO
HAVE ALREADY GONE INTO SECONDARY
ALLOCATION FOR A MULTI-VOLUME QUEUE.
THIS IS BECAUSE IT READS THE DEBS AND HAS
NO CODE TO DO THE INITIAL FORMAT WITHOUT
THE DEBS AL- READY THERE. THE SIMPLE
SOLUTION IS THE RUN IEDQXA TO INITIALLY
FORMAT YOUR QUEUE. IF YOU USE A SINGLE
VOLUME QUEUE THE IT CAN BE ALLOCATED
USING IEFBR14 AND CAN THEN BE INITIALIZED
USING THIS QUEUE FORMAT PROGRAM. WHY?
BECAUSE THERE WILL ONLY BE ONE ONE
EXTENT.
SAMPLE JCL
//TPC000#1 EXEC PGM=QFORM
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSABEND DD SYSOUT=*
//IEDQDATA DD DSNAME=TPC.MSGQ.DNMSGQ,
// UNIT=3380,DCB=KEYLEN=140,
// SPACE=(CYL,(884,884),,CONTIG),
// DISP=(SHR,KEEP,KEEP)
CHANGES: THERE WAS SOME RATHER COMPLEX
CODE TO CALC- ULATE THE NUMBER OF RECORDS
PER TRACK FOR THE DEVICE BEING FORMATTED.
THIS CODE DOES NOT WORK WITH 3380'S HENCE
IT WAS REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH THE
TRAKCALC MACRO. THIS SHOULD CONTINUE TO
WORK FOR AS LONG AS IBM SUPPORTS THE
MACRO.
THE MOST SIGNIFICANT CHANGE INVOLVED THE
BUILDING OF CCW'S. THIS PROGRAM USED TO
SEND THE ONLY THE CCHH, RECORD ID, KEY
LENGTH AND DATA LENGTH BUT NO DATA. THE
SLI BIT WAS TURNED ON CAUSING IBM TO PAD
THE REST WITH BINARY ZEROS WHICH WAS
EXACTLY WHAT WE WANTED. WITH THE 3081
IBM NOW RECOMMENDS SENDING A MINIMUM OF
16 BYTES OF DATA. (REF: 3081 CHANNEL
CHARACTERISTICS MANUAL) TO SATISFY THIS
REQUIREMENT WE TACKED EIGTH BYTES OF
BINARY ZERO ON THE END OF EACH CCW. THAT
MADE IBM HAPPY SO WE'RE HAPPY TOO.
THE LAST CHANGE WAS TO COUNT THE NUMBER
OF CONSECUTIVE IDENTICAL IO ERRORS AND TO
ABEND WITH A U555 WHEN THE COUNT EXCEEDS
1024.
THIS PROGRAM WORKS FINE WITH 3380'S AND
3350'S. IT SHOULD WORK EQUALLY AS WELL
WITH ANY MVS SUPPORTED DEVICE.
====> HOWEVER, THIS PROGRAM HAS ONLY BEEN <====
====> TESTED WITH 3380'S AND 3350'S. <====
File 376
Table of Contents
IS FROM RAINIER NATIONAL BANK IN SEATTLE AND CONTAINS
THE FOLLOWING DATA. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
FORMAT
THE PROGRAMS SUPPLIED HEREIN WERE WRITTEN OR
HEAVILY MODIFIED AT RAINIER NATIONAL BANK IN
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON. TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE
THEY FUNCTION AS INTENDED AND AS DOCUMENTED,
WITHOUT CAUSING SYSTEM OR INTEGRITY PROBLEMS.
HOWEVER, THEY ARE NOT COVERED BY ANY WARRANTY,
EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, AS TO RELIABITY OR
FITNESS FOR USE AT ANY OTHER INSTALLATION THAN
RAINIER BANK.
THIS FILE CONTAINS PART OF A STRUCTURED MACRO
PACKAGE WRITTEN BY GARY NEMETH AT AMERITRUST IN
CLEVELAND. ONLY THE MACROS NEEDED BY PROGRAMS ON
THIS FILE HAVE BEEN INCLUDED. WE HAVE HIS
PERMISSION TO DISTRIBUTE THESE MACROS FOR USE IN
THE PROGRAMS ON THIS FILE.
(NOTE: THE PROGRAMS ON THIS FILE HAVE BEEN RENAMED
TO HAVE A $ AT THE FRONT SO THEY CAN BE
FOUND EASILY AMIDST THE MACROS ON THE FILE)
$$DOC - THE DOCUMENTATION YOU ARE READING NOW.
IT SHOULD BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH
THE SOURCE OF THE PROGRAMS.
$$DOCMSG - DOCUMENTATION FOR THE USE OF THE RNBMSG
MACRO, WHICH IS USED ALONG WITH PROGRAM
TEC462 IN THIS FILE TO PROVIDE A
SIMPLER INTERFACE TO PUTLINE OR WTO
THAN IBM PROVIDES. IT ALLOWS ONE TO
EASILY ISSUE MESSAGES WITH INSERTS,
EITHER VIA PUTLINE OR WTO. NOTE:
RNBMSG AND TEC462 IMPLEMENT A FUNCTION
CALLED WTOLOG. THIS FUNCTION USES
ROUTCODE 14 TO WTO A MESSAGE, ASSUMING
THAT MESSAGES WITH A ROUTCODE OF 14
WILL NOT BE SENT TO THE CONSOLE, BUT
ONLY TO THE SYSLOG. THE IEECVXIT ON
THIS FILE WILL DO THAT, AS WELL AS
OTHER THINGS. WE USE ROUTCODE 14 FOR
MESSAGES THAT THE SYSTEMS PROGRAMMERS
MAY SOMETIMES NEED TO SEE, BUT THAT THE
OPERATORS SHOULD NOT BE INTERESTED IN.
$EECVXIT - THIS IS A COPY OF OUR IEECVXIT ROUTINE.
IT IS PROVIDED HERE ONLY AS A MODEL OF
HOW WE HANDLE ROUTCODE 14 (WE DON'T LET
MESSAGES WITH ROUTCODE=14 GO TO THE
CONSOLE, TO AVOID CLUTTERING THE
CONSOLES WITH INFORMATIONAL MESSAGES
FROM SOME OF OUR PROGRAMS). I WOULD NOT
INSTALL THIS IEECVXIT, BUT ONLY USE IT
AS A MODEL. SOME OF THE COMMENTS ARE
MISLEADING ABOUT WHICH MESSAGES ARE
PROCESSED (IEF452/3?) AS THEY ARE NOT
SEEN BY IEECVXIT, AND SO CANNOT BE
PROCESSED.
$IMS210 - THIS IS A MODIFICATION OF A PROGRAM
OBTAINED FROM FILE 332 OF VERSION 199
OF THE CBT TAPE. THIS VERSION HAS BEEN
REWRITTEN USING THE STRUCTURED MACROS
FROM THIS FILE, AND USES RNBMSG/TEC462
TO ISSUE ERROR MESSAGES WHEN NECESSARY.
THE MAJOR DIFFERENCES FROM THE ORIGINAL
VERSION ARE:
(1) THE PROGRAM WILL READ A
SEQUENTIAL FILE INSTEAD OF A PDS
IF INVOKED AS A BATCH JOB INSTEAD
OF AS A STARTED TASK (THIS MAKES
IT EASIER IN OUR ENVIRONMENT TO
HAVE A BATCH JOB ISSUE COMMANDS);
(2) THE INPUT FORMAT HAS BEEN CHANGED
TO ALLOW A FIELD FOR AN IMS ID.
IF A RECORD CONTAINS AN IMS ID,
THE OUTSTANDING WTOR FOR THAT IMS
ID WILL BE FOUND AND THE COMMAND
WILL BE ISSUED AS A REPLY TO THE
WTOR. THIS FUNCTION IS CODED FOR
SP1.3.X LEVEL SYSTEMS. IF THE
IMS ID IS **** THE PROGRAM WILL
TERMINATE. IF THE IMS ID IS ++++
THE PROGRAM WILL WAIT FOR THE
NUMBER OF SECONDS SPECIFIED IN
THE COMMAND BEFORE ISSUING THE
NEXT COMMAND.
$READSPC - A REPLACEMENT FOR THE READSPC MODULE
(Q17) FOR THE SP3 QUEUE COMMAND. THIS
IS THE SAME AS A PREVIOUS ONE JACK WAS
DISTRIBUTING EXCEPT THAT IT HAS MORE
RACF STUFF OF MINE ADDED TO FIX A BUG
IN BLANKING OUT THE PASSWORDS WHEN A
JCT IS READ INTO STORAGE.
$TEC462 - THIS PROGRAM PROVIDES A SIMPLE
INTERFACE TO PUTLINE AND WTO FOR
ISSUING MESSAGES WITH INSERTS (OR
WITHOUT THEM FOR THAT MATTER). IKJEFF02
IS USED TO FORMAT THE MESSAGES. THE
PROGRAM IS INVOKED BY THE RNBMSG MACRO.
IT MAY BE USED FROM BATCH PROGRAMS OR
TSO COMMANDS.
RNBMSG* - THE MEMBERS WITH A PREFIX OF RNBMSG
COMPRISE THE MACROS USED TO OUTPUT
MESSAGES VIA TEC462.
ALL OTHERS - EVERYTHING ELSE ON THE FILE IS PART
OF GARY NEMETH'S STRUCTURED MACRO
PACKAGE, WITH SOME MODIFICATIONS BY
RAINIER NATIONAL BANK PERSONNEL.
File 377
Table of Contents
IS FROM OCCIDENTAL PETROLEUM SERVICES INC IN HOUTSON
AND CONTAINS THE SOURCE FOR LIBSPOOL ( PANSPOOL FOR
LIBRARIAN ) THE CLIST FOR LIBSPOOL IS IN FILE 378
OF THIS TAPE . THIS FILE IS IN IEBDUTE SYSIN FORMAT .
LIBSPOOL OBJECTIVE --------------------
ALLEVIATE PROBLEMS INVOLVED IN REVIEWING,
COLLATING, STORING, RETRIEVING A LARGE VOLUME
OF PRODUCTION JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE LISTINGS.
LIBSPOOL ATTEMPTS TO ADDRESS THESE PROBLEMS
BY:
1) PROVIDING AN AUTOMATIC REVIEW OF
PRODUCTION TYPE JCL LISTINGS LOOKING
FOR NON-NORMAL RESULTS BY MEANS OF A
PREDEFINED SET OF ABEND CODES.
2) AUTOMATING AND ORGANIZING THE
STORING AND RETRIEVING OF ON-LINE
JCL.
3) AUTOMATING AND ORGANIZING THE
ARCHIVING AND RETRIEVING OF JCL FROM
ARCHIVE.
4) CUTTING DOWN ON JCL PRINT OUTPUT.
SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $DOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
THE FOLLOWING MEMBER IS IN OFFLOAD FORMAT ( ERGO ' ./ '
CONTROL CARDS HAVE BEEN CONVERTED TO ' >< '
AND YOU WILL HAVE TO ISSUE A GLOBAL CHANGE TO
CONVERT >< TO ./ BEFORE YOU USE THIS MEMBER AS
SYSIN INPUT TO IEBUPDTE .
JES2SP13
*** FIRST TAKE THE WHOLE FILE AND IEBUPDTE IT TO A DATASET
THEN EDIT THE FOLLOWING MEMBER AND DO YOUR GLOBAL CHANGE
BEFORE YOU DO ANOTHER IEBUPDTE RUN FOR THE FOLLOWING TO
ITS OWN UNIQUE PDS . ***
1) JES2SP13
File 378
Table of Contents
IS FROM OCCIDENTAL PETROLEUM SERVICES INC IN HOUTSON
AND CONTAINS THE CLIST FOR LIBSPOOL ( PANSPOOL FOR
LIBRARIAN ) THE SOURCE FOR LIBSPOOL IS IN FILE 377
OF THIS TAPE . THIS FILE IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT .
File 379
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE SPLA TAPE AND CONTAINS A SERIES OF
PROGRAMS THAT WILL PROCESS ONE OR MORE PROCLIBS
AND GENERATE SEVERAL CROSS-REFERENCE REPORTS . SEE
THE CODE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT . XREF JCL PROCLIB PROC .
REPORTS :
(1) DSNAME CROSS REFERENCE EXCEPTION LIST
(2) DSN CROSS REFERENCE LISTING
(3) TAPE DATASETS WITH NO EXPDT/RETPD
(4) PGM CROSS REFERENCE LISTING
File 380
Table of Contents
IS A ZAP FROM ALLIED DATA UTILITY TO DEACTIVATE
THE SPEED MATCHING BUFFERS
File 381
Table of Contents
IS FROM NORTHWESTERN BANK AND CONTAINS A COPY OF
SOME OF THEIR PROGRAMS , UTILITIES AND JES2 EXITS .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND HAS BEEN
PROCESSED BY OFFLOAD . IT CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING :
THE JES2 EXITS PREFIXED WITH 'JES' ARE FOR MVS SP
1.3.3 (HJE2329). THE EXITS PREFIXED WITH 'JSP' ARE
FOR MVS SP 1.3.0 (HJE2326). THERE ARE SOME
FUNCTIONAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE MODULES BECAUSE OF
LOCAL REQUIREMENTS BUT ON THE WHOLE, THE EXITS ARE
ALMOST IDENTICAL.
JES$LF - A JES2 EXIT (5) TO PROVIDE OPERATOR
CAPABILITY TO DISPLAY DETAILED INFORMATION
ABOUT JOBS IN THE PRINT QUEUE. IT IS
DESIGNED TO ENHANCE THE DISPLAY NORMALLY
PROVIDED BY THE $DF COMMAND.
JESEXIT1 - A JES2 EXIT (1) TO PROVIDE ENHANCEMENTS TO
THE IBM SUPPLIED SEPARATOR PAGE. SUPPORT
IS ALSO PROVIDED FOR THE KODAK KOMSTAR
MICROFICHE PROCESSOR, THE DATAGRAPHIX ARIS
II MICROFICHE PROCESSOR AND THE IBM 6670
DOCUMENTATION PROCESSOR.
JESEXIT5 - A JES2 EXIT (5) TO FILTER JES2 COMMANDS TO
DISALLOW CERTAIN COMMANDS OR OPERANDS ON
THE COMMANDS.
JESEXIT6 - A JES2 EXIT (6) TO PERFORM STANDARDS
ENFORCEMENT FOR JCL AS WELL AS SET THE JOB
CLASS BASED UPON THE RESOURCES SUCH AS
TAPE UNITS, REGION SIZE, OR CPU TIME.
VIOLATIONS TO STANDARDS AND JOB CLASS
REPORTING IS MADE TO THE JOB MESSAGE DATA
SET FOR THE JOB AS IF THE CONVERTER WAS
PRODUCING THE ERROR MESSAGES.
JESEXIT9 - A JES2 EXIT (9) TO ABEND TEST JOBS WHICH
EXCEED THE ESTIMATED LINE COUNT WHILE
ALLOWING ALL OTHER JOBS TO CONTINUE.
JESXIT17 - A JES2 EXIT (17) TO VALIDATE THE SIGNON
CARD FROM BSC RJE WORKSTATIONS. THIS EXIT
WILL ISSUE A CALL TO ACF2 TO VALIDATE THE
PASSWORD FOR THE REMOTEID. THE SIGNON
ATTEMPT WILL BE REJECTED WITH APPROPRIATE
MESSAGES IF THE PASSWORD IS INVALID.
JESMOD - A JES2 MODIFICATION TO SP 1.3.3 TO USE THE
EXTERNAL WRITER ID FOR THE DATAGRAPHIX
ARIS II MICROFICHE PROCESSOR. THE
EXTERNAL WRITER ID IS PLACED IN THE DCT
FOR ALL SELECTED JOBS. JESEXIT1 WILL USE
THIS INFORMATION TO SET THE JOBID FOR THE
ARIS II.
NWBCOPY - A PROGRAM TO RUN AS A FRONT END TO IEBCOPY
TO ISSUE SPF-LIKE RESERVES AGAINST ALL
OUTPUT DATASETS PRIOR TO PASSING CONTROL
TO IEBCOPY.
CONSOLE - A TSO COMMAND TO ALLOW A TSO TERMINAL TO
EFFECTIVELY BE TURNED INTO A CONSOLE.
CODE WILL FUNCTION ONLY UNDER SP 1.3.
SETPFKEY - A PROGRAM TO RUN AT IPL TIME TO SET THE
DEFAULT VALUES FOR THE PFKEYS ON ALL
DISPLAY CONSOLES AT IPL TIME. CODE WILL
FUNCTION ONLY UNDER SP 1.3.
AUTHSVC - A TYPE 4 SVC TO ALLOW THE CALLER TO ENTER
PROTECT KEY 0 AS WELL AS WRITE A RECORD TO
SMF TO RECORD THE FACT FOR AUDITING
CAPABILITIES. THIS IS THE SVC USED BY THE
CONSOLE COMMAND.
PRINTDOC - SAMPLE JCL TO PRINT THIS MEMBER ($DOC).
J E S 2 $ L F C O M M A N D
THIS JES2 EXIT PROGRAM IS DESIGNED SOLVE THE
OPERATORS DELIMMA OF USING THE $DF COMMAND TO
VIEW JOBS AWAITING PRINT, BUT NOT BEING ABLE
TO DETERMINE WHICH JOBS HAVE THESE ATTRIBUTES.
THIS NEW COMMAND ALLOWS THE OPERATOR TO
DETERMINE THE JOBNAME, JOB NUMBER, AND NUMBER
OF PRINT LINES FOR EACH PRINT GROUP. THE
FORMAT OF THE NEW COMMAND IS AS FOLLOWS:
$LF,Q=CLASSES,J=JXXXX-YYYY,R=RXX-RYY,L
WHERE
Q=CLASSES - OPTIONAL LIST OF UP TO 8 SYSOUT
Q CLASSES TO BE LISTED
(DEFAULTS TO ALL CLASSES)
J=JXXXX-YYYY - OPTIONAL JOB OR RANGE OF JOBS
TO BE LISTED (DEFAULTS TO ALL
JOBS)
R=RXX-YY - OPTIONAL LIST OF REMOTE
DESTINATIONS TO BE LISTED
(DEFAULTS TO ALL LOCAL)
L - OPTIONAL INDICATION TO USE THE
LONG FORM OF RESPONSE FOR MORE
DETAIL (DEFAULTS TO S - SHORT)
EXAMPLES
$LF,Q=R
$HASP900 LOGWTR STC 304 LOCAL Q=R F=STD 13702
$LF,Q=R,L
$HASP900 LOGWTR STC 304 LOCAL Q=R F=STD 13702
$HASP900 C=**** T=**** O=**** B=N
$LF,Q=CDR
$HASP900 PA300200 JOB 323 LOCAL Q=C F=STD 237236
$HASP900 PA300140 JOB 316 LOCAL Q=D F=STD 36256
$HASP900 PA300200*JOB 323 LOCAL Q=D F=STD 187464
$HASP900 LOGWTR STC 304 LOCAL Q=R F=STD 13702
THE ASTERISK BESIDE THE JOBNAME IN THE ABOVE
EXAMPLE INDICATES THAT THE JOB IS CURRENTLY
BEING PRINTED.
$LF,R=R1
$HASP900 SA03PRNT JOB 465 R1 Q=A F=STD 350
$LF,Q=E
$HASP919 NO OUTPUT QUEUED
J E S 2 E X I T 1
THIS JES2 EXIT PROGRAM IS DESIGNED TO REPLACE
THE IBM STANDARD PRINT AND PUNCH SEPARATOR
ROUTINES. THE PUNCH SEPARATOR LACE CARD AND
BLANK CARD IS PRODUCED EXACTLY AS IBM PRODUCED
THEM. THE PRINT SEPARATOR PAGE IS THE SAME AS
THAT PRODUCED BY IBM EXCEPT THAT INSTEAD OF
TWO LINES OF BLOCK LETTERS, THREE ARE
PRODUCED. THE SECOND LINE OF THE BLOCK
LETTERS IS THE FIRST EIGHT (8) BYTES OF THE
PROGRAMMER NAME FIELD AND THE THIRD LINE IS
THE BIN NUMBER. NOTE THAT ONLY AS MANY LINES
OF BLOCK LETTERS ARE PRODUCED AS THERE IS ROOM
FOR AS DEFINED BY THE NUMBER OF LINES ON THE
LOCAL OR REMOTE SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
FOR &PRIDCT OR &TPIDCT.
STARTED TASKS AND TSO LOGONS DO NOT PROVIDE A
PROGRAMMER NAME FIELD OR A BIN NUMBER. A
SEPARATE BATCH JOB USING A PROGRAM CALLED
JESTABLE LOADS A TABLE IN CSA OF TSO USERIDS
AND STARTED TASK NAMES TO PROVIDE THE
PROGRAMMER NAME AND BIN NUMBERS TO THIS EXIT.
THIS TABLE IS ANCHORED OFF OF THE MVS CVT AND
CAN BE RELOADED AT ANY TIME. IF A TSO USER OR
STARTED TASK NAME IS NOT IN THAT TABLE, THE
CONSTANT 'TECH SUP' IS USED FOR ALL STARTED
TASKS AND 'TSO ' IS USED FOR ALL TSO
OUTPUT.
SUPPORT IS CODED IN THIS EXIT TO SUPPORT THE
KODAK KOMSTAR MICROFICHE PROCESSOR. ONE
PRINTER NAME WAS RESERVED FOR THESE 3211
LOOKALIKE DEVICES AS WELL AS TWO SYSOUT
CLASSES WHEN BEING 'PRINTED' ON THE KOMSTAR.
THE TITLE LINES GENERATED FOR THE MICROFICHE
ARE INSTALLATION DEPENDENT, BUT ARE EASILY
MODIFIABLE FOR ANY SETUP DESIRED.
SUPPORT IS CODED IN THIS EXIT TO SUPPORT THE
DATAGRAPHIX ARIS II MICROFICHE PROCESSOR. TWO
PRINTER NAMES WERE RESERVED FOR THESE 3211
LOOKALIKE DEVICES. THE EXIT WILL SEND A
COMMAND RECORD THE THE ARIS TO DEFINE THE
JOBID TO USE FOR FORMATING THE REPORT(S).
THIS IS PROVIDED IN THE PROGRAMMER NAME FIELD
OR AS THE EXTERNAL WRITER NAME. THE USE OF
THE WRITER NAME REQUIRES A MODIFICATION TO
JES2 TO SET THE WRITER ID IN THE DCT USER
FIELDS.
SUPPORT IS CODED FOR THE IBM 6670 DOCUMENT
PROCESSOR. A ONE LINE JOB SEPARATOR IS
WRITTEN FOR THIS DEVICE.
THIS EXIT IS COMPLETELY FUNCTIONAL TO THE BEST
OF MY KNOWLEDGE. I REALIZE THAT EACH
INSTALLATION HAS THEIR OWN SEPARATOR
REQUIREMENTS, BUT IT IS HELPFUL TO HAVE A
WORKING EXAMPLE TO USE. NOTE THAT THE PUNCH
LACE CARD PRODUCED BY THIS ROUTINE MATCHES
THAT OF IBM BUT IT IS ALMOST UNUSABLE. I DID
NOT MODIFY IT SINCE WE DO ALMOST NO PUNCHING.
A S S E M B L Y O P T I O N S
SEVERAL ASSEMBLY OPTIONS ARE PROVIDED FOR EASE
IN PROVIDING THE DESIRED NUMBER OF SEPARATORS
ON THE START/CONT OR END SEPARATOR FOR BOTH
LOCAL AND REMOTE DEVICES.
THE DEFAULTS SET ARE AS FOLLOWS:
NPRSEPSL (2) - NUMBER OF START/CONT PAGES FOR LOCAL PRTRS
NPRSEPEL (1) - NUMBER OF END PAGES FOR LOCAL PRTRS
NPRSEPSR (2) - NUMBER OF START/CONT PAGES FOR REMOTE PRTRS
NPRSEPER (1) - NUMBER OF END PAGES FOR REMOTE PRTRS
IPLINES (4) - VALUE TO ADD TO $PRIDCT FOR INPACT PRINTERS
TO ALLOW PRINTING ON THE PERFORATION.
J E S 2 E X I T 5
THIS JES2 EXIT PROGRAM IS DESIGNED TO SCAN THE
OPERANDS ON SELECTED JES2 COMMANDS AND
DISALLOW THE COMMAND IF CERTAIN VALUES ARE
USED. THE EXIT AS CODES WILL PREVENT THE USE
OF JOB RANGES (J1-J999) ON THE $AJ, $CJ, $DJ,
$EJ, $HJ, $LJ, $OJ, AND $PJ COMMANDS. THE $TJ
COMMAND WILL NOT ALLOW THE USE OF C=X TO
CHANGE THE EXECUTION CLASS OF A JOB. THE $TC
AND THE $TM COMMANDS ARE NOT ALLOWED. THE $DN
AND THE $PQ REQUIRE VALID OPERANDS IN ORDER TO
BE EXECUTED.
THE REASON FOR THESE RESTRICTIONS WAS TWO
FOLD. FIRST AND FOREMOST WAS TO PROTECT THE
OPERATOR FROM ACCIDENTALLY CANCELLING,
RELEASING, ETC. MORE JOBS THAN INTENDED.
ALSO, HOWEVER, SOME OF THE COMMANDS WHICH
PRODUCT HUGE NUMBERS OF REPLY MESSAGES WERE
RESTRICTED.
J E S 2 E X I T 6
THIS JES2 EXIT PROGRAM IS DESIGNED TO RUN AT
CONVERTER TIME TO ENFORCE INSTALLATION JCL
STANDARDS AND TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE JOB
CLASS BASED ON DEVICE UTILIZATION.
THERE IS SOME INSTALLATION DEPENDENT CODE IN
THIS EXIT ESPECIALLY IN THE JOB ACCOUNTING
VERIFICATION ROUTINE AND THE DSNAME STANDARDS
ENFORCEMENT ROUTINE. THE JOB CLASSES ARE SET
BY WAY OF A TABLE AS ARE THE UNITNAME
ATTRIBUTES. MUCH MORE COULD BE ENFORCED HERE
OR IN OTHER EXITS OR BY A GOOD SECURITY
SYSTEM. WE FELT THAT IT WAS BETTER TO CATCH
MANY ERRORS AT READER TIME RATHER THAN WAIT IN
SOME CASES A LONG PERIOD OF TIME FOR
VIOLATIONS TO OCCUR.
THIS EXIT IS COMPLETELY FUNCTIONAL TO THE BEST
OF MY KNOWLEDGE. I REALIZE THAT THERE ARE A
FEW LOOPHOLES IN THE CLASS DETERMINATION
ROUTINE EXPECIALLY WHEN THE CATALOG COULD BE
CHANGED AFTER SUBMITTING THE JOB. DESPITE ITS
FEW LIMITATIONS, THIS EXIT HAS PROVEN TO BE
INVALUABLE IN OUR RESOURCE UTILIZATION
BALANCING SINCE THE INITIATORS CAN BE SET UP
KNOWING THE DEVICES REQUIRED AND THE TIME
WHICH THE JOB WILL USE THEM.
VIOLATIONS OF JCL STANDARDS ARE DOCUMENTED BY
MESSAGES WRITTEN TO THE JES2 MESSAGE DATA SET
FOR THE JOB AND FLAGGED FOR JCL ERROR BY THE
USE OF THE JES2 EXIT RETURN CODE TO THE JES2
CONVERTER SUB-TASK.
THIS EXIT USES THE INTERNAL TEXT DATA SET FOR
ITS PROCESSING. JES2 PASSES EACH INTERNAL
TEXT STATEMENT TO THIS EXIT FOR EXAMINATION
AND/OR MODIFICATION. THE EXIT WILL MAINTAIN A
TABLE OF DATASET NAMES AND DEVICE COUNTS TO BE
USED AT END OF PROCESSING FOR DETERMINING JOB
CLASS. THE ACB FOR THE MESSAGE DATA SET IS IN
THE PCE WORK AREA AND CAN BE USED TO ISSUE
ERROR MESSAGES TO THE JOB MESSAGE PORTION OF
THE LISTING.
ALSO, THE CONVERTER IS A DUMB ANIMAL WHEN IT
COMES TO SYNTAX CHECKING. CHECKING IS MADE
FOR KEYWORD VALUES, BUT NONE IS MADE ON THE
VALUE FOR THE KEYWORD. IE., 50 CHARACTER DATA
SET NAMES, 20 CHARACTER VOLUME SERIAL NUMBERS,
AND NUMEROUS SYNTAX ERRORS CAN PASS UNDETECTED
THROUGH THE CONVERTER. THESE ERRORS WILL BE
CAUGHT BY THE INTERPRETER WHEN THE JOB GOES
INTO EXECUTION, BUT THIS EXIT MUST PROCESS
THEM. CURRENTLY, ALL DETECTED ERRORS OF THIS
TYPE WILL ISSUE A MESSAGE DESCRIBING THE ERROR
AND FLAG THE JOB TO FAIL. THE ESTAE ROUTINE,
WHEN ENTERED FOR AN ABEND, WILL SET THE CLASS
TO 'A' AND RECOVER TO PROTECT THE CONVERSION
SUBTASK FROM ABEND AND CONSEQUENT LOSS OF THE
JOB.
CLASS DETERMINATION IS MADE BY KEEPING A COUNT
OF ALL OF THE MOUNTABLE DEVICES USED PER STEP.
THESE COUNTS ARE SAVED IN AN INTERNAL TABLE TO
BE PROCESSED AT END OF INTERNAL TEXT. ALSO
SAVED IN THE TABLE ARE ENTRIES FOR DD
STATEMENTS WHICH USED MOUNTABLE DEVICES FOR
USE IN REFERBACKS AND UNIT=AFF. IF THE UNIT
HAS NOT BEEN DETERMINED AT THE END OF
PROCESSING FOR A DD STATEMENT, THE CATALOG IS
SEARCHED. IF THE CATALOGED DEVICE IS SYSDA,
THE UCBS ARE SEARCHED TO DETERMINE IF THE PACK
IS MOUNTED AS PRIVATE, RESERVED, OR
PERMANENTLY RESIDENT. IF THE PACK IS NOT
FOUND, A PRIV DISK MOUNT WILL BE CHARGED.
CLASS IS SET ON THE BASIS OF THE MAXIMUM
NUMBER OF TAPES PER STEP, MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
PRIV DASD DEVICES PER STEP, TOTAL MAXIMUM
MOUNTABLE DEVICES PER STEP, MAXIMUM REGION PER
STEP, AND ESTIMATED EXECUTION TIME FOR JOB.
INPUT TO THIS EXIT DURING TESTING WAS CREATED
BY USING ONE OF THE LATEST VERSIONS OF "QUEUE"
ON THE MODS TAPES WHICH ALLOWS ACCESS TO THE
INTERNAL TEXT DATA SET FILE 5. ONCE LISTING
THE INTERNAL TEXT DATASET, THE USER CAN THEN
ENTER "SAVE DSN" AND CREATE A DATASET WHICH
THE TSO DRIVER CAN USE.
THE TSO DRIVER PROGRAM IS TESTJES. READ THE
DOCUMENTATION FOR THAT PROGRAM.
THERE ARE SEVERAL ASSEMBLER VARIABLES
AVAILABLE TO TAILOR THE PROGRAM TO CERTAIN
OPTIONS.
&TSO 'NO' ASSEMBLE FOR TSO TESTING
&CAMLST 'YES' SEARCH CATALOG FOR DATASETS
&ERRMSG 'YES' PRODUCE JOBFAILED BY EXIT MESSAGE
&SDUMP 'YES' PRODUCE CONSOLE DUMP FOR ABENDS
&FLUSH 'YES' FLUSH JOB FOR STANDARDS VIOLATIONS
&MODIFY 'YES' MODIFY JOB CLASS IN JCT AND JQE
&UCBSEAR 'YES' SEARCH THE UCBS FOR UNMOUNTED PACKS
&TSO
WHEN TESTING THIS EXIT UNDER THE TSO
INTERFACE, THE LOCAL VARIABLE &&TSO SHOULD BE
CHANGED TO 'YES' FROM 'NO' TO CHANGE THE $$WTO
INSTRUCTIONS TO WTO INSTRUCTIONS AND BYPASS
THE ESTAE MACROS SO THAT THE TEST COMMAND CAN
DETERMINE THE ADDRESS OF THE ABEND .
&CAMLST
THE ONLY WAY THAT THE EXIT CAN DETERMINE THE
DEVICE TYPE FOR CATALOGED DATA SETS IS TO
ISSUE THE CAMLST LOCATE MACRO FOR EVERY
DATASET FOR WHICH NO UNIT IS SPECIFIED. THIS
HAS TREMENDOUS OVERHEAD, BUT IS REQUIRED TO
SET THE JOB CLASS CORRECTLY BASED ON THE
NUMBER OF MOUNTABLE UNITS.
&ERRMSG
A MESSAGE WILL BE WRITTEN TO THE CONSOLE AND
THE JOBLOG FOR THE JOB WHENEVER A STANDARDS
VIOLATION IS DETECTED BY THE EXIT. WITHOUT
THIS MESSAGE, THE PERSON WHO SUBMITTED THE JOB
MAY HAVE DIFFICULTY DETERMINING THAT THE JOB
WAS FLUSHED FOR A VIOLATION. THE OPTION TO
BYPASS THE MESSAGE IS AVAILABLE HOWEVER.
&SDUMP 'YES' PRODUCE CONSOLE DUMP FOR ABENDS
A CONSOLE DUMP CAN BE TAKEN BY THE ERROR
RECOVERY ROUTINE WHEN REQUESTED BY THE OPTION.
SINCE ERRORS ARE HOPEFULLY FEW AND FAR
BETWEEN, IT PROBABLY IS A GOOD IDEA TO TAKE A
DUMP WHEN THEY OCCUR. THE DUMP CAN BE CUT OFF
IF DESIRED.
&FLUSH 'YES' FLUSH JOB FOR STANDARDS VIOLATIONS
THE EXIT CAN BE RUN IN "NOFLUSH" MODE DURING
WHICH TIME ALL ERROR MESSAGES WILL BE ISSUED,
BUT THE JOB WILL NOT TERMINATED BY THE EXIT.
THIS IS ESPECIALLY USEFUL DURING
IMPLEMENTATION.
&MODIFY 'YES' MODIFY JOB CLASS IN JCT AND JQE
THE JOB CLASS OF THE JOB CAN BE SET BY THE
EXIT BASED ON THE RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE
JOB. THE MODIFICATION OF THE JOB CLASS IS
MADE BY MODIFYING THE JOBCLASS FIELDS IN THE
JCT AND THE JQE SINCE THEY WILL BE REWRITTEN
AND REQUEUED FOLLOWING CONVERSION. IT MAY BE
NOTED THAT THERE IS CODE IN THE EXIT TO SET
JOB "RESOURCE" INDICATORS BASED ON JOB
CATAGORY, PROGRAM NAME, AND OTHER CRITERIA.
THIS CODE IS NOT CURRENTLY BEING USED AND IS
IN THE PROGRAM FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES
ONLY. THIS CAN BE USED WITH THE MELLON BANK
RESOURCE MOD WHICH IS AVAILABLE ON THE MODS
TAPE (I THINK). IF YOU TRY TO INCORPORATE
THIS CODE INTO THE RESOURCE MOD, ALL YOU
SHOULD HAVE TO DO IS TO "OR" THE PROPERLY
SETUP RESOURCE BITS INTO THE EXISTING BITS IN
THE JQE. GOOD LUCK.
&UCBSEAR 'YES' SEARCH UCBS FOR UNMOUNTED PACKS
THE EXIT SEARCHES THE UCBS TO DETERMINE IF THE
DASD VOLUMES REFERENCED BY A DD STATEMENT ARE
MOUNTED. THE JOB CAN BE CHARGED FOR THE MOUNT
OR TERMINATE WITH A JCL ERROR AS IS CURRENTLY
THE CASE.
JOB CARD FIELDS PROCESSED
1) JOBNAME
2) ACCOUNTING FIELD
THE FORMAT OF THE FIRST ACCOUNTING IS
VERIFIED BASED ON THE CATAGORY OF JOB
BEING PROCESSED. NOTE THAT STARTED TASKS
AND SOMETIMES TSO USERS HAVE NO ACCOUNTING
FIELDS.
3) PROGRAMMER NAME
THE PROGRAMMER NAME IS SAVED BUT IS
CURRENTLY NOT BEING USED. IT COULD BE
USED AS ANOTHER SOURCE OF INFORMATION FOR
AUTHORIZATION CHECKING.
4) JOB CLASS
THE JOB CLASS IS SAVED SINCE CERTAIN JOB
CLASS MAY BE SPECIFIED FOR SPECIAL
SITUATIONS EVEN THOUGH THE RESOURCES FOR
THIS CLASS MAY HAVE TO BE VERIFIED.
5) PERFORM
THE USE OF PERFORM ON THE JOB CARD IS
RESTRICTED TO CERTAIN CATAGORIES OF JOBS.
6) TYPRUN
THIS PARAMETER IS PROCESSED TO DETERMINE
IF HOLD WAS SPECIFIED. CERTAIN JOB
CLASSES REQUIRE THAT TYPRUN=HOLD BE
SPECIFIED
7) TIME
IF TIME IS NOT SPECIFIED ON THE JOB CARD,
THE INTERNAL TEXT WILL BE MODIFIED TO SET
THE JOB DEFAULT TIME TO 1 MINUTE OF CPU.
ALSO THE USE OF TIME=1440 IS RESTRICTED TO
CERTAIN CATAGORIES OF JOBS.
8) ADDRSPC
THE USE OF ADDRSPC ON THE JOB CARD IS
RESTRICTED TO CERTAIN CATAGORIES OF JOBS.
9) REGION
THE USE OF REGION ON THE JOB CARD IS
RESTRICTED TO CERTAIN CATAGORIES OF JOBS.
REGION SHOULD ONLY BE SPECIFIED ON THE
EXECUTE CARD.
10) PRTY
THE USE OF PRTY ON THE JOB CARD IS
RESTRICTED TO CERTAIN CATAGORIES OF JOBS.
EXEC CARD FIELDS PROCESSED
1) PGM
THE PROGRAM NAME IS PROCESSED TO SET
"RESOURCE" ROUTINGS. OTHER USES COULD BE
TO RESTRICT THE USE OF CERTAIN PROGRAMS.
2) REGION
THE STEP REGION SIZE IS SAVED TO USE IN
THE CLASS DETERMINATION ROUTINE.
3) TIME
THE TIME PARAMETER IS CHECKED TO PREVENT
THE USE OF TIME=1440 BY UNAUTHORIZED JOBS.
4) PERFORM
THE USE OF PERFORM ON THE EXECUTE CARD IS
RESTRICTED TO CERTAIN CATAGORIES OF JOBS.
5) ADDRSPC
THE USE OF ADDRSPC ON THE EXECUTE CARD IS
RESTRICTED TO CERTAIN CATAGORIES OF JOBS.
6) DPRTY
THE USE OF DPRTY ON THE EXECUTE CARD IS
RESTRICTED TO CERTAIN CATAGORIES OF JOBS.
DD CARD FIELDS PROCESSED
1) DDNAME
THE DDNAME IS SAVED IN A TABLE FOR
POSSIBLE USE IN THE REFERBACK ROUTINE WHEN
NEEDED.
2) DUMMY
A DUMMY FILE WILL BE BYPASSED.
3) DSN
THE DSNAME IS SAVED IN A TABLE FOR
POSSIBLE USE IN THE REFERBACK ROUTINE, BY
THE UNIT DETERMINATION ROUTINE OR BY THE
AUTHORIZATION CHECKING ROUTINE.
N O T E
IN ADDITION TO STANDARD DATASET NAMES,
GENERATION DATA GROUPS AND REFERBACKS WILL
BE PROCESSED.
4) DISP
THE DISP IS PROCESSED TO CHECK FOR ILLEGAL
DISPOSITION ON JOBLIB, JOBCAT, STEPLIB,
STEPCAT, OR SYSTEM DATA SET.
5) UNIT
THE UNIT NAME AND THE UNIT COUNT ARE SAVED
IN CASE MULTIPLE UNITS OR PARALLEL
MOUNTING IS REQUESTED. A UNIT NAME TABLE
IS IN THE PROGRAM TO DETERMINE THE
ATTRIBUTES OF THE SPECIFIED UNITNAME.
UNIT = AFF IS ALSO PROCESSED.
6) VOL
THE VOLUME COUNT IS SAVED IN CASE PARALLEL
MOUNTING IS REQUESTED.
7) VOL=SER
THE NUMBER OF VOL/SERS IS SAVED IN CASE
PARALLEL MOUNTING IS REQUESTED. THE FIRST
VOLSER IS SAVED SO THAT ANY DD STATEMENTS
WITHIN THE SAME STEP WHICH USE THE SAME
VOLSER WILL USE IMPLIED UNIT=AFF
PROCESSING.
8) VOL=REF
THE VOL=REF IS USED TO SEARCH THE TABLE OF
SAVED MOUNTABLE DEVICES TO DETERMINE
WHETHER OR NOT THE VOLUME REFERRED TO IS
ON A MOUNTABLE DEVICE.
9) LABEL
THE USE OF BYPASS LABEL PROCESSING (BLP)
AND EXPDT=98000 IS RESTRICTED TO CERTAIN
CATAGORIES OF JOBS.
10) SYSOUT
THE SYSOUT PARAMETER IS SCANNED TO
RESTRICT THE USE IF AN INTERNAL READER TO
CERTAIN CATAGORIES OF JOBS. THIS IS TO
PREVENT TEST JOBS FROM SUBMITTING OTHER
CATAGORIES OF JOBS. THE SYSOUT CLASS IS
ALSO CHECKED TO STOP TEST JOBS FROM
WRITING TO PRODUCTION SYSOUT CLASSES.
IF UNIT HAS NOT BEEN DETERMINED, THE UNIT TYPE
MUST BE SEARCHED FOR IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER:
1) THE DSNAME TABLE MAINTAINED BY THIS EXIT
SINCE THE DATASET MAY HAVE BEEN CATALOGED
OR PASSED BY A PREVIOUS DD STATEMENT.
2) THE SYSTEM CATALOG
3) THE SYSTEM UCBS MUST BE SEARCHED TO SEE IF
THE REQUESTED DASD VOLUME IS MOUNTED OR
ONLY MOUNTED PRIVATE IN WHICH CASE IT WILL
BE DISMOUNTED AT END OF JOB. IF NOT FOUND
OR PRIVATE, IT IS A "PRIV" UNIT.
THE JOB CLASS DETERMINATION ROUTINE WILL USE
ONY ONE OF SEVERAL TABLES DEPENDING ON JOB
CATAGORY TO FIND A MATCH ON RESOURCES REQUIRED
AND THE CORRESPONDING JOB CLASS. NOTE THAT
SEVERAL CATAGORIES OF JOBS MAY SPECIFY A JOB
CLASS TO SINGLE THREAD A SERIES OF JOBS OR
BYPASS CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS. SOME OF THESE
MAY BE CHECKED FOR EXCEEDING THE ALLOWABLE
RESOURCES FOR THAT CLASS. THE FORMAT OF THE
CLASS TABLES IS AS FOLLOWS:
1) 1 BYTE CLASS CODE APPLYING TO ENTRY
2) 3 BYTE FILLER
3) HALFWORD MAXIMUM TAPES PER STEP
4) HALFWORD MAXIMUM PRIV UNITS PER STEP
5) HALFWORD MAXIMUM TOTAL DEVICES PER STEP
6) HALFWORD MAXIMUM REGION PER STEP
7) FULLWORD MAXIMUM CPU TIME FOR JOB
N O T E
WHILE THE CLASS TABLES SUPPORT MOUNTABLE DASD
DEVICES, WE NO LONGER HAVE ANY. THUS THERE IS
A CHECK IN THE CODE WHICH WILL FAIL ANY JOB
REQUIRING A MOUNTABLE DASD DEVICE.
J E S 2 E X I T 9
THIS JES2 EXIT PROGRAM IS DESIGNED TO
TERMINATE ANY TEST JOB WHICH EXCEEDS THE
ESTIMATED NUMBER OF PRINT LINES. BECAUSE OF
THE JOB CLASS STANDARDS AT THIS INSTALLATION,
THIS INCLUDES ANY JOBS WITH A NUMERIC JOB
CLASS. ALL OTHER JOBS ARE ALLOWED TO
CONTINUE.
J E S 2 E X I T 1 7
THIS JES2 EXIT PROGRAM IS DESIGNED TO VALIDATE
ALL SIGNON CARDS FROM BISYNC RJE WORDSTATIONS.
THIS EXIT WILL ISSUE A CALL TO ACF2 TO
VALIDATE THE PASSWORD FOR THE REMOTEID. THE
SIGNON ATTEMPT WILL BE REJECTED WITH
APPROPRIATE MESSAGES IF THE PASSWORD IS
INVALID.
J E S M O D
THIS JES2 MODIFICATION WILL ENABLE THE USE OF
THE JES2 OUTPUT WRITER ID TO DEFINE THE
DATAGRAPHIX MICROFICHE JOBID. NORMALLY
OUTPUT CONTAINING A WRITERID ARE NOT EASILY
SELECTABLE FOR PRINT. THIS MODIFICATION WILL
BYPASS THE CHECK FOR THE CORRECT WRITERID AND
SAVE THE WRITER NAME IN THE DCT USER FIELDS
TO BE USED IN THE JOB SEPARATOR EXIT
(JESEXIT1) WHERE THE NAME IS SENT TO THE
MICROFICHE DEVICE AS THE JOBID. THE JESEXIT1
PROGRAM IN THIS FILE USES THIS INFORMATION,
BUT THE MODIFICATION AND THE JES2 EXIT HAS
BEEN CREATED FOR SP 1.3.3 JES2 ONLY
(HJE2329). THE SP 1.3.0 VERSION OF JESEXIT1
DOES NOT USE THE WRITER ID EVEN THOUGH CODE
COULD BE ADDED TO JES2 AND THE EXIT TO DO SO.
N W B C O P Y
THIS PROGRAM IS DESIGNED TO BE A FRONT END TO
IEBCOPY TO PROVIDE DATASET INGEGRITY WHEN
COPYING OR COMPRESSING DATA WITH IEBCOPY. THE
PROGRAM WILL ISSUE A RESERVE AGAINST EVERY
DATASET WHICH IS DEFINED BY A DDNAME WHICH
STARTS WITH "OUT" OR "COMP". THE RESERVE WILL
BE MADE IN EXACTLY THE SAME WAY THAT TSO SPF
ISSUES ITS RESERVES WHEN UPDATING A MEMBER.
ONCE ALL DATASETS HAVE BEEN RESERVED, CONTROL
IS PASSED TO IEBCOPY TO PERFORM THE SPECIFIED
FUNCTION. WHEN IEBCOPY HAS FINISHED, CONSOLE
IS RETURNED TO THE PROGRAM SO THAT THE DATASET
RESERVES CAN BE RELEASED.
SINCE IEBCOPY REQUIRES QUTHORIZATION, THIS
PROGRAM MUST BE LINKED WITH AC=1.
T S O C O N S O L E C O M M A N D
THIS TSO COMMAND WILL ALLOW A TSO USER TO
FUNCTION AS AN O/S CONSOLE. THE ORIGINAL CODE
WAS PROBABLY THE SPY COMMAND ON THE MODS
TAPES, BUT IT HAS EVOLVED OVER A PERIOD OF
TIME. I REGRET THAT THE NAME OF THE
ORIGINATOR OF THE CODE HAS BEEN LOST.
THE COMMAND CHECKS FOR TSO OPERATOR AUTHORITY
FOR ACCESS. ALSO, PCF COMMAND LEVEL IS
EXAMINED. PCF LEVEL(0,0) USERS MAY ISSUE ALL
O/S AND JES2 COMMANDS WHILE OTHERS MAY ONLY
ISSUE O/S AND JES2 DISPLAY COMMANDS ONLY .
FOR FURTHER PROTECTION, A TABLE OF AUTHORIZED
USERS IS ALSO USED TO DETERMINE THE USERS
AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE THE COMMAND. IF ALL OF
THESE CHECKS ARE MET, THE USER WILL THEN BE
PROMPTED FOR AN AUTHORIZATION PASSWORD. WHILE
EXCESSIVE, THESE KINDS OF CHECKS WERE REQUIRED
HERE TO MAKE PEOPLE HAPPY. SINCE THE CONSOLE
BUFFERS ARE IN THEIR OWN ADDRESS SPACE UNDER
SP 1.3 AND THE COMMAND INTERFACE IS SVC 34,
THIS COMMAND MUST BE AUTHORIZED. THIS
AUTHORIZATION IS CURRENTLY PROVIDED BY AN SVC
CALL TO AN SVC WHICH SETS THE COMMAND IN
PROTECT KEY 0 TO SET THE AUTHORIZED BIT ON.
THUS THE COMMAND CAN PERFORM ALL REQUIRED
FUCTIONS LATER AS REQUIRED. THE SVC METHOD OF
AUTHORIZATION IS USED INSTEAD OF IKJEFTE2
AUTHORIZATION SO THAT THIS COMMAND CAN RUN
UNDER SPF OPTION 6.
THE CONSOLE BUFFERS WHICH ARE DISPLAYED UPON
ENTRY ARE THOSE FOR THE MASTER CONSOLE. WHEN
THE CONSOLE BEING VIEWED IS THE MASTER,
MASTER-CONSOLE-ONLY COMMANDS SUCH AS DUMP AND
FORCE CAN BE ISSUED. CONSOLE SWITCHING CAN BE
ACCOMPLISHED BY THE CONSOLE=NN COMMAND WHERE
NN IS THE CONSOLE NUMBER OF ANOTHER CONSOLE.
CONSOLE=M CAN BE ISSUED TO SWITCH BACK TO THE
MASTER CONSOLE.
S E T P F K E Y
THIS PROGRAM IS DESIGNED TO RUN AT IPL TIME TO
SET THE DEFAULT VALUES FOR THE PFKEYS FOR THE
SYSTEM DISPLAY CONSOLES. THIS PROGRAM IS A
MODIFIED VERSION OF A PROGRAM I FOUND ON THE
CBT TAPE WHICH WAS WRITTEN BY MR. BARRY
GOLDBERG OF THE AUTO CLUB OF SOUTHERN
CALIFORNIA. I MODIFIED THE PROGRAM TO USE
CROSS MEMORY SERVICES UNDER SP 1.3 AND TO
PROVIDE AN OPTIONAL PRINTED REPORT WHEN A
SYSPRINT DD STATEMENT IS PRESENT. COMMENT
CONTROL CARDS CAN BE ENTERED WHEN AN '*' IS IN
COLUMN 1.
SINCE CROSS MEMORY CODE REQUIRES
AUTHORIZATION, THIS PROGRAM MUST BE LINKED
WITH AC=1.
A U T H S V C
THIS SVC IS A TYPE 4 SVC WRITTEN TO ALLOW THE
CALLER TO ENTER KEY 0. THIS SVC IS A LITTLE
DIFFERENT FROM MOST OTHER SVC CODE IN THAT IT
WRITES AN SMF RECORD FOR EACH CALL TO PERFORM
A FUNCTION. THE CALLING PROGRAM NAME IS
ASSUMED TO BE POINTED TO BY REGISTER 0 ON
INPUT AND ALL OTHER INFORMATION SUCH AS
JOBNAME/TSONAME, PROGRAMMER NAME, AND
ACCOUNTING INFORMATION IS EXTRACTED TO PROVIDE
AN AUDIT CAPABILITY FOR UNAUTHORIZED USE. THE
FUNCTION TO BE PERFORMED IS IN REGISTER 1 ON
INPUT. A ZERO INDICATES THAT PROTECT KEY ZERO
IS DESIRED. ANY OTHER VALUE WILL RESET THE
USER BACK TO THE PROTECT KEY IN THE TCB.
T E S T J E S
THIS PROGRAM WAS WRITTEN TO TEST THE JES2
EXIT6 PROGRAM DESIGNED TO ENFORCE INSTALLATION
JCL STANDARDS AND TO SET THE APPROPRIATE JOB
CLASS BASED ON DEVICES USED.
THE INPUT TO THIS PROGRAM IS A SEQUENTIAL FILE
OF INTERNAL TEXT CREATED USING THE QUEUE
COMMAND AVAILABLE ON MOST OF THE MODS TAPES.
FILE 5 OF A JOB CAN BE PROCESSED WITH ONE OF
THE NEWER VERSIONS OF THE QUEUE COMMAND AND
THE SAVE COMMAND CAN BE USED TO SAVE THIS FILE
INTO A DATA SET.
THE OUTPUT FILE MUST BE A JES2 SYSOUT DATA SET
SINCE THE EXIT WILL DO A JES2 WRITE INTO THIS
DATA SET WHENEVER AN ERROR IS DETECTED OR STEP
STATISTICS ARE TO BE LISTED.
THE REQUIRED JES2 CONTROL BLOCKS FOR THE EXIT
ARE FAKED AND CREATED WITH JUST ENOUGH
INFORMATION FOR THE EXIT TO FUNCTION. THE
CONTROL BLOCKS CREATED ARE THE JCT, PCE, AND
JQE.
THIS ROUTINE LOADS THE ENTRY NAMED 'EXIT6' FOR
PROCESSING. THIS NAME MUST MATCH THE NAME ON
THE $ENTRY STATEMENT IN THE EXIT CODE AND MUST
BE AN ALIAS FOR OR THE ENTRY POINT FOR THE
MODULE BEING TESTED SO THAT THE JES2 PREFIX
STUFF CAN BE BYPASSED.
WHEN TESTING THIS JES2 EXIT, THE LOCAL
VARIABLE &&TSO IN THE EXIT SHOULD BE CHANGED
TO 'YES' FROM 'NO' TO CHANGE THE $$WTO
INSTRUCTIONS TO WTO INSTRUCTIONS AND BYPASS
THE ESTAE MACROS SO THAT THE TEST COMMAND CAN
DETERMINE THE ADDRESS OF ANY ABENDS.
File 382
Table of Contents
IS FROM DELUXE CHECK PRINTERS OF SAINT PAUL ,
MINNESOTA AND CONTAINS A PROGRAM CALLED DLXTRANS WHICH
WAS WRITTEN TO ALLOW TRANSMISSION OF ANY SIZE FILE
FROM / TO AN MVS HOST FROM / TO A VS1 REGION RUNNING A
WORKSTATION RJE PACKAGE ( IN OUR CASE ' HRNES ' ) .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT , SEE THE MEMBER
CALLED $$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION .
File 383
Table of Contents
IS FROM INTEL AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR CLISTS
REQUIRED FOR USE WITH THEIR TECHINFO SYSTEM WHICH IS
CONTAINIED IN FILE 352 OF THIS TAPE . THIS FILE IS
IN IEBCOPY FORMAT (VB LRECL=84 BLKSIZE=15456) .
SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION .
File 384
Table of Contents
IS FROM COMPUTER DATA SYSTEMS INC OF ROCKVILLE ,
MARYLAND . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
AND CONTAINS :
1 . ISPF QUEUE
2 . ISPF SPY
3 . OTHER PROGRAMS
File 385
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE HARTFORD INSURANCE GROUP AND CONTAINS
THE FOLLOWING PROGRAM DESIGNED TO COMPARE TWO
COPIES OF LPALIB AND REPORT ON DIFFERENCES IN
THEM . IT ALSO COMPARES ONE OF THE LPALIB COPIES
TO LINKLIB TO REPORT ON DUPLICATE MEMBERS. JCL IS
AS FOLLOWS :
OLDLPA - POINTS TO THE 'OLD' COPY
OF LPALIB
NEWLPA - POINTS TO THE 'NEW' COPY
OF LPALIB
LINKLIB - OPTIONAL, POINTS TO A
COPY OF LINKLIB THAT IS
COMPARED TO THE NEWLPA
DD. IF NOT DESIRED,
DUMMY THIS DD STATEMENT.
REPORT1 - MEMBERS IN OLDLPA THAT
ARE NOT IN THE THE
NEWLPA
REPORT2 - MEMBERS IN NEWLPA THAT
ARE NOT IN THE OLDLPA
REPORT 3 - DUPLICATE MEMBERS
BETWEEN LPALIB AND
LINKLIB
REPORT4 - CHANGES IN MODULE LENGTH
OF MEMBERS THAT OCCUR IN
BOTH OLDLPA AND NEWLPA.
ALL REPORTS GIVE MODULE SIZE, INDICATE
ALIAS ENTRIES, (NO SIZE GIVEN FOR
ALIASES, AND REPORT ON TOTAL
DIFFERENCES. REPORT 4 WILL SHOW THE
DIFFENCE IN SIZE OF TWO COPIES OF
THE SAME MODULE, AND WILL REPORT ON
THE TOTAL SIZE DIFFERENCE OF THE
MODULES LISTED.
File 386
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF ATLANTA AND
CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR AMASPZAP MODIFICATION .
THIS USER MODIFICATION IS TO MODIFY "AMASPZAP"
MODULE TO CALL MODULE "DSDSPZAP" WHICH WRITES AN
SMF RECORD FOR ALL CONTROL CARDS USED BY MODULE
"AMASPZAP". THIS MODIFICATION WILL ALLOW FOR A
HISTORICAL AUDIT TRAIL OF THE USE OF ZAP, AND ALSO
THE DAILY CHECKING OF THE USE OF ZAP .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT .
File 387
Table of Contents
IS FROM CITI-TRUST IN NEW YORK AND CONTAINS SEVERAL
OF THEIR UTILITY PROGRAMS . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT . FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SEE THE
MEMBER CALLED $DOC . THE FOLLOWING IS INFORMATION
ABOUT THE PROGRAMS THEY HAVE CONTRIBUTED :
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
PROGRAM: DATETIME
PURPOSE: SUBROUTINE USED BY OTHER PROGRAMS(S) IN
THIS FILE
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
PROGRAM: IFOXXREF
PURPOSE: APPEND A MNEMONIC CROSS-REFERENCE TO THE
PRINTED OUTPUT OF AN ASSEMBLER-XF
EXECUTION.
LOGIC: LINK TO THE ASSEMBLER (IFOX00). IF FOXY'S
RETURN- CODE WAS ZERO, READ THE SYSPRINT
LISTING TABLING THE DATA IN ALL VALID
OPERATION FIELDS ALONG WITH THE LINE
NUMBER. AT END, SORT ASCENDING BY
MNEMONIC, MODIFY THE (INCORE) JFCB FOR
SYSPRINT TO "MOD", OPEN SYSPRINT FOR
OUTPUT, THEN PRINT THE CROSS REFERENCE.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
PROGRAM: LPAXTRCT/LPACOMPR
PURPOSE: TO COMPARE INFORMATION IN THE
DIRECTORIES OF TWO LOAD LIBRARIES.
LOGIC: LPAXTRCT GATHERS INFORMATION ABOUT A LOAD
LIBRARY FROM THE INCORE CONTROL BLOCKS,
FORMATS THIS INFO- RMATION INTO TWO
256-BYTE RECORDS, WRITES THOSE RECORDS TO
A DATASET, THEN COPIES THE LOAD LIBRARY
DIRECTORY IN BACK OF THE TWO CONTROL
RECORDS. LPACOMPR READS THE FILE CREATED
BY LPAXTRCT AND GATHERS THE SAME
INFORMATION ABOUT THE OTHER LOAD LIBRARY,
THEN COMPARES THE TWO. DIFFERENCES ARE
PRINTED IN AN EASY-TO-READ SIDE-BY-SIDE
FORMAT. THE DIFFERENCES NOTED ARE MODULE
ADDS/DELETES, TTR, ATTRIBUTES, AND LENGTH.
SINCE THE PROGRAM WAS ORIGINALLY CODED FOR
LPALIB COMPARES (YOU COULDN'T GUESS FROM
THE NAME, COULD YOU?), IT ALSO FLAGS SUCH
THINGS AS NON-REENTRANT MODULES.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
PROGRAM: SALVAGE
PURPOSE: TO RECOVER AS MUCH DATA AS POSSIBLE FROM
(WHAT USED TO BE) A PDS WITH AN LRECL OF
80, AFTER CLOBBERING THE DIRECTORY AS
WITH: //SYSUT2 DD DSN=GOOD.OLE.PDS
INSTEAD OF: //SYSUT2 DD
DSN=GOOD.OLE.PDS(MEMBER)
LOGIC: SALVAGE READS THE DATASET ONE BLOCK AT A
TIME. IF THE BLOCK READ WAS A MULTIPLE OF
80 BYTES IN LENGTH, IT IS DEBLOCKED AND
WRITTEN TO A QSAM PS FILE. AT
END-OF-MEMBER (INDICATED BY A ZERO-LENGTH
RECORD - UNIT EXCEPTION), A DELIMITER IS
WRITTEN TO THE QSAM PS FILE. THIS
DELIMETER IS IN THE FORM OF A "./ ADD"
IEBUPDTE CONTROL STATEMENT FOR MEMBER
"MEM#XXXX" WHERE "XXXX" STARTS AT "0001"
AND CONTINUES TO "9999".
NOTES: WORKS ONLY ON 3350'S IN NATIVE MODE. HAS
ABSOLUTELY NO RESPECT FOR DS1LSTAR, SO
READS PAST THE LOGICAL END-OF-FILE. CAN
ALSO BE USED ON AN INTACT PDS IN ORDER TO
RECLAIM "GAS" MEMBERS.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
PROGRAM: SWAPDDN (COMMAND PROCESSOR)
PURPOSE: TO CHANGE THE DDNAME OF AN ALREADY
ALLOCATED DATASET WITHOUT HAVING TO FREE
AND RE-ALLOCATE IT. GREAT FOR LAZY
PEOPLE SUCH AS ME AND/OR SLOW SYSTEMS
SUCH AS OURS.
LOGIC: VERY STRAIGHTFORWARD. COMMAND PARSES THE
INPUT STRING AND ISOLATES THE OLD AND NEW
DDNAMES. IT THEN LOCATES THE TIOT ENTRY
THAT CONTAINS THE OLD DDNAME, GETS INTO
KEY ZERO, AND THEN, WELL ...
NOTES: USE ONLY ON FILES THAT HAVE ARE CLOSED.
CHANGES THE FIRST OCCURRENCE OF THE OLD
DDNAME IN THE TIOT.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
PROGRAM: SYSAFFIN
PURPOSE: TO INSURE THAT THE JOB IN WHICH THE
PROGRAM EXECUTES RUNS ON THE PROPER
MACHINE.
LOGIC: SYSAFFIN TAKES A SIX CHARACTER PARM THAT
IS THE CPU SERIAL NUMBER OF THE MACHINE ON
WHICH THE JOB IS TO RUN. IT THEN DOES AN
STIDP (STORE CPU-ID), AND COMPARES THE CPU
SERIAL OF THE PROCESSOR WITH THE PARM. IF
THE TWO MATCH, OR IF NO PARM WAS
SPECIFIED, THE PROGRAM ENDS (ALLOWING THE
JOB TO CONTINUE). OTHERWISE, THE PROGRAM
SCANS A TABLE OF VALID CPU-IDS, SEARCHING
FOR THE ONE THAT WAS CODED ON THE PARM.
IF IT IS NOT FOUND, AN ABEND U0311 IS
ISSUED (WITH STEP, SO DON'T PLAY AROUND
WITH IT ON TSO!). IF A MATCH IS FOUND,
THE PROPER JES2 SYSTEM-ID IS TAKEN FROM
THE TABLE AND THE FOLLOWING STRING OF JES2
COMMANDS IS CONSTRUCTED AND EXECUTED:
$HJXXXX;CJXXXX;TJXXXX,S=SSSS;EJXXXX;AJXXXX
(HERE XXXX IS THE 1-4 DIGIT JOB NUMBER AND
SSSS IS THE CORRECT JES2 SYSTEM-ID)
NOTES: SEE NOTES AND CAUTIONS IN THE CODE. WILL
NOT ASSEMBLE UNLESS YOU UPDATE THE
CPUID/SYSID TABLE.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
PROGRAM: WAIT4END
PURPOSE: TO TEMPORARILY HALT THE PROGRESS OF A
JOB OR USER UNTIL A PARTICULIAR JOB
TERMINATES.
LOGIC: THIS IS A CANNIBALIZED VERSION OF THE
"IFENDED" TSO COMMAND THAT RUNS IN BATCH
OR AS A CALLED PROGRAM. IT TAKES A PARM
OF THE NAME OF THE JOB FOR WHICH IT IS TO
WAIT. IT TIMER-POPS EVERY 10 SECONDS AND
CHECKS TO SEE IF THE JOB IS RUNNING. IF
IT IS NOT, THE PROGRAM ENDS, AND THE JOB
(OR USER) CONTINUES.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
PROGRAM: PW1MATCH/PW2MATCH
PURPOSE: TO REPORT ON THE TIMELINESS WITH WHICH
OS PASSWORD PROMPTS ARE ANSWERED BY
OPERATORS.
LOGIC: PW1MATCH READS A TAPE OR DISK VERSION OF
THE SYSLOG, AND STRIPS OFF ALL PASSWORD
PROMPTS (IEC301A MESSAGES), AND THEIR
CORRESPONDING REPLIES. THE PROMPTS ARE
WRITTEN TO THE FILE WITH THE DDNAME
"PROMPTS", AND THE REPLIES ARE WRITTEN TO
THE FILE WITH THE DDNAME "REPLIES".
THESE TWO FILES ARE THEN SORTED
(INDEPENDENTLY) BY REPLY-ID IN STEPS
"SORTPROM" AND "SORTREPL". (THE SORT
USES THE SYNCSORT OPTION "EQUALS" TO KEEP
RECORDS WITH EQUAL SORT CRITERIA IN THE
SAME ORDER THAT THEY WERE IN THE INPUT
FILES). THE RECORDS IN THESE SORTED
FILES ARE THEN MATCHED BY REPLY-ID AND
THE DATA MERGED INTO ONE RECORD WHICH IS
WRITTEN TO THE FILE WITH THE DDNAME
"MERGED". THE FINAL STEP OF THE JOB
PRINTS A REPORT THAT DETAILS THE TIME
SPENT WAITING FOR REPLIES TO PASSWORD
PROMPTS.
NOTES: REPORT STEP REQUIRES THE "SAS" PRODUCT
(FROM THE SAS INSTITUTE). IF YOU DO NOT
HAVE SAS, IT SHOULD BE VERY EASY TO WRITE
THE REPORT PROGRAM IN THE LANGUAGE OF YOUR
CHOICE. AN AN ALTERNATIVE TO USING
SYNCSORT'S "EQUALS" OPTION WOULD BE TO
MODIFY PW1MATCH TO ADD A SEQUENCE NUMBER
TO EACH RECORD AS IT IS PRODUCED, THEN USE
THIS AS A SECONDARY SORT FIELD.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
$SAVE ..... USER MACRO
FUDGEIT ..... USER MACRO
HEX ..... USER MACRO
IEFRELSE ..... USER MACRO
IEFSAVER ..... USER MACRO
REGS ..... USER MACRO
SCANTIOT ..... USER MACRO
VDATETIM ..... USER MACRO
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
File 388
Table of Contents
IS FROM COMNET AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR OPERATOR
COMMANDS SCHEDULING FACILITY. THIS CODE WAS WRITTEN BY
MR DAVID B COLE AND IT IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT. FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PLEASE SEE THE MEMBER CALLED
$$DOC AND READ THE FOLLOWING :
A PROGRAM HAS BEEN WRITTEN TO PRINT OUT THE AUTOMATIC
SCHEDULING FACILITY FILE BY MAY & SPEH AND IS CONTAINED
IN FILE 422 OF THIS TAPE
THE MACROS NEEDED FOR THIS SYSTEM ARE CONTAINED IN FILE 408
OF THIS TAPE
THE SCHEDULE FACILITY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO SCHEDULE THE
AUTOMATIC EXECUTION OF ANY OPERATOR COMMAND AT ANY TIME
OF DAY ON ANY DATE. THE EXECUTION OF THE COMMAND CAN
BE REPEATED ACCORDING TO ANY OF A LARGE VARIETY OF
DAILY, WEEKLY, MONTHLY, AND/OR YEARLY REPEAT CYCLES.
(SEE THE ACCOMPANYING TSO HELP FILE FOR DETAILS).
THE SCHEDULE FACILITY SUPPORTS AN OVERRIDE CAPABILITY
WHEREBY PARTICULAR SETS OF PERIODICALLY SCHEDULED
COMMANDS CAN BE OVERRIDDEN ON SELECTED DATES (SUCH AS
HOLIDAYS) WITH ANOTHER SET OF COMMANDS TO BE EXECUTED
INSTEAD. SUCH OVERRIDES CAN BE DEFINED EVEN YEARS IN
ADVANCE, IF DESIRED.
THE SCHEDULE FACILITY PERMITS THE DEFINITION OF A
"WINDOW" PERIOD (DEFINED SEPARATELY FOR EACH SCHEDULED
AUTOMATIC COMMAND) WHEREBY:
- IF THE SYSTEM IS DOWN AT THE TIME THAT A COMMAND
IS SCHEDULED TO BE EXECUTED,
- BUT IF THE SYSTEM COMES UP ANY TIME DURING THE
SPECIFIED "WINDOW PERIOD" FOLLOWING THE COMMAND'S
SCHEDULED TIME,
- THEN THAT COMMAND WILL BE EXECUTED ANYWAY.
THUS THE EXECUTION OF IMPORTANT COMMANDS WON'T BE
MISSED JUST BECAUSE THE SYSTEM WASN'T UP IN TIME.
IN JES2 "MULTI-ACCESS SPOOL" CONFIGURATIONS, THE
SCHEDULE FACILITY'S VSAM DATA BASE CAN BE SHARED
BETWEEN MULTIPLE SYSTEMS, AND OPERATOR COMMANDS CAN BE
SCHEDULED TO EXECUTE ON EITHER ONE OR THE OTHER (OR
"ANY") OF THE ATTACHED CPUS.
THE SCHEDULE FACILITY CAN MAINTAIN A LOG FILE WHERE IT
RECORDS A TIMESTAMPED COPY OF ALL OPERATOR COMMANDS
THAT IT ISSUES.
THE SCHEDULE FACILITY IS DESIGNED TO EXECUTE IN A JES2
ENVIRONMENT. IF YOU WISH TO USE IT IN A JES3 SYSTEM,
THEN YOU MUST MAKE SUITABLE MODIFICATIONS TO THE
FACILITY'S SOURCE CODE.
File 389
Table of Contents
IS A COPY OF THE IBM LOGSCAN SERVICE AID CONTRIBUTED
BY CAPITAL HOLDING CORPORATION OF LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY .
THIS PROGRAM WAS DESIGNED TO BE USED TO SCAN AND EXTRACT
INFORMATION FROM A SYSLOG DATASET . THIS IS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT . THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC CONTAINS
INFORMATION ON HOW TO USE LOGSCAN, THE MEMBERS CALLED
JES2OBJ AND JES3OBJ ARE THE JES2 AND JES3 VERSIONS OF THE
OJBECT DECKS . SORRY BUT NO SOURCE CODE IS AVAILABLE .
File 390
Table of Contents
IS A JES2 1.3.3 VER OF THE TSO CP CALLED QUE FROM
ANR PRODUCTION COMPANY ( FORMERLY CALLED THE MICHIGAN
WISCONSIN PIPE LINE COMPANY ) OF HOUSTON TEXAS
File 391
Table of Contents
IS A JES2 1.3.0 VER OF THE TSO CP CALLED QUE FROM
OAK RIDGE NATIONAL LABORATORY . THIS VERSION HAS
ALL THE SECURITY CHECKS MOVED TO A NEW CSECT FOR THE
CHANGES MADE BY OAK RIDGE SEE THE MEMBER CALLED
$ONLDOC . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 392
Table of Contents
IS A JES2 1.3.3 VER OF THE TSO CP CALLED QUE FROM
THE TEXAS EMPLOYMENT COMMISSION . FOR THE CHANGES
MADE TO THIS VERSION PLEASE SEE THE MEMBER CALLED
$TECDOC . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 393
Table of Contents
IS A JES2 1.3.3/4 VER OF THE TSO CP CALLED QUE FROM
THE UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT . THIS CODE WAS TAKEN FROM VERSION
26 OF THE JES2 SP MODS TAPE AND IS BASED ON THE VER
OF QUE FROM OAK RIDGE NATIONAL LABORATORY THAT HAS
ALL THE SECURITY CHECKS IN ONE NEW CSECT
File 394
Table of Contents
IS RESERVED FOR FUTURE JES2 1.3.3 QUE'S
File 395
Table of Contents
IS RESERVED FOR FUTURE JES2 1.3.3 QUE'S
File 396
Table of Contents
IS RESERVED FOR FUTURE JES2 1.3.3 QUE'S
File 397
Table of Contents
IS RESERVED FOR FUTURE JES2 1.3.3 QUE'S
File 398
Table of Contents
IS RESERVED FOR FUTURE JES2 1.3.3 QUE'S
File 399
Table of Contents
IS RESERVED FOR FUTURE JES2 1.3.3 QUE'S
File 400
Table of Contents
IS DYNAMASK FROM SECURITY PACIFIC NATIONAL BANK IN
CALIFORNIA . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT .
THIS FILE CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DYNDOC
DYNAMASK
DYNAMASK PROVIDES THE ABILITY TO DYNAMICALLY
CHANGE AND ADD TO THE UNIT NAMES DEFINED AT
SYSGEN . DYNAMASK OPTIONALLY CAN BE GIVEN UNIT
ADDRESSES OR VOLUMES AND THE UNIT NAMES WILL BE
ASSIGNED TO THE UNIT ADDRESSES THAT THE VOLUMES
ARE CURRENTLY MOUNTED . IT CAN BE RUN AT ANY
TIME THE SYSTEM IS DAINED OF ALL ACTIVITY .
DYNAMASK RUNS AS AN OPERATOR REQUESTED OR BATCH
SUBMITTED UTILITY WHICH MAKES THE NECESSARY
CONTROL BLOCK CHANGES AND EXITS . IT REQUIRES
MINIMUM RESOURCES AND EXECUTES IN A FEW SECONDS .
DYNAMASK SUPPORTS THE FOLLOWING RELEASES :
MVS3.8 - MVS/SP1.3 , MVS/XA2.0 - 2.1.1
GENERIC
THIS IS A MVS/370 PROGRAM TO UPDATE THE DEVTMASK
AND DEVTNAME TABLES . IT WILL BE CALLED BY
DYNAMASK IF INCLUDED IN THE LKED AND WILL BE
BYPASSED IF IN A XA SYSTEM .
VATUCB
THIS IS A PROGRAM TO UPDATE THE UCB ' S FROM
INFORMATION IN A USER SUPPLIED VATLST . THIS
WILL RUN IN XA AND MVS/370 MODE . IT WILL BE
CALLED BY DYNAMASK IF INCLUDED IN THE LKED
File 401
Table of Contents
IS FROM BELL LABS AND CONTAINS THE SOURCE CODE ,
MACROS AND TSO COMMAND PROCESSORS REQUIRED TO RUN
VERSION 4.1 OF THE TSSO SUBSYSTEM . TSSO IS AN
OPERATIONS PRODUCTIVITY AID THAT ALLOWS FOR MVS
OPERATOR COMMAND CLISTS , TSO COMMAND EXECUTION FROM
AN MVS OPERATORS CONSOLE , AND SELECTED TRAPPING OF
MVS OR SUBSYSTEM MESSAGES . THESE MESSAGES CAN
THEN BE :
A) SUPPRESSED
B) REPLIED TO ( IN CASE OF WTOR )
C) HILIGHTED
D) LOWLIGHTED
E) HAVE A COMMAND ISSUED IN RESPONSE TO
TSSO IS AN EXTEREMELY POWERFUL , YET EASY TO USE TOOL
MEMBER USEGUIDE CONTAINS THE TSSO USERS GUIDE , A
MUCH IMPROVED VERSION OVER PREVIOUS RELEASES , AND
MEMBER RELGUIDE CONTAINS A RELEASE GUIDE TO TSSO
VERSION 4.1 , INDICATING THE CHANGES SINCE THE
PREVIOUS RELEASE . READ THE USERS GUIDE IN ITS
ENTIRETY FIRST , AS IT DISCUSSES INSTALLATION ,
PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS AND SYNTAX , AS WELL AS
PROVIDING A FEEL FOR TSSO ' S CAPABILITIES
File 402
Table of Contents
CONTAINS A COPY OF A DASD MANAGAMENT SYSTEM FROM
THE NATIONAL BANK OF ALASKA IN ANCHORAGE , ALASKA .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT , SEE THE
MEMBER CALLED $$INDEX FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
File 403
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE COCA COLA COMPANY IN ATLANTA , GEORGIA .
THIS MODIFICATION WILL SHOW COMMANDS , WHEN DISPLAYED
ON THE SYSTEM LOG WILL BE PREFIXED WITH THE CONSOLE
UCMID (OR 'RD' IF FROM A INTRDR, OR 'TS' IF FROM A
TIME SHARING USER) .
THIS VERSION SHOULD FIT MVS/SP 1.3.0, 1.3.1, 1.3.2 AND
1.3.3
---> HERE ARE SOME EXAMPLES EXTRACTED FROM SYSLOG <---
---> COMMENTS ARE ADDED TO THE RIGHT OF THE COMMANDS <---
---> EXPLAIN WHERE THE COMMAND ORIGINATED. <---
(07) $FPR2,D (THIS JES CMD WAS FROM CONS 07)
(00) D T (THIS WAS AN AUTOMATIC COMMAND)
STC 7063 (RD) LOGON (THIS IS FROM THE TSOIRDR)
(07) $EPR3 (FROM CONS 07)
TSU 4268 (TS) $DI (A TSO USER ISSUED THIS VIA THE
"$" COMMAND PROCESSOR)
(06) $RALL,J=T4154,D=R201 (FROM CONS 06)
(00) S FREESPC (AUTO COMMAND)
(06) $D'T4154'
(06) $DA (FROM CONS 06)
(01) D J,A3017H (FROM CONS 01)
(03) V 580,ONLINE (FROM CONS 03)
TSU 4437 (TS) $TOT4437,ALL,DEST=LOCAL ($ COMMAND CP)
TSU 4437 (TS) $TO'O9061W',ALL,F=STD. (" " "
(01) #E
(00) M 3350,VOL=(SL,DISK01),USE=PRIVATE (AUTO)
(00) M 3350,VOL=(SL,DISK11),USE=PRIVATE (AUTO)
(07) $FPR2
(03) #RU=5
TSU 4303 (TS) $TJ4318,C=Q M
(06) $PR201.PR3 O
(03) #E R
(03) $DQ,Q=XEQ E
(03) #J
(03) $DF E
(01) $DJ3833 X
(03) $DQ,Q=XEQ A
(03) $DA M
(03) #J L
(01) $ DJ4401 E
(00) S WTR1 S
(00) C A7221A CANCELLED BY JES2 TIME EXCEEDED
(THE ABOVE CANCEL WAS GENERATED
INTERNALLY BY JES2 )
(07) K S,DEL=RD,SEG=19,CON=Y,RNUM=19,RTME=003
(01) $ D'A04529X'
(01) D U,,,583,1
(01) D J,A3017H
TSU 4406 (TS) $DU,PRT1 (FROM SPY UNDER TSO)
(01) DUMP COMM=(A3017H,JOB SWAPPED OUT 1.5 HRS)
TSU 4437 (TS) D D (FROM SPY UNDER TSO)
File 404
Table of Contents
IS A TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR FROM FLORIDA POWER
CORPORATION CALLED MVSMON.
MVSMON IS A COMMAND DRIVEN MVS DISPLAY
MONITOR WHICH HAS THE FOLLOWING
CHARACTERISTICS.
1. IT IS REENTRANT AND CAN BE PLACED IN
PLPA FOR COMMON USE.
2. WHEN EXECUTED AS A SYSTEM TASK IT USES
A WTOR/WTO INTERFACE TO THE MCS MASTER
CONSOLE.
3. WHEN EXECUTED AS A TSO PROGRAM IT USES
A TGET/TPUT INTERFACE TO TERMINAL.
4. WHEN EXECUTED AS A BATCH PROGRAM IT
USES A GET/PUT INTERFACE TO SYSIN AND
SYSPRINT QSAM FILES.
5. THE PROGRAM DOES NOT REQUIRE ANY
AUTHORIZATION OR HOOKS.
6. IF A PARM IS PRESENT, IT IS EXECUTED AS
A SINGLE INPUT COMMAND AND THEN THE PGM
TERMINATES NORMALLY. THIS IS FOR USE
AS A STARTED TASK TO JUST GET A SINGLE
RESPONSE WITHOUT USING WTOR. FOR
EXAMPLE, S MVSMON,,,PARM=DE
7. NOTE PROGRAM CONTAINS NO RLDS TO REDUCE
I/O AND PROCESSING TIME FOR FETCH WHEN
EXECUTING OUT OF PDS RATHER THAN PLPA.
8. WHEN EXECUTED AS A CALLED PROGRAM BY
THE MESSAGE PROCESSING SUPERVISOR (MPS)
GU640001 FOR ONLINE SYSTEMS, IT USES
THE FOLLOWING INTERFACES
INPUT/OUTPUT CALL ARGUMENTS
A. TCAM TERMINAL NAME (8 BYTES)
B. MESSAGE ADDRESS
C. MESSAGE LENGTH (4 BYTES BINARY)
MVSMON IDENTIFIES THIS MODE BY LOCATING
CDE ENTRY POINT NAMED MVSMONVT WHICH
POINTS TO VECTOR TABLE WITH THE
FOLLOWING ENTRIES.
A. ADDRESS OF MVSMON WORK AREA
CREATED ON FIRST CALL AND USED
FOR ALL SUCCEEDING CALLS.
B. ADDRESS OF OUTPUT MESSAGE
PROCESSOR CALLED BY MVSMON TO
OUTPUT MESSAGES.
9. SPIE PROGRAM INTERRUPTION HANDLER
ATTEMPTS TO RECOVER FROM TEMPORARY
INTERRUPTIONS CAUSED BY CONTROL BLOCK
CHANGES DURING ACCESS.
10. STAX INTERRUPTION HANDLER ABORTS AND/OR
SURPRESSES THE REMAINING OUTPUT FROM
THE CURRENT COMMAND WHEN RUNNING IN TSO
MODE.
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT. PLEASE SEE THE
MEMBER CALLED $$DOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
File 405
Table of Contents
IS FROM GTE LABS IN WALTHAM , MASS. AND CONTAINS
SAFECOPY WHICH IS A TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR WHICH ENABLES MANY*
USERS TO COPY DATA INTO THE SAME DATASET SIMULTANEOUSLY
WITHOUT CONFLICTING WITH EACH OTHER. INPUT DATA MAY
COME FROM A DATASET, FROM THE TERMINAL, OR FROM DATA
STACKED INSTREAM IN A CLIST.
SAFECOPY IS ESPECIALLY USEFUL IN CLISTS WHICH WRITE TO
A COMMON DATASET.
SAFECOPY ACCOMPLISHES THIS BY PERFORMING A SYSTEM
ENQUEUE BEFORE WRITING TO THE DATASET. MAJOR NAME IS
USERDSN, MINOR NAME IS THE NAME OF THE DATASET INTO
WHICH SAFECOPY IS WRITING.
INPUT AND OUTPUT CAN BE DESIGNATED BY DATASET NAME, OR
BY FILE/DD NAME. IF THE OUTPUT DATASET IS NOT
PARTITIONED, THE MOD OPERAND WILL CAUSE THE USE OF THE
EXTEND OPERAND OF OPEN, ALLOWING DATA TO BE ADDED ON TO
THE END OF A SEQUENTIAL DATASET.
THE DEFAULT IS NONUM. THE USE OF THE NUM OPERAND WILL
CAUSE THE PHYSICAL RELOCATION OF LINE NUMBERS WHEN
SAFECOPYING BETWEEN VARIABLE AND FIXED RECORD LENGTH
DATASETS, OR BETWEEN FIXED RECORD LENGTH DATASETS OF
DIFFERENT LOGICAL RECORD LENGTHS.
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT. SEE THE MEMBER
CALLED $DOC FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
File 406
Table of Contents
IS FROM COMPUTER DATA SYSTEMS AND CONTAINS TWO TSO
COMMAND PROCESSORS . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN
SYSIN FORMAT . THE TWO CP'S ARE :
A. CQX
THIS CP IS USED TO CANCEL AND DELETE ALL DATA
SETS OFF THE QUEUE. THIS COMMAND ONLY
AUTHORIZES ITSELF WHEN CALLING SUBSYSTEM
INTERFACE. THE SVC NUMBER MUST BE CHANGED FOR
THE AUTHORIZING OF THIS FUNCTION TO WHAT EVER
NUMBER IS USED FOR YOUR INSTALLATION. THIS
SHOULD BE THE ONLY INSTALATION DEPENDENT ITEM
IN THIS CODE. THE FORMAT FOR THIS COMMAND IS:
"CQ JOBNAME" OR
"CQ (JOBNAME(JOBID),JOBNAME(JOBID)....JOBNAME)"
THIS WILL REMOVE ONLY SELECTED JOBS WHEN GIVEN
THE JOBID OR ALL JOBS WITH A SPECIFIED JOBNAME
AND NO JOBID. BE CAREFUL.
B. FIND
THIS IS A DATA SET SEARCH ROUTINE. THIS USES
CP REQUESTS THE DATA SET NAME AND DOES SOME
STANDARD CKECKING. IT THE SEARCHES THE CATALOG
TO FIND THE ENTRY. AFTER THE CATALOG IS
SEARCHED IT THEN SEARCHES THE UCB ENTRIES AND
COMPARES THEM WITH OUR DASD TYPES. THIS LIST
IS INCORPRATED WITHIN THE CODE AND MAY BE ADDED
TO EASILY. IT OBTAINS THE VOLUME NAME AND
CKECKS THE VTOC FOR THE FORMAT 1 DSCB. ALSO, IF
THERE IS A ALTERNATE PATH THERE IS A SECOND
ADDRESS IN THE TABEL POINTING TO THE DEVICE,
THERFORE A SECOND SEARCH IS DONE AND IF A 'HIT'
IS MADE A SECOND MESSAGE IS PRODUCED. A SECOND
CHARACTER TABLE IS PUT IN FOR THE CONVIENCE OF
OTHERS.
File 407
Table of Contents
CONTAINS A COPY OF DYNAMIC BLDL
FROM COMNET IN WASHINGTON D.C. AND WAS WRITTEN
BY MR DAVID B COLE . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT (SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC FOR
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION) . THE MACROS NEEDED
ARE CONTAINED IN FILE 408 OF THIS TAPE AND THE
DYNABLDL LOAD MODULE FOR THIS LEVEL OF SOURCE
RESIDES IN FILE 035 OF THIS TAPE .
THIS PROGRAM IS CONCEPTUALLY BASED ON THE
VARIOUS DYNAMIC BLDL PROGRAMS AVAILABLE FROM
THE "CBT MODS" TAPE. HOWEVER, THIS VERSION IS
A COMPLETE REWRITE THAT INCORPORATES A SERIES
OF IMPROVEMENTS :
- THIS VERSION OF DYNABLDL IS
CAPABLE OF RECOGNIZING AND HOOKING
INTO ANY OF SEVERAL VERSIONS OF
IBM'S IGC018. THE RECOGNITION CODE
IS TABLE DRIVEN, AND ADDITIONAL
RECOGNITION TABLES CAN BE FAIRLY
EASILY ADDED.
- THE RECOGNITION TABLES ARE
COMPREHENSIVE. EACH TABLE CONSISTS
OF FOUR PARTS. THE FIRST, LABELED
"ID#" (WHERE "#" REPRESENTS AN
ARBITRARY UNIQUE NUMERIC SUFIX),
MUST MATCH AN IGC018'S
IDENTIFICATION HEADER. THIS IS
USED TO DISTINGUISH ONE IGC018
FROM ANOTHER. THE SECOND AND THIRD
PARTS, LABELED "SRCHPO#" AND
"DFOUND#", MUST MATCH THE TWO
LOCATIONS IN IGC018 WHERE DYNABLDL
INSERTS ITS JUMPS TO ITS INTERCEPT
ROUTINES. THE FOURTH PART CONSISTS
OF A LIST OF DESCRIPTORS OF ALL
IBM PRIVATE DATA FIELDS REFERENCED
BY THE INTERCEPT ROUTINES. MOST
OF THE DESCRIPTORS ARE S-CONS
GIVING THE BASE REGISTER BY WHICH
IGC018 REFERENCES A FIELD AND THE
DISPLACEMENT OF THAT FIELD INTO
THE IBM PRIVATE CONTROL BLOCK. THE
DYNABLDL INITIALIZATION ROUTINE
USES THIS LIST TO DYNAMICALLY
MODIFY ALL MACHINE INSTRUCTIONS IN
THE TWO INTERCEPT ROUTINES SO THAT
THEY CORRECTLY MATCH THE
PARTICULAR VERSION OF IGC018 BEING
HOOKED INTO. NOTE, THE TWO IBM
PRIVATE CONTROL BLOCKS INVOLVED
HERE ARE THE "BLDL WORK AREA" AND
BLDL'S "SVRB EXTENDED SAVE AREA".
- ALL ROUTINES RELATED TO DYNABLDL
HAVE BEEN CONSOLIDATED INTO A
SINGLE PROGRAM. THIS RELIEVES THE
POTENTIAL FOR ERRORS ARISING FROM
PARTIAL MODIFICATIONS.
- THE DYNAMIC BLDL TABLE IS NOW
MAINTAINED BY A STRAIGHT FORWARD
"LEAST RECENTLY USED" ALGORITHM.
THE PREVIOUSLY USED PERIODIC SORTS
AND PARTIAL REFILL METHOD HAS BEEN
DISCARDED.
- PRIOR VERSIONS OF DYNABLDL DID NOT
INTERCEPT LINKLIST BLDL REQUESTS
IN WHICH THE USER REQUESTED TWO OR
MORE NAMES. FURTHER, PRIOR
DYNABLDLS DID NOT COUNT SUCH
IGNORED REQUESTS AS "MISSES".
CONSEQUENTLY, THE "HIT RATE"
REPORTED BACK WAS INCORRECT. (IT
WAS TOO HIGH). THIS VERSION OF
DYNABLDL DOES HANDLE MULTI-ENTRY
BLDL REQUESTS, AND MY EXPERIENCE
HAS BEEN THAT THE TRUE HIT RATE
HAS RISEN FROM ABOUT 80% TO BETTER
THAN 95%.
- THE REPORT FUNCTION NOW PRODUCES
THREE LISTINGS OF THE DYNAMIC
TABLE (PRINTED IN 3-COLUMN FORMAT
USING LESS THAN 79 CHARACTERS PER
LINE - SUITABLE FOR 3270 DISPLAY).
ONE LISTING IS SORTED BY NAME; A
SECOND IS SORTED BY HITS COUNT;
THE THIRD IS SORTED BY L.R.U.
CHARACTERISTIC.
- THE DYNABLDL STOP FUNCTION NOW
COMPLETELY REMOVES DYNABLDL FROM
THE SYSTEM RATHER THAN JUST
DISABLING THE HOOK ROUTINES.
File 408
Table of Contents
CONTAINS A COPY OF DAVE COLE'S MACLIB ( COMNET )
WHICH IS NEEDED TO ASSEMBLE THE FOLLOWING PROGRAMS
DYNABLDL ON FILE 407
XREFASM ON FILE 162
SCHEDULE ON FILE 388
COMPRSEQ ON FILE 226
OFFLOAD ON FILE 225
File 409
Table of Contents
CONTAINS A COPY OF #D (SE2SD03D) AND #T (CSCSN03D)
FROM FILE 266 THAT HAVE BEEN CORRECT/UPDATED TO
NOT CAUSE A SYSTEM CRASH WHEN USED AGAINIST ANOTHER
ADDRESS SPACE. SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $$DOC FOR MORE
INFO . THIS CHANGE PROBABLY SHOULD ALSO BE
INCORPORATED INTO SP1SD03D WHICH IS THE SP1.* LEVEL
OF #D WHICH HAS THE OKCANC AND NOCANCL FUNCTION
CORRECTED
File 410
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE BLUE CROSS/BLUE SHIELD OF KANSAS AND
CONTAINS A COPY OF TWO DIALOG MANAGER APPLICATIONS.
ONE IS AN INTERFACE TO USE THE TSO ACCESS METHODS
SERVICES COMMANDS AND THE SECOND IS A CATALOGED
DATA SET CLEANUP PROCESS . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS THE INSTALLATION
DOCUMENTATION AND JCL .
SEE FILE 410 - 415 FOR THE COMPLETE SYSTEM
File 411
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE BLUE CROSS/BLUE SHIELD OF KANSAS AND
CONTAINS A COPY OF TWO DIALOG MANAGER APPLICATIONS.
ONE IS AN INTERFACE TO USE THE TSO ACCESS METHODS
SERVICES COMMANDS AND THE SECOND IS A CATALOGED
DATA SET CLEANUP PROCESS . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS THE SOURCE AND SAMPLE
FILES .
SEE FILE 410 - 415 FOR THE COMPLETE SYSTEM
File 412
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE BLUE CROSS/BLUE SHIELD OF KANSAS AND
CONTAINS A COPY OF TWO DIALOG MANAGER APPLICATIONS.
ONE IS AN INTERFACE TO USE THE TSO ACCESS METHODS
SERVICES COMMANDS AND THE SECOND IS A CATALOGED
DATA SET CLEANUP PROCESS . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS THE PANEL LIBRARY .
SEE FILE 410 - 415 FOR THE COMPLETE SYSTEM
File 413
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE BLUE CROSS/BLUE SHIELD OF KANSAS AND
CONTAINS A COPY OF TWO DIALOG MANAGER APPLICATIONS.
ONE IS AN INTERFACE TO USE THE TSO ACCESS METHODS
SERVICES COMMANDS AND THE SECOND IS A CATALOGED
DATA SET CLEANUP PROCESS . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS THE MESSAGE LIBRARY .
SEE FILE 410 - 415 FOR THE COMPLETE SYSTEM
File 414
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE BLUE CROSS/BLUE SHIELD OF KANSAS AND
CONTAINS A COPY OF TWO DIALOG MANAGER APPLICATIONS.
ONE IS AN INTERFACE TO USE THE TSO ACCESS METHODS
SERVICES COMMANDS AND THE SECOND IS A CATALOGED
DATA SET CLEANUP PROCESS . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS THE SKELTON LIBRARY .
SEE FILE 410 - 415 FOR THE COMPLETE SYSTEM
File 415
Table of Contents
IS FROM THE BLUE CROSS/BLUE SHIELD OF KANSAS AND
CONTAINS A COPY OF TWO DIALOG MANAGER APPLICATIONS.
ONE IS AN INTERFACE TO USE THE TSO ACCESS METHODS
SERVICES COMMANDS AND THE SECOND IS A CATALOGED
DATA SET CLEANUP PROCESS . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS THE COMMAND PROCEDURE
LIBRARY .
SEE FILE 410 - 415 FOR THE COMPLETE SYSTEM
File 416
Table of Contents
IS FROM DELUXE CHECK PRINTERS AND CONTAINS THE
FOLLOWING. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
SEE THE MEMBER CALLED $INDEX FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
CATLIST - THIS PROGRAM WILL DO A VERY FAST LISTING
OF AN ICF CATALOG FOR GENERATIONDATASETS
AND NONVSAM DATASETS. THE LISTING IS IN
THE SAME FORMAT AS IDCAMS (WE USED IT TO
BUILD A TMC) BUT THE OUTPUT FORMAT WOULD
BE EASY TO CHANGE. THE PROGRAM MUST RUN
AUTHORIZED (AC=1) BECAUSE IT OPENS THE
CATALOG AS A DATASET. ALSO THERE IS A
MODESET WE USED TO ALLOW US TO BYPASS RACF
CHECKING. (RACF THINKS YOU NEED ALTER
ACCESS TO READ THE DATASET AND ALL OF OUR
CATALOGS HAVE A UACC OF UPDATE). ALL THAT
WAS DONE IN KEY ZERO WAS TO SET THE
JSCBPASS BIT ON. THE SPEED INCREASE OF
THIS PROGRAM WAS SEVERAL ORDERS OF
MAGNITUDE BETTER THAN IDCAMS ON A LARGE
ICF CATALOG.
CMDLOFF - THIS COMMAND WILL ISSUE THE COMMAND PASSED
TO IT AND THEN CAUSE LOGOFF OF THE USER.
THIS IS USEFUL IN THE SITUATION WHERE YOU
WANT A USER TO EXIST IN A PROTECTED
ENVIRONMENT. EX. CMDLOFF ISPSTART
PANEL(USERSEL)
DLXAUTHC - THIS COMMAND WILL ISSUE THE COMMAND PASSED
TO AFTER SETTING THE JSCBAUTH BIT ON. WHEN
THE COMMAND COMPLETES THE JSCBAUTH BIT
WILL BE SET OFF. THE JSCB TAMPERING IS
DONE IN A USER SVC. YOU MUST REPLACE THE
USERSVC MACRO WITH YOUR OWN INTEGRITY
VIOLATION. THIS COMMAND IS ESPECIALLY
USEFUL FOR ENTERING RACF COMMANDS FROM
ISPF DIALOGS. EX. DLXAUTHC LISTDSD
DA('DSN1.EXAMPLE') ALL
EXIMPORT GENERATE THE JCL NECESSARY FOR EXPORTING
AND IMPORTING THE DATA SETS ON A SPECIFIED
VOLUME. CREATES ONE DATA SET WITH THE JCL
FOR EXPORTING THE DATA SETS ON A SPECIFIED
VOLUME AND ANOTHER FOR IMPORTING THE SAME
DATA SETS. FOR VSAM FILES, THE JCL WILL
BE SET UP TO EXECUTE IDCAMS, EXPORTING TO
TAPE AND THEN IMPORTING BACK ONTO THE SAME
VOLUME FROM THE TAPE. FOR NON-VSAM PS
FILES, THE PROGRAM IEBGENER IS EXECUTED TO
COPY THE DATA SET TO TAPE AND THEN BACK TO
THE SAME VOLUME. FOR PO FILES, IEBCOPY IS
USED. ALSO A CLIST IS GENERATED TO
SCRATCH THE TAPE FILES AFTER THE DATA SETS
HAVE BEEN IMPORTED.
IGGPRE00 DF/DS ALLOCATE PRE PROCCESSING EXIT
TESTER'
INMRZ01 RECEIVE INITIALIZATION EXIT ALLOWS
AUTHORIZATION CHECKING FOR USER IDS
EXECUTING RECEIVE IN BACKGROUND.
INMRZ11 RECEIVE PRE-PROCESSING EXIT ALLOWS RECEIVE
TO RUN IN BACKGROUND WITH THE EXIT
REPLACING THE USER INTERACTION IN
DETERMINING THE RECEIVING DATA SET NAME.
RACFALT - THIS PROGRAM WILL GENERATE A CLIST TO
CHANGE THE VOLUME SERIAL NUMBERS IN THE
RACF PROFILES OF ALL NONVSAM DATASETS ON A
SPECIFIED VOLUME.
RACFCLST - THIS PROGRAM WILL GENERATE A CLIST TO
REDEFINE (VIA RACF COMMANDS DELDSD, ADDSD,
AND PERMIT) FOR ALL DATASETS ON A
SPECIFIED VOLUME. DUE TO USE OF RACF
INTERNAL MACROS THIS PROGRAM MUST BE RUN
AUTHORIZED. IF SYSIN IS PRESENT YOU CAN
INCLUDE COMMANDS TO SELECT BY DATASET
GROUP ON A VOLUME AND/OR DATASET NAME WITH
OR WITHOUT VOLUME SPECIFICATION. WARNING:
IF SYSIN IS PRESENT AND DUMMIED OUT OR
EMPTY THEN A NULL CLIST WILL BE CREATED.
File 417
Table of Contents
CONTAINS A COPY OF THE FOLLOWING # CMD1 COMMANDS THAT
HAVE BEEN MODIFIED TO RUN UNDER MVS/XA MVS XA
FOR INFORMATIONS ON THE # SUBSYSTEM IN GENERAL YOU
HAVE TO READ ABOUT IT IN FILE 366 AND 367 OF THIS
TAPE . THIS FILE CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS
THAT HAVE BEEN UPDATED FOR XA - AS TIME GOES BY MORE
COMMANDS WILL BE UPDATED (HOPEFULLY) AND THEY WILL BE
PLACED HERE . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
PUT IEES*03D MODULES IN NON-PROTECTED MLPA
CMDSBCSC CROSS SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE
CMDSBINT INITIALIZATION AND MONITOR MODULE
CMDSBTSO TSO FULL SCREEN MONITOR (OLD VERSION)
CMDTSO TSO COMMAND (OLD VERSION)
CSCSE03D #A EXTENDED DISPLAY ACTIVE
CSCSG03D #R DISPLAY DEVICE
CSCSI03D #V EXTNEDED DISPLAY UNITS
CSCSJ03D #I DISPLAY SYSTEM INDICATORS
CSCSL03D #J DISPLAY ACTIVE REPLACEMENT
CSCSR03D #O DISPLAY I/O PENDING/ALLOC QUEUE
CSCZA03D ##A ACTIVITY MONITOR
CSCZJ03D ##J JOB MONITOR
File 418
Table of Contents
IS FROM COMBINED INSURANCE OF AMERICA , CHICAGO
ILLINOIS , IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND CONTAINS
THE FOLLOWING :
A. MCS UTILITY PROGRAM TO DISPLAY THE MASTER
CONSOLE ( WILL RUN ON MVS/SP OR MVS/XA
AN XA VERSION OF THE DIDOCS COMMAND )
B. VLDEXIT AN ACF2 DATASET PRE-VALIDATION EXIT TO
LIMIT ALL ALLOCATE/SCRATCH/RENAME
FUNCTIONS ON DATASETS WITH THE MIDDLE-
INDEX NAME OF TEST TO VOLUMES BEGINNING
WITH STM3**
C. ACFSCAN AN ACF2 LOGONID EXPIRATION UTILITY TO
EXPIRE ALL NON-SOFTWARE ( OR THOSE WITH
THE NOEXP INDICATOR SET ON ) LOGONIDS
AFTER 31 DAYS OF NON-USE .
File 419
Table of Contents
IS FROM HAMILTON STANDARD AND CONTAINS A COPY OF
DIDOCS THAT WILL RUN UNDER MVS / XA VER 2.1.2 AND
THIS VERSION WILL ALSO RUN UNDER MVS/SP . THIS
VERSION IS AN UPDATED COPY OF THE VERSION ORIGAINALLY
WRITTEN TO RUN UNDER DCMS . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE
SYSIN FORMAT .
File 420
Table of Contents
IS FROM CONNECTICUT NATIONAL BANK AND CONTAINS SOME
SAS PROGRAMS THAT ARE FOR USE WITH MVS/XA RMF DATA .
THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT . THIS FILE
CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING :
SMFXARMF = RMF COMMON SECTION USED BY SAS PROGRAM
SMFXASMF = SMF COMMON SECTION USED BY SAS PROGRAM
SMFXA70 = SAS PROGRAM TO ANALYZE SMF TYPE 70
RECORDS (CPU ACTIVITY)
SMFXA71 = SAS PROGRAM FOR PAGING REPORT
SMFXA72 = SAS PROGRAM WORKLOAD REPORT
SMFXA73 = SAS PROGRAM FOR CHANNEL PATH REPORT
SMFXA77 = SAS PROGRAM FOR ENQUE REPORT
SUSEC = ASSEMBLR PROGRAM THAT PROVIDE A CPU
SPEED CONSTANT TO ANY SAS ROUTINE
SUSECJ = JCL TO ASSEMBLE SUSEC
SUSECR = JCL TO EXECUTE THE SUSEC PROGRAM
File 421
Table of Contents
IS THE XACORZAP PROGRAM SUBMITTED BY R . BUDGE
OF NATIONAL ADVANCED SYSTEMS ( NAS ) . XACORZAP
PROVIDES THE ABILITY TO ALTER NUCLEUS OR LPA MODULES
IN ANY MVS ENVIRONMENT , INCLUDING XA OR SP 1.3 .
THE PROGRAM USES CONTROL STATEMENTS THAT ARE
GENERALLY COMPATIBLE WITH AMASPZAP . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT WITH MEMBERS CONTAINING SOURCE
OBJECT , AND A USERS GUIDE
File 422
Table of Contents
IS FROM DON MARQUARDT OF MAY & SPEH OAKBROOK TERRACE
ILLINOIS . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND
CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS : SEE MEMBER CALLED
$INDEX FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
GENFCB GENERATES A FCB IMAGE IT IS USED BY OUR
PRINT ROOM OPERATORS
MAS9010 PRINTS OUT THE AUTOMATIC SCHEDULING FACILITY
FILE THIS FACILITY WAS WRITTEN BY DAVE COLE
AT COMNET AND WAS FILE 388 AS OF VERSION 245
ENT13 YET ANOTHER HOUSEKEEPING ROUTINE
EXT13 COMPANION TO ENT13
EQUATE STILL ANOTHER REGISTER EQUATE
# MEMBERS ARE CLISTS
$ MEMBERS ARE JCL
File 423
Table of Contents
IS FROM JEFF BROIDO OF BROIDO COMPUTER CONSULTING OF
NEW JERSEY. THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT AND
CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS :
$$$COJRB....ASSEMBLER MACRO FOR COPYRIGHT NOTICE
#CHECKDD....HELP MEMBER FOR CHECKDD
#CKDAY......HELP MEMBER FOR CKDAY
#CKM........HELP MEMBER FOR CKM
#CKMOUNT....HELP MEMBER FOR CKMOUNT
#CKO........HELP MEMBER FOR CKO
#CLRDAY.....HELP MEMBER FOR CLEARDAY
#LAA........HELP MEMBER FOR LAA
#QUOTE......HELP MEMBER FOR QUOTE
#TELL.......HELP MEMBER FOR TELL
BRODCAST....SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO LOAD SYS1.BRODCAST
CHECKDD.....SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO CHECK FOR ALLOCATED
FILENAMES
CKDAY.......SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO CHECK FOR 1ST LOGON
OF THE DAY
CKM.........SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO CHECK PRESENCE OF
MEMBER IN PDS
CKMOUNT.....SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO CHECK A USER'S MOUNT
PRIVILEDGE
CKO.........SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO CHECK A USER'S
PRIVILEDGES
CMAP........SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO PRODUCE A CSA
STORAGE MAP
K...........ASSEMBLER MACRO
LAA.........SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO PRODUCE AN EXPANDED
ALLOCATION LISTER
MAPSP.......SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO PRODUCE MVS/SP
STORAGE MAP
MAPXA.......SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO PRODUCE MVS/XA
STORAGE MAP
MERKNOW.....SOURCE CODE FOR SUPPORT ROUTINE FOR THE NOW
MACRO
NOW.........ASSEMBLER MACRO
OFF.........ASSEMBLER MACRO
ON..........ASSEMBLER MACRO
QUOTE.......SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO READ
'QUOTE-OF-THE-DAY'
REGS........ASSEMBLER MACRO
SMAP........SOURCE CODE FOR PGM TO PRODUCE A STORAGE
MAP
TELL........SOURCE CODE FOR PGM FOR TELECONFERENCING
TSO COMMAND
TF..........ASSEMBLER MACRO
VPUT........ASSEMBLER MACRO
VTPUT.......ASSEMBLER MACRO
VWTPU.......ASSEMBLER MACRO
File 424
Table of Contents
IS CURRENTLY EMPTY
File 425
Table of Contents
IS CURRENTLY EMPTY
File 426
Table of Contents
IS CURRENTLY EMPTY
File 427
Table of Contents
IS CURRENTLY EMPTY
File 428
Table of Contents
IS CURRENTLY EMPTY
File 429
Table of Contents
IS CURRENTLY EMPTY
File 430
Table of Contents
IS CURRENTLY EMPTY
File 431
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 001 WHICH IS DOC
FOR THEIR TAPE . THEIR FILE NUMBERS ARE OFFSET BY
430 ( IE THEIR FILE 001 IS MY FILE 431
THEIR FILE 010 IS MY FILE 440
THEIR FILE 021 IS MY FILE 451 )
SOME OF THE UTILITIES/TSO COMMANDS/ISPF PANELS/CLISTS
WERE DEVELOPED AT ROCKWELL. MANY WERE FOUND ON THE LA
MVS USERS GROUP TAPE, THE SHARE TAPE OR THE CBT TAPE.
SEE THE FILE 436 MEMBER BASELINE FOR THE ORIGIN OF ANY
SOURCE.
SOME OF THE THINGS OF INTEREST WHICH MAY BE FOUND ON
THIS TAPE ARE:
COMPLETE ISPF SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM PROGRAMMER TYPES.
REPLACEMENT FOR THE IBM SUPPLIED ISPF DIALOG FOR
MVS/BDT
A COMPLETE SOURCE MAINTENANCE SYSTEM FOR JES3 OR ANY
SOURCE MAINTAINED PACKAGE.
THERE IS ALSO A FILE CONTAINING OUR MODIFICATIONS
(EXITS) TO MVS/BDT. INCLUDING A USERMOD TO SUPPORT
TSO DATASET NAMING CONVENTIONS FOR THE MVS/BDT TSO
COMMAND.
SEE CLIST MEMBER ISPF OR PRESAMP FOR A SAMPLE ON HOW
TO USE THIS SYSTEM NOTE THAT MEMBER ALLISPF IS A
COPY OF THE PREISPF CLIST RENAMED TO PROTECT THE
GUILTY.
THE UTILITIES MANUAL IN FILE 438 IS OVER 600 PAGES
AND DOCUMENTS HOW TO INSTALL THIS SYSTEM AND ALL OF
THE TSO COMMANDS/PROGRAMS IN THIS PACKAGE.
NOTE: NONE OF THIS CODE HAS BEEN TESTED IN AN MVS/XA
WORLD YET !!!
A TSO COMMAND WHICH WILL INVOKE ANY TSO COMMAND USING
THE ATTACH SVC AND UTILIZING ANY SPECIFIED TASKLIB.
THIS SIMPLIFIES TESTING OF NEW TSO COMMANDS THAT YOU
DON'T WANT TO PUT INTO THE LINKLIST YET.
A TSO COMMAND SIMILIAR TO THE ABOVE WHICH INVOKES A
PROGRAM.
THE ABOVE COMMANDS HAVE ALIASES WHICH WILL INVOKE THE
SPECIFIED PROGRAM/COMMAND IN AN AUTHORIZED STATE. NO
MORE IKJEFTXX UPDATES.
A TSO COMMAND WHICH WILL INFORM YOUR CLIST WHETHER IT
IS BEING INVOKED IN NATIVE TSO OR UNDER ISPF. THIS IS
DONE BY TESTING FOR THE ENQ SPFUSER.
THE SOURCE MAINTENANCE MANUAL IN FILE 439 IS OUR
MANUAL ON HOW WE MAINTAIN JES3 SOURCE USING ISPF AND
SMP.
A TSO COMMAND WHICH INFORMS THE CALLER HOW MUCH
VIRTUAL STORAGE IS BEING USED IN HIS ADDRESS SPACE,
HOW MUCH IS AVAILABLE, AND HOW MUCH LSQA IS IN USE.
A COMPLETE IPCS CLIST DRIVER WITH PSEUDO MENUS AND
SEMI-ISPF INTERFACE. THIS ALSO INCLUDES SEVERAL OF
THE PRDMP EXITS FOUND ON THE CBT TAPE AND ELSEWHERE.
A LISTA REPLACEMENT.
AN IEBUPDTE SIMULATOR USED IN THE SOURCE MAINTENANCE
SYSTEM TO FIND OUT WHAT A PUT TAPE WILL DO TO A SOURCE
MAINTAINED SYSTEM WITHOUT ACTUALLY KILLING YOU.
A HANDY UTILITY TO EXPAND A DIRECTORY IN A
NON-DISTRUCTIVE MANNER.
A UTILITY TO COPY AN SVCDUMP TO THE MSS (3850) AND
UPDATE A DUMP CONTROL LOG.
AN EXTERNAL WRITER YOU CAN HAVE FUN WITH (CALLED
SYSOUT).
ISPF PROGRAMS TO:
TAKE ANY DSN AND FULLY QUALIFY IT.
RETURN FULL DCB AND DIRECTORY INFORMATION FOR A
SPECIFIED DSN.
EXTRACT INFORMATION FROM SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCKS
AND ACF2 AND PUT IT IN ISPF VARIABLES.
PROVIDE A LIST OF ALL CATALOGED DATASETS AND
ALLOW AN ALMOST UNLIMITED NUMBER OF PROCESSING
OPTIONS ON THEM.
ISPF APPLICATION TO MANAGE YOUR INDIVIDUAL SLSS.
ISPF APPLICATION TO INVOKE THE IBM BULK DATA TRANSFER
IUP.
ISPF DIALOG TO INVOKE THE DATA SET AND FREE SPACE
MANAGER IUP.
ISPF APPLICATION TO INVOKE THE WATERLOO SCRIPT. (WE
CALL IT DOCFMT SINCE WE HAVE THE IBM SCRIPT UNDER
CICS)
A COPY OF THE WATERLOO SCRIPT (ONE OF THE LAST FREE
VERSIONS) WITH AN UPDATE TO SUPPORT 3380 DASD FOR
OUTPUT - WE CALL IT DOCFMT SINCE WE ALSO HAVE DCF (BUT
ONLY UNDER CICS).
SOME OF THE JES3 USER MODS ARE:
IEFUTL DOCUMENTATION ON HOW TO PREVENT 522 ABENDS
WHEN THE JES3 GLOBAL IS DOWN.
JESCMD A UTILITY TO ISSUE JES3 COMMANDS FROM
BATCH OR TSO.
JMP A JES3 MONITORING PROGRAM WHICH CAN RUN ON
EITHER THE GLOBAL OR LOCAL
LJ07901 PROVIDE COLOR 3279 SUPPORT IN 1.3.1 FROM
PNB.
SJ003A0 INCREASE STANDARD SIZE STAGING AREA TO 520
BYTES.
SJ009A0 ALLOW LOCATE TO RUN ON OTHER THAN GLOBAL
IF GLOBAL BUSY.
SJ013A0 ELIMINATE SOME LINK OVERHEAD IF USING JES3
STEPLIBS.
SJ039A0 PROVIDE A WHERE= OPTION TO DC
SJ055A0 PROVIDE PROCESSOR NAME IN RESPONSE *I,J OR
*I,Q INQUIRY
SJ071A0 PROVIDE AN EBCDIC DISPLAY OPTION TO DC
SJ082A0 INHIBIT VERIFY RESPONSE MESSAGES AT IPL OR
CONNECT.
SJ104A0 ELIMINATE WRITING MSG IAT5000 FROM JESMSG
TO SAVE JSAM BUFFERS.
SJ208A0 PUT LINE COUNT INTO SSOB FOR EXTERNAL
WRITER (RMDS).
SJ999A0 A USERMOD TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF IATUX11 AND
ELIMINATE THE LOCATE RESPONSE MESSAGES IF
THE DATASET IS FOUND.
PLUS OVER A 150 OTHER PROGRAMS AND TSO COMMANDS.
File 432
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 002 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR CLIST LIBRARY . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBCOPY FORMAT ( RECFM=VB,LRECL=255,BLKSIZE=1680)
File 433
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 003 WHICH IS
A COPY OF THEIR TSO HELP LIBRARY . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 434
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 004 WHICH IS
A COPY OF THEIR LOAD MODULE LIBRARY . THIS FILE IS
IN IEBCOPY FORMAT
File 435
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 005 WHICH IS
A COPY OF THEIR BAL MACRO LIBRARY . THIS FILE IS
IN IEBDUPTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 436
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 006 WHICH IS
A COPY OF THEIR SCRIPT TEXT LIBRARY USED TO CREATE
FILE 438 . THIS FILE IS IN IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 437
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 007 WHICH IS
A COPY OF THEIR BAL SOURCE LIBRARY . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 438
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 008 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR UTILITIES MANUAL. THIS FILE IS
LRECL=100 RECFM=FBA BLKSIZE=32700
File 439
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 009 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR SOURCE MANINTENANCE MANUAL . THIS FILE
IS LRECL=132 RECFM=FBA BLKSIZE=32604
File 440
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 010 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR ISPF SKELETON LIBRARY . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 441
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 011 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR ISPF PANEL LIBRARY . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 442
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 012 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR ISPF LOAD LIBRARY . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBCOPY FORMAT
File 443
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 013 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR ISPF MESSAGE LIBRARY . THIS FILE IS IN
IEBUPDTE SYSIN FORMAT
File 444
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 014 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR VERSION OF THE WATERLOO SCRIPT MEMO
LIBRARY. THIS FILE IS IN IEBCOPY FORMAT
File 445
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 015 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR VERSION OF THE WATERLOO SCRIPT
HYPHENATION DICTIONARY . THIS FILE IS
RECFM=VB LRECL=80 BLKSIZE=32716
File 446
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 016 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR SCRIPT TEXT LIBRARY USED TO CREATE
FILE 439 OF THIS TAPE.
File 447
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 017 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR ISPF TABLE LIBRARY
File 448
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 018 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR VM TESTING MANUAL . THIS FILE IS
RECFM=FB LRECL=80 BLKSIZE=32700
File 449
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 019 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR SYS1.PROCLIB THAT CONTAINS ONLY
MEMBERS NEEDED FOR THEIR CONTRIBUTION TO THIS TAPE
File 450
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 020 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR SYS1.PARMLIB THAT CONTAINS ONLY
MEMBERS NEEDED FOR THEIR CONTRIBUTION TO THIS TAPE
File 451
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 021 WHICH IS A
COPY OF THEIR JES3 MODS
ALSO CONTAINED IN THIS FILE IS ALL THE CURRENT
MODIFICATIONS TO MVS/BDT AND RELATED JES3 MODS
MOD DESCRIPTION
SB001 CREATE USER EXIT BASE CODE AS NEEDED.
BDTUX19(R), BDTUX25(R), BDTUX26(R),
BDTUX27(R), BDTUX28(R), BDTUX29(R)
SB002 SECURE MVS/BDT FOR THE PAYROLL APPLICATION.
BDTUX19
SB003 ACF2 VALIDATION FOR MVS/BDT.
BDTUX19, BDTUX27
SB004 ACCOUNTING MODS FOR MVS/BDT.
BDTUX19
SB005 BDT COMMAND AUTHORIZATION.
BDTUX25(R), BDTUX31(R)
SB006 MVS/BDT VOLREF SUPPORT.
BDTUX08(R)
SB007 MVS/BDT TSO COMMAND FRONT-END.
BDTCMD(R) (NEW: FRONT-ENDS BDTTSO)
SB008 MVS/BDT PRIORITY LIMITING.
BDTUX19
SB010 AUTHORIZATION FOR ALL BDT COMMANDS AND JES3
COMMANDS VIA BDT BDTUX31, BDTUX25, BDTUX10(R)
SB011 COMPLEMENTARY NODE SUPPORT. CHANGE LOC
PARAMETER. BDTUX19(R)
SJ203A0 ALLOW JES3 COMMANDS FROM MVS/BDT.
IATUX18, IATUX56
SJ210A0 ALLOW BATCH SUBMISSIONS FROM MVS/BDT WITH
PROPOGATION OF USERID. IATOSDR, OSDR001(R)
NOTES: (R) INDICATES A MODULE REPLACEMENT, OTHERWISE
AN UPDATE IS IMPLIED.
File 452
Table of Contents
IS FROM MR LIONEL DYCK OF ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
AND CONTAINS A COPY OF THEIR FILE 022 WHICH IS
CURRENTLY EMPTY
File 453
Table of Contents
IS FROM JIM MARSHALL OF THE U.S. AIRFORCE IN SAN
ANTONIO TEXAS
THIS IS A FILE OF THE JCL PROCEDURES FOR
USE WITH FILES 454 AND 455 I HAVE DONATED.
BEING AN OS/MVT PERSON (WHEN THINGS WERE
FREE) I SAVED THE 360 VERSION OF FORTRAN-G
AND PL1-F. THEN ALONG WITH FORTRAN G IS THE
GODDARD SPACE FLIGHT CENTER VERSION OF
FORTRAN-H (THIS IS NOT FORTRAN-H-EXTENDED).
THIS IS ALL FREE SOFTWARE AND WORKS FINE IN
THE MVS WORLD. I HAVE BEEN TOLD THAT PL1F
DOESN'T FUNCTION IN THE MVS-XA WORLD (IF YOU
CAN AFFORD MVS-XA, YOU COULD BUY
EVERYTHING). THE OTHER 2 FILES ARE BUILT AS
FOLLOWS:
PL1FLOAD - THIS CONTAINS THE COMPILER AND
LIBRARY FOR PL1F. IN FILE 454
FORTLOAD - THIS CONTAINS THE COMPILERS FOR
FORTRAN G & H. ALSO THERE IS THE
FORTRAN LIBRARY FOR BOTH OF THEM
(SYS1.FORTLIB). IN FILE 455
REGULAR FORTRAN HAS THE 'STAE'
ROUTINE CALLED IHOSTAE. WELL
GODDARD'S VERSION HAS GSFSTAE
WHICH MUST BE AVAILABLE AT
RUNTIME. MY ADVICE IS TO STEPLIB
TO THE ENTIRE LIBRARY AT RUN
TIME.
NOTES: YOU CAN FIND OUT ALL THE DEFAULTS BY
EXECUTING THE COMPILERS WITH A PARM=
AND LOOK AT WHAT IS SET. HAVE FUN,
SO NOW YOU HAVE NO EXCUSE TO IGNORE
SOME OF THE MORE INTERESTING (IF YOU
KNOW WHAT I MEAN) PROGRAMS ON THE
MODS TAPES WRITTEN IN PL1F OR
FORTRAN!! (LOOK TO THE HEAVENS)
File 454
Table of Contents
IS FROM JIM MARSHALL OF THE U.S. AIRFORCE IN SAN
ANTONIO TEXAS
THIS FILE CONTAINS THE COMPILER AND LIBRARY FOR
PL1F.
File 455
Table of Contents
IS FROM JIM MARSHALL OF THE U.S. AIRFORCE IN SAN
ANTONIO TEXAS
THIS FILE CONTAINS THE COMPILER FOR FORTRAN G & H
ALSO THERE IS THE FORTRAN LIBRARY FOR BOTH OF
THEM .